{"id":24705,"date":"2022-09-24T10:42:59","date_gmt":"2022-09-24T15:42:59","guid":{"rendered":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-mark-131-2\/"},"modified":"2022-09-24T10:42:59","modified_gmt":"2022-09-24T15:42:59","slug":"exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-mark-131-2","status":"publish","type":"post","link":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-mark-131-2\/","title":{"rendered":"Exegetical and Hermeneutical Commentary of Mark 13:1"},"content":{"rendered":"<h3 align='center'><b><i> And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings [are here]! <\/i><\/b><\/h3>\n<p> Ch. <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-13<\/span>. Prophecies of the Destruction of Jerusalem<\/p>\n<p><strong> 1<\/strong>. <em> And as he went<\/em> ] Leaving the Temple, He passed with His Apostles down the eastern steps toward the valley of the Kidron. As they were passing on,<\/p>\n<p><em> one of his disciples<\/em> ] invited His attention to the marvellous structure they were quitting, to the enormous size of its marble blocks, the grandeur of its buildings, and the gorgeous gifts with which, though still unfinished, it had been endowed (<span class='bible'>Luk 21:5<\/span>). Josephus tells us that while some of the stones were forty-five feet, most were thirty-seven and a half feet long, twelve feet high, and eighteen broad. Jos. <em> Bell. Jud<\/em>. v. 6. 6; <em> Ant<\/em>. xv. 11. 3.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P STYLE=\"text-indent: 0.75em\"><B>What manner of stones &#8211; <\/B>The stones here referred to were those used in the building of the temple, and the walls on the sides of Mount Moriah, on which the temple stood. The temple was constructed of white marble, and the blocks were of a prodigious size. Josephus says that these stones were, some of them, 50 feet long, 24 feet broad, and 16 feet in thickness.<\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Albert Barnes&#8217; Notes on the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-2<\/span><\/p>\n<p><em>Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here.<\/em><\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>Men admiring doomed things<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>What manner of stones, and what buildings are here! An outburst of admiration this. The stones were indeed beautiful. That sacred building was constructed of prodigious blocks of white marble, some of which seem to have been upwards of thirty feet long, eighteen broad, and sixteen thick. They did not view the temple in the light in which Christ viewed it. It is worthy of note that Christ, in His discourse, speaks in a very different spirit of doomed <em>things <\/em>to what He does of doomed people. Mind was infinitely more interesting to Him than masonry. When He refers to the temple He says, As for these things with an air of comparative indifference; but when He refers to doomed people He weeps, and says, O Jerusalem, etc. The language of Christ and His disciples here will apply-<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. <\/strong>To secular interests, which are doomed things. Markets, governments, navies, and armies are doomed.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. <\/strong>To artistic productions, which are doomed things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. <\/strong>To social distinctions, which are doomed things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. <\/strong>To religious systems, which are doomed things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>V. <\/strong>To the world itself, which is a doomed thing. Why set your hearts on doomed things?<em> <\/em>(<em>D. Thomas, D. D.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The destruction of Jerusalem<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>It is interesting to mark the site and trace the history of edifices built for God, some of which have been signally honoured by Him. The temple at Jerusalem was one of these. It stood contemporary with great events, and was the scene, for four hundred years, of the perpetual sacrifices, those august national solemnities, the divinely appointed services that distinguished the worship of the God of Israel. But that which piety erects, sin often lays in ruins. This temple accomplished its service and shared in the national fall, when the people by whom it had been profaned were carried to their seventy years captivity. The second temple was designated to still higher distinction, inasmuch as it was that which Messiahs feet trod, and within whose walls He joined as a worshipper. What have been the bearings of the destruction of Jerusalem, upon Christianity on the one hand, and Judaism on the other?<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. <\/strong>This event furnished a most striking proof of the truth of our Lords predictions and consequently of His Divine mission and authority.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. <\/strong>The destruction of Jerusalem served a most important purpose in reference to Christianity, by liberalising the minds of the believers and particularly by emancipating the Jewish converts from the authority of the Mosaic ritual.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. <\/strong>The destruction of Jerusalem, by weaning the believing Hebrews from their national attachments, and scattering them abroad in the earth, contributed essentially to the diffusion of the knowledge and influence of the gospel. But what are its bearings upon Judaism?<\/p>\n<p><strong>1. <\/strong>Whether the destruction of Jerusalem and the dispersion of the Jews is not to be regarded as an act of righteous judgment upon the nation, incurred by the dreadful crime of rejecting the promised Messiah?<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>I ask whether the destruction of Jerusalem and of the temple was not a clear intimation of the final abolition of the Mosaic economy? Here only could the sacrifices be offered, so that when it was destroyed, the institution itself was abolished. (<em>H. Gray, D. D.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The discipline of destruction<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>For as a physician, by breaking the cup, prevents his patient from indulging his appetite in a hurtful draught, so God withheld them from their sacrifices by destroying the city itself, and making the place inaccessible to all of them. (<em>Warburton<\/em><em>s Julian.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The ruins of the earthly Jerusalem<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>In the very ruins of the earthly Jerusalem you will find a salutary memorial, not only of the transitory character of all this worlds glory, but of the exchange of the shadow for the substance; of the introduction of that kingdom which is not of this world, and of that temple, built upon everlasting foundations, in which all believers are living stones, fashioned after the model of the chief cornerstone, even Jesus Christ. (<em>H. Gray.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The religious use of archeology<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>What is the true religious aspect of archaeology? We must all profit by that warning voice which did for a moment check the enthusiasm of the antiquarian disciple. The admiration for stones and buildings, however innocent and useful, is yet not religion. The regard for antiquity and the love of the past, if pushed to excess, have often been the ruin of religion. Christianity is not antiquarianism, and antiquarianism is not Christianity. There must be times and places when antiquity must give way to truth, and the beauty of form to the beauty of holiness, and the charm of poetic and historic recollections to the stern necessities of fact and duty. It is well to remember that there is something more enduring than the stones of the temple. If archaeology is not everything, it is at least something.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. <\/strong>It awakens that love of the past which is so necessary a counterpoise to the excitement of the present and the future. I have considered, says the Psalmist, the days of old, the years of the ancient time. They were to him as a cool shade, a calm haven. The study of them carries us back from the days of the man to the days of the child; it opens to us a fresh world; it makes us feel that we do not stand alone in our generation on the earth, but that under God, we are what we are because of the deeds and thoughts of those who have lived before us, and to whom we thus owe a debt which we have constantly to repay to our posterity. How this insight into the past has been increased in our own age. Not only Greeks and Romans, but Egyptians and Assyrians, are familiar to us in this century.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. <\/strong>The importance of these studies in developing those rarest of Gods gifts to man, a love of truth, and a love of justice-the will and the power to see things as they really are, and in their just proportions to one another.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. <\/strong>The more thoroughly we can understand these ancient forms, the more eagerly we can restore and beautify ancient buildings, so much the better is the framework prepared for the reception of new thoughts and new ideas. It has been sometimes said that the great periods of building and of admiration for the past have been the precursors of the fall of the religion of the nations which they represented. It has been said, for example, that the burst of splendid architecture under the Herods, immediately preceded the fall of Judaism; that the like display under the Antonii preceded the fall of Paganism; that the like display at the beginning of the sixteenth century preceded the fall of the Church of the middle ages. There is no doubt a truth in this. There is a tendency in an expiring system to develop itself in outward form, when its inward spirit has died away. But this is not at all the whole truth, and the higher truth is something quite different, namely, that these magnificent displays of art, these profound investigations into the past, in those eras of which I have spoken, were part of the same throes, of the same mind and spirit, which accompanied the birth of the new and higher religion, which in each case succeeded. Those Augustan buildings suggested to the apostles hearts the imagery by which they expressed the most sublime of spiritual truths. The chief cornerstone; the stones joined and compacted together; the pillars which were never to be moved; the whole idea of what the apostles called edification,-that most expressive word when we understand it rightly-the architecture, so to speak, of the Christian soul-all these images were drawn from the superb edifices which everywhere rose before the apostles eyes. And so in the last great efflorescence of mediaeval architecture, religion, instead of dying out with that effort, took a third start throughout Europe. Oh! may God grant that the glory of the third temple, the glory of the living temple, may as much exceed the glory of the second, as the glory of the second exceeded the glory of the first! Cast not away the old, but see what it means, see what it embraces, see what it indicates, See what manner of stones and what buildings are here, and then, as in the case of sacred and of ancient words, so also in the case of sacred and ancient edifices, they will become as Luther said of words, not dead stones but living creatures with hands and feet; living stones which will cry out with a thousand voices; stones which will be full of sermons; dry bones which when we prophesy over them, will stand on their feet an exceeding great army; ancient, everlasting gates, which shall turn upon their rusty hinges and lift up their hoary doors that the Lord of Hosts may come in; a heavenly city within the earthly city, a city which hath foundations deeper than any earthly foundations, a city whose builder and maker is God! (<em>Dean Stanley.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>Ruin ever near<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Jesus and the disciples of Jesus differ in just this way about the strength and durability of a great many things in this world. The disciples point to the wealth of the millionaire, to the reputation of a man of worldwide fame, to the influence of a popular leader, to the power of a national government, to the strength of some system of wrong; and they say, Behold what manner of stones and what manner of buildings! Jesus says, There shall not be left here one stone upon another. And the word of Jesus never fails. Wealth is no sure support even for the life that now is. The splendid fabric of a fortune, which a man has toiled a life through to give as an inheritance to his family, crumbles in a night, and the millionaires children are beggars, or worse. The man whom all the world honoured has become a by-word of the scoffer and jester. He who swayed multitudes at his will, and who defied the voice of an outraged public sentiment, is a wretched outcast denied help or pity from the very creatures of his influence. A system of iniquity edged in by law, and venerable for ages, is overthrown and swept away as by the breath of Omnipotence. No nation on earth, today, is beyond the possibility of ruin tomorrow. A few pounds of dynamite may scatter the last vestiges of the strongest dynasty. The traditions of the ages, the superstitions of entire races, ignorance, vice, evil in high places, Satan himself, and all his hosts combined, cannot keep one stone on another, when the word of God is spoken for the fabrics fall. If we only really believed this truth, which is as true as any other truth of God, and which has been verified anew before our own eyes again and again in the present generation, how much more restful we should be, and how much more courage we should have. (<em>Sunday School Times.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>Gods great judgment on Israel<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Privilege and responsibility go hand in hand, and the higher the opportunity, the greater the penalty for neglecting to improve it. The occasion of the uttering of this prediction is suggestive. The Saviour had marvelled at the widows mite; the disciples marvel at the temples magnificence. Forty and six years had the temple been in building, and had not long been completed. Occupying a site which seemed impregnable, its massive structure seemed to defy the destructive arts of war, while the exquisite beauty of its golden roof, of its courts, of its cloisters, of its pillars, of its gates, made it one of the wonders of the world. As today, a visitor to the cathedral of St. Isaacs, at St. Petersburg, would mark outside the great pillars, made of single stones of granite, and within the marvellous pillars of Malachite and Lapis Lazuli, so the twelve point to stones of vast dimensions and beautiful in their veins and workmanship, and ask His admiration at once for these individual stones, and for the whole temple, which, like a jewel, crowned that hill of Zion, which the Psalmist had thought so beautiful for situation. It was a time of peace, for the horrors of war were being forgotten as a troubled dream. The absorption of Judaea in the Roman Empire seemed to promise a degree of security, which would be not an altogether unsatisfactory compensation for the loss of dignity of freedom. Just as our rule in India prevents wars amongst the various nations peopling that continent, so The Roman peace, as it has been termed, prevailed between and blessed the various peoples blended together in the great Roman Empire. The scene was made more impressive by the multitudes from every land who had gathered to the feast, wearing various costumes, speaking various languages. The candid observer would regret the absence of many of the signs of devotion he had hoped to find; but would at the same time indulge the feeling that there must be some vitality in the religion which felt such a mighty attraction to the House of God. A nation so united in what was deepest and holiest could not, he would think, fail to have some future still awaiting it. And whether the cloudless sun gilded the scene of cheerful activity, or the silver light of the passover full moon rested like a benediction on the whole, hope rather than solicitude would fill his heart; and the holiest spot on earth would seem destined to wear an eternal bloom of glory. Unexpected by His hearers, Christs words thrill them with horror. We still feel Christs sayings hard. We still find, on earnest study, that some hard sayings are yet helpful.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1. <\/strong>Taste is not everything in religion. The temple of Jerusalem was perhaps the most beautiful religious building ever raised by men; yet it was built by Herod the Great, a man as wicked in his life as he was exquisite in his taste. And all this beauty is so valueless in Gods sight that, costly and marvellous as it was, it had no endurance, but like the grass of the housetop, which withereth afore it groweth up, the world had hardly time to marvel at its aspect before they lamented its end. The true beauty of a church is that of hearts: the kindly thought, the gracious prayer, the consecrated life.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>There is only one thing that can give endurance-righteousness. Where it is absent, nothing can secure man, city, or institution from a grave fate. So the Saviour begins His teaching on the judgment of Jerusalem. Was it any wonder that, sickened with the thought of such calamity, Christ could not enjoy the outward beauty of the temple as others did? (<em>R. Glover.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>Christs double prophecy<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The difficulty in explaining this discourse of our Lord lies in the appropriateness of its terms to two distinct and distant events,-the end of the world and the destruction of Jerusalem. But whether we assume, with some interpreters, that the one catastrophe was meant to typify the other; or, with another class, that the discourse may be mechanically divided by assuming a transition, at a certain point, from one of these great subjects to the other; or, with a third, that it describes a sequence of events to be repeated more than once, a prediction to be verified, not once for all, nor yet by a continuous progressive series of events, but in stages and at intervals, like repeated flashes of lightning, or the periodical germination of the fig tree, or the reassembling of the birds of prey whenever and wherever a new carcass tempts them; upon any of these various suppositions it is still true that the primary fulfilment of the prophecy was in the downfall of the Jewish state, with the previous or accompanying change of dispensations; and yet that it was so framed as to leave it doubtful until the event, whether a still more terrible catastrophe was not intended. However clear the contrary may now seem to us, there was nothing absurd in the opinion which so many entertained that the end of the world and of the old economy might be coincident. This ambiguity is not accidental, but designed, as in many other prophecies of Scripture. (<em>J. A. Alexander, D. D.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>Beauty of Jerusalem<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>When I stood that morning on the brow of Olivet, and looked down on the city crowning those battlemented heights, encircled by those deep and dark ravines, I involuntarily exclaimed, Beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth is Mount Zion. And as I gazed, the red rays of the rising sun shed a halo round the top of the castle of David; then they tipped with gold each tapering minaret, and gilded each dome of mosque and church, and at length bathed in one flood of ruddy light the terraced roofs of the city, and the grass and foliage, the cupolas, pavements, and colossal walls of the Haram. No human being could be disappointed who first saw Jerusalem from Olivet. (<em>Dr. Porter.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>Trouble just ahead<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The chapter now coming under our perusal for two Sundays in succession, is not easy of interpretation in a good many of its particulars, because the suggestions of doctrine glide so imperceptibly and fitfully between the predictions of Jerusalems downfall and the prophecies of the worlds end that we cannot always fix their exact application. It appears as if it might be as well on the present occasion to occupy ourselves with what is plain and practical, and not lose our time in speculation upon what is not certainly revealed.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. <\/strong>We learn, in the beginning, that Jerusalem was openly announced as doomed to fall before it fell. Some specific incidents were related beforehand which would test the prophetic power of Jesus Christ there at once, and put within reach of His disciples a confutation or a confirmation of His claims. It hardly needs to be stated, for the whole matter is so familiar, that the predictions of this citys overthrow showed that our Lord spoke with a perfect knowledge of the events He mentioned as coming on the earth. The site of that old town is a well-known fact; no one thinks of disputing the locality. The historic books of the Jews tell how Jerusalem was overthrown by the Romans. Any one can ask and answer whether the stones are large, whether they are in position or not. The city lies on heaps. Mount Zion is ploughed. The temple is gone. Those vast walls are scattered. Some few stones of prodigious size yet remain in what were the foundations of the edifices, and in the cavernous substructions underground. No one can pass out of the modern Jaffa gate, and push on around along the declivity of Zion till he enters again the gate of Stephen, without unconsciously saying to himself, See what manner of stones!<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. <\/strong>We learn, next, as we continue to read the verses (verses 3, 4), that it is lawful to inquire for the time of fulfilment of scriptural prophecy. It is not right to attempt to set it, but if it can be ascertained, so much the better for our understanding, and in that direction our duty lies. Christ makes no rebuke for what some consider their curiosity. On the contrary, He tells them most important facts concerning the great times coming.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. <\/strong>We learn also, just here, that there will be one special token of the worlds end which will not fail: the gospel must first be published among all nations (verse 10): Very carefully chosen is this phraseology. We are not told that all the nations are to be converted by the gospel before the true Christ shall come again, but that they are all to hear it. It would seem as if it could not be a difficult thing to decide so evident a fact as this assumes, whenever it should occur. Most of us would, no doubt, be surprised to learn how many of the nations on the face of the earth have, really, already heard the tidings of salvation; and it is not impossible that the joyous moment is very nigh. It is time, certainly, to be thoughtful. It is within the memory of almost all of us that the fixed, and with some good old men the stereotyped, prayer for monthly concert, for many a year, was that God would open China to the gospel, and break down the barriers in Japan. Now there is in all the world nothing in the way except the hardness of mens hearts. Growth has been made in evangelizing effort that startles us when we think of it. Lately, the sudden conversion of nations in a day, as once seemed to be the case in Madagascar, has come to appear less and less strange. Spiritual uprisings of whole peoples at a time have been recorded in our generation.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. <\/strong>We learn, also, that when the end of the world draws nigh, it will be heralded and accompanied with most dire convulsions and troubles (verses 19, 20).<\/p>\n<p><strong>VI. <\/strong>So we are ready for our final lesson from the passage: man need to prepare for such a day as this before it shall prove to be too late. It is easy for us to see now the relevancy of what has been given us as the golden text (<span class='bible'>Pro 22:3<\/span>), A prudent man foreseeth the evil, and hideth himself. There is but one refuge for any human soul: Christ is our hiding place; He will preserve us from trouble (<span class='bible'>Psa 32:7<\/span>). If we believe in Him, we are safe. It is revealed in the Scriptures that the coming of our Lord to judge the world will find men in a condition of apathy and listlessness. They will be eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, as they were in Noahs time (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:37-39<\/span>). They will be buying and selling, planting and building, as they were in Lots time (<span class='bible'>Luk 17:28-30<\/span>). Better for us who are studying to know Gods will this impressive hour to call on the Lord at once, and be secure. (<em>C. S. Robinson, D. D.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Biblical Illustrator Edited by Joseph S. Exell<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\"> CHAPTER XIII. <\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>Jesus predicts the destruction of the temple<\/I>, 1, 2.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>His disciples inquire when this shall be, and what previous<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>sign there shall be of this calamity<\/I>, 3, 4;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>which questions he answers very solemnly and minutely<\/I>, 5-27;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>illustrates the whole by a parable<\/I>, 28, 29;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>asserts the absolute certainty of the events<\/I>, 30, 31;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>shows that the precise minute cannot be known by man<\/I>, 32;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and inculcates the necessity of watchfulness and prayer<\/I>, 33-37. <\/P> <P>                     NOTES ON MARK XIII.<\/P> <P> <\/P> <P>  Verse <span class='bible'>1<\/span>. <I><B>See what manner of stones<\/B><\/I>] Josephus says, ANT. b. xv. chap. <span class='bible'>11<\/span>: &#8220;That these stones were <I>white<\/I> and strong, FIFTY <I>feet<\/I> long, TWENTY-FOUR broad, and SIXTEEN in thickness.&#8221;  If this account can be relied on, well might the disciples be struck with wonder at such a superb edifice, and formed by such immense stones! The principal contents of this chapter are largely explained in the notes on <span class='bible'>Matt. 24<\/span>:, and to these the reader is requested to refer.<\/P><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Adam Clarke&#8217;s Commentary and Critical Notes on the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P>The perishing nature of the splendid and gay things of this world, are fitter objects for the meditation of such as are Christs disciples, than the splendour and magnificence of them, especially when they are the privileges of a sinful people. Sin will undermine and blow up the most famous structures. It is a good thing for Christians not to set their hearts upon them. See Poole on &#8220;<span class='bible'>Mat 24:1-2<\/span>&#8220;. <\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: English Annotations on the Holy Bible by Matthew Poole<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P><B>1. And as he went out of the temple,one of his disciples saith unto him<\/B>The other Evangelists areless definite. &#8220;As some spake,&#8221; says Luke (<span class='bible'>Lu21:5<\/span>); &#8220;His disciples came to Him,&#8221; says Matthew (<span class='bible'>Mt24:2<\/span>). Doubtless it was the speech of one, the mouthpiece,likely, of others. <\/P><P>       <B>Master<\/B>Teacher. <\/P><P>       <B>see what manner of stones andwhat buildings are here<\/B>wondering probably, how so massive apile could be overthrown, as seemed implied in our Lord&#8217;s last wordsregarding it. JOSEPHUS,who gives a minute account of the wonderful structure, speaks ofstones forty cubits long [<I>Wars of the Jews,<\/I> 5.5.1.] and saysthe pillars supporting the porches were twenty-five cubits high, allof one stone, and that of the whitest marble [<I>Wars of the Jews,<\/I>5.5.2]. Six days&#8217; battering at the walls, during the siege, made noimpression upon them [<I>Wars of the Jews,<\/I> 6.4.1]. Some of theunder-building, yet remaining, and other works, are probably as oldas the first temple.<\/P><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Jamieson, Fausset and Brown&#8217;s Commentary Critical and Explanatory on the Whole Bible <\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>And as he went out of the temple<\/strong>,&#8230;. The Ethiopic version reads, &#8220;as they went out&#8221;; Christ and his disciples: for when Christ went out of the temple, the disciples went out with him; or at least very quickly followed him, and came to him, as appears from what follows; though the true reading is, &#8220;as he went out&#8221;: and the Syriac and Persic versions are more express, and read, &#8220;as Jesus went out&#8221;: for having done all he intended to do there, he left it, never more to return to it:<\/p>\n<p><strong>one of his disciples<\/strong>: it may be Peter, who was generally pretty forward, and commonly the mouth of the rest, as this disciple was, whoever he was: the Persic version reads, &#8220;the disciples&#8221;; and Matthew and Luke represent them in general, as observing to Christ, the beauty and grandeur of the temple, as this disciple did: who<\/p>\n<p><strong>saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings [are here]<\/strong>. The temple, as repaired by Herod, was a very beautiful building, according to the account the Jews give of it, and its stones were of a very great magnitude; <span class='bible'>[See comments on Mt 24:1]<\/span>.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: John Gill&#8217;s Exposition of the Entire Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><TABLE BORDER=\"0\" CELLPADDING=\"1\" CELLSPACING=\"0\"> <TR> <TD> <P ALIGN=\"LEFT\" STYLE=\"background: transparent;border: none;padding: 0in;font-weight: normal;text-decoration: none\"> <span style='font-size:1.25em;line-height:1em'><I><SPAN STYLE=\"background: transparent\"><SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\">The Destruction of the Temple Foretold.<\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/I><\/span><\/P> <\/TD> <\/TR> <TR> <TD> <P ALIGN=\"LEFT\" STYLE=\"background: transparent;border-top: none;border-bottom: 1px solid #ffffff;border-left: none;border-right: none;padding: 0in;font-style: normal;font-weight: normal;text-decoration: none\"> <BR> <\/P> <P ALIGN=\"LEFT\" STYLE=\"background: transparent;border: none;padding: 0in;font-style: normal;font-weight: normal;text-decoration: none\"> <BR> <\/P> <\/TD> <\/TR> <\/TABLE> <P>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; 1 And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings <I>are here!<\/I> &nbsp; 2 And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. &nbsp; 3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, &nbsp; 4 Tell us, when shall these things be? and what <I>shall be<\/I> the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled?<\/P> <P> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; We may here see,<\/P> <P> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; I. How apt many of Christ&#8217;s own disciples are to idolize things that look <I>great,<\/I> and have been long looked upon as <I>sacred.<\/I> They had heard Christ complain of those who had made the temple a <I>den of thieves;<\/I> and yet, when he quitted it, for the wickedness that remained in it, they court him to be as much in love as they were with the stately structure and adorning of it. One of them said to him, &#8220;Look, Master, <I>what manner of stones, and what buildings are here,<\/I><span class='_0000ff'><I><U><span class='bible'> v.<\/span><span class='bible'> 1<\/span><\/U><\/I><\/span>. We never saw the like in Galilee; O do not leave this fine place.&#8221;<\/P> <P> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; II. How little Christ values external pomp, where there is not real purity; &#8220;<I>Seest thou these great buildings<\/I>&#8221; (saith Christ), &#8220;and admirest thou them? I tell thee, the time is at hand when <I>there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down,<\/I>&#8221; <span class='bible'><I>v.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> 2<\/span>. And the sumptuousness of the fabric shall be no security to it, no nor move any compassion in the Lord Jesus towards it. He looks with <I>pity<\/I> upon the ruin of precious souls, and weeps over them, for on them he has put great value; but we do not find him look with any pity upon the ruin of a magnificent house, when he is driven out of it by sin, for that is of small value with him. With what little concern doth he say, <I>Not one stone shall be left on another!<\/I> Much of the strength of the temple lay in the largeness of the stones, and if these be thrown down, no footstep, no remembrance, of it will remain. While any part remained standing, there might be some hopes of the repair of it; but what hope is there, when not one stone is <I>left upon another?<\/I><\/P> <P> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; III. How natural it is to us to desire to know things to come, and the times of them; more inquisitive we are apt to be about that than about our duty. His disciples knew not how to <I>digest<\/I> this doctrine of the ruin of the temple, which they thought must be their Master&#8217;s royal palace, and in which they expected their preferment, and to have the posts of honour; and therefore they were in pain till they got him alone, and got more out of him concerning this matter. As he was returning to Bethany therefore, he <I>sat upon the mount of Olives, over against the temple,<\/I> where he had a full view of it; and there four of them agreed to <I>ask him privately,<\/I> what he meant by the destroying of the temple, which they understood no more than they did the predictions of his own death, so inconsistent was it with their scheme. Probably, though these four proposed the question, yet Christ&#8217;s discourse, in answer to it, was in the hearing of the rest of the disciples, yet <I>privately,<\/I> that is, apart from the multitude. Their enquiry is, <I>When shall these things be?<\/I> They will not question, at least not seem to question, whether they shall be or no (for their Master has said that they shall), but are willing to hope it is a great way off. Yet they ask not precisely the day and year (therein they were modest), but say, &#8220;Tell us <I>what shall be the sign, when all these things shall be fulfilled?<\/I> What presages shall there be of them, and how may we prognosticate their approach?&#8221;<\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Matthew Henry&#8217;s Whole Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P> <B>Master, behold, what manner of stones and what manner of buildings <\/B> (<span class='_800000'><SPAN LANG=\"el-GR\">,      <\/SPAN><\/span>). <span class='bible'>Mt 24:1<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Lu 21:5<\/span> tell of the fact of the comment, but Mark alone gives the precise words. Perhaps Peter himself (Swete) was the one who sought thus by a pleasant platitude to divert the Teacher&#8217;s attention from the serious topics of recent hours in the temple. It was not a new observation, but the merest commonplace might serve at this crisis. Josephus (<I>Ant<\/I>. xv. II, 3) speaks of the great size of these stones and the beauty of the buildings. Some of these stones at the southeastern and southwestern angles survive today and measure from twenty to forty feet long and weigh a hundred tons. Jesus had, of course, often observed them. <\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Robertson&#8217;s Word Pictures in the New Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P>Stones. The spring &#8211; stones of the arches of the bridge which spanned the valley of Tyropoeon (the cheese &#8211; makers), and connected the ancient city of David with the royal porch of the temple, measured twenty &#8211; four feet in length by six in thickness. Yet these were by no means the largest in the masonry of the temple. Both at the southeastern and southwestern angles stones have been found measuring from twenty to forty feet long, and weighing above one hundred tons (Edersheim, &#8221; Temple &#8220;).<\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Vincent&#8217;s Word Studies in the New Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>OLIVET DISCOURSE &#8212; 3 QUESTIONS OF THE FUTURE, V. 1-4<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1) <strong>&#8220;And as He went out of the temple,&#8221; <\/strong>(kai ekporeuomenou autou ek tou hierou) &#8220;And as He went out of and away from the temple,&#8221; and the temple area in Jerusalem, He began an extensive discourse, <span class='bible'>Mat 24:1<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>2) <strong>&#8220;One of the disciples saith unto Him,&#8221; <\/strong>(legei auto eis ton matheton autou) &#8220;One of His disciples said to Him,&#8221; as others of the disciples joined in the inquiries and observations regarding the majesty of the temple, the future of it, the people of Israel, and their future.<\/p>\n<p>3) <strong>&#8220;Master, see what manner of stones,&#8221;<\/strong> (didaskale ice potapoi lithoi) &#8220;Teacher, behold (just look) what great stones,&#8221; great in size and beauty, what majestic stone buildings! Do you see? Have you really noticed the size of the stones in these buildings? <span class='bible'>Luk 21:5<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>4) <strong>&#8220;And what buildings are here!&#8221;<\/strong> (kai potapai oikodomai) &#8220;And just what great buildings,&#8221; what edifices these are! in size, in architecture, in durability, as well as beauty; The disciples saw only the manner of the stones and the beauty of the buildings, while the Lord saw the events of the future associated with these stones, the temple, this city, this people of temple worship (Israel) and the work of His disciples in the Church, His New Covenant program of worship and service. This is the central theme of this discourse, as also recounted by Matthew and Luke, <span class='bible'>Mat 24:1<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mat 25:46<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:38<\/span>.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Garner-Howes Baptist Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><em>CRITICAL AND EXEGETICAL NOTES<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:8<\/span>. <strong>Beginnings of sorrows<\/strong>.<em>Beginning of travail-pangs<\/em>the throes that are to issue in the regeneration of the world.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:9<\/span>. Render: <em>But look ye to yourselves; for they shall deliver you unto sanhedrins and unto synagogues; ye shall be beaten; and at-the-bar-of governors and kings ye shall stand on account of Me, for a testimony to them<\/em>. Meaning of last clause: an opportunity will be given you of proclaiming the truth in the hearing of the highest in the landthose who, in the ordinary course of things, would be unlikely to come in contact with peasants of Galilee.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:11<\/span>. <strong>Take no thought beforehand<\/strong>.<em>Entertain no solicitude as to what<\/em>, etc. <strong>Neither do ye premeditate<\/strong>.Omitted in many first-rate MSS. and versions. Probably a marginal explanation of preceding clause, which eventually crept into the text.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:13<\/span>. <strong>He that shall endure unto the end<\/strong>.Here is the cardinal virtue of <em>fortitude<\/em>, the cheerful hardihood and loyal sense of duty, evinced by Christs faithful soldier and servant in meeting all shocks of temptation and all assaults of our enemies; for  often means to bide the brunt of encounter in battle.<\/p>\n<p><em>MAIN HOMILETICS OF THE PARAGRAPH.<\/em><em><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:1-13<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n<p>(PARALLELS: <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:1-14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:5-19<\/span>.)<\/p>\n<p><em>The destruction of the Temple<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. The function of a prophet<\/strong>.Of the three characters, Prophet, Priest, and King, which are united in the person of Christ, the first is that in which He was commonly regarded while He lived among men. The original authority of a prophet is grounded, not on the truth of his declarations concerning future events, which can never be ascertained till the accomplishment of those events, but on the proofs of his Divine mission which he offers to his immediate hearersthe signs and wonders which, in connexion with the purity of his doctrine and the holiness of his life, plainly prove him to be a teacher come from God, a prophet at least, if not more than a prophet. When, however, the miracles have done their work, and convinced the men of that generation of the prophetic character of him who performs them, there still remains the test of prophecy, strictly so calledthe predictions, if the prophet have uttered any such, relating to future events, to be accomplished in due season. Many such predictions might be gathered out of our Lords discourses, and compared with the course of subsequent events, from the time of their delivery unto this day. None, however, will be found more interesting or more convincing than those which He delivered relating to the destruction of that very city and Temple in or near which they were uttered.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. The prediction of Christ concerning the Temple<\/strong>.Jerusalem might be called, at that time, a prosperous and flourishing city, not indeed independent, but rather strengthened than weakened by that protection which was extended over it by the Roman power. It was surrounded with lofty walls, along which numerous strong towers were erected at certain distances, according to the best methods of fortification then practised. High above all rose the Temple, at once temple and fortress, to the buildings of which belonged those immense stones which were pointed out to Christ by His disciples on this occasion. Could a finer opportunity have been offered of delivering that prediction which He had always intended to leave behind Him of the approaching destruction of both city and Temple? Or could that destruction have been announced in terms better adapted to sink down into the ears of His disciples? When a building, especially one of the size and massive construction of the Temple, is suffered to fall into decay, its destruction is slow and gradual; and long after the more perishable portions have disappeared the walls remain standing, to shew the form and dimensions of the structure when entire. Even when these have fallen down the foundations continue unimpaired; and no degree of dilapidation, nothing but extreme violence and a deliberate intention to destroy, can ever reduce such an edifice to the state here described. It is manifest, therefore, and must have been manifest to Christs hearers, that He spoke of no ravages of time, no process of decay, but of brute force and hostile assaults, when He used this image.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. The fulfilment of this prediction<\/strong>.Pass over a period of forty years, and view Jerusalem, as had been foretold of it, compassed with armies, the armies of the Romans under Titus. After several delays, occasioned by the unsettled state of the Roman Government, Vespasian was at last confirmed in the imperial throne, and his son Titus was sent to command the armies in Judea. The days of Jerusalem were now numbered. Failing to take the city by assault, Titus proceeded to surround the entire compass of it with a wall, thereby fulfilling a part of our Lords description (<span class='bible'>Luk. 19:43<\/span>). The inhabitants being thus without the possibility of escape, and all supplies being cut off, the accomplishment of the rest of the prophecy could not be far off. It was hastened by the conduct of the people themselves. Instead of uniting, as one man, in the defence of the city, they weakened themselves by mutual factions and divisions, insomuch that within the short space of five months the city was taken, and the work of destruction begun. It is recorded that Titus himself was very desirous of preserving the Temple as a monument of Roman power and prowess, but was unable to restrain his own soldiers, who, in the heat and excitement of victory, set fire to it, and resisted all attempts to extinguish the conflagration. The preservation of these great buildings being thus rendered impossible, we read that the Roman general, foiled in his first design, now gave orders to complete the demolition both of the city and Temple by actually digging up and levelling the foundations of them; thus, almost literally, leaving not one stone upon another.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Lessons<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p>1. How differently would things strike us if we could only look forward a few years! What a world of changes do we live in! Desire and seek after durable riches, a building of God, a good foundation laid up in store against the time to come. <br \/>2. In connexion with the punishment inflicted on Jerusalem, reflect on our own responsibility as having succeeded to those privileges of which the Jews were dispossessed. Beware of defiling the temple of the living God. <br \/>3. Where is this temple to be seen in its perfection? Not, will each of us be ready to reply, not in me, nor in my sin-stained, blood-guilty soul. When I look into myself I see a temple indeed, but a temple in ruins; a shrine from which the Divinity has departed; a perverse will, unruly passions, wayward and unsanctified affections; in a word, of that noble fabric which was dedicated to God in baptism, and has been since adorned with so many gifts of the Holy Ghost, not one stone is left upon another. I see, and mourn; but I do not despair. The tears of the Christian over the breaches and decays of his spiritual temple are the appointed means by which, under God, those breaches are to be healed, and the whole building restored to its original use, and, if possible, to more than its original beauty.<em>F. Field, LL.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>Warning, promise, and encouragement<\/em>.There is nothing in these words to encourage speculation, much to induce and strengthen that practical temper and habit, the habit of duty and loyal obedience, in which there lives far more real religion than in all the pious and laborious conjectures good men have framed, and which they sometimes attempt to palm off as infallible certainties on an astonished Church, or world.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. The warning<\/strong> I take to be that we are to wait with patience for the orderly providential unfolding of the Divine counsel, instead of impatiently jumping at hasty and misleading conclusions. The conceited temper which speaks as though it had been admitted to the secret council-chamber of heaven; the curious temper which is for ever prying into futurity, and busies itself with speculation instead of with the rules of holy living and the problems of obedience; the hasty temper which is impatient for results, and wants to see trees bearing fruit as soon as they are planted; and the faithless temper which is always seeking proofs and signs, and confounds seeing with believing, are all rebuked by this grave and kindly warning.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. The promise<\/strong> I take to be that to all faithful and obedient souls, thus waiting with patience on God amid many tribulations and disappointments, too occupied with duty and service to let their hearts grow sick with hope deferred, a Divine guidance and help will be vouchsafed, answering to every need. Loyalty to Christ under hard conditions, and when we fall on evil times, will expose us to many tribulationsto loss, contumely, and the alienation of friends. But these very tribulations are part of the discipline by which God is making us constant and making us perfect, by which He is preparing us for salvation and life. And meantime, even in our darkest hours and most dejected moods, He is with us to guide and sustain us, to teach us what to say and what to do.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. The encouragement<\/strong> I take to be that the tribulations of this present time are designed to usher in, to prepare for us and to prepare us for, a better time, a golden age, which shall have no end. This regeneration is our great hope, our great encouragement, under the toils, often unrequited, of time, under all its changes and catastrophes, under the oppressive sense of its manifold evils, sorrows, wrongs. We look for a time, we believe it to be the purpose of God that a time shall come, in which evil will be overcome of good, and death be swallowed up of life, in which not we alone shall be blessed, but all men will be drawn into the service, love, and peace of God. And if we really believe this to be the end to which the love and providence of God are pressing forward through all the vicissitudes and tribulations of time, for the joy set before us, we may well rejoice in our tribulations and toils, even though we do not know when the end will be reached, or what will be the signs of its approach.<em>S. Cox, D.D.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><em>OUTLINES AND COMMENTS ON THE VERSES<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:1-2<\/span>. <em>The spiritual temple<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>1. The world admires a stately and magnificent temple; but the temple which attracts the eyes and the heart of Christ, as worthy of God and framed by His Spirit, is a heart which resembles that of this poor widow, a heart consecrated by charity, wherein God makes His abode, and in which this virtue worships Him, sacrifices itself to Him, mourns continually in His presence, and there feeds upon His Divine Word. <br \/>2. Christ bears with the simplicity of His disciples, who would have Him admire a temple of which He was Himself the model, and which was only a figure of His body; but He makes use of this simplicity to instruct them, to take off their minds from this visible temple, and to give them a foresight of that justice which He was to exercise upon this building, on account of the Jews. Nothing of that which is to be destroyed is worthy to be the true temple of God. It is in a poor and humble heart that Hedelights to dwell.<em>P. Quesnel<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:5-13<\/span>. <em>This prophecy a proof of Christs Divinity<\/em>.This prophecy is one of the clearest and surest in the Bible, and has ever been regarded by Christians as a decisive proof of the Divine mission of their Lord. In a time of peace He predicted war. When there were only visible signs of prosperity, He foretold speedy destruction. When the disciples were few, He declared that the gospel would soon be proclaimed to distant nations. When the apostles were about to forsake Him, seeking safety by flight, He said that ere long many would be willing to die for His name. When there were no outward indications of success, He spoke with perfect confidence of the establishment of His kingdom. He taught the disciples that its nature was different from their hopes, being more excellent; and the means of its promotion different from their expectations, being more effective. Knowing that after two days He should be crucified, and declaring this to the disciples, He expressed to them the full assurance of the triumph of His kingdom, by means of which the history of the world afforded no example; and of their salvation, through sufferings which they feared to anticipate. He gave them that knowledge, and only that, which was useful to them; and referred to their coming trials with the firmest faith and the most tender sympathy. He announced the retribution which would come on His adversaries, without any personal resentment, stating it to be the righteous judgment of God, but manifesting compassion even for those whose sins brought upon themselves destruction. Such were the words of Jesus; and His words were fulfilled. Looking only to this one prophecy, we say with those who witnessed the Crucifixion, Truly this is the Son of God.<em>J. H. Godwin<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:5-6<\/span>. <em>The danger of being led astray<\/em>.It is quite as important not to be led astray by false religious teachers as by any other class of deceivers or deceived; and there is quite as much danger in this line as in any other. Sincerity on our part is no guard against deception or wandering; nor is sincerity a safeguard to a religious teacher. Those who are themselves both honest and sincere would lead us astray if we followed them in their wrong path. There is danger of our being led astray by the sermons we hear, the papers or the books we read, the counsel or example of those whom we have supposed to be godly, or by the impulses or convictions of our own minds and hearts. There is such a thing as conscientious error-teaching and devil-serving. The warning of Jesus is, that ye take heed that no man lead you astray in doctrine or morals, through holding up a false standard of conduct, or a false interpretation of Gods Word.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:6<\/span>. <em>I am Christ<\/em>.Imposture will always take its clue from antecedent reality; its work is that of distortion, not of invention (<span class='bible'>Act. 19:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ti. 2:18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Pe. 3:16<\/span>).<em>J. Miller<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:11<\/span>. <em>Divine source of apostolic sufficiency<\/em>.Christ chose poor fishermen to shew that however insufficient soever He received them, yet He received them into such a school, such an university, as would deliver them back into His Church, made fit by Him for the service thereof. Christ needed not mans sufficiency; He took insufficient men. Christ excuses no mans insufficiency; He made them sufficient (<span class='bible'>Mar. 16:20<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Act. 4:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Exo. 4:10-12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Co. 4:7<\/span>).<em>John Donne, D.D.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:12<\/span>. <em>Christianity the cause of division<\/em>.As Christianity gives birth to and cherishes the most perfect love, so it calls forth the most bitter hatred. It calls forth a love which is above nature, because it makes men love their enemies. Contrariwise it calls forth a hatred which is unnatural; for it made, and yet makes, men hate and betray, and, if they can, destroy their own flesh and blood. Thus we read that the Emperor Domitian, in his hatred of the Christian name, slew Flavius Clemens and his niece, or near relation Flavia Domitilla; the Emperor Maximin martyred Artemia, his own sister; and Diocletian slew his own wife and other relatives. St. Barbara also was killed by her own father; and if we had a full martyrology of obscure Christians, we should find multitudes of others similarly betrayed by their own flesh and blood. We are told by Indian missionaries that as soon as converts are baptised they become objects of hatred to their nearest relatives; even their wives often desert them. Now if this be so in a country where Christianity is the religion of the rulers, what would it be if heathenism were unchecked in its power of persecution?<em>M. F. Sadler<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:13<\/span>. <em>Incentives to perseverance<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>1. Of all afflictions and troubles, those are the most comfortable to suffer and endure which are suffered for Christ. <br \/>2. By these kinds of sufferings we glorify God, and bring honour to the name of Christ, and credit to the gospel, more than by any other sufferings. <br \/>3. It is a most honourable thing unto us, yea, the greatest glory that may be in this world, to suffer anything for Christ. <br \/>4. Consider how much Christ has suffered for us, and for our salvation; how great reproach and shame; what bitter pain and torment of soul and body; and let this move us patiently and willingly to suffer any persecution and trouble for His sake. <br \/>5. Consider how much wicked men suffer in the practice of sin, and to satisfy their wicked lusts, and let this move us to suffer any persecution for Christ. <br \/>6. Consider the great and excellent reward promised to those who endure for Christs sake.<em>G. Petter<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>Persecution a trial to perseverance<\/em>.There are persecutions <em>and<\/em> persecutionsgreat and bloody persecutions such as a Nero or a Decius could inaugurate on an imposing scale; and, as we know, petty persecutions, which are all that is permitted to the native ferocity of the persecuting temper by the milder manners of a more civilised age. But persecution, whatever its scale, is a trial to perseverance. Persecution is in any case friction; and, as we all know, friction, if only it be continued long enough, brings movement to a standstill, unless there be a new supply of the impelling force. Men who have done much for Christ have given up at the last under the stress of relentless persecution. And perhaps petty persecutions are more trying to perseverance, in some ways, than great ones. Men who have not flinched from the axe or from the stake will yield to the incessant worry of domestic or local tyrannyto the persecutions which make home wretched, or the office, or the shop, or the dormitory wellnigh intolerable. Why do we pray in the Church service that the evils which the craft and subtlety of the devil or man worketh against us be brought to naught, and, by the providence of Gods goodness, may be dispersed? It is that we, His servants, being hurt by no persecutions, may evermore give thanks unto Him in His holy Church. In other words, it is because persecution involves a serious risk to perseverance.<em>Canon Liddon<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>ILLUSTRATIONS TO CHAPTER 13<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:7-8<\/span>. <em>The sorrows of war<\/em>.The conqueror of Bonaparte at Waterloo wrote, on the day after June 19th, to the Duke of Beaufort: The losses we have sustained have quite broken me down, and I have no feeling for the advantages we have acquired. On the same day, too, he wrote to Lord Aberdeen: I cannot express to you the regret and sorrow with which I look round me and contemplate the loss which I have sustained, particularly in your brother. The glory resulting from such actions, so dearly bought, is no consolation to me, and I cannot suggest it as any to you and his friends; but I hope that it may be expected that this last one has been so decisive as that no doubt remains that our exertions and our individual losses will be rewarded by the early attainment of our just object. It is then that the glory of the actions in which our friends and relations have fallen will be some consolation for their loss. He who could write thus had already attained a greater victory than that of Waterloo; and the less naturally follows the greater.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:13<\/span>. <em>Endurance<\/em>.There was a period during the battle of Kniggrtz when the attack of the Prussians seemed hopeless. Across the stream and up the long slope the battalions poured, only to be again and again repulsed by the Austrian army, and yet again and again they returned to the attack. And what was the secret that encouraged their persistence? An observer of the battle from a tall tower, at this crisis, looked eastward along the range of elevated ground which was the stronghold of the Austrians, and in the distance, from the edge of a wood, his eye caught the gleaming of bayonets. A strong body of Prussians had outflanked the Austrians, and was advancing rapidly on the rear of their position, and it was the knowledge of this flank movement of the other division of their army that gave courage and endurance to those Prussians who attacked in front. Just thus the Christian, though often disappointed with his failures in the spiritual life, yet persists in his efforts, for he knows that the irresistible force of Gods power will come to the help of His tried and tempted servants.<\/p>\n<p><em>Constancy<\/em>.Some dyes cannot bear the weather, but alter colour presently; but there are others that, having something that gives a deeper tincture, will hold. The graces of a true Christian hold out in all sorts of weather, in winter and summer, prosperity and adversity, when superficial counterfeit holiness will give out.<em>R. Sibbes<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>Perseverance<\/em>.I know the way to heaven, said little Minnie to little Johnny, who stood by her side, looking at a picture-book. You do? said little John. Well, wont you tell me how to get there? Oh yes! Ill tell you. Just commence going up, and keep on going all the time, and youll get there. But, Johnny, you must not turn back.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Preacher&#8217;s Complete Homiletical Commentary Edited by Joseph S. Exell<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>10. THE DESTRUCTION OF THE TEMPLE FORETOLD. 13:1-13.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>TEXT 13:1-13<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>And as he went forth out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, behold, what manner of stones and what manner of buildings! And Jesus said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? There shall not be left here one stone upon another, which shall not be thrown down. And as he sat on the Mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when these things are all about to be accomplished? And Jesus began to say unto them, Take heed that no man lead you astray. Many shall come in my name, saying, I am he; and shall lead many astray. And when ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars, be not troubled: these things must needs come to pass: but the end is not yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: there shall be earthquakes in divers places; there shall be famines: these things are the beginning of travail. But take ye heed to yourselves: for they shall deliver you up to councils; and in synagogues shall ye be beaten; and before governors and kings shall ye stand for my sake, for a testimony unto them. And the gospel must first be preached unto all the nations. And when they lead you to judgment, and deliver you up, be not anxious before hand what ye shall speak: but whatsoever shall be given you in that hour, that speak ye: for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy Spirit. And brother shall deliver up brother to death, and the father his child; and children shall rise up against parents, and cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for my names sake: but he that endureth to the end, the same shall be saved.<\/p>\n<p><strong>THOUGHT QUESTIONS 13:1-13<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>702.<\/p>\n<p>What was the motive of the disciple of Jesus in calling attention to the stones and buildings?<\/p>\n<p>703.<\/p>\n<p>What size stones were involved in the prediction of Jesus?<\/p>\n<p>704.<\/p>\n<p>In what year was the prediction of destruction made?when was it fulfilled?<\/p>\n<p>705.<\/p>\n<p>At about what time of the day was the question about the temple asked and answered? What side of the city and temple was in view?<\/p>\n<p>706.<\/p>\n<p>Is there any significance in who asked the questions?<\/p>\n<p>707.<\/p>\n<p>How many questions were asked? (Compare the parallel accounts in <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:1-22<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:5-24<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>708.<\/p>\n<p>Why associate the destruction of Jerusalem and the second coming of Christ?<\/p>\n<p>709.<\/p>\n<p>In what particular area of misleading did Jesus speak in <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:5<\/span>?<\/p>\n<p>710.<\/p>\n<p>Was Jesus saying certain persons would appear as the Messiah?in His first or second advent?<\/p>\n<p>711.<\/p>\n<p>What end is discussed in <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:7<\/span>? The end of the world?; The end of Jerusalem?; The end of the Jewish nation?<\/p>\n<p>712.<\/p>\n<p>When was <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:8<\/span> fulfilled? or is it to be fulfilled?<\/p>\n<p>713.<\/p>\n<p>One translation says the beginning of birth pangs in <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:8<\/span> b. What does this mean?<\/p>\n<p>714.<\/p>\n<p>Were the four disciples who heard the words of <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:9<\/span> treated in the manner described? was this a fulfillment of the prediction?<\/p>\n<p>715.<\/p>\n<p>Was the gospel ever preached to all the nations? Cf. <span class='bible'>Col. 1:23<\/span>. Why must the gospel first be preached to all nations?<\/p>\n<p>716.<\/p>\n<p>Verses eleven and twelve seems to indicate a promise to be fulfilled in the lifetime of the apostleswas it? How does it fit the context of the worldor the destruction of Jerusalem?<\/p>\n<p>717.<\/p>\n<p>In what sense saved as in <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:13<\/span>?<\/p>\n<p><strong>COMMENT<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>TIME.A.D. 30; Tuesday, April 4; the same day after our Lords farewell to and final departure from the temple.<br \/>PLACES.The lesson begins in the temple, as the Lord departs from it, and ends upon the Mount of Olives, over against and over-looking Jerusalem and the temple, from the east.<\/p>\n<p>INTERESTING HISTORY.After the incidents of the widows mite (<span class='bible'>Mar. 12:41-43<\/span>), Certain Greeks desire to see Jesus (<span class='bible'>Joh. 12:20-27<\/span>); a voice from heaven (<span class='bible'>Joh. 12:28-36<\/span>); reflections on the unbelief of the Jews (<span class='bible'>Joh. 12:37-50<\/span>) ; the scathing rebuke to the Pharisees, scribes and lawyers (<span class='bible'>Mat. 23:1-36<\/span>) and the farewell to the temple (<span class='bible'>Mat. 23:37-39<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>PARALLEL ACCOUNTS.<span class='bible'>Mat. 24:1-22<\/span>.<span class='bible'> <\/span><span class='bible'>Luk. 21:5-24<\/span>. LESSON OUTLINE.1. The Temple Doomed. 2. False Christs and Trouble. 3. The Era of Persecution.<\/p>\n<p><strong>ANALYSIS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>I.<\/p>\n<p>THE TEMPLE DOOMED, <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:1-4<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>1.<\/p>\n<p>The Lord Forsakes the Temple. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:5<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>2.<\/p>\n<p>The Temples Fate. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:6<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>3.<\/p>\n<p>Christ on the Mount of Olives. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:3<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>4.<\/p>\n<p>When shall these things be? <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:7<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>II.<\/p>\n<p>FALSE CHRISTS AND TROUBLE, <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:5-8<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>1.<\/p>\n<p>Beware of Deceivers. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:8<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>2.<\/p>\n<p>False Christs. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:8<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>3.<\/p>\n<p>Wars and Rumors of Wars. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:9<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>4.<\/p>\n<p>Universal Commotion. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:10-11<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>III.<\/p>\n<p>THE ERA OF PERSECUTION, <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:9-13<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>1.<\/p>\n<p>The Suffering Church. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:9<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:8-13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:12-19<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>2.<\/p>\n<p>The Gospel Among all Nations. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:14<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>3.<\/p>\n<p>The Divine Helper. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:11<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 21:15<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>4.<\/p>\n<p>Saved by Endurance. <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 24:13<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>INTRODUCTION<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>In order to fully understand the student must have pictured before him the circumstances. On Sunday the Lord had proclaimed probably, for the first time, by his entry into Jerusalem that he was the Messiah King. On Monday and Tuesday, in the temple, before the leaders of the nation, he had for the last time offered them the divine message. When it was rejected he warned them in parables and then, passing from the parable, he delivered the withering denunciations recorded in the twenty-third chapter of Matthew. This discourse has never been surpassed in indignant rebuke, withering denunciation, and tearful sorrow over the coming fate of confirmed sinners who would not be saved. It contains Christs last words to the Jewish nation. The contest had been growing fiercer, the opposition of his enemies was more bitter, their plots against his life were working, their utter perverseness was fully manifested, the time for tender appeal had passed by, and the Lord turns upon the Whited Sepulchers, the generation of vipers, the hypocritical pretenders, in a philippic that we believe has never been equalled. But even in the midst of it, like a rift of blue sky in the fearful storm cloud, his love and pity shine forth with wonderful beauty in the pathetic exclamation of verse thirty-seven. In his parting words, Behold, your house is left unto you desolate, he seemed to see the awful picture of a ruined temple and city smoking among the starved and mangled carcasses of the people of Israel; the fearful doom of many that listened to his voice. When this farewell was spoken he turned to depart from a temple that had rejected God and which he never more would enter. As he passed through its courts, his disciples apparently to make an appeal in behalf of so splendid a structure, pointed to the massive stones used in its construction. Then he replied, Not one stone shall be left upon another.<\/p>\n<p><strong>EXPLANATORY NOTES<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>I.<\/p>\n<p>THE TEMPLE DOOMED.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:1<\/span>. As he went out of the temple. After the solemn and pathetic farewell recorded in the latter part of the twenty-third chapter of Matthew. Those words closed his public ministry to the Jewish nation, and he left the temple never to return. He left it desolate. He probably passed from the exclusively Jewish part to the court of the Gentiles and then the reference was made to the stones of the structure by one of the disciples which drew forth his prediction. What manner of stones and what manner of buildings? Josephus, the Jewish historian, who was present when Jerusalem was destroyed by the Romans nearly forty years after the Lords prediction speaks of the immense stones used in the structure. He, in his Antiquities (xv. 11, 3), speaks of the stones of a certain part of the edifice, as being each, in length, 25 cubits (37 to 44 feet); in height, 8 (12 to 14 feet); in breadth, about 12 (18 to 21 feet). In his Wars (5:5, 6), he speaks of some of the stones as 45 cubits in length, 5 in height, and 6 in breadth. Few buildings, in ancient or modern times, have equalled in magnificence Herods Temple. With its out-buildings it covered an area of over 19 acres, was built of white marble, was 46 years in building (<span class='bible'>Joh. 2:20<\/span>), and employed in its construction 10,000 skilled workmen. Josephus also speaks of the great strength of the structure and tells that the strongest of the batterings was worked against the wall without effect, for five days in succession; the size and joining of the stones were too strong for it, and for all the others. The descriptions vie with each other in describing the splendor of the temple as rebuilt by Herod the Great. Says Farrar: The disciples eagerly pointed to goodly stones and splendid offerings; to the nine gates overlaid with gold and silver, and to the one of Corinthian brass, yet more precious; those graceful and towering porches; those double cloisters and stately pillars; that lavish adornment of sculpture and arabesque; those alternate blocks of red and white marble, recalling the crest and the hollow of sea waves.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:2<\/span>. There shall not be one stone left upon another. At the time this was spoken no event was more improbable than this. The temple was vast, rich, splendid. It was the pride of the nation, and the nation was at peace. Yet in the short space of forty years all this was exactly accomplished. Jerusalem was taken by the Roman armies, under the command of Titus, A.D. 70. The account of the siege and destruction of the city is left us by Josephus. That shall not be thrown down. The fortifications of Jerusalem and its natural advantages rendered it so apparently impregnable, that, after its fall, Titus, the captor, is reported by Josephus ( Wars of the Jews, <span class='bible'>Mar. 6:9<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar. 6:1<\/span>) to have said, It was no other than God who ejected the Jews out of these fortifications. Titus ordered the whole city and the temple to be dug up, leaving only two or three of the chief towers, so that those who visited it could hardly believe that it had ever been inhabited (Wars, vii I). Of the temple proper not a vestige remains. It was built, however, upon an immense platform, partly composed of natural masonry. This platform is still standing. The remains which recent explorations have disinterred belong, all of them, to the substructure of the templeits drains, foundations, underground passages, and the like.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:3<\/span>. And as he sat. The words fell on the ears of the disciples, and awed them into silence. It was not till they had crossed to the Mount of Olives that even the foremost and most favored ventured to break it. Jesus paused before passing the ridge of Olivet, and sat down with his disciples to look back upon Jerusalem. The sun was setting, and the whole city, with the surrounding valleys and hillsides alive with the camps of pilgrims, lay beneath him in the evening light. The history of a thousand years, the divine oracles speaking by a thousand voices, the monuments of prophets, patriarchs, and kings, the visitations of angels, miraculous inter-positions in judgment and in blessing, from the offering of Isaac and the building of the temple, were present to him, as he looked upon Moriah and Zion, and heard the murmur and the evening songs of a million people gathered within and around the walls of the holy city. Nowhere on earth was it possible to find another scene of such commanding interest as that which lay before the eyes of Jesus when he turned to look upon Jerusalem for the last time (March.) Over against the temple. On leaving the temple Jesus would descend into the valley of the Kedron, and ascend the opposite slope of the Mount of Olives. Then full in view the temple would rise with its colonnades of dazzling white marble, surmounted with golden roof and pinnacles. At a distance the whole temple looked literally like a mount of snow, fretted with golden pinnacles. Peter, James, John, Andrew. The four fishermen first called, and first named in the lists, the confidential disciples. Asked him privately. Either apart from the multitude, but in the presence of the other disciples, or apart from the other disciples, in a private conference.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:4<\/span>. When shall these things be? The things of which they had heard him speak. The question is given more fully by Matthew (<span class='bible'>Mat. 24:3<\/span>). It embraced three points: (1) the time of the destruction of the temple; (2) the sign of his coming; and (3) of the end of the world.Maclear. What shall be the sign? By what signs shall we know when these things shall be accomplished? They wanted some insight into his plans, so that they might know when and how he was to come, and all the events he had foretold should take place, and his kingdom be established.<\/p>\n<p>II.<\/p>\n<p>FALSE CHRISTS AND TROUBLE.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:5<\/span>. Jesus answering them began. Our Lords answer to these questions was framed to afford all the information needful to them, or useful for their guidance, but little to gratify a vague curiosity. Neither did he answer their questions categorically, but so intermingled his replies that it required after knowledge and experience to discriminate more than was actually needful for their safety and warning to know. We can now distinguish that he spoke of his coming, not personally, but by the fulfillment of his predictions concerning Jerusalem, and for the final uprooting of that theocracy which had become obstructive to the progress of the gospel; and again of his final coming to judge the world, of which, also, they inquired. Much that our Lord said might be applicable to both these great eventsboth these comings, being, in fact, comings to judgment; but toward the close his language grew more distinctly applicable to his final coming to judge the world (J. Kitto.) Lest any man deceive you. The Lord does not answer when, but by admonitions not to be deceived. It is not given to us to know the times and the seasons. The Lords purpose in this first part of his discourse is not to tell what are, but what are not, the premonitions of the great catastrophe to which he here refers.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:6<\/span>. For. Introducing the ground or reason of this unexpected warning (Alexander.) Many shall come. Five tokens are here given, to which the Lord direct the attention of his disciples: (1) The rise of false prophets; (2) wars and rumors of wars; (3) the rising of nation against nation; (4) earthquakes; (5) famines (Cambridge Bible.) In my name. Pretending to be the Messiah. As the destruction of their holy city drew near, and the Messianic hopes of the Jews were at fever-heat, many enthusiasts arose, and awakened false expectations, and drew large numbers after them (<span class='bible'>Act. 5:36-37<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Jn. 2:18<\/span>). Josephus says that in the reign of Claudius (who died A.D. 54), the land was overwhelmed with deceivers who pretended to be the Christ. The names and abortive efforts of several of these deceivers are given by Josephus and other historians.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:7<\/span>. Ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars. A seeming anti-climax, but a real climax. The rumors of an expected invasion are often more dreadful than the invasion itself.Abbott. Wars and rumors of wars there certainly were during this period; but the prophecy must be interpreted rather than those of which the Hebrew Christians would be most likely to hear as a cause of terror. Such, undoubtedly, were the three threats of war against the Jews by Caligula, Claudius, and Nero; of the first which Josephus says, that it would have brought extermination to the Jewish nation had it not been for Caligulas death.Alford. Be ye not troubled. (1) As if everything were going to ruin. Be not troubled; for you will be safe, both at the judgment and at the destruction of Jerusalem. Every Christian escaped from that destruction. (2) These things do not prove that the great catastrophe and final consummation is at hand. The end not yet. Neither that destruction of Jerusalem, nor the end of the world. These are not the certain signs of the end, for they occur at other times as well as then.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:8<\/span>. Nation shall rise against nation. Bear in mind the massacres of Caesarea, between Syrians and Jews, in which 20,000 of the latter fell, while in Syria almost every city was divided into two armies, which stood opposed to one another as deadly enemies; the quick succession of the five emperors in Rome within a few years, Nero, Galba, Otho, Vitellius, Vespasian, and the tumults connected therewith in wider and narrower circles. The war-fiend ran riot in Palestine, Syria, Egypt, and throughout the whole Roman empire. The ten years ending with the destruction of Jerusalem was such a period of civil commotion as the world has seldom witnessed. Earthquakes. The principal earthquakes occurring between this prophecy and the destruction of Jerusalem were, (1) a great earthquake in Crete, A.D. 46 or 47; (2) one at Rome on the day when Nero assumed the manly toga, A.D. 51; (3) one at Apamaea in Phrygia, mentioned by Tacitus, A.D. 53; (4) one at Laodicea in Phrygia, A.D. 60; (5) one in Campania.Alford. Famines and troubles. These would naturally follow the devastating civil wars. These woes all precede the awful end of Jerusalem and the Jewish nation.<\/p>\n<p>III.<\/p>\n<p>THE ERA OF PERSECUTION.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:9<\/span>. Take heed to yourselves. Not as a means of escaping from persecution, but as a means of preparing for it, as Christ bade Peter take heed against temptation (<span class='bible'>Mat. 26:41<\/span>). For. Before all these things (<span class='bible'>Luk. 21:12<\/span>); i.e., before these public calamities come, they shall deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues ye shall be beaten. These refer to ecclesiastical proceedings against them. And ye shall be brought before rulers and kings. Before civil tribunals next. For my sake, for a testimony against them. Rather, unto them; to give you an opportunity of bearing testimony to me before them. In the Acts of the Apostles we have the best commentary on this announcement (<span class='bible'>Mat. 10:17-18<\/span>). The martyrdoms and persecutions have ever called attention to the religion of Christ, and opened ways for its promulgation.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:10<\/span>. The gospel must first be published, Preached, proclaimed, which is the proper conception of preaching, Among all nations. The gospel had been published through the Roman world as then known, and every nation had received its testimony before the destruction of Jerusalem. See <span class='bible'>Col. 1:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Col. 1:23<\/span>, <span class='bible'>2Ti. 4:17<\/span>. But further, the gospel has yet to be preached universally for a testimony. And the universal diffusion of it by modern Christian missions is now a leading sign of the end.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:11<\/span>. Take no thought beforehand. Be not anxious, as in the New Version. The idea is: You need not distress yourselves by anxiously considering beforehand how you ought to speak before such high and august personages. Let all your thoughts beforehand be concerned about the publishing, Let your words and thoughts be aggressive; I will take care for the defense. Delivered from care of the future, be occupied with present duty. This verse is best interpreted by such practical illustrations as are afforded by <span class='bible'>Act. 4:19-20<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Act. 5:20-32<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Act. 22:3-21<\/span>, Observe that this direction affords no countenance whatever to preaching the truth without previous preparation. It is simply a warning against allowing the mind to be divided in time of danger between the desire of personal safety and the desire to be faithful to the truth.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:12<\/span>. Brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son. As there is nothing that excites such love as the gospel when intelligently received, so there is nothing that occasions such hate as this same gospel when passionately rejected. In that reception or rejection the heart of the heart is concerned.Morison. In missionary lands this is literally fulfilled today, as we all know.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar. 13:13<\/span>. Hated of all men. The Roman historian, Tacitus, speaks of the early Christians as a hated race. It is difficult for us in these days to understand how literally this was fulfilled. The most shameful practices were attributed to Christians; and partly in consequence of these falsehoods, partly from hatred of good, they were treated as the offscouring of the earth. Endure unto the end, the same shall be saved. The primary meaning of this seems to be that whosoever remained faithful till the destruction of Jerusalem should be preserved from it. No Christian, that we know of, perished in the siege or after it. But it has ulterior meanings, according to which the end will signify, to an individual, the day of his death (<span class='bible'>Rev. 2:10<\/span>), his martyrdom, as in the case of some of those here addressed; to the church, endurance in the faith to the end of all things,Alford.<\/p>\n<p><strong>FACT QUESTIONS 13:1-13<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>824.<\/p>\n<p>State the five points or events occurring between the close of Mark chapter twelve and the opening of the thirteenth chapter. Cf. <span class='bible'>Joh. 12:20-50<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat. 23:1-39<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>825.<\/p>\n<p>What occurred when for the last time our Lord offered His divine message and it was rejected?<\/p>\n<p>826.<\/p>\n<p>What is meant by the expression your house is left unto you desolate?<\/p>\n<p>827.<\/p>\n<p>Where were Jesus and His disciples when the disciples made the comment they did about the stones.<\/p>\n<p>828.<\/p>\n<p>Give the length, height and breadth of some of the stones according to Josephus.<\/p>\n<p>829.<\/p>\n<p>What was the area covered by the temple?<\/p>\n<p>830.<\/p>\n<p>How many years was the temple in being built? How many skilled workmen were employed in building the temple?<\/p>\n<p>831.<\/p>\n<p>Give three facts stated in Farrars description.<\/p>\n<p>832.<\/p>\n<p>Who said, It was no other than God who ejected the Jews out of these fortifications? Why?<\/p>\n<p>833.<\/p>\n<p>How did Titus accomplish the prediction of Jesus?<\/p>\n<p>834.<\/p>\n<p>There was a long pause between the words of Jesus and the answer of His discipleswhat happened during the pause?<\/p>\n<p>835.<\/p>\n<p>How was it possible for the temple to appear as a mount of snow, fretted with golden pinnacles?<\/p>\n<p>836.<\/p>\n<p>What three points were involved in the question: When shall these things be?<\/p>\n<p>837.<\/p>\n<p>What was the sign of <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:4<\/span>?<\/p>\n<p>838.<\/p>\n<p>How was the answer of Jesus both adequate and yet disappointing?<\/p>\n<p>839.<\/p>\n<p>What two comings were involved in His answer?<\/p>\n<p>840.<\/p>\n<p>What five tokens are mentioned to which the Lord directs the attention of the disciples?<\/p>\n<p>841.<\/p>\n<p>What caused the Messianic hopes of the Jews to rise to a fever-heat?<\/p>\n<p>842.<\/p>\n<p>What were the three wars and rumors of war especially significant to the Hebrew Christians?<\/p>\n<p>843.<\/p>\n<p>What two reasons are given for not being troubled?<\/p>\n<p>844.<\/p>\n<p>When in particular did nation rise against nation?<\/p>\n<p>845.<\/p>\n<p>Name the five earthquakes in the period between the time of our Lord and 70 A.D.<\/p>\n<p>846.<\/p>\n<p>Specify where and when and to whom the prediction of <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:9<\/span> found fulfillment.<\/p>\n<p>847.<\/p>\n<p>Prove scripturally that every nation had received its (the gospels) testimony before the destruction of Jerusalem. Cf. <span class='bible'>Col. 1:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Col. 1:23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ti. 4:17<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>848.<\/p>\n<p>Show how <span class='bible'>Act. 4:19-20<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Act. 5:20-32<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Act. 22:3-21<\/span> fulfill the 11th verse.<\/p>\n<p>849.<\/p>\n<p>Does verse eleven give some encouragement to the thought of preaching the gospel without preparation? Discuss.<\/p>\n<p>850.<\/p>\n<p>Under what conditions would <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:12-13<\/span> be fulfilled?<\/p>\n<p>851.<\/p>\n<p>What two or three ends are possible as of <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:13<\/span> b?<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: College Press Bible Study Textbook Series<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>SUMMARY 13:1-37<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>In this section Mark sets forth his Master as a prophet. At the time that his narrative was composed, some of the predictions recorded in the section had already been fulfilled, but the chief part was yet in the future. He staked the validity of his argument, and the reputation of Jesus as a prophet, partly on the former, but chiefly on the predictions which were yet to be fulfilled, and fulfilled before the eyes of the then living generation. The discourse, as he wrote it out, contained in itself a challenge to that generation of Jews to watch the course of events in their own national history, and to say whether its predictions proved true or false. No generation has lived that was so competent to expose a failure had it occurred, or that would have done so more eagerly. But the events, as they transpired, turned the prophecy into history, and demonstrated the foreknowledge of Jesus. But if Jesus possessed this foreknowledge, his claim to be the Christ the Son of God was miraculously attested thereby; and even his admission that he knew not the day or the hour of his own second coming, detracts nothing from the argument; for foreknowledge is still displayed, notwithstanding this limitation of it, and the limitation itself is known only by his own voluntary admission  an admission which is a singular and conclusive proof of his perfect honesty and candor, (J. W. McGarvey)<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: College Press Bible Study Textbook Series<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>XIII.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p> (1) <strong>One of his disciples.<\/strong>Note St. Marks vivid way of giving the very words of the disciple, instead of saying with St. Matthew that they came to show the buildings of the Temple.<\/p>\n<p>Here, again, the juxtaposition of narratives in St. Mark gives them a special point. The stones of Herods Temple (for it was to him chiefly that it owed its magnificence) were of sculptured marble. The buildings, or structures, included columns, chambers, porticos that were, as St. Luke tells us (<span class='bible'>Luk. 21:5<\/span>), the votive <em>offerings<\/em> of the faithful. The disciples gazed on these with the natural admiration of Galilean peasants. In spite of the lesson they had just receiveda lesson meant, it may be, to correct the tendency which our Lord discernedthey were still measuring things by their quantity and size. They admired the goodly stones more than the widows mite. They were now to be taught that, while the one should be spoken of throughout the whole world, the other should be destroyed, so that not a vestige should remain. We cannot say who spoke the words, but it is at least probable that it came from one of the four who are named in <span class='bible'>Mar. 13:3<\/span>.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Ellicott&#8217;s Commentary for English Readers (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> Chapter 13<\/p>\n<p><strong> THE THINGS TO COME (<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span><strong> )<\/p>\n<p><\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span> is one of the most difficult chapters in the New Testament for a modern reader to understand. That is because it is one of the most Jewish chapters in the Bible. From beginning to end it is thinking in terms of Jewish history and Jewish ideas. All through it Jesus is using categories and pictures which were very familiar to the Jews of his day, but which are very strange, and indeed, unknown, to many modern readers. Even so, it is not possible to disregard this chapter because it is the source of many ideas about the second coming of Jesus. The difficulty about the doctrine of the second coming is that nowadays people are apt either completely to disregard it or to be so completely unbalanced about it that it becomes for them practically the only doctrine of the Christian faith. It may be that if we study this chapter with some care we shall come to a sane and correct view about this doctrine. <\/p>\n<p> We will first of all glance at the Jewish background against which this chapter must be read. We will then try to make an analysis of the various elements which go to make it up. We will then study it section by section in the usual way. Finally, we will try to extract from it the great truths which are permanently valid. <\/p>\n<p> The Day Of The Lord ( <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p> This whole chapter must read with one thing in mind. Again and again we have to return to this matter because there is so much of the New Testament which is not intelligible without it. The Jews never doubted that they were the chosen people, and they never doubted that one day they would occupy the place in the world which the chosen people, as they saw it, deserved and were bound to have in the end. They had long since abandoned the idea that they could ever win that place by human means and they were confident that in the end God would directly intervene in history and win it for them. The day of God&#8217;s intervention was the day of the Lord. Before that day of the Lord there would be a time of terror and trouble when the world would be shaken to its foundations and judgment would come. But it would be followed by the new world and the new age and the new glory. <\/p>\n<p> In one sense this idea is the product of unconquerable optimism. The Jew was quite certain that God would break in. In another sense it was the product of bleak pessimism, because it was based on the idea that this world was so utterly bad that only its complete destruction and the emergence of a new world would suffice. They did not look for reformation. They looked for a re-creating of the entire scheme of things. <\/p>\n<p> Let us look at some of the Old Testament passages about the day of the Lord. Amos writes ( <span class='bible'>Amo 5:16-20<\/span>): <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;In all the squares there shall be wailing; and in all the streets <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>they shall say, &#8216;Alas! Alas!&#8217;. They shall call the farmers to <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>mourning and to wailing those who are skilled in lamentations, and <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>in all vineyards there shall be wailing, for I will pass through <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>the midst of you, says the Lord. Woe to you who desire the day of <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>the Lord! Why would you have the day of the Lord? It is darkness, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>and not light &#8230; gloom with no brightness in it.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p> Isaiah ( <span class='bible'>Isa 13:6-16<\/span>) has a terrible passage about the day of the Lord: <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;Wail! for the day of the Lord is near. As destruction from the <\/p>\n<p> Almighty it will come&#8230;. Behold the day of the Lord comes, cruel <\/p>\n<p> with wrath and fierce anger, to make the earth a desolation, and <\/p>\n<p> to destroy its sinners from it. For the stars of the heavens and <\/p>\n<p> their constellations will not give their light. The sun will be <\/p>\n<p> dark at its rising and the moon will not shed its light&#8230;. <\/p>\n<p> Therefore I will make the heavens tremble, and the earth will be <\/p>\n<p> shaken out of its place, at the wrath of the Lord of Hosts, in the <\/p>\n<p> day of his fierce anger. . . .&#8221; <\/p>\n<p> The second and third chapters of Joel ( <span class='bible'>Joe 2:1-32<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joe 3:1-21<\/span>) are full of terrible <\/p>\n<p> descriptions of the day of the Lord: <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;The day of the Lord is coming &#8230; a day of darkness and gloom, a <\/p>\n<p> day of clouds and thick darkness&#8230;. I will give portents in the <\/p>\n<p> heavens and on the earth, blood and fire, and columns of smoke. <\/p>\n<p> The sun shall be turned to darkness and the moon to blood, before <\/p>\n<p> the great and terrible day of the Lord comes.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p> Again and again such passages of terror meet us in the Old Testament. The day of the Lord will be sudden, shattering, terrifying. The world will reel with destruction. The very course of nature will be uprooted, and God, the judge, will come. <\/p>\n<p> Between the Old and the New Testaments there was a time when the Jews knew no freedom. It was therefore only natural that their hopes and dreams of the day of the Lord would become even more vivid. In that time a kind of popular religious literature grew up. Jesus would know it. AH the Jews would be familiar with its picture. The writings of which this literature consisted were called Apocalypses. Apokalupsis ( <span class='strong'>G602<\/span>) means an unveiling. These books were dreams and visions of what would happen when the day of the Lord came and in the terrible time immediately before it. They continued to use the Old Testament imagery, and to supplement it with new details. But, it must be noted, all these books were dreams and visions. They were attempts to paint the unpaintable and to speak the unspeakable. They were poetry, not prose. They were visions, not science. They were dreams, not history. They were never meant to be taken prosaically as maps of the future and timetables of events to come. <\/p>\n<p> We will see that every single detail in this chapter can be parallelled in the visions of the Old Testament and of the literature between the Testaments. Jesus was taking the language, the imagery, the apparatus of apocalyptic literature, and using it to try to make people understand. He was working with the only ideas that people knew. But he knew, as they knew, that these things were only pictures, for no man could really tell what would happen when God broke in. <\/p>\n<p> The Different Strands ( <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p> Further, in this chapter there are various strands of thought. The gospel writers had a way of collecting Jesus&#8217; sayings on any subject. It was a wise way to write and excellent for teaching purposes. Here Mark, as it were, collects Jesus&#8217; sayings about the future. Now even a cursory reading, with no special knowledge, shows that, though all these sayings were about the future, they were not all about the same things. There are in fact in this chapter five different strands. <\/p>\n<p> (i) There are prophecies of the destruction of Jerusalem. We get them in <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-2<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-20<\/span>. Jesus foresaw the end of the holy city. As we shall see, Jesus was right. Jerusalem fell in A.D. 70. The Temple was destroyed and the most terrible things happened. <\/p>\n<p> (ii) There is warning of persecution to come. We get that in <span class='bible'>Mar 13:9-13<\/span>. Jesus foresaw that his followers would have to go through the most heart-breaking and soul-searing experiences, and he warned them in advance. <\/p>\n<p> (iii) There are warnings of the dangers of the last days. We get them in <span class='bible'>Mar 13:3-6<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Mar 13:21-22<\/span>. Jesus saw quite clearly that men would come who would twist and adulterate the Christian faith. It was bound to be so, for men are always inclined to listen to their own proud minds rather than to the voice of God. He wished to defend his people in advance from the heresies and lies which would invade the Church. <\/p>\n<p> (iv) There are warnings of the Second Coming. Now, these warnings of the Second Coming are dressed in the language which has to do with the day of the Lord. We get them in <span class='bible'>Mar 13:7-8<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Mar 13:24-27<\/span>. The imagery of the day of the Lord and of the Second Coming are inextricably mixed up. It had to be so, because no man could possibly know what would happen in either case. It is with visions and dreams that we have to deal. The only pictures Jesus could use about his Second Coming were those which prophets and apocalyptists had already used about the day of the Lord. They are not meant to be taken literally. They are meant as impressionistic pictures, as seer&#8217;s visions, designed to impress upon men the greatness of that event when it should come. <\/p>\n<p> (v) There are warnings of the necessity to be on the watch. We get them in <span class='bible'>Mar 13:28-37<\/span>. If men live in the shadow of eternity, if they live with the constant possibility of the intervention of God, if they live with the prospect of the consummation of the coming of Christ ever before them, if the times and the seasons are known only to God, there is the necessity ever to be ready. <\/p>\n<p> This chapter will make far more sense if we remember these various strands in it and remember that every strand is unfolded in language and imagery which go back to the Old Testament and apocalyptic pictures of the day of the Lord. <\/p>\n<p> Because that is so, we will study the chapter not in consecutive verses, but in the various passages of which the various strands consist. <\/p>\n<p> A City&#8217;s Doom ( <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-2<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p><em> 13:1-2 As they were going out of the sacred precincts, one of his disciples said to Jesus, &#8220;Teacher, see! What stones and what buildings!&#8221; Jesus said to him, &#8220;You see this great budding? Not one stone will be left on another which will not be thrown down!&#8221; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'><\/em> <\/p>\n<p> We begin with the prophecies of Jesus which foretold the doom of Jerusalem. The Temple which Herod butt was one of the wonders of the world. It was begun in 20-19 B.C. and in the time of Jesus was not yet completely finished. It was built on the top of Mount Moriah. instead of levelling off the summit of the mountain a kind of vast platform was formed by raising up walls of massive masonry and enclosing the whole area. On these walls a platform was laid, strengthened by piers which distributed the weight of the superstructure. Josephus tells us that some of these stones were forty feet long by twelve feet high by eighteen feet wide. It would be some of these vast stones that moved the Galilaean disciples to such wondering amazement. <\/p>\n<p> The most magnificent entrance to the Temple was at the south-west angle. Here between the city and the Temple hill there stretched the Tyropoeon Valley. A marvellous bridge spanned the valley. Each arch was forty-one and a half feet and there were stones used in the building of it which measured twenty-four feet long. The Tyropoeon valley was no less than two hundred and twenty-five feet below. The breadth of the cleft that the bridge spanned was three hundred and fifty-four feet, and the bridge itself was fifty feet in breadth. The bridge led straight into the Royal Porch. The porch consisted of a double row of Corinthian pillars all thirty-seven and a half feet high and each one cut out of one solid block of marble. <\/p>\n<p> Of the actual Temple building itself, the holy place, Josephus writes, &#8220;Now the outward face of the Temple in its front wanted nothing that was likely to surprise men&#8217;s minds or their eyes, for it was covered all over with plates of gold of great weight, and, at the first rising of the sun, reflected back a very fiery splendour, and made those who forced themselves to look upon it to turn their eyes away, just as they would have done at the sun&#8217;s own rays. But this Temple appeared to strangers, when they were at a distance, like a mountain covered with snow, for, as to those parts of it which were not gilt, they were exceeding white&#8230;. Of its stones, some of them were forty-five cubits in length, five in height and six in breadth.&#8221; (A cubit was eighteen inches.) <\/p>\n<p> It was all this splendour that so impressed the disciples. The Temple seemed the summit of human art and achievement, and seemed so vast and solid that it would stand for ever. But Jesus made the astonishing statement that the day was coming when not one of these stones would stand upon another. In less then fifty years his prophecy came tragically true. <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;Pride of man and earthly glory, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> Sword and crown betray his trust; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>What with care and toil he buildeth, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> Tower and temple, fall to dust. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> But God&#8217;s power, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>Hour by hour, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>Is my temple and my tower.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> A City&#8217;s Agony ( <span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-20<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p><em> 13:14-20 When you see the abomination of desolation standing where he ought not (let him who reads understand), then let those who are in Judaea flee to the mountains. Let him who is on the house-top not come down, nor let him go in to take anything out of his house. And let him who is working in the field not turn back to pick up his cloak. Woe to women who are with child and to those whose babes are at their breasts in these days! Pray that it may not happen in the stormy weather. These days will be a tribulation such as has never happened from the beginning of the creation which God has created until now, and such as will never happen again. Unless the Lord had shortened the days no living creature could have survived. But, for the sake of the chosen ones whom he chose, he shortened the days. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'><\/em> <\/p>\n<p> Jesus forecasts some of the awful terror of the siege and the final fall of Jerusalem. It is his warning that when the first signs of it came people ought to flee, not even waiting to pick up their clothes or to try to save their goods. In fact the people did precisely the opposite. They crowded into Jerusalem, and death came in ways that are almost too terrible to think about. <\/p>\n<p> The phrase the abomination of desolation has its origin in the book of Daniel ( <span class='bible'>Dan 9:27<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:31<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 12:11<\/span>). The Hebrew expression literally means the profanation that appals. The origin of the phrase was in connection with Antiocheius. We have already seen that he tried to stamp out the Jewish religion and introduce Greek thought and Greek ways. He desecrated the Temple by offering swine&#8217;s flesh on the great altar and by setting up public brothels in the sacred courts. Before the very Holy Place itself he set up a great statue of Olympian Zeus and ordered the Jews to worship it. In connection with that the writer of First Maccabees says ( 1Ma_1:54 ) &#8220;Now the fifteenth day of the month Casleu, in the hundred and forty-fifth year, they set up the abomination of desolation upon the altar and builded idol altars throughout the cities of Juda on every side.&#8221; The phrase the abomination of desolation, the profanation that appals, originally described the heathen image and all that accompanied it with which Antiocheius desecrated the Temple. Jesus prophesies that the same kind of thing is going to happen again. It very nearly happened in the year A.D. 40. Caligula was then Roman Emperor. He was an epileptic and mad. But he insisted that he was a god. He heard of the imageless worship of the Temple of Jerusalem and planned to set up his own statue in the Holy Place. His advisers besought him not to do so, for they knew that, if he did, a bloody civil war would result. He was obstinate, but fortunately he died in A.D. 41 before he could carry out his plan of desecration. <\/p>\n<p> What does Jesus mean when he speaks about the abomination of desolation? Men expected not only a Messiah, but also the emergence of a power who would be the vary incarnation of evil and who would gather up into himself everything that was against God. Paul called that power the Man of Lawlessness ( <span class='bible'>2Th 2:3<\/span>). John of the Revelation identified that power with Rome ( <span class='bible'>Rev 17:1-18<\/span>). Jesus is saying &#8220;Some day, quite soon, you will see the very incarnate power of evil rise up in a deliberate attempt to destroy the people and the Holy Place of God.&#8221; He takes the old phrase and uses it to describe the terrible things that are about to happen. <\/p>\n<p> It was in A.D. 70 that Jerusalem finally fell to the besieging army of Titus, who was to be Emperor of Rome. The horrors of that siege form one of the grimmest pages in history. The people crowded into Jerusalem from the countryside. Titus had no alternative but to starve the city into subjection. The matter was complicated by the fact that even at that terrible time there were sects and factions inside the city itself. Jerusalem was torn without and within. <\/p>\n<p> Josephus tells the story of that terrible siege in the fifth book of The Wars of the Jews. He tells us that 97,000 were taken captive and 1,100,000 perished by slow starvation and the sword. He tells us, &#8220;Then did the famine widen its progress and devoured the people by whole houses and families. The upper rooms were full of women and children dying of starvation. The lanes of the city were full of the dead bodies of the aged. The children and the young men wandered about the market places like shadows, all swelled with famine, and fell down dead wheresoever their misery seized them. As for burying them, those that were sick themselves were not able to do it. And those that were hearty and well were deterred by the great multitude of the dead, and the uncertainty when they would die themselves, for many died as they were burying others, and many went to their own coffins before the fatal hour. There was no lamentation made under these calamities&#8230;the famine confounded all natural passions&#8230;. A deep silence and a kind of deadly night had seized upon the city.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p> To make it still grimmer there were the inevitable ghouls who plundered the dead bodies. Josephus tells grimly how when not even any herbs were available &#8220;some persons were driven to such terrible distress as to search the common sewers and old dung-hills of cattle, and to eat the dung which they got there, and what they could not endure so much as to see, they now used for food.&#8221; He paints a grim picture of men gnawing the leather of straps and shoes, and tells a terrible story of a woman who killed and roasted her child, and offered a share of that terrible meal to those who came seeking food. <\/p>\n<p> The prophecy that Jesus made of terrible days ahead for Jerusalem came most abundantly true. Those who crowded into the city for safety died by the hundred thousand, and only those who took his advice and fled to the hills were saved. <\/p>\n<p> The Hard Way ( <span class='bible'>Mar 13:9-13<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p><em> 13:9-13 Take heed to yourselves, for they will hand you over to councils, and they will scourge you in synagogues, and you will stand before governors and kings for my sake, and it will be your opportunity to bear your witness to them. The gospel must first be preached to all nations. And when they hand you over and bring you before authorities, do not worry beforehand about what you will say, but speak whatever is given you in that hour, for it is not you who speak but the Holy Spirit. Brother shall hand over brother to death, and father child. All children will rise up against parents, and will kill them. And you will be hated of all for the sake of my name. But the man who has endured to the end, he will be saved; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'><\/em> <\/p>\n<p> Now we come to the warnings of persecution to come. Jesus never left his followers in any doubt that they had chosen a hard way. No man could say that he had not known the conditions of Christ&#8217;s service in advance. <\/p>\n<p> The handing over to councils and the scourging in synagogues refer to Jewish persecution. In Jerusalem there was the great Sanhedrin, the supreme court of the Jews, but every town and village had its local Sanhedrin. Before such local Sanhedrins the self-confessed heretics would be tried, and in the synagogues they would be publicly scourged. The governors and kings refer to trials before the Roman courts, such as Paul faced before Felix and Festus and Agrippa. <\/p>\n<p> It was a fact that the Christians were wonderfully strengthened in their trials. When we read of the trials of the martyrs, even though they were often ignorant and unlettered men, the impression often is that it was the judges and not the Christians who were on trial. Their Christian faith enabled the simplest folk to fear God so much that they never feared the face of any man. <\/p>\n<p> It was true that even those of a man&#8217;s own family sometimes betrayed him. In the early Roman Empire one of the curses was the informer (delator). There were those who, in their attempts to curry favour with the authorities, would not hesitate to betray their own kith and kin. That must have been the sorest blow of all. <\/p>\n<p> In Hitler&#8217;s Germany a man was arrested because he stood for freedom. He endured imprisonment and torture with stoic and uncomplaining fortitude. Finally, with spirit still unbroken, he was released. Some short time afterwards he committed suicide. Many wondered why. Those who knew him well knew the reason&#8211;he had discovered that his own son was the person who had informed against him. The treachery of his own broke him in a way that the cruelty of his enemies was unable to achieve. <\/p>\n<p> This family and domestic hostility was one of the regular items in the catalogue of terror of the last and terrible days, &#8220;Friends shall attack one another suddenly&#8221; (4 <span class='bible'>Ezr 5:9<\/span>). &#8220;And they shall hate one another and provoke one another to fight&#8221; (Baruch 70:3). &#8220;And they shall strive with one another, the young with the old, and the old with the young, the poor with the rich, the lowly with the great, the beggar with the prince&#8221; (Jubilees 23:19). &#8220;Children shall shame the elders, and the elders shall rise up before the children&#8221; (The Mishnah, Sotah 9:15). &#8220;For the son treats the father with contempt, the daughter rises up against her mother, the daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law. A man&#8217;s enemies are the men of his own house&#8221; ( <span class='bible'>Mic 7:6<\/span>). <\/p>\n<p> Life becomes a hell upon earth when personal loyalties are destroyed and when there is no love which a man may trust. <\/p>\n<p> It was true that the Christians were hated. Tacitus talked of Christianity as an accursed superstition; Suetonius called it a new and evil superstition. The main reason for the hatred was the way in which Christianity cut across family ties. The fact was that a man had to love Christ more than father or mother, or son or daughter. And the matter was complicated by the way that the Christians were much slandered. It is beyond doubt that the Jews did much to encourage these slanders. The most serious was the charge that the Christians were cannibals, a charge supported by the words of the sacrament which speak of eating Christ&#8217;s body and drinking his blood. <\/p>\n<p> In this, as in all other things, it is the man who endures to the end who is saved. Life is not a short, sharp sprint; it is a marathon race. Life is not a single battle; it is a long campaign. Dr. G.J. Jeffrey tells of a famous man who refused to have his biography written when he was still alive. &#8220;I have seen too many men fall out on the last lap of the race,&#8221; he said. Life is never safe until it reaches journey&#8217;s end. It was Bunyan who, in his dream, saw that from the very gates of heaven there was a way to hell. It is the man who endures to the end who will be saved. <\/p>\n<p> The Dangers Of The Last Days ( <span class='bible'>Mar 13:3-6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:21-23<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p><em> 13:3-6,21-23 As he was sitting on the Mount of Olives, opposite the sacred precincts of the Temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew privately asked Jesus, &#8220;Tell us, when shall these things be? And what sign will there be when these things are going to be completed?&#8221; Jesus began to say to them, &#8220;See that no one misleads you. Many will come in my name, and say, &#8216;I am he&#8217; and they will lead many astray.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>&#8220;And if some one then says to you, &#8216;See! Here is the Messiah!&#8217; or, &#8216;See! There he is!&#8217; do not believe them. For false Messiahs and false prophets will arise, and they will produce signs and wonders to lead the elect astray, if it is possible. But do you look to yourselves! See! I have told you beforehand all that will happen.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'><\/em> <\/p>\n<p> Jesus was well aware that, before the end, heretics would arise; and, indeed it was not long before the church had its heretics. Heresy arises from five main causes. <\/p>\n<p> (i) It arises from constructing doctrine to suit oneself. The human mind has an infinite capacity for wishful thinking. In a famous sentence, the Psalmist said, &#8220;The fool hath said in his heart, &#8216;There is no God.'&#8221; The fool about whom the Psalmist was speaking was not a fool in the sense that he had no intelligence. He was a moral fool. His statement that there was no God was made because he did not wish God to be. If God existed so much the worse for him; therefore he eliminated him from his doctrine and from his universe. <\/p>\n<p> One particular heresy has always been with us, that is antinomianism. The antinomian begins with the principle that law has been abolished&#8211;and in a sense he is right. He goes on to say that there is nothing but grace&#8211;and again in a sense he is right. He then goes on to argue&#8211;as Paul shows us in <span class='bible'>Rom 6:1-23<\/span> &#8212; on lines like these. &#8220;You say that God&#8217;s grace is wide enough to cover every sin?&#8221; &#8220;Yes.&#8221; &#8220;You say that God&#8217;s grace can forgive any sin?&#8221; &#8220;Yes.&#8221; &#8220;You say that God&#8217;s grace is the greatest and the most wonderful thing in the universe?&#8221; &#8220;Yes.&#8221; &#8220;Then,&#8221; the antinomian concludes, &#8220;let us go on sinning to our hearts&#8217; content, for the more we sin, the more chances we give to God&#8217;s amazing grace to operate. Sin is a good thing for sin gives grace a chance to work. Therefore, let us do whatever we like.&#8221; The grace of God has been twisted to suit the man who wants to sin. <\/p>\n<p> The same kind of argument is used by the man who declares that the only important thing in life is the soul and that a man&#8217;s body does not matter. If that is so, the argument runs, then a man can do what he likes with his body. If he is so inclined he can sate its desires. <\/p>\n<p> One of the commonest ways to arrive in heresy is to mould Christian truth to suit ourselves. Can it be that the doctrine of hell and the doctrine of the Second Coming have dropped out of much religious thought because they are both uncomfortable doctrines? No one would wish to bring either back in its crude form, but can it be that they have dropped too far out of Christian thought because it does not suit us to believe in them? <\/p>\n<p> (ii) Heresy arises from overstressing one part of the truth. It is, for instance, always wrong to overstress one attribute of God. If we think only of God&#8217;s holiness, we can never attain to any intimacy with him, but rather tend to a deism in which he is entirely remote from the world. If we think only of God&#8217;s justice, we can never be free of the fear of God. We become haunted and not helped by our religion. If we think only of God&#8217;s love, religion can become a very easy-going sentimental thing. There is more in the New Testament than <span class='bible'>Luk 15:1-32<\/span>. <\/p>\n<p> Always there is paradox in Christianity. God is love, yet God is justice. Man is free, yet God is in control. Man is a creature of time, yet also a creature of eternity. G. K. Chesterton said that orthodoxy was like a man walking along a knife-edge ridge with a yawning chasm on either side. One step too much to right or left and disaster follows. We must, as the Greeks insisted, see life steady and see it whole. <\/p>\n<p> (iii) Heresy arises from trying to produce a religion which will suit people, one which will be popular and attractive. To do that it has to be watered down. The sting, the condemnation, the humiliation, the moral demand, have to be taken out of it. It is not our job to alter Christianity to suit people, but to alter people to suit Christianity. <\/p>\n<p> (iv) Heresy arises from divorcing oneself from the Christian fellowship. When a man thinks alone he runs a grave danger of thinking astray. There is such a thing as the tradition of the church. There is such a conception as the church being the guardian of truth. If a man finds that his thinking separates himself from the fellowship of men, the chances are that there is something wrong with his thinking. It is the Roman Catholic principle that a man cannot have God for his Father unless he has the church for his mother&#8211;and there is truth there. <\/p>\n<p> (v) Heresy arises from the attempt to be completely intelligible. Here is one of the great paradoxes. We are under the bounden duty of trying to understand our faith. But because we are finite and God is infinite we can never fully understand. For that very reason a faith that can be neatly stated in a series of propositions and neatly proved in a series of logical steps like a geometrical theorem is a contradiction in terms. As G. K. Chesterton said, &#8220;It is only the fool who tries to get the heavens inside his head, and not unnaturally his head bursts. The wise man is content to get his head inside the heavens.&#8221; Even at our most intellectual we must remember that there is a place for the ultimate mystery before which we can only worship, wonder and adore. <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;How could I praise, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>If such as I could understand?&#8221; <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;I believe,&#8221; as Tertullian said, &#8220;because it is impossible.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p> His Coming Again ( <span class='bible'>Mar 13:7-8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:24-27<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p><em> 13:7-8,24-27 Jesus said, &#8220;When you hear of wars and reports of wars, do not be disturbed. These things must happen. But the end is not yet. Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. In certain places there will be earthquakes. There will be famines. These things are the beginning of the birth-pangs of the new age.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>&#8220;And in those days, after that tribulation, the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light, and the stars will be falling from heaven, and the powers in the heavens will be shaken. And then they will see the Son of Man coming in the clouds with much power and glory. And then he will send his angels and they will gather the chosen ones from the four winds, from the edge of the earth to the edge of the heaven.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'><\/em> <\/p>\n<p> Here Jesus unmistakably speaks of his coming again. But&#8211;and this is important&#8211;he clothes the idea in three pictures which are part and parcel of the apparatus connected with the day of the Lord. <\/p>\n<p> (i) The day of the Lord was to be preceded by a time of wars. 4Ezra declares that before the day of the Lord there will be, <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;Quakings of places <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>Tumult of peoples, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>Scheming of nations, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>Confusion of leaders, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>Disquietude of princes.&#8221; (4 <span class='bible'>Ezr 9:3<\/span>). <\/p>\n<p> The same book says, <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;And there shall come astonishment of mind upon the dwellers on <\/p>\n<p> earth. And they shall plan to war one against another, city <\/p>\n<p> against city, place against place, people against people, and <\/p>\n<p> kingdom against kingdom.&#8221; (4Ezra 13:31). <\/p>\n<p> The Sibylline Oracles foresee that, <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;King captures king and takes his land, and nations ravage nations <\/p>\n<p> and potentates people, and rulers all flee to another land, and <\/p>\n<p> the land is changed in men and a barbarian empire ravages Hellas <\/p>\n<p> and drains the rich land of its wealth, and men come face to face <\/p>\n<p> in strife.&#8221; (4Ezra 3:633-647). <\/p>\n<p> Second Baruch has the same ideas. In Baruch 27:5-13 this book singles out twelve things which will precede the new age. <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;In the first part there will be the beginning of commotions. In <\/p>\n<p> the second part there shall be the slayings of great ones. In the <\/p>\n<p> third part the fall of many by death. In the fourth part the <\/p>\n<p> sending of the sword. In the fifth part famine and withholding of <\/p>\n<p> rain. In the sixth part earthquakes and terrors&#8230;(there is a <\/p>\n<p> blank in the manuscript here)&#8230;. In the eighth part a multitude <\/p>\n<p> of spectres and attacks of the evil spirits. In the ninth part the <\/p>\n<p> fall of fire. In the tenth part rapine and much oppression. In the <\/p>\n<p> eleventh part wickedness and unchastity. In the twelfth part <\/p>\n<p> confusion from the mingling together of all those things <\/p>\n<p> aforesaid.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;All the inhabitants of the earth shall be moved against one <\/p>\n<p> another.&#8221; (Baruch 48:32.) <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;And they shall hate one another, <\/p>\n<p> And provoke one another to fight. <\/p>\n<p> And it shall come to pass that whosoever comes safe out of the <\/p>\n<p> war shall die in the earthquake, <\/p>\n<p> And whosoever gets safe out of the earthquake shall be burned by <\/p>\n<p> the fire, <\/p>\n<p> And whosoever gets safe out of the fire shag be destroyed by <\/p>\n<p> famine.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p> It is abundantly clear that when Jesus spoke of wars and rumours of wars he was using pictures which were part and parcel of Jewish dreams of the future. <\/p>\n<p> (ii) The day of the Lord was to be preceded by the darkening of sun and moon. The Old Testament itself is full of that ( <span class='bible'>Amo 8:9<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Joe 2:10<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Joe 3:15<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Eze 32:7-8<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Isa 13:10<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Isa 34:4<\/span>); again the popular literature of Jesus&#8217; day is full of it, too. <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;Then shall the sun suddenly shine forth by night, <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> And the moon by day. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>The outgoings of the stars shall change.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> (4 <span class='bible'>Ezr 5:4-7<\/span>.) <\/p>\n<p> 2 Bar_4:1-37 Ezra 32:1 speaks of &#8220;the time in which the mighty one is to shake the whole creation.&#8221; The Sibylline Oracles (3:796-806) talk of a time when &#8220;swords in the star-lit heaven appear by night towards dusk and towards dawn&#8230;and all the brightness of the sun fails at midday from the heaven, and the moon&#8217;s rays shine forth and come back to earth, and a sign comes from the rocks with dripping streams of blood.&#8221; The Assumption of Moses foresees a time when: <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;The horns of the sun shall be broken and he shall be turned into <\/p>\n<p> darkness, <\/p>\n<p> And the moon shall not give her light, and be turned wholly into <\/p>\n<p> blood, <\/p>\n<p> And the circle of the stars shall be disturbed.&#8221; (10:5.) <\/p>\n<p> Once again it is clear that Jesus is using the popular language which everyone knew. <\/p>\n<p> (iii) It was a regular part of the imagery that the Jews were to be gathered back to Palestine from the four corners of the earth. The Old Testament itself is full of that idea ( <span class='bible'>Isa 27:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 35:8-10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mic 7:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Zec 10:6-11<\/span>); once more the popular literature loves the idea: <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;Blow ye in Zion on the trumpet to summon the saints, <\/p>\n<p> Cause ye to be heard in Jerusalem the voice of him that <\/p>\n<p> bringeth good tidings, <\/p>\n<p> For God hath had pity on Israel in visiting them. <\/p>\n<p> Stand on the height, O Jerusalem, and behold thy children, <\/p>\n<p> From the East and the West gathered together by the Lord.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p> ( Wis_11:1-3 .) <\/p>\n<p> &#8220;The Lord will gather you together in faith through His tender <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'>mercy, and for the sake of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> (The Testament of Asher 7:5-7.) <\/p>\n<p> When we read the pictorial words of Jesus about the Second Coming we must remember that he is giving us neither a map of eternity nor a timetable to the future, but that he is simply using the language and the pictures that many a Jew knew and used for centuries before him. <\/p>\n<p> But it is extremely interesting to note that the things Jesus prophesied were in fact happening. He prophesied wars and the dreaded Parthians were in fact pressing in on the Roman frontiers. He prophesied earthquakes and within forty years the Roman world was aghast at the earthquake which devastated Laodicaea and by the eruption of Vesuvius which buried Pompeii in lava. He prophesied famines, and there was famine in Rome in the days of Claudius. It was in fact such a time of terror in the near future that when Tacitus began his histories he said that everything happening seemed to prove that the gods were seeking, not salvation, but vengeance on the Roman Empire. <\/p>\n<p> In this passage the one thing that we must retain is the fact that Jesus did foretell that he would come again. The imagery we can disregard. <\/p>\n<p> Be On The Watch ( <span class='bible'>Mar 13:28-37<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p><em> 13:28-37 Jesus said, &#8220;Learn the lesson the fig-tree offers you. As soon as its branches become tender, and it puts forth its leaves, you know that summer is near. So must you too know, when you see these things happening, that the end is near at the doors. This is the truth I tell you&#8211;this generation will not pass away until these things happen. Heaven and earth will pass away but my words will never pass away. But no man knows about that day and that hour, not even the angels in heaven, not even the Son, no one except the Father. Be watchful, be wakeful, be praying, for you do not know when the time is. It is like when a man goes abroad, and leaves his home, and puts his servants in charge, and orders the door-keeper to be on the watch. So then be watchful! For you do not know when the master of the house comes, late in the evening, at midnight, at cockcrow, or in the early day. Watch! in case he comes suddenly and finds you sleeping. What I say to you, I say to all&#8211;be on the watch!&#8221; <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'><\/em> <\/p>\n<p> There are three special things to note in this passage. <\/p>\n<p> (i) It is sometimes held that when Jesus said that these things were to happen within this generation he was in error. But Jesus was right, for this sentence does not refer to the Second Coming. It could not when the next sentence says he does not know when that day will be. It refers to Jesus&#8217; prophecies about the fall of Jerusalem and the destruction of the Temple and they were abundantly fulfilled. <\/p>\n<p> (ii) Jesus says that he does not know the day or the hour when he will come again. There were things which even he left without questioning in the hand of God. There can be no greater warning and rebuke to those who work out dates and timetables as to when he will come again. Surely it is nothing less than blasphemy for us to enquire into that of which our Lord consented to be ignorant. <\/p>\n<p> (iii) Jesus draws a practical conclusion. We are like men who know that their master will come, but who do not know when. We live in the shadow of eternity. That is no reason for fearful and hysterical expectation. But it means that day by day our work must be completed. It means that we must so live that it does not matter when he comes. It gives us the great task of making every day fit for him to see and being at any moment ready to meet him face to face. AH life becomes a preparation to meet the King. <\/p>\n<p> &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8211; <\/p>\n<p> We began by saying that this was a very difficult chapter, but that in the end it had permanent truth to tell us. <\/p>\n<p> (i) It tells us that only the man of God can see into the secrets of history. Jesus saw the fate of Jerusalem although others were blind to it. A real statesman must be a man of God. To guide his country a man must be himself God-guided. Only the man who knows God can enter into something of the plan of God. <\/p>\n<p> (ii) It tells us two things about the doctrine of the Second Coming. <\/p>\n<p> (a) It tells us that it contains a fact we forget or disregard at our peril. <\/p>\n<p> (b) It tells us that the imagery in which it is clothed is the imagery of Jesus&#8217; own time, and that to speculate on it is useless, when Jesus himself was content not to know. The one thing of which we can be sure is that history is going somewhere; there is a consummation to come. <\/p>\n<p> (iii) It tells us that of all things to forget God and to become immersed in earth is most foolish. The wise man is he who never forgets that he must be ready when the summons comes. If he lives in that memory, for him the end will not be terror, but eternal joy. <\/p>\n<p>-Barclay&#8217;s Daily Study Bible (NT)<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Barclay Daily Study Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <em>  118. JESUS FORETELLS THE DESTRUCTION OF JERUSALEM, AND DISTINGUISHES IT FROM THE FINAL JUDGMENT, <span class='bible'><em> Mar 13:1-37<\/em><\/span><\/em> <em> .<\/p>\n<p><\/em><\/p>\n<p> (See notes on <span class='bible'>Mat 24:1<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mat 25:30<\/span>.)<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Whedon&#8217;s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> &lsquo;And as he went forth out of the Temple, one of his disciples says to him, &ldquo;Teacher, look, what manner of stones, and what manner of buildings!&rsquo;<\/p>\n<p> As they left the Temple His disciples said to Jesus &lsquo;What manner of stones, and what manner of buildings.&rsquo; They were drawing attention here to what this chapter is to be mainly about, the Temple and its destruction. Indeed in <span class='bible'>Mar 13:3-4<\/span> Mark will restrict his words to indicating this remarkable fact.<\/p>\n<p> But first, before we go on, let us consider the Temple, with its stones and buildings. It was a huge edifice built on top of the Temple mount. Its building commenced in 19 BC and the main structure was completed as a result of ten years hard labour, but the finishing touches went on and were still in progress at this time, not being finished until 64 AD, just in time for its destruction. It was enclosed by a wall of massive stone blocks, each block on average about 1 metre high and five metres long. And there were stones in the Temple measuring 20 metres by <span class='bible'>Mar 2:5<\/span> metres by <span class='bible'>Mar 2:25<\/span> metres (68 feet by 9 feet by <span class='bible'>Mar 7:5<\/span> feet). The Temple area was about 450 metres by 300 metres. All was on a vast scale. The large outer court, the Court of the Gentiles, was surrounded by porticoes built on huge pillars. It was in these colonnades that Rabbis held their schools and debates (<span class='bible'>Luk 2:46<\/span>), and the Temple trading took place (<span class='bible'>Mar 11:15<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p> The inner area within that outer court was raised slightly above it and was surrounded by a balustrade on which were posted the signs warning death to any Gentile who trespassed within. (Two of these inscriptions have been discovered). The first court beyond this balustrade, accessed by steps, was the Court of the Women in which were found the thirteen trumpets for collection of funds for the Treasury. A further court, raised above the court of the women and accessed by further steps, was the Court of Israel, and beyond that, and even higher, was the Priests&rsquo; Court which contained the great Altar built of unhewn stone.<\/p>\n<p> Within the Priests&rsquo; Court, raised above all, was the holy shrine itself, entered through a porch that was 100 cubits high and 100 cubits wide (a cubit was 44.45 centimetres or 17.5 inches). Theoretically it was entered through a first curtain as it had been in the Tabernacle, although in fact doors had been introduced over which the curtain hung. The doorway that gave entry was 40 cubits high and 20 cubits wide, and then another door, half the size, led into the Holy Place. The Holy Place was 40 cubits long and 20 cubits wide, and separated from the Most Holy Place by further doors over which hung another curtain (the inner veil). The Most Holy Place was 20 cubits square and 40 cubits high. But the height of the sanctuary was increased by an additional empty room above it which raised the height of the whole to 100 cubits.<\/p>\n<p> But it was not only large, it was magnificent. Josephus described the holy shrine and its magnificence in this way. &lsquo;Now the outward face of the Temple in its front wanted nothing that was likely to surprise men&rsquo;s minds or their eyes, for it was covered all over with plates of gold of great weight, and, at the first rising of the sun, reflected back a very fiery splendour, and made those who forced themselves to look on it turn their eyes away, just as they would have done at the sun&rsquo;s own rays. But this Temple appeared to strangers, when they were at a distance, like a mountain covered with snow, for as to those parts of it which were not gold they were exceeding white.&rsquo; Some of these great white stones have in fact been unearthed within the last few decades.<\/p>\n<p> This then was the magnificence that so drew the attention of the disciples. While they had seen it before they never ceased to marvel at its massiveness. No wonder then that the widow&rsquo;s mite seemed unimportant to all but Jesus, and God.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> The Disciples Express Their Admiration of the Temple And Receive Some Astonishing News (13:1-2).<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> The disciples had just been called on to consider the widow who gave her two mites and now they were confronted by this magnificent sight, this splendid Temple, still incomplete and yet majestic in its splendour and hugeness and seemingly everlastingly permanent. And the disciples were awestruck enough to draw Jesus&rsquo; attention to it. The two mites were forgotten. But Jesus looked at it with calm indifference for He knew its destiny. He was still awestruck at the giving of the poor widow, by which they appear not to have been impressed, and dismissed the Temple with a few succint words. To Him it was her gift which was everlastingly permanent. The Temple was under the judgment of God.<\/p>\n<p><strong> Analysis.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'> a <\/strong> And as He went forth out of the Temple, one of His disciples says to Him, &ldquo;Teacher, behold, what manner of stones&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:1<\/span> a).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> b <\/strong> &ldquo;And what manner of buildings!&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:1<\/span> b).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> b <\/strong> And Jesus said to him, &ldquo;Do you see these great buildings?&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span> a).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> a <\/strong> &ldquo;There will not be left here one stone upon another, which will not be thrown down&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p> Note that in &lsquo;a&rsquo; reference is to the stones, and in the parallel the stones will be thrown down. In &lsquo;b&rsquo; reference is and to the buildings, and in the parallel Jesus draws their attention to the buildings.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> The Advancement of the Kingly Rule of God In The Midst Of The Battering of History: Preliminary Troubles &#8211; The Good News Proclaimed Among All Nations &#8211; The Coming Destruction of Jerusalem &#8211; The Coming of the Son of Man in Glory. The Temple Is To Be Replaced By God&rsquo;s Elect &#8211; All Are Therefore To Watch (13:1-37).<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> Having provided a glimpse through the withering of the fig tree of what God was going to do, Jesus announces that the time is coming when the great Temple of Jerusalem will be torn down stone by stone. This results in questions from His disciples, as a result of which goes on to describe the events which will follow and will lead up to the destruction of the Temple in the way that He has described, but alongside this the Good News of the Kingly Rule of God will go out to all nations, in readiness for the coming of the Son of Man in glory. For His elect will survive all that occurs. But they need ever to ready for most of what He describes (&lsquo;these things&rsquo; which will portend His coming) will occur within their generation, although He then explains that He does not have knowledge of when that actual coming will be.<\/p>\n<p><strong> Analysis.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'> a <\/strong> One day unexpectedly the wonderful stones of the Temple will be torn down (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-2<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> b <\/strong> The question is, When will these things be (the tearing down of the stones and the destruction of the Temple) and what signs will precede them? (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:3-4<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> c <\/strong> False Messiahs will arise, and there will be devastating wars, earthquakes, and famines which will be the beginning of the birth pangs on earth (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:5-8<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> d <\/strong> They must expect widespread persecution and to be delivered up to judicial authorities for His sake as a testimony to them (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:9<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> e <\/strong> The Good News will be preached to all nations (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:10<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> d <\/strong> The Holy Spirit will be their Advocate when they are brought to judgment and they will suffer persecution from their nearest and dearest for His sake. Those who endure to the end (in their testimony) will be saved (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:11-13<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> c <\/strong> The desolating horror will introduce the incomparable tribulation of the Jews, and unless the days had been shortened no one would be saved, but for the elect&rsquo;s sake they will be shortened, and there will be false Messiahs and false prophets seeking to deceive even the elect, together with signs in the heavens which will be followed by the final coming of the Son of Man, the true Messiah, to gather His own, the final fruit of the earth&rsquo;s birthpangs (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-27<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> b <\/strong> When they see what He has described (in <span class='bible'>Mar 13:5-20<\/span>) they will know that &lsquo;summer&rsquo; is approaching when &lsquo;these things&rsquo; will come to their fruition. &lsquo;These things&rsquo; will happen within that generation. But no one knows the time of their fruition, for no one apart from the Father knows the time of His coming, not even Himself (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:28-32<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> a <\/strong> So they need to watch. They need to be like a servants whom a householder leaves to serve and watch for when their Lord unexpectedly comes (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:33-37<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p> Note that in &lsquo;a&rsquo; the sudden and unexpected is to happen when the stones of the Temple will be torn down, and in the parallel they are to watch for when their Lord suddenly and unexpectedly comes. In &lsquo;b&rsquo; the question arises as to signs and when these things will be, and in the parallel the signs when these things will happen are illustrated. In &lsquo;c&rsquo; we have the indications on earth of what is coming in terms of false Messiahs, and wars and devastations, and in the parallel we have indications of what is coming in terms of terrible tribulation and false Messiahs, followed by heavenly events and the coming of the true Messiah. In &lsquo;d&rsquo; there will be heavy persecution which will result in a testimony before kings and governors, and in the parallel there will be heavy persecution, help from the Holy Spirit in their testimony when under judgment, and those who endure in their testimony will be saved. Centrally in &lsquo;e&rsquo; the Good News of the Kingly Rule of God will be preached among all nations.<\/p>\n<p><strong> Excursus on the Background to the Chapter.<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> There has been much discussion about this chapter. On one extreme it is used to bolster up certain theories about the second coming by manipulating what is there to fit in with whatever views are held, on the other it is said to be a composite production of which only part is the teaching of Jesus, and turned into &lsquo;a little Apocalypse&rsquo;, even though it actually contains little of apocalyptic language and ideas. The former views at least accept the words as the words of Jesus. But the latter argue for their own position by pointing out on the one hand the stress in parts on the suddenness and unexpectedness of the coming of Christ, which they contrast on the other with the signs that indicate that much is to occur before that coming.<\/p>\n<p> The fact, however, is that this tension between imminence and delay is a tension that continues throughout the New Testament. The Book of Revelation is a prime example. On the one hand the churches are to watch expectantly in anticipation of Christ&rsquo;s coming, on the other there is to be an outworking of history that is essential before His coming. And the same is true in Paul&rsquo;s letters. On the one hand, we have expectancy and imminency, and on the other, the description of events which must occur before the end, including eventually his own death. So this discourse is really no different in the problems that it presents from the remainder of the New Testament, although they are not really problems, for the aim in all cases is to produce alertness, while at the same time warning that the time may not be yet.<\/p>\n<p> It is true there was a great deal of &lsquo;apocalyptic&rsquo; teaching around in the time of Jesus, insomuch that many far fetched ideas were introduced, but it is a mistake just to read those in here. For the fact is that Jesus did not just blandly accept apocalyptic ideas that He had heard. Rather He simply thought about them, as He thought about many things, and occasionally used some of the thought forms to convey the message that He wanted to convey.<\/p>\n<p> The Gospels indeed reveal that Jesus was a deep thinker, second to none. He was not someone to be swept along by dreams and visions. We must not therefore interpret Jesus by apocalyptic. Rather the case is the other way round. He took from it what He thought was applicable, moulded it, and used it in order to proclaim His particular message.<\/p>\n<p> So as we consider the chapter step by step, seeking to interpret it in its own terms rather than to fit in with any theory, we believe that its internal consistency will be revealed, and its differing paradoxes will fall into place. But we must tread lightly, for we are dealing with the mystery of the future.<\/p>\n<p> End of Excursus.<\/p>\n<p> It will be noted that the whole chapter can be divided into two, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-27<\/span> which leads up the coming of the Son of Man in glory, and <span class='bible'>Mar 13:28-37<\/span> which stresses the need to take heed to what has been depicted. <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-27<\/span> can be analysed as follows:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> a <\/strong> And as He went forth out of the Temple, one of His disciples says to Him, &ldquo;Teacher, behold, what manner of stones and what manner of buildings!&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:1<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> b <\/strong> And Jesus said to him, &ldquo;Do you see these great buildings? There will not be left here one stone upon another, which will not be thrown down&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> c <\/strong> And as He sat on the mount of Olives opposite the Temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked Him privately, &ldquo;Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign when these things are all about to be accomplished?&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:3-4<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> d <\/strong> And Jesus began to say to them, &ldquo;Take heed that no man lead you astray. Many will come in My name, saying, &lsquo;I am he&rsquo;, and will lead many astray&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:5-6<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> e <\/strong> &ldquo;And when you shall hear of wars and rumours of wars, be not troubled, these things must necessarily happen, but the end is not yet. For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom; there will be earthquakes in divers places; there will be famines: these things are the beginning of labour pains&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:7-8<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> f <\/strong> &ldquo;But you, take heed to yourselves, for they will deliver you up to councils, and you will be beaten in synagogues, and you will stand before governors and kings for My sake, for a testimony to them&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:9<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> g <\/strong> &ldquo;And the Good News must first be preached to all the nations (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:10<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> f <\/strong> &ldquo;And when they lead you to judgment, and deliver you up, do not be anxious beforehand what you will speak, but whatever shall be given you in that hour, that speak, for it is not you who speak, but the Holy Spirit&rdquo;, and brother will deliver up brother to death, and the father his child, and children will rise up against parents, and cause them to be put to death. And you will be hated of all men for My name&rsquo;s sake, but he who endures to the end, the same will be saved&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:11-13<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> e <\/strong> &ldquo;But when you see the abomination of desolation standing where he ought not (let him who reads understand), then let those who are in Judaea flee to the mountains, and let him who is on the housetop not go down, nor enter in, to take anything out of his house, and let him who is in the field not return back to take his cloak. But woe to those who are with child and to those who breastfeed in those days! And pray that it be not in the winter. For those days will be tribulation, such as there has not been the like from the beginning of the creation which God created until now, and never shall be. And except the Lord had shortened the days, no flesh would have been saved, but for the elect&rsquo;s sake, whom He chose, He shortened the days&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-20<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> d <\/strong> &ldquo;And then if any man shall say to you, Lo, here is the Christ; or, Lo, there; do not believe it, for there will arise false Christs and false prophets, and they will show signs and wonders, so that they may lead astray, if possible, the elect&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:21-22<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> c <\/strong> &ldquo;But take heed, behold, I have told you all things beforehand&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:23<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> b <\/strong> &ldquo;But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give her light, and the stars will be falling from heaven, and the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:24-25<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> a <\/strong> &ldquo;And then they will see the Son of man coming in clouds with great power and glory. And then will He send forth the angels, and will gather together His elect from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven&rdquo; (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:26-27<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p> Note that in &lsquo;a&rsquo; the disciples were looking at the glory of the Temple, and in the parallel it is the glory of the Son of Man Who has replaced the Temple that will finally be revealed. In &lsquo;b&rsquo; the stones of the Temple are to be thrown down, and in the parallel it is the stars of Heaven. In &lsquo;c&rsquo; they question Jesus and are to take heed lest they be led astray and in the parallel they are to take heed because they have been told beforehand in answer to their questions. In &lsquo;d&rsquo; many will come in His name and will lead many astray, and in the parallel false Christs and false prophets will lead many astray. In &lsquo;e&rsquo; are depicted wars and devastations, and in the parallel the great war against Jerusalem and the devastations from which they are to escape. In &lsquo;f&rsquo; they will be delivered up to different judicial authorities for His sake, and in the parallel they will be delivered up by relatives and be hated by all men for His name&rsquo;s sake. Centrally in &lsquo;g&rsquo; the Good News will be preached among all nations, and the Holy Spirit will act as Advocate for His people.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> Sermon (Jesus Preaches on Eschatology) (<span class='bible'><strong> Mat 24:1-44<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> , <span class='bible'><strong> Luk 21:5-33<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> ) <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span><\/strong> gives us the fourth sermon of Jesus Christ. This message is eschatological in that He speaks of His Second Coming when the Church will be glorified with Him. The two longest sermons that Mark&rsquo;s Gospel records of our Lord and Saviour are His sermons on the Parable of the Sower and on the End Times. The fact that the other three Synoptic Gospels also devote lengthy passages to these two sermons support the view that they are some of the most important messages that Jesus gave to us during His earthly ministry.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Mar 13:11<\/strong><\/span> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> In <span class='bible'>Mat 10:5-42<\/span> Jesus instructs His disciples to preach the Gospel of the Kingdom &ldquo;as they go.&rdquo; I can see them trying to come up with a sermon or the words to say before they went out into the villages and highways to preach to the people. They would have felt the need to prepare a message before leaving. As God&rsquo;s servants must learn, the Holy Spirit will always be faithful to inspire us and to anoint us in due season. This is why He had to tell them in this discourse not to worry about what to say, for God would give them the very words to say. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mat 10:19<\/span>, &ldquo;But when they deliver you up, take no thought how or what ye shall speak: for it shall be given you in that same hour what ye shall speak.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> Mark&rsquo;s Gospel, which places more emphasis upon the proclamation of the Gospel, says it better. Mark had certainly seen Peter the apostle preaching under the anointing of the Holy Ghost.<\/p>\n<p> When we compare the verse where Paul gives young Timothy a similar charge to preach the Gospel, we are able to better understand what Paul meant by &ldquo;being instant in season, out of season&rdquo;. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>2Ti 4:2<\/span>, &ldquo;Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> Thus, Paul&rsquo;s phrase of &ldquo;be instant in season, out of season&rdquo; means to be always ready to speak under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit because He will be their every time to anoint him. Paul was simply telling this young preach from years of personal experience that God would be faithful to speak through him on all occasions and with all types of messages. Young Timothy must learn to let the Holy Spirit lead him on what needed to be said for each occasion, whether it was with reprove, rebuke, or exhortation with all longsuffering and doctrine. For we see Jesus Christ in the Gospel speaking different ways to different people. Some He instructed and encouraged because of their good hearts. Some He rebuked because of the hardness of their hearts, while others He corrected because of their simple ignorance.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Mar 13:26<\/strong><\/span> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> The book of Daniel portrays the Messiah riding on a cloud (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span>). The eschatological passages of the New Testament tell us that Jesus Christ will come to earth a second time riding upon a cloud (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:30<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat 26:64<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:26<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 14:62<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Luk 21:26<\/span>, <span class='bible'>1Th 4:17<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Rev 1:7<\/span>). This cloud of heaven may be likened to a royal chariot, horse or palanquin upon which ancient kings often rode. These royal vehicles were often preceded by forerunners, men who ran before the king to announce his coming. We see such a scene when Elijah ran before Ahab&rsquo;s chariot (<span class='bible'>1Ki 18:46<\/span>). The <span class='bible'>Son 3:6-11<\/span> describes a wedding processional with the bride in a royal palanquin perfumed with spices (<span class='bible'>Mar 3:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 3:9-10<\/span>), accompanied by sixty valiant men armed with swords (<span class='bible'>Mar 3:7-8<\/span>) approaching Jerusalem.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span>, &ldquo;I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mat 24:30<\/span>, &ldquo;And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mat 26:64<\/span>, &ldquo;Jesus saith unto him, Thou hast said: nevertheless I say unto you, Hereafter shall ye see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:26<\/span>, &ldquo;And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mar 14:62<\/span>, &ldquo;And Jesus said, I am: and ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Luk 21:27<\/span>, &ldquo;And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>1Th 4:17<\/span>, &ldquo;Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Rev 1:7<\/span>, &ldquo;Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>1Ki 18:46<\/span>, &ldquo;And the hand of the LORD was on Elijah; and he girded up his loins, and ran before Ahab to the entrance of Jezreel.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Everett&#8217;s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> The Preaching Ministry of Jesus Christ <\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 1:14<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mar 13:37<\/span> describes the preaching ministry of the Lord Jesus Christ as well as the miracles that accompanying the proclamation of the Gospel. His public ministry can be divided into sections that reflect God&rsquo;s divine plan of redemption being fulfilled in Jesus&rsquo;s life. <\/p>\n<p><em> Outline <\/em> Here is a proposed outline:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> 1. Indoctrination &#8211; The Preaching of Jesus Christ in Galilee <span class='bible'>Mar 1:14<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mar 4:34<\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> 2. Divine Service Training the Twelve in Galilee <span class='bible'>Mar 4:35<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mar 6:13<\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> 3. Perseverance: Preaching against Man&rsquo;s Traditions <span class='bible'>Mar 6:14<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mar 7:23<\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> 4. Perseverance &#8211; Beyond Galilee <span class='bible'>Mar 7:24<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mar 9:50<\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> 5. Glorification &#8211; In Route to and in Jerusalem <span class='bible'>Mar 10:1<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mar 13:37<\/span><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Everett&#8217;s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> Glorification <\/strong> In <span class='bible'>Mar 10:1<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mar 13:37<\/span> the emphasis moves from perseverance to glorification, where Jesus makes many references to His Second Coming.<\/p>\n<p><em> Outline <\/em> Here is a proposed outline:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> 1. Narrative <span class='bible'>Mar 10:1<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Mar 12:44<\/span> <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> 2. Sermon: Jesus Preaches on Eschatology <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Everett&#8217;s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong> Christ Foretells the Destruction of Jerusalem and the End of the World.<\/p>\n<p><\/strong> Prophecy concerning the Temple:<\/p>\n<p>v. <strong> 1<\/strong>. <strong> And as He went out of the Temple, one of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here!<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>v. <strong> 2<\/strong>. <strong> And Jesus, answering, said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? There shall not be left one stone upon another that shall not be thrown down.<\/p>\n<p><\/strong> The Temple built by Herod to take the place of that erected by the Jews under Zerubbabel and restored and embellished under Judas Maccabaeus, was, so far as outward architectural beauty was concerned, a building, or rather a complex of buildings, of which any nation might have been proud. Beginning in 20-19 B. C. , the sanctuary had been wrecked and rebuilt in about eighteen months, but the other halls and chambers of the Temple had been constructed much more slowly. It took forty-six years to finish all the buildings as planned by Herod, <span class='bible'>Joh 2:20<\/span>, but the last stones of the enclosures with their beautiful sculptured work were not put into place until the year 64 A. D. The disciples thus had good reasons for pointing out to Jesus some of the immense stones, fifty feet long, twenty-four broad, and sixteen in thickness, of which Josephus writes, and they could well admire the immense porticoes, with their slender Corinthian columns and the great central buildings, rising almost 180 feet over the Court of the Gentiles, its marble coping and golden ornaments making it by far the most conspicuous edifice in the entire city. Jesus freely admits that the great size and the magnificence of the Temple are unquestioned, but He also knows, according to His prophetic wisdom, what terrible destruction and devastation would be worked here less than four decades hence, that God&#8217;s wrath would be poured out upon the city and the Temple in full measure. He knows that the unbelief and the rejection of the Messiah, of His own labor and ministry, would bring upon the Temple such a fate as would vainly seek for a comparison in the history of the world. As for the Temple, not one stone would be left in place upon the other which would not be removed and thoroughly destroyed. This was the beginning of a conversation between Christ and His disciples which was continued on their way over the Mount of Olives, where they stopped for a while, and was probably not ended till they reached Bethany for the night&#8217;s lodging.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Popular Commentary on the Bible by Kretzmann<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>EXPOSITION<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And as he went forth out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him Master, behold, what manner, of stones and what manner of buildings!<\/strong> This would be in the evening. According to St. Luke (<span class='bible'>Luk 21:37<\/span>), our Lord, during the early part of this <em>week<\/em>,<em> <\/em>passed his nights upon the Mount of Olives, taking his food at Bethany with Martha and Mary, and spending his days in the temple at Jerusalem, teaching the people. It is most probable that he left the temple by the golden gate on the east, from whence the view of the temple would be particularly striking. We learn from St. Matthew (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:1-51<\/span>.) that our Lord had just been predicting the fall of Jerusalem. It was, therefore, natural for the disciples to call his attention at that moment to the grandeur and beauty of the building and its surroundings. The temple at Jerusalem was one of the wonders of the world. Josephus says that it wanted nothing that the eye and the mind could admire. It shone with a fiery splendor; so that when the eye gazed upon it, it turned away as from the rays of the sun. The size of the foundation-stones was enormous. Josephus speaks of some of the stones as forty-five cubits in length, five in height, and six in breadth. One of the foundation-stones, measured in recent times, proved to be nearly twenty-four feet in length, by four feet in depth. But all this magnificence had no effect upon our Lord, who only repeated the sentence of its downfall<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> There shall not be left here one stone upon another, which shall not be thrown down<\/strong>. The word () &#8220;here&#8221; is rightly inserted; and the prophecy is justified by scientific investigation. The expression is not hyperbolic. Modern investigation shows that the present wall has been rebuilt, probably on the foundation of the older One.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And as he sat on the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be?<\/strong> St. Matthew and St. Luke only mention his disciples generally. St. Mark, going more into detail, gives the names of those who thus asked him; namely, Peter and James and John, already distinguished, and Andrew, who enjoyed the distinction of having been the first called. These men appear to have been our Lord&#8217;s inner council; and they asked him ( ) privately, or <em>separately<\/em>,<em> <\/em>not only from the multitude, but from the rest of the disciples. It was a dangerous thing to speak of the destruction of the temple, or even to inquire about such an event, for fear of the scribes and Pharisees. It was this accusation that led to the stoning of Stephen. It is evident from St. Matthew (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:3<\/span>) that the disciples closely associated together the destruction of the temple and his final coming at the end of the world. They knew from our Lord&#8217;s words that the destruction of Jerusalem was near at hand, and therefore they thought that the destruction of the world itself, and the day of judgment, were also near at hand. Hence their questions.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:5<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:6<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> Take heed that no man lead you astray<\/strong>. The Greek word is . Their first temptation would be of this kindthat many would come in Christ&#8217;s name, saying, &#8220;I am he;&#8221; claiming, that is, the title which belonged to him alone. Such were Theudas (<span class='bible'>Act 5:36<\/span>) and Simon Magus (<span class='bible'>Act 8:10<\/span>), who, according to Jerome, said, &#8220;Ego sum Sermo Dei, ego speciosus, ego Paracletus, ego omnipotens, ego omnia.&#8221; Such were Menander and the Gnostics.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:7<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> Wars and rumors of wars<\/strong>. &#8220;Rumours of wars&#8221; are mentioned, because they are often worse and more distressing than wars themselves; according to the saying, &#8220;Pejor est belle timer ipse belli.&#8221; <strong>Be not troubled<\/strong>; be not troubled, that is, so as to let go your faith in me, through fear of the enemy, or through despair of any fruit of your apostolic labors; but persevere steadfastly to preach faith in me and in my gospel. These things <strong>must needs come to pass; but the end is not yet<\/strong>. There would be a succession of calamities, one leading on to another. But they must take courage, and prepare themselves for greater evils, not hoping for lasting peace on earth, but by patient endurance of evils here, reach onwards to a blessed and eternal rest in heaven. Our Lord, when his disciples asked him, as in one breath, about the destruction of their city, replied obscurely and ambiguously; mingling together the two events, in order that his disciples and the faithful through all times might be prepared, and never taken by surprise. Some of our Lord&#8217;s predictions, however, clearly refer to the generation then living on the earth.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:10<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And the gospel must first be preached unto all the nations<\/strong>. St. Matthew (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:14<\/span>) says it shall be preached &#8220;in the whole world, for a testimony unto all the nations&#8221; (     ). This literally took place, as far as the inhabited world was concerned at that time, before the destruction of Jerusalem. St. Paul (<span class='bible'>Rom 10:18<\/span>) reminds us that &#8220;their sound is gone out into all lands, and their words unto the ends of the world;&#8221; and he tells the Colossians (<span class='bible'>Col 1:6<\/span>) that the gospel was come unto them, and was bearing fruit and increasing in all the world. But even if we regard these expressions as somewhat hyperbolic, it is unquestionable that before the armies of Titus entered Jerusalem, the gospel had been published through the principal parts and provinces of the then inhabited world (). And it is certainly a wonderful fact that within fifty years after the death of Christ, Christian Churches had been planted in almost every district of the earth as then known to the Romans. But if we extend these prophetical sayings so as to reach onwards to the end of all things, we must then understand the expression, &#8220;all the nations,&#8221; in its most unrestricted sense; so that the prophecy announces the universal proclamation of the gospel over the whole inhabited earth as an event which is to precede the time of the end. It is interesting to observe the difference in the amount of knowledge possessed by us of this earth and its population at the present time, as compared with the knowledge which men had of it at the time when our Lord delivered this prediction. It was not until the beginning of the sixteenth century, nearly fifteen hundred years after Christ, that Christopher Columbus and Amerigo Vespucci laid open that other hemisphere which takes its name from Amerigo; and there are few facts more interesting to a philosophic mind than the discovery of this new continent, now so important to us in England as the chief receptacle, together with Australia, of our redundant population. But this new world, as we call it, although there are material evidences that portions of it at least were occupied in very remote times by men of high civilization, was present to the mind of our Lord when he said that &#8220;the gospel must first be preached unto all the nations.&#8221; So that the prophecy expands, as the ages roll onwards and the population of this earth increases; and it still demands its fulfillment, embracing the vast multitudes now dwelling on the face of the earth to the number of about 1,450,000,000. Such a consideration may well lead us to the inference that we are now approaching sensibly nearer to the end of the world. There are no other new worlds like America or Australia now to be discovered. The whole face of the earth is now laid open to us; and there is now hardly any part of the world which has not at some time or other received the message of salvation.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:11<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And when they lead you to judgment, and deliver you up, be not anxious beforehand what ye shall speak<\/strong>. Our Lord does not mean by this that they were not to premeditate a prudent and wise answer Rut he means that they were not to be too anxious about it. In St. Luke (<span class='bible'>Luk 21:15<\/span>) he says, &#8220;I will give you a mouth and wisdom, which all your adversaries shall not be able to withstand or to gainsay.&#8221; So here, <strong>it is not ye that speak,<\/strong> <strong>but the Holy Ghost <\/strong>who shall inspire you with wisdom and courage. The words &#8220;neither do ye premeditate&#8221; ( ) are omitted in the Revised Version, as not having sufficient authority.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:12<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Our Lord further warns his disciples that they would have to suffer persecution even from their own relations, their brethren, and their fathers, who, forgetful of natural affection, would persecute the faithful even unto death. It is related of Woodman, a martyr in Sussex, in Queen Mary&#8217;s time, that he was betrayed and taken by his father and his brother, and that he comforted himself with the thought that this very text of Scripture was verified in him. Bede says that our Lord predicted these evils, in order that his disciples, by a knowledge of them beforehand, might be the<strong> <\/strong>better able to bear them when they came.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:13<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And ye shall be hated of all men for my name&#8217;s sake <\/strong>( ). The faith and preaching of a crucified Savior was a new thing. Hence everywhere, the Jews, accustomed to their own Law, and the Gentiles, to their own idols, set themselves against the preachers of the gospel, and against those who were converted to it. &#8220;All men&#8221; means great numbers, perhaps the greater number. Just as, when we say, &#8220;The majority are doing anything,&#8221; we say, in popular language, &#8220;Everybody does it.&#8221; <strong>But he that endureth to the end, the same shall<\/strong> <strong>be saved<\/strong><strong><em> <\/em><\/strong>(    )<strong><em>. <\/em><\/strong>What is &#8220;the end&#8221; here referred to? Not, I imagine, the end of the age, but the end of the moral probation of the individual. The Greek word for &#8220;endureth&#8221; is very significant; it implies &#8220;a bearing up, and persevering under<em> <\/em>great trials.&#8221; It is not enough once and again or a third time to have overcome, but, in order to obtain the crown, it is necessary to endure and to conquer, even to the end. &#8220;Be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.&#8221; The crown of patience is perseverance.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:14<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> But when ye see the abomination of desolation standing where he ought not. <\/strong>In the Authorized Version, after the word &#8220;desolation,&#8221; the words &#8220;spoken of by Daniel the prophet,&#8221; are introduced, but without sufficient authority. They were probably interpolated from St. Matthew, where there is abundant authority for them; and thus their omission by St. Mark does not affect the argument drawn from them in favor of the genuineness of the Book of Daniel, against those, whether in earlier or in later times, who reject this book, or ascribe it to some mere recent authorship. The &#8220;abomination of desolation&#8221; is a Hebrew idiom, meaning &#8220;the abomination that maketh desolate.&#8221; St. Luke (<span class='bible'>Luk 21:20<\/span>) does not use the expression; it would have<strong> <\/strong>sounded strange to his Gentile readers. He says, &#8220;When ye see Jerusalem compassed with armies, then know that her desolation is at hand.&#8221; This reference to the Roman armies by St. Luke has led some commentators to suppose that &#8220;the abomination of desolation&#8221; meant the Roman eagles. But<strong> <\/strong>this was a sign from without; whereas &#8220;the abomination of desolation&#8221; was a sign from within, connected with the ceasing of the daily sacrifice of the temple. It is alluded to by the Prophet Daniel in three places, namely, <span class='bible'>Dan 9:27<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:31<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 12:11<\/span>. We must seek for its explanation in something within the temple. &#8220;standing in the holy place&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:15<\/span>)some profanation of the temple, on account of which God&#8217;s judgments would fall on Jerusalem. Now, Daniel&#8217;s prophecy had already received one fulfillment, when we read (1 Macc. 1:54) that they set up &#8220;the abomination of desolation upon the altar.&#8221; This was when Antiochus Epiphanes set up the statue of Jupiter on the great altar of burnt sacrifice. But that &#8220;abomination of desolation&#8221; was the forerunner of another and a worse profanation yet to come, which our Lord, no doubt, had in his mind when he called the attention of his disciples to these predictions by Daniel. There is a remarkable passage in Josephus (&#8216;Wars of the Jews,&#8217; 4.6), in which he refers to an ancient saying then current, that &#8220;Jerusalem would be taken, and the temple be destroyed, when it had been defiled by the hands of Jews themselves.&#8221; Now, this literally took place. For while the Roman armies were investing Jerusalem, the Jews within the city were in fierce conflict amongst themselves. And it would seem most probable that our Lord had in his mind, in connection with Daniel&#8217;s prophecy, more especially that at <span class='bible'>Dan 9:27<\/span>, the irruption of the army of Zealots and Assassins into the temple, filling the holy place with the dead bodies of their own fellow-citizens. The Jews had invited these marauders to defend them against the army of the Romans; and they, by their outrages against God, were the special cause of the desolation of Jerusalem. Thus, while St. Luke points to the sign from without, namely, the Roman forces surrounding the city, St. Matthew and St. Mark refer to the more terrible sign from within, the &#8220;abomination of desolation &#8220;the abomination that would fill up the measure of their iniquities, and cause the avenging power of Rome to come down upon them and crush them. It was after these two signsthe sign from within and the sign from withoutthat Jerusalem was laid prostrate. Therefore our Lord proceeds to warn both Jews and Christians alike, that when they saw these signs they should <strong>flee unto the mountains<\/strong>not to the mountains of Judaea, for these were already occupied by the Roman army, but those further off, beyond Judaea. We know from Eusebius (3.15) that the Christians fled to Pella, on the other side of the Jordan. The Jews, on the other hand, as they saw the Roman army approaching nearer, betook themselves to Jerusalem, as to an asylum, thinking that there they would be under the special protection of Jehovah; but there, alas, they were imprisoned and slain.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:15<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> Let him that is<\/strong> <strong>on the house-top <\/strong>(  )<strong> not go down, nor enter in, to take anything<\/strong> <strong>out of his house. <\/strong>The roofs of the houses were flat, with frequently a little &#8220;dome&#8221; () in the center. The people lived very much upon them; and the stairs were outside, so that a person wishing to enter the house must first descend by these outer stairs. The words, therefore, mean that he must flee suddenly, if he would save his life, even though he might lose his goods, he must escape, perhaps by crossing over the parapet of his own housetop, and so from house-top to house-top, until he could find a convenient point for flight into the hill country.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:16<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And let him that is in<\/strong> <strong>the field not return back to take his cloke <\/strong>(  <strong> <\/strong>). This was the outer garment or pallium. They who worked in the field were accustomed to leave their cloak and their tunic at home; so that, half-stripped, they might be more free to labor. Therefore our Lord warns them that in this impending destruction, so suddenly would it come, they must be ready to fly just as they were. It was the direction given to Lot, &#8220;Escape for thy life; look not behind thee.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:17<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> But woe unto them that are with child and to them that give suck in those days!<\/strong> Women in this condition would be specially objects of pity, for they would be more exposed to danger. The words, &#8220;Woe to them ()!&#8221; are an exclamation of pity, as, though it was said, &#8220;Alas! for them.&#8221; Josephus (<span class='bible'>Mar 7:8<\/span>) mentions that some mothers, constrained by hunger during the siege, devoured their own infants!<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:18<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And pray ye that it be not in the winter<\/strong>. According to the best authorities, &#8220;your flight&#8221; (  ) is omitted, but the meaning remains very much the same. St. Matthew (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:20<\/span>) adds, &#8220;neither on a sabbath.&#8221; But this would be comparatively of little interest to those to whom St. Mark was writing. Our Lord thus specifies the winter, because at that season, on account of the cold and snow, flight would be attended with special difficulty and hardship, and would be almost impossible for the aged and infirm.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:19<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> For those days shall be tribulation,<\/strong> <strong>such as there hath not been the like from the beginning of the creation. <\/strong>These expressions are very remarkable. To begin with, the tribulation would be so unexampled and so severe that the days themselves would be called &#8220;tribulation.&#8221; They would be known ever after as &#8220;the tribulation.'&#8221; There never had been anything like them, and there never would be again. Neither the Deluge, nor the destruction of the cities of the plain, nor the drowning of Pharaoh and his host in the Red Sea, nor the slaughter of the Canaanites, nor the destruction of Nineveh, or of Babylon, or of other great cities and nations, would be so violent and dreadful as the overthrow of Jerusalem by Titus. All this is confirmed by Josephus, who says, speaking of this overthrow, &#8220;I do not think that any state ever suffered such things, or any nation within the memory of man.&#8221; St. Chrysostom assigns the cause of all this to the base and cruel treatment of the Son of God by the Jews. The destruction of their city and their temple, and their continued desolation afterwards, were the lessons by which the Jews were to be taught that the Christ had indeed come, and that this was the Christ whom they had crucified and slain.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:20<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And except the Lord had shortened the days, no flesh would have been saved: but for the elect&#8217;s sake, whom he chose, he shortened the days<\/strong>. St. Matthew&#8217;s record (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:22<\/span>) differs from that of St. Mark in the omission of the words &#8220;the Lord,&#8221; and the clause &#8220;whom he chose.&#8221; If the time of the siege of Jerusalem had lasted much longer, not one of the nation could have survived; all would have perished by war, or famine, or pestilence. The Romans raged against the Jews as an obstinate and rebellious nation, and would have exterminated them. But &#8220;the Lord&#8221; shortened the time of this frightful catastrophe, for the elect&#8217;s sake, that is, partly for the sake of the Christians who could not escape from Jerusalem, and partly for that of the Jews, who, subdued by this awful visitation, were converted to Christ or would hereafter be converted to him We learn from hence how great is the love of God towards his elect, and his care for them. For their sakes he spared many Jews. For their sakes he created and preserves the whole world. Yea, for their sakes, Christ the eternal Son was made man, and became obedient unto death. &#8220;All things are yours, and ye are Christ&#8217;s, and Christ is <em>God<\/em>&#8216;<em>s.<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>It may be added that a number of providential circumstances combined to shorten these days of terror. Titus was himself disposed to clemency, and friendly towards Josephus. Moreover, he was attached to Bernice, a Jewess, the sister of Agrippa. All these and other circumstances conspired in the providence of God to &#8220;shorten the days.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:21<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:22<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is the Christ; or, Lo, there, believe it not; for there shall arise false Christs and false prophets<\/strong>. Josephus mentions one Simon of Gerasa, who, pretending to be a deliverer of the people from the Romans, gathered around him a crowd of followers, and gained admission into Jerusalem, and harassed the Jews. In like manner, Eleazar and John, leaders of the Zealots, gained admission into the holy place, under pretense of defending the city, but really that they might plunder it. But it seems as though our Lord here. looked beyond the siege of Jerusalem to the end of the world; and he warns us that as the time of his second advent approaches, deceivers will arise, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect. The word &#8220;to seduce&#8221; ()<em> is <\/em>more properly rendered, as in the Revised Version, to lead astray. Every age has produced its crop of such deceivers; and it may be expected that, as the time of the end draws nearer and nearer, their number will increase. Sometimes those idiosyncrasies in them which show themselves in lying wonders, are the result of self-delusion; but still oftener they are deliberate attempts made for the purpose of imposing on the unwary. Sometimes they are a combination of both. In the cases to which our Lord refers there is evidently an intention to lead astray, although it may have had its origin in self-deceit. In our day there is a sad tendency to lead men astray with regard to the great fundamental verities of Christianity. And the words of St. Jerome may well be remembered here: &#8220;If any would persuade you that Christ is to be found in the wilderness of unbelief or sceptical philosophy, or in the secret chambers of heresy, believe them not.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:23<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> But take ye heed<\/strong> (  ). The &#8220;ye&#8221; is here emphatic. The disciples were around him, hanging upon his lips. But his admonition is meant for Christians everywhere, even to the end of the world.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:24<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> But in those days, after that tribulation,<\/strong> <strong>the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light. <\/strong>St<strong>. <\/strong>Matthew (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:29<\/span>) has the word &#8220;immediately,&#8221; before the words &#8220;after that tribulation.&#8221; If this word &#8220;immediately&#8221; is to be understood literally, then the things spoken of subsequently must be understood in a figurative and spiritual sense. But it would seem more natural to understand &#8220;immediately&#8221; according to the reckoning of him with whom &#8220;a thousand years are as one day.&#8221; Our Lord now passes away from the events connected with the overthrow<strong> <\/strong>of the Jewish polity, and proceeds to speak of things connected with the new dispensation. His mind is now turned to &#8220;the last time&#8221;to the whole period between his first and his second advent. The things towards which he was now looking belonged, not to the end of the Jewish dispensation, but to the end of the present age and the present dispensation. Eighteen centuries have passed since the destruction of Jerusalem; and more years, it may be, will come and go before the end. Nevertheless, all this time, although it may seem long <strong>to <\/strong>us who are confined within the narrow limits of a short life, is nevertheless, when compared with the eternity of God, but as a moment. &#8220;The sun shall be darkened.&#8221; The signs here enumerated are mentioned elsewhere as the signs that would appear before the second coming of Christ. (See <span class='bible'>Joe 2:31<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Luk 21:25<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Luk 21:26<\/span>.) St. Augustine (Eph 80, &#8216;Ad Hesychium&#8217;) says, &#8220;The light of truth shall be obscured; because in the great tribulation that shall come on the world, many will fall from the faith, who had seemed to be bright and firm, like the sun and the stars.&#8221; &#8220;And the moon,&#8221; that is, the Church, &#8220;shall not give her light.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:25<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And the stars shall be falling from heaven<\/strong> (    ) <strong>and the powers that are in the heavens shall be shaken<\/strong>. In the great events of the creation recorded in <span class='bible'>Gen 1:1-31<\/span> the sun and the moon and the stars did not show their light until that period which is called the fourth day. So in the end of the world, the sun and the moon and the stars are represented as withdrawing their light, perhaps figuratively, but perhaps also literally, in the course of some of the unknown physical changes which shall accompany the winding up of the present dispensation. To this agree the next words, &#8220;the powers that are in the heavens shall be shaken.&#8221; The powers may here mean those great unseen forces of nature by which the universe is now held in equipoise. When the Creator wills it, these powers shall be shaken. (See <span class='bible'>Job 26:11<\/span>, &#8220;The pillars of heaven tremble and are astonished at his reproof;&#8221; see also <span class='bible'>Isa 34:4<\/span>, &#8220;And all the host of heaven shall be dissolved, and the heavens shall be rolled together as a scroll.&#8221;) As the end of the world approaches, the elements will quiver and tremble.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:26<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And then shall they see the Son of man coming in clouds with great power and glory<\/strong>. St. Matthew (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:30<\/span>) introduces here the words, &#8220;And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven.&#8221; Many of the Fathers, as St. Chrysostom, Jerome, Bede, and others, think that this sign will be the cross. Josephus (5.3) says that shortly before the destruction of Jerusalem, a portent like a sword, glittering as a star, appeared in the heavens. But surely the sign of the Son of man at the end of the world will be the Son of man himself coming in clouds. The clouds, covering the troubled heaven and now illuminated by the brightness of his coming, will constitute &#8220;the sublime drapery of his presence&#8221; (Dr. Morison).<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:27<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> And then shall he send forth the angels<\/strong>. This represents the great harvest at the end of the world, when the angel-reapers shall be sent forth to separate the wicked from the just. The elect will be gathered <strong>from the four winds<\/strong> (   ); literally, <em>out of the four windsthe <\/em>winds representing figuratively every corner of the world; or, <strong>from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven<\/strong>. At its extremities, in the horizon, there appears to be the end alike of earth and of heaven, as though earth and heaven joined, and the heaven terminated by melting into the earth and becoming one with it. The expression simply means, &#8220;from horizon to horizon,&#8221; or from every part of the earth.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:28<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:29<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> Now from the fig tree learn her parable<\/strong>; that is, her own particular teaching. Our Lord makes frequent mention and use of the fig tree, as we have seen already. It is probable that a fig tree may have been near to them. <strong>When her branch is now become tender, and putteth forth its leaves, ye know that the summer is nigh<\/strong>. The branch () would be the young shoot, now become tender under the quickening influences of the spring; and this was an evident sign that the summer was at hand. The Asiatic fig tree requires a considerable amount of warmth to enable it to put forth leaves and fruit. Its rich flavour requires a summer heat to mature it. Aristotle says that the fig is the choice food of bees, from which they make their richest honey. Then the fig tree does not flower after the ordinary manner; but produces flower and fruit at once from the tree, and rapidly matures the fruit. The lesson, therefore, from the fig tree is thisthe speed with which she ripens her fruit when she feels the warmth of summer. In like manner, as soon as the disciples perceived the signs of Christ&#8217;s coming, they were to learn that he was close at hand, as certainly as the ripening fruit of the fig tree showed that summer was at hand.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:30<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> This generation shall not pass away, until all these things be accomplished<\/strong>. This is one of those prophecies which admit of a growing fulfillment. If the word &#8220;generation&#8221; () be understood  to mean the sum total of those living at any time on the earth, the prediction would hold true as far as the destruction of Jerusalem was concerned. The destruction of Jerusalem took place within the limits of the generation living in our Lord&#8217;s time; and there might be some of those whom he was then addressing who would live to see the event. His prediction amounted, in fact, to this, that the destruction of Jerusalem would take place within forty years of the time when he was speaking. But it <em>may <\/em>have a wider meaning. It may mean the Jewish people. Their city would be destroyed their power overthrown. They would be &#8220;peeled and scattered.&#8221; But they would still remain a distinct and separate nation to the end of the world. And there are other prophecies which show that with their national conversion to Christianity will be associated all that is most glorious in the future Church of God.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:31<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> Heaven and earth shall pass<\/strong> <strong>away: but my words shall not pass away. <\/strong>Here is a distinct prediction that the present structure of the universe will pass away; that is, that it will be changed, that it will perish, as far as its present state and condition are concerned; but only that it may be refashioned in a more beautiful form. &#8220;We look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness&#8221; (<span class='bible'>2Pe 3:13<\/span>). With this declaration of our blessed Lord all the discoveries of science coincide. Astronomy and geology alike concur in the conclusion that the whole system of the universe is moving onwards to its change. Our blessed Lord did but affirm that which is demonstrated by science. <em>But my words shall not pass away<\/em>;<em> <\/em>not merely the words which with his full self-consciousness he had just uttered respecting Jerusalem, but all his other wordsall the revelation of God, all the words of him who is the Truth.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:32<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong> But of that day or that hour knoweth no one, not even the angels in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father<\/strong>. He who from all eternity has decreed the time when this day is to come, is pleased to hide it in the hidden depths of his own counsels. But the eternal Son, and the Holy Spirit, both alike one with the Father, are of his counsels. They are not excluded from this knowledge; they, equally with the Father, know the day and the hour of the end, since they are of the same substance, power, and majesty. Why; then, does St. Mark here add, &#8220;neither the Son&#8221;? The answer is surely to be found in the great truth of the hypostatic union. The eternal Son, as God, by his omniscience, and as man, by knowledge imparted to him, knows perfectly the day and the hour of the future judgment. But Christ as man, and as the Messenger from God to men, did not so know it as to be able to reveal it to men. The ambassador, if he is asked concerning the secret counsels of his sovereign, may truly answer that he knows them not so as to communicate them to others. For as an ambassador he only communicates those things which are committed to him by his sovereign to deliver, and not those things which he is bidden to keep secret.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:33-37<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>These exhortations, which gather up in a succinct form the practical bearing of the parallel passages and parables in St. Matthew, must not be understood as implying that our Lord&#8217;s coming in judgment would be during the lifetime of his disciples. The preceding words would teach them plainly enough that the actual time of this coming was hidden from the. m. But the intention was that, while by the certainty of the event their faith and hope would be quickened, by the uncertainty of the time they might be left in a continual state of watchfulness and prayer. According to the Jewish reckoning, there were only three watchesnamely, the first watch, from sunset to 10 p.m.; the second watch, from 10 p.m. to 2 a.m.; and the third watch, from 2 a.m. to sunrise. But after the establishment of the Roman power in Judaea, these watches were divided into four; and were either described as the first, second, third, and fourth respectively; or, as here, by the terms <strong>even<\/strong>, beginning at six and ending at nine; <strong>midnight<\/strong>, ending at twelve; <strong>cockcrowing<\/strong>, ending at three; and <strong>morning<\/strong>, ending at six.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILETICS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The downfall of the temple.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Our Lord&#8217;s ministry in the temple was now over. Within those precincts he had taught the teachable, he had rebuked the selfish and profane, he had received the homage of the children, he had healed the afflicted, and he had denounced and warned the unfaithful and the hypocritical. How strange the contrast between the early days, when Jesus had taken his place in the midst of the rabbis, &#8220;both hearing them, and asking them questions,&#8221; and these later days, when the same edifice witnessed his keen and truceless conflicts with the leaders of the nation, whose errors he exposed and whose vengeance he incurred! It was as Jesus left the gorgeous and consecrated building that his disciples, with national pride and affection, pointed out to his eyes the magnificence of the temple, the stupendous stones of which it was composed, and the costly gifts with which it was adorned. Upon this suggestion, Jesus uttered the prediction, which he could not have uttered without emotions of disappointment and distress, &#8220;Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left here one stone upon another, which shall not be thrown down.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>NOTHING<\/strong> <strong>EARTHLY<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>HUMAN<\/strong>, <strong>HOWEVER<\/strong> <strong>STATELY<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>SACRED<\/strong>, <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>IMPERISHABLE<\/strong>. It was, no doubt, a splendid spectacle to which his disciples directed the gaze of Jesus. &#8220;They stopped to cast upon it one last lingering gaze, and one of them was eager to call his attention to its goodly stones and splendid offeringsthose nine gates overlaid with gold and silver, and the one of solid Corinthian brass yet more precious; those graceful and towering porches; those bevelled blocks of marble, forty cubits long and ten cubits high, testifying to the toil and munificence of so many generations; those double cloisters and stately pillars; that lavish adornment of sculpture and arabesque; those alternate blocks of red and white marble, recalling the crest and hollow of the sea-waves; those vast clusters of golden grapes, each cluster as large as a man, which twined their splendid luxuriance over the golden doors. They would have him gaze with them on the rising terraces of courtsthe court of the Gentiles, with its monolithic columns and rich mosaic; above this, the flight of fourteen steps which led to the court of the women; then the flight of fifteen steps which led up to the court of the priests; then, once more, the twelve steps which led to the final platform, crowned by the actual holy, and holy of holies, which the rabbis fondly compared for its shape to a couchant hen, and which, with its marble whiteness and gilded roofs, looked like a glorious mountain whose snowy summit was gilded by the sun&#8221; (Farrar). Majestic, however, as was the edifice, sacred as were its purposes, ennobling as were its associations, the temple at Jerusalem was not indestructible. All things finding their foundation upon this changing earth, all things reared and fashioned by human hands, are transitory and perishing. Nothing continueth in one stay. &#8220;The solemn temples,&#8221; like &#8220;the<em> <\/em>great globe itself,&#8221; are destined to decay and destruction. The material perishes, and that which is spiritual alone abides.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>AN<\/strong> <strong>UNFAITHFUL<\/strong> <strong>NATION<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>GLORY<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong>, <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>PROVIDENCE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong>, <strong>MADE<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SYMBOL<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>ITS<\/strong> <strong>SHAME<\/strong>. There was nothing which the Jews so valued and reverenced as their temple and all the paraphernalia of the temple-worship. The national life seemed to flow from that sacred spot as from a beating heart. Not only was it, in its situation, its structure, its services, priesthoods, and sacrifices, itself most majestic and imposing; but to the Hebrew mind it was the expression of the peculiar interest and favor of the Supreme. How could the Israelite think, without a shudder of horror and dismay, of the time when the noble building should be laid in the dust; when the chants should be silenced, the altars be overturned, the priests be slain, and the services and offerings be no more? Yet this was the doom which the last and greatest Prophet now foretolda doom which they might have averted by timely repentance and by cordial faith, but which their rejection of the Christ of God made certain and irrevocable. Thus was Israel smitten in the most vulnerable, the most sensitive point; thus was the rule of the righteous Lord awfully and sublimely vindicated; thus was a lesson of Divine government and human subjection thereto published for the benefit of all generations to come.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>ALL<\/strong> <strong>THAT<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>MATERIAL<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>RELIGION<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>DESTINED<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>VANISH<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>DISAPPEAR<\/strong>. The temple at Jerusalem was the temple of the Lord; yet it served a temporary purpose, and when this purpose was accomplished it was superseded by the temple of the Lord&#8217;s Body, and by the imperishable temple constituted by consecrated spiritual natures, and inhabited by the Holy Spirit of God. Human nature is such that men are prone to lay stress upon the outward, the visible, the tangible, the material. Even the truly religious are in danger of regarding the vestment of religion rather than the form it clothes, of hallowing places, observances, offices, and institutions. But Christ&#8217;s whole teaching is a protest against this natural error and folly. The temple of Jerusalem disappeared; but its disappearance, so far from ruining the prospects and crippling the power of religion, was, in reality, the occasion of placing religion upon a sounder basis, and giving to religion a world-wide and an everlasting sway. Let not men cling too closely to the form; it is the spirit which quickeneth; it is the spirit which endures.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>SPIRITUAL<\/strong> <strong>TEMPLES<\/strong> <strong>ALONE<\/strong> <strong>ENDURE<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>EVER<\/strong>. Even the destruction of Jerusalem and its sacred buildings did not involve a universal ruin. What was good in Judaism, what was vital and hopeful in Israel, still survived. There were truths which outlasted the forms in which they had been embodied. There were pure and faithful souls which outlived the institutions amidst which and by means of which they had been called to virtue, to piety, to God. A new Israel arose, as it were, out of the ashes of the old. A temple statelier and sublimer, based upon a more enduring foundation, and rising to loftier spiritual heights, sprang into glorious being, as the armies of Titus levelled the glory of Moriah with the ground. The living stones of which this heaven-born fabric is composed can never crumble, and the services of this sanctuary shall never cease. Time and space are spurned; earthly forces are powerless; this temple groweth &#8220;an holy temple unto the Lord.&#8221; It is imperishable, because it is spiritual; it is eternal, because it is Divine.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:3-13<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The witness of the persecuted.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>It was natural enough that the disciples, when the Lord foretold the destruction of the temple, should wish to know <em>when <\/em>an event so stupendous and awful should occur. On their way to Bethany at eventide, the little party, composed of Jesus and his four most intimate friends, paused upon the crown of Olivet, and looked back upon the glorious but guilty city, and upon that edifice which was its proudest ornament and beast. The anxious, awed disciples took this opportunity of asking at what time the disaster foretold by the Lord should take place, and by what signs they might be led to expect its approach. Jesus did not state the exact date of the impending catastrophe, but he did mention certain signs by which his disciples might be forewarned; and he took occasion to forearm them against the troubles which were at hand. His words may not have gratified their curiosity, but they must have established their confidence in their Master, and they must have prepared them for the tribulation and the trial now so near. The great lesson is that Jesus would have his people prepared, especially in times and amid circumstances of affliction and probation, to bear a firm and faithful witness to himself. Our Lord, in this language, enjoins upon his disciples<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>FIDELITY<\/strong> <strong>AMID<\/strong> <strong>TEMPTATION<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>APOSTASY<\/strong>, Days of trial were at hand; impostors should appear, professing that the Messiah had only now arrived; and by such deceits and pretences many should be led astray from their allegiance to Jesus. Then should the faithfulness of the disciples be tested. It is always so. Rivals come forward at all periods in history, asserting claims which they cannot substantiate, but by which they impose upon the excitable and unstable. Teachers, leaders, systems, philosophies, are ever seeking to displace the Divine Christ from the throne of the human heart, of human society. Let every Christian, when exposed to such assaults, when staggered by the success with which these are too often directed against the professed followers of Jesus, be upon his guard, and listen to the voice of the rightful and authoritative Lord sounding across the ages, &#8220;Let no man lead <em>you <\/em>astray!&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>PEACE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>MIND<\/strong> <strong>AMID<\/strong> <strong>WARS<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>CALAMITIES<\/strong>. The troubles and conflicts which befell the nations during the period which elapsed between the crucifixion of Christ and the fall of Jerusalem, are well known from the records of history. It could have been no easy thing for the Christians to have preserved a quiet mind amidst such constant alarms; nor can we suppose that our Lord intended to forbid or blame the natural and proper sympathy and solicitude which such circumstances must have induced. But he warned them that these events must precede the end, and must not be allowed to fill the mind with dismay, to weaken faith in Divine providence, or to deter from the fulfillment of an appointed ministry. In every age there occur events which, taken and considered alone, might appal the stoutest, bravest heart. But it is for the follower of Christ to bear in mind that light and darkness will contend until the victory of the Redeemer is complete, that the Lord reigneth, and that the convulsions of the nations are the birth-throes of the kingdom of the Christ. It is he who admonishes us, &#8220;Be not troubled!&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>STEADFASTNESS<\/strong> <strong>AMID<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>HOSTILITY<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>FOES<\/strong>. The first followers of Christ were forewarned that they should incur the enmity of authorities, both civil and ecclesiastical. Before councils and in synagogues, at the bar of governors and in the presence of kings, they should be arraigned upon charges true or false, but always with a temper of enmity and with purposes of malice. How were they to demean themselves in circumstances of peril? They were to remember that they were but treated as their Master had been treated before them, that they were honored by being summoned to act as his <em>witnesses<\/em>,<em> <\/em>that they were the spokesmen, so to speak, of the very Spirit of God. Amidst trials so severe, they were directed to take heed how they comported themselvesnever to yield to fear, to dismiss all anxiety, and to trust to a heavenly inspiration for their defense. And there is no age in which servants of Christ are not exposed to some of the attacks of the foe, and in which there is not need for watchfulness, fortitude, and courage. Let the persecuted remember that the eye of the Divine Lord is upon them; and let them bear themselves as those who would honor their Leader and maintain his causequit them like men, and be strong.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>ENDURANCE<\/strong> <strong>AMID<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>TREACHERY<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>DESERTION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>FRIENDS<\/strong>. The great Prophet foretold that discords should reveal themselves among families and social communities; that one should rise up against another. In this way was fulfilled his saying, &#8220;I am not come to send peace, but a sword.&#8221; To most hearts, treason within the camp is more painful and more trying than hostility without. Yet even against this our Lord would have us proof. It is a trial to which most faithful and consistent servants of the Lord Jesus are at some time exposed; it is a trial which shakes the faith and damps the zeal of not a few. Christ calls his people, when so tried, to exercise the grace of perseverance. Whoever forsake Jesus, let their desertion only drive us closer to him we love!<\/p>\n<p><strong>V.<\/strong> <strong>NOTWITHSTANDING<\/strong> <strong>OPPOSITION<\/strong>, <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>GOSPEL<\/strong> <strong>MUST<\/strong> <strong>BE<\/strong> <strong>PREACHED<\/strong>. It is not enough to be steadfast ourselves; we have to think of and to care for others. The glad tidings the followers of Jesus have themselves freely received, it is for them freely to communicate to their neighbors, How devotedly and valiantly the first disciples fulfilled this trust we well know. Not only the twelve, but even more notably others who were raised up in the first age, preached the gospel to all nations whom they were able by any toil and hardship to reach. The light streamed upon many a dark, benighted land, and brought hope and peace, joy and life, to many a wretched heart. The labor of the apostles and their companions was not in vain in the Lord. Far from being deterred by opposition, this seemed to act as a stimulus to new exertions and to new daring. Nor is this function of the Church peculiar to the first age. So long as there are nations unvisited by the news of salvation, so long is there a summons to engage in missionary enterprise. If this can only be done in certain cases at the risk of safety, liberty, and life, so much the more do present circumstances correspond with the predictions of our Lord. &#8220;<em>The <\/em>more danger, the more honor.&#8221; There is a crown to be gained by following Christ and his apostles in the perils of the holy war.<\/p>\n<p><strong>VI.<\/strong> <strong>PATIENCE<\/strong> <strong>UNTO<\/strong> <strong>SALVATION<\/strong>. It is well known that, whilst multitudes of Jews perished in the siege and the destruction of Jerusalem, the Christians escaped. Faithful to the instructions of their Lord, they were delivered from the ruin and the death which were the fate of their fellow-countrymen. Enduring in constancy and obedience to the end, they were saved. And their exemption from disaster and death was a symbol of the salvation of all those who retain their faith and allegiance amidst the temptations and the trials of this earthly life. Endure! endure unto the end! and the unfailing promise of your Divine Lord shall be fulfilled in your experience. You shall be <em>saved!<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-23<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Warnings.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Very clearly did our Lord foresee, and very plainly did he foretell, the consequences which the Jews were bringing upon themselves by their rejection of God&#8217;s Messiah. The language here recorded is in itself sufficient to convince a candid mind of the justice of the claims of the Lord Jesus to be the Prophet and the Son of the Most High. He sets us an example here of the propriety of uttering truthful warnings, even though they may be painful to the speaker and unwelcome to the hearer.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>AFFLICTIONS<\/strong> <strong>ARE<\/strong> <strong>FORETOLD<\/strong>. The severity and variety of these afflictions render this prediction one of the most awful to be met with in the whole compass of Scripture.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong><em>. National disaster. <\/em>It was upon the whole nation, and especially upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the upper and ruling classes, that the retribution fell.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>Temple desecration. <\/em>This is probably what is designated &#8220;the abomination of desolation.&#8221; The fanatical pollution of the temple by the Zealots was doubtless one of the most distressing accompaniments of the awful siege.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>Religious imposture. <\/em>In times of general<strong> <\/strong>excitement, enthusiastic pretenders are safe to make their appearance. It was so during the uttermost calamity of Israel. And there is no age when the warnings of <span class='bible'>Mar 13:21<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:22<\/span>, are not timely and appropriate.<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. <em>Individual sufferings. <\/em>Several circumstances here predicted, especially the distress in which miserable mothers should be involved (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:17<\/span>), serve to deepen and darken the tone of this picture of calamity.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>COUNSELS<\/strong> <strong>ARE<\/strong> <strong>IMPARTED<\/strong>. Christ was not a mere Prophet of evil. He exhibited the approaching dangers, but he provided for the safety and deliverance of those who, amidst general unfaithfulness, should be faithful to him.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. He directed flight from the scene of distress. As Noah had been sent into the ark, as Lot had been hurried out of Sodom, so the primitive Christians were directed, when Jerusalem should be besieged, to forsake the guilty city and to take refuge in the mountains. There are times when flight is prudence, when life may be preserved for future service.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. He advised disregard of impostors. To hold to Christ is a sufficient motive for rejecting antichrist. It is condemnation enough of any pretender that he professes to be what we know the Son of God alone can be.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. He counselled general preparation and watchfulness. &#8220;Take ye heed!&#8221; Christians are to use their own powers of observation, to exercise vigilance, to meet all circumstances with preparation and discretion. No piety, no attachment to the Savior, can absolve us from the duty of using our own faculties, of being upon the alert. &#8220;Watch and pray!&#8221; These are admonitions which are never obsolete; for the need of them is never, whilst we are upon earth, left behind.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:24-32<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The second coming.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>It is very difficult exactly to discriminate between some words of Christ which refer to the destruction of Jerusalem, and others which refer to our Lord&#8217;s coming to judge all mankind. There seems to be a designed blending of the references to these events. We are thus taught to remember that we are called to be as men that wait for their Lord.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>CERTAINTY<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>CHRIST<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>COMING<\/strong>. If his words are to be accepted, this great event of the future is not to be denied or questioned. In the fulfillment of the special prediction regarding the downfall of Jerusalem in the lifetime of the generation then living, we have the pledge of the ultimate accomplishment of the larger prophecy. At his trial Jesus reported the assurance; and his inspired apostles have foretold that he shall come again the &#8220;second time without sin unto salvation.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>UNCERTAINTY<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>TIME<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>CHRIST<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>COMING<\/strong>. The words in <span class='bible'>Mar 13:32<\/span> are very distinct. The date of our Lord&#8217;s return is known only to the Father. If neither the angels nor the Son himself could communicate this knowledge, how ridiculous and presumptuous is the conduct of those who, treating the Scriptures as a riddle, profess to have discovered the secret, and put forth their own fancies and follies as the declarations of the oracles of God! It is wisely hidden from us, and we show our wisdom by contented acquiescence in ignorance.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SIGNS<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>CHRIST<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>COMING<\/strong>. Changes on earth and in heaven are indications of the approaching day. As the leaves of the fig tree tell that summer is nigh, so events, will occur which to the understanding mind will herald the Lord&#8217;s return. Yet even these events do not tell us when our Savior shall appear; but, since they remind us that he is at hand, they answer the purpose, for they put us upon our guard, and admonish us to be prepared.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>PREPARATION<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>CHRIST<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>COMING<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. Heedfulness and observation. <\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. Watchfulness. <\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. Prayer.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:33-37<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>&#8220;Watch!&#8221;<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>There can be no doubt as to the impression made by these and similar instructions and admonitions, uttered by the Lord Jesus towards the close of his ministry. It was understood by all his disciples that the Master, in leaving the world, retained his hold upon the world&#8217;s heart and conscience. It was currently believed in the early Church, as it has been believed ever since by all Christians, that the Lord will come again, and will take account of his servants, and especially will<strong> <\/strong>inquire into the way in which they have acted as his representatives and ministers among men. Hence the stress which has always been laid upon the duty to watch. The apostles not only obeyed, they repeated the commandment of their Lord. Peter admonished his readers. &#8220;Be ye therefore sober, and watch unto prayer;&#8221; John said<strong>, <\/strong>&#8220;Blessed is he that watcheth;&#8221; and Paul exhorted thus, &#8220;Watch ye, stand fast in your faith, be strong!&#8221; The very names which the early Christians gave to themselves and their children may be taken as an indication of the prevailing tone of feeling. Gregory among the Greeks, and Vigilantius among the Latins, both signify simply &#8220;The Watcher.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>WATCH<\/strong>! <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>THIS<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>CHARGE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>CHRIST<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>PAST<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. We are to consider from whom this charge proceeds. It is the word of the All-wise, and of One of unique authority. Coming from Christ, this is not counsel, it is command. The general has the right to station a guard, a sentry, and to expect vigilance and fidelity.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. The occasion of the charge gives it a peculiar power and sacredness. It was when the Lord Jesus was leaving his houseto use the figurative language of the textto sojourn in another country. &#8220;While I was with them,&#8221; were his words in prayer, &#8220;I kept them in Thy Name .. Now come I to Thee.&#8221; How can we do otherwise than attach an especial force of obligation to what our Master said when he was about to leave this world, for the salvation of whose inhabitants he had lived, and was about to die?<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. Look into the <em>charge itself. <\/em>He gives to each one his <em>work. <\/em>All his people are his servants; all have a task to accomplish, a service to render, an office to fill. And every one has his own work, for which he is individually qualified, and which is committed to him and to no other. It is a practical, an elevating view of the Christian life, this which is here unfolded to us. All whom Jesus saves and redeems, he commissions and consecrates. And so long as we live here we have a trust to fulfill, a work to do. He invests each one with <em>authority. <\/em>There must be in every community a source of power, a ruling mind; the father in a family, the magistrate or the king in a state. In the Church of the Lord Jesus, he himself is the Head, the Lawgiver, the Fountain of honor, the Judge. Yet he gives authority; not making an order of men lords over his heritage, but authorizing every servant to fulfill his own special duties. The bishop rules, the teacher teaches, the evangelist preaches the gospel, nay, every member of every congregation fulfils his duties, at the bidding and by the authority of the Lord. This conviction should give dignity and devotedness to our daily toil. We are where the Lord has placed us; we are doing what he commands. And he requires each one to <em>watch. <\/em>Working and watching go together; for Christians are like the Jews in the time of Nehemiah, who built the walls of Jerusalem, whilst they were armed and on their guard against the foe. Our Master has left us in the midst of dangers, not to depress our courage, but to quicken our vigilance. This duty devolves especially upon the porter, the janitor. The house contains precious treasures, and it must not be allowed to every stranger to enter, lest the Master&#8217;s property should be stolen, and the careless keepers dispossessed, and the house occupied by foes. All must watch, that at the Lord&#8217;s return it may appear that his charge has been kept, and his possessions have been faithfully guarded.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>WATCH<\/strong>! <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>THERE<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> A <strong>PROSPECT<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>CHRIST<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>REVELATION<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>FUTURE<\/strong>. Whilst we look back to the Lord&#8217;s departure, and his solemn injunctions and his sacred trust, we look forward to his return, according to his promise.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. This is an <em>assured <\/em>fact. Our Lord&#8217;s second coming has been declared by him under many figures, each having its own shade of spiritual meaning and practical profit. He is a Householder, who will come to take account of his servants; a Proprietor, who will come to learn how his agents have traded and what they have gained; a King, who will come to make inquiry into the conduct of his citizens and great officers of state; a Judge, who will come to summon the people before his tribunal.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. At the same time, the period of the Lord&#8217;s return is hidden from us, and we are informed that to the unprepared it will be sudden and unexpected. Men have been presumptuous enough to foretell, with foolish confidence, what neither the angels nor the very Son of God would communicate. And again and again, in the course of history, there have been out-breaks of millennial fanaticism. But it is easy to see why the close of the should be reserved as a secret in the Father&#8217;s mind. Had the Church been told that the advent was near, Christians would have been unfitted for the sober discharge of the duties of life; had the Church been assured that it was remote, such an assurance would have prompted sloth and negligence.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. Yet we may all live under a sense of the nearness of the Lord&#8217;s return. The personal interest to us of that return lies in the glory of Christ&#8217;s kingdom, and in the acknowledgment of our own faithfulness. This life we know is short, and the day of our account is not far off. And Christ would have us live as though he had but gone from us for a season, and were about again to come to us. <\/p>\n<p>&#8220;And well I know<br \/>That unto him who works, and feels he works,<br \/>This same grand year is ever at the doors.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>WATCH<\/strong>! <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>THIS<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>PLAIN<\/strong> <strong>DUTY<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>PRESENT<\/strong>. We have spoken of the past and of the future; of the charge given by our Lord whilst yet on earth, and of the prospect of our Lord&#8217;s return from heaven. But both these aspects of our religion bear upon the life and duty of to-day.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Trust no future, howe&#8217;er pleasant;<br \/>Let the dead past bury its dead:<br \/>Think, act, in the living present<br \/>Heart within, and God o&#8217;erhead!&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>1.<\/strong> <em>Work<\/em>! &#8220;Whatsoever thy band findeth to do, do it with thy might.&#8221; Now, whilst strength of body and mind are continued, labor for the Lord who lived and died for you. Now, whilst you have control of your property, rise it as stewards for God. Now, whilst you have influence over your domestic and social circle, use that influence for Christ. Ministers of the gospel, parents and teachers of youth, officers of congregations, followers of Jesus in every, position of life,be it yours to work for the Lord you love and honor! To-day is yours; to-morrow may be too late.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>Pray <\/em>This you will do, if you realize your dependence for spiritual impulse and power upon the great Source of spiritual grace and blessing. So far from there being any sistency between work and prayer, the two blend in perfect harmony. Prayer without work is mockery, and work without prayer is mechanical and powerless.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>Watch! <\/em>That is, keep guard over yourself and your trust; cherish an attitude of expectation and a feeling of responsibility. Oh for grace to live &#8220;as ever in the great Taskmaster&#8217;s eye&#8221;! &#8220;Ye know not when the time is.&#8221; Watch! &#8220;lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping!&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Watch, for the night is long;<br \/>Watch, for the foe is strong;<br \/>Watch, for the treasure&#8217;s dear;<br \/>Watch, for the Lord is near!&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Happy is that servant, whom his Lord when he cometh shall find so doing!&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILIES BY A.F. MUIR<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Temple admiration.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>In the case of the Jews a natural and venial fault, if not carried to excess. Esteemed the type and pattern of architectural excellence, and one of the wonders of the world. Herod&#8217;s rebuilding was on a scale of magnificence unknown to their ancestors. The essential features of the temple of Solomon were restored, but these were &#8220;surrounded by an inner enclosure of great strength and magnificence, measuring, as nearly as can be made out, one hundred and eighty cubits by two hundred and forty, and adorned by porches and ten gateways of great magnificence; and beyond this, again, was an outer enclosure, measuring externally four hundred cubits each way, which was adorned with porticoes of greater splendor than any we know of attached to any temple of the ancient world; all showing how strongly Roman influence was at work in enveloping with heathen magnificence the simple templar arrangements of a Shemitic people&#8221; (Smith&#8217;s &#8216;Dictionary of the Bible&#8217;). Josephus, in his &#8216;Antiquities,&#8217; 15.11, 3, speaks of stones &#8220;each<em> <\/em>in length twenty-five cubits, in height eight, in breadth about twelve;&#8221; and in the &#8216;Wars,&#8217; 5.5, 6, of &#8220;<em>some <\/em>of the stones as forty-five cubits in length, five in height, and six in breadth.&#8221; Many of these were of sculptured marble. The reply of Jesus may be read either affirmatively or interrogatively, or with a mixture of both assertion and question. The apodosis is, &#8220;There <em>shall not be left here stone upon stone<\/em>,&#8221;<em> <\/em>etc. Thus their lingering gaze is quietly but grandly rebuked, and their thoughts directed with solemn, practical earnestness to the Divine future in which all that pomp of masonry and decoration was to have no place.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.  THE<\/strong> <strong>NATURAL<\/strong> <strong>MIND<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>MOST<\/strong> <strong>IMPRESSED<\/strong> <strong>BY<\/strong> <strong>WHAT<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>GREAT<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>BEAUTIFUL<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>OUTWARD<\/strong> <strong>APPEARANCE<\/strong>. The simple Galilean peasants were carried away with enthusiastic admiration of the princely buildings, so unparalleled in their experience. To such an extent was this the case that they were in danger of being ensnared.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. Sensuous <em>admiration is easily confounded with spiritual attachment. <\/em>The mind, in order to correct this error, must dwell on the spiritual truths of which external objects are but the symbols, and realize that, whilst the latter shall pass away, the former must endure for ever.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>The world<\/em>,<em> in its sensuous totality<\/em>,<em> is similarly pregnant with temptation to the soul that has not learnt to look through the visible into the invisible and eternal.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>THAT<\/strong> <strong>WHICH<\/strong> <strong>FAILS<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>ITS<\/strong> <strong>DIVINE<\/strong> <strong>IDEA<\/strong>, <strong>OR<\/strong> <strong>OPPOSES<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DIVINE<\/strong> <strong>PURPOSE<\/strong>, <strong>SHALL<\/strong> <strong>BE<\/strong> <strong>DESTROYED<\/strong>. The splendid building upon which they were gazing had ceased to minister to the higher spiritual life of the people, and had, through its officers and representatives, rejected the Son of God. It had thereby sealed the warrant of its own extinction: not one stone should stand upon another. So is it with the individual, institution, or nation which fails to realize its chief end.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>This is penal. <\/em>There was no process of natural decay, no growing beautiful with agethe sensuous slowly merging into the spiritual; no succession of normal changes ensuring expansion, adaptation, and continuity; but sudden, awful destruction, accompanied by unheard-of misery. God must witness to his righteousness even in judgment. The soul that sins shall die.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>It is in order to give place to a worthier realization of the Divine will. <\/em>The &#8220;<em>house <\/em>not made with hands&#8221; was nearer when this external sanctuary, which had been defiled, was removed. &#8220;The hour cometh, when neither in this mountain, nor in Jerusalem, shall ye worship the Father God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship in spirit and truth&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Joh 4:21-24<\/span>). Not until the temple had been destroyed would the temple&#8217;s Lord make advent to the world. Judgment must begin at the house of God (<span class='bible'>1Pe 4:17<\/span>). &#8220;But on all these points the first and great question is not what is to be done, but who is to do it. Is the reform of the Church to be consigned entirely to politicians and economists, <em>w<\/em>ho<em> only look at the goodly stones and gifts of the temple<\/em>,<em> <\/em>some with an anxious, others with a greedy eye, and care nothing about the service of the sanctuary nor the edification of the worshippers? Or will any part of the work be put into the hands of sincere and zealous and enlightened lovers of the Church? In the latter case we may securely hope for the best. In the other, it is to be feared that, if beneficial changes ever take place, they will have been purchased by great losses and a disastrous experience&#8221;.M.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:3-5<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>(and the rest of the chapter generally)<\/p>\n<p><strong>The signs of the coming of the Son of man.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.  THERE<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> A <strong>CURIOSITY<\/strong> <strong>CONCERNING<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>FUTURE<\/strong> <strong>WHICH<\/strong> Is <strong>NATURAL<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>LEGITIMATE<\/strong>. The disciples were not rebuked when they came with their inquiry. It was not so when Peter asked, &#8220;Lord, and what shall this man do?&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Joh 21:21<\/span>). Some inquiries concerning the future are therefore lawful, others not. How are we to distinguish between them? We may ask <em>concerning things the knowledge of which is necessary to the rational direction of spiritual aims and efforts. <\/em>God has chosen to make known <em>the general scheme of redemption in its evolution in the world<\/em>&#8216;<em>s history. <\/em>The prophecies of Scripture ought, therefore, to be studied in the light of contemporary events. The teaching of Christ on this occasion was manifestly the germ of the Apocalypse.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>THIS<\/strong> <strong>CURIOSITY<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>GRATIFIED<\/strong> <strong>BY<\/strong> <strong>OUR<\/strong> <strong>SAVIOUR<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>MORAL<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>SPIRITUAL<\/strong> <strong>ENDS<\/strong>. The great discipline of the disciples was to take place after their Master&#8217;s death, and before the general inauguration of his kingdom. The three general directions of Christ are:<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> <em>Take heed unto yourselves<\/em>; <\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> <em>beware<\/em>; <\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> <em>watch<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;It does not behove us to know time and hour, but to observe the signs antecedent to the judgment of God&#8217; (Starke). The Holy Spirit is promised, amid all trials and difficulties, to them who truly believe. The gospel itself was to receive universal proclamation, notwithstanding the perils and evils that were to take place. So that the disciples were assured, whatever might occur in the external life of the world, of ultimate glorious realization of all the spiritual ends of God&#8217;s kingdom.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>MANY<\/strong> <strong>TEMPORARY<\/strong> <strong>EVILS<\/strong> <strong>WERE<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>FORESHADOW<\/strong>, <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>PREPARE<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong>, A <strong>PERMANENT<\/strong> <strong>DIVINE<\/strong> <strong>GOOD<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. The <em>catalogue of woe is long<\/em>,<em> detailed<\/em>,<em> and specific: <\/em>spiritual delusions; wars, earthquakes, and famines; persecutions; pollution and destruction of the temple; political and cosmical revolutions.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>These are all to pass<\/em>,<em> in <\/em>their process tempered and modified by Divine mercy and guidance.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. And <em>they were to result in the advent of the Divine kingdom. <\/em>The gospel was to be proclaimed and the universal communion of saints to be realized. The political and natural troubles were to be justified by their being made instrumental of moral and spiritual benefits. So in the general experience of Christians &#8220;all things work together for good.&#8217;M.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:30<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:31<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The fulfilments of the kingdom of God an evidence of the truth of Christianity.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.  THE<\/strong> <strong>WHOLE<\/strong> <strong>SOCIAL<\/strong>, <strong>POLITICAL<\/strong>, <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>NATURAL<\/strong> <strong>CONSTITUTION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THINGS<\/strong> <strong>WAS<\/strong> <strong>INFLUENCED<\/strong> <strong>BY<\/strong>, <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>MADE<\/strong> <strong>SUBSERVIENT<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong>, <strong>ITS<\/strong> <strong>ACCOMPLISHMENT<\/strong>. Compare the history of the world from the death of Christ to <strong>a.d.<\/strong> 70. A period of destruction, calamity, and revolution. Judaism deposed from its spiritual leadership, robbed of its prestige, discredited, stunted, and stultified by the very circumstance which awakened and intensified the spirit of Christianity, and (in the Roman empire) led to its world-wide diffusion. The suffering, uncertainty, and newly discovered solidarity of the race tended to prepare mankind for a more spiritual and universal religion. Through the Spirit of Christ the Jewish Christians conquered their conquerors and overcame the world. Witness the testimony of Tertullian as to the number of Christians in the Roman empire in his time.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>THIS<\/strong> <strong>WAS<\/strong> <strong>FORETOLD<\/strong> <strong>BY<\/strong> <strong>JESUS<\/strong> <strong>CHRIST<\/strong>. It was a marvellous insight and foresight which could look through such a series of evils and destructions to the ultimate success of his kingdom. And it had not a little to do with the bringing about of the effect anticipated. The period can only be adequately explained from the standpoint of universal history or the philosophy of history, as one of spiritual evolution conditioned and determined by the peculiar doctrines Of Christianity.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>VERIFICATION<\/strong> <strong>WAS<\/strong> <strong>COMPRISED<\/strong> <strong>WITHIN<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>LIMITS<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>INDIVIDUAL<\/strong> <strong>EXPERIENCE<\/strong>. &#8220;This <em>generation shall not pass away<\/em>,<em> until all these things be accomplished.<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>If the destruction of Jerusalem be the terminal point of the various series of events foretold in this chapter, then &#8220;this generation &#8220;must be literally understood as referring to the persons alive at the time Christ spoke. And, allowing for poetic hyperbole (as in the figurative expressions, &#8220;heaven and earth,&#8221; &#8220;sun,&#8221; &#8220;moon,&#8221; and &#8220;stars, &#8220;earth- quakes,&#8221; etc.) and the general style of prophetic imagery, the careful student must believe that in the destruction of Jerusalem the great, imminent coming of the Son of man was actually effected, as history proves that circumstances that might fittingly be described by the words of Christ took place and in the order he announced.M.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:31<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The words of Christ and the world-revolution with which they were associated.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I. <\/strong>A <strong>PREDICTION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>IT<\/strong>. The date of these utterances and their authorship beyond all reasonable question. A daring forecast, identifying the fortunes of Christianity with vast cosmical movements. Insight such as this more than human; dependent upon perception of unseen principles and absolute faith in God. The immediate effect of the changes predicted is acknowledged to be adverse to the outward circumstances of his followers; yet inwardly and ultimately the result is regarded as beyond question, and declared with unfaltering authority. This predictive element in the gospel not accidental, but essential; its entire credibility as a word of God to man being made to depend upon its fulfillment as a prophecy.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> A <strong>SUSTAINING<\/strong> <strong>PRINCIPLE<\/strong> <strong>THROUGH<\/strong> <strong>IT<\/strong>. The faith of Christians is fostered:<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. By <em>the fact that all things were foretold: <\/em>&#8220;I have told you all things beforehand.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong><em>. By their <\/em>i<em>ntelligent. <\/em>p<em>erception of the. signs<\/em>,<em> the method<\/em>,<em> and the outline of God<\/em>&#8216;<em>s working.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong><em>. By their experience of special Divine grace<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong><em> <\/em>in guidance and indwelling of the Holy Ghost;<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> in experience or&#8217; special Divine favors, <em>e.g. <\/em>the shortening of the days of tribulation; and<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> in the inward spiritual comfort and edification of the precepts and promises of the gospel.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> A <strong>CAUSE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>IT<\/strong>. As representing the eternal moral principles which underlie and determine the historic evolution of the race. An exciting cause of the hatred to Divine things which was the motive of so much that was done. A directive influence in shaping the destinies of the new institutions and movements which were evolved from the chaos of the old world. <\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> A <strong>SURVIVAL<\/strong> <strong>FROM<\/strong> <strong>IT<\/strong>. Not one has passed away. The great doctrines of Christendom have slowly but surely formulated themselves in sympathetic relation to the experience and progress with which they have been associated. As a <em>system <\/em>of truth, they can be more comprehensively grasped now than at any previous time. The fulfillment of its predictions did not exhaust the moral fullness and depth of Christian truth, or its applicability to the extant problems of future ages. The gospel is thus seen to be, not only for a time, but for all time, the central principle of progress and destiny for the human race.M.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:32-37<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The element of uncertainty in the Christian revelation.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.  TO<\/strong> <strong>WHAT<\/strong> <strong>IT<\/strong> <strong>RELATES<\/strong>. &#8220;That day or that hour.&#8221; Proximately and very evidently these words refer to the precise date of the inauguration of Christ&#8217;s kingdom, through the destruction of Jerusalem (<strong>a.d.<\/strong> 70), about forty years subsequent to their utterance. Through that period it was possible for any of those addressed to continue alive, and consequently they were all admonished with respect to it. But, secondarily, the absolute, final coming of the Son of man is referred to adumbratively, and so also all intermediate advents connective of these two terms of the progress of his coming. That the attention of the hearers was specially or particularly addressed to this secondary coming does not appear. There were other words which more clearly indicated it.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.  WHOM<\/strong> <strong>IT<\/strong> <strong>AFFECTED<\/strong>. That it should affect <em>believers <\/em>could be understood, although at first to them it must have been an occasion of perplexity; that <em>angels <\/em>should not know might be explicable on the ground that it was an earthly evolution of events, and that although in a state of blessedness and spiritual illumination their nature is finite; but that the &#8220;Son&#8221; should be ignorant is a great mystery. Yet there are considerations which throw some light even upon this. &#8220;The Father&#8217;s absolute omniscience, and his consequent absolute prescience, is assumed by the Savior, even although the object of the prescience is chronologically conditional on millions of intervening free acts on the part of millions of free agents. When absolute prescience, however, is denied by the Son on the part of himself, he is, of course, referring to himself <em>as Son<\/em>,<em> begotten on a certain day <\/em>(<span class='bible'>Psa 2:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Act 13:33<\/span>) in the Virgin&#8217;s womb (<span class='bible'>Luk 1:35<\/span>). He is, in other words, referring to himself, as he was self-realized in his finite nature, to be for ever distinguished from that infinite essence in which he made the worlds (<span class='bible'>Joh 1:3<\/span>), sustains them (<span class='bible'>Col 1:17<\/span>), sees the end from the beginning (<span class='bible'>Joh 6:64<\/span>), and &#8216;knows all things&#8217; (<span class='bible'>Joh 21:17<\/span>) It is only when we proceed on a &#8216;monophysist&#8217; hypothesis, and assume that our Savior&#8217;s divinity was his only mind, and the soul of his humanity, that overwhelming difficulty is encountered&#8221; (Morison). Apart from this, although intimately connected with it, there were moral reasons for Christ&#8217;s remaining ignorant. As &#8220;Christ&#8217;s not knowing rests upon his knowing rightly (in a natural manner), or upon the holy <em>extension <\/em>of his range of vision (Lange), it follows that this ignorance, referring to a subject of such transcendent consequence in relation to his own work amongst men, must have formed an important element and condition of his moral and spiritual subjection to the Father. He rose through weakness, limitation of knowledge of Divine counsels (although not of Divine <em>principles<\/em>),<em> <\/em>and finitude of nature, to the full comprehension of the mind of God, and realization of the perfection of the Divine-human personality, beyond the cross. To the spiritual and perfect Christ, therefore, belongs <em>all power<\/em>;<em> <\/em>for he was <em>made perfect <\/em>through suffering and subjection. His obedience was perfect, and his gradual moral development in act and consciousness because of this limitation of knowledge.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>HOW<\/strong> <strong>IT<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>BE<\/strong> <strong>REGARDED<\/strong> <strong>BY<\/strong> <strong>BELIEVERS<\/strong>. The parabolic form of Christ&#8217;s teaching here is very beautiful and striking. <span class='bible'>Mar 13:34<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:35<\/span> should be translated thus: &#8220;As a man away from home, having (or, who has) left his house, and given the authority to his servants, and to each his work, also commanded the porter to watch&#8217;Watch, therefore&#8217; (<em>i.e. <\/em>so<em> <\/em>say I, &#8216;Watch,&#8217; etc.), &#8216; for ye know not when the Master of the house cometh,'&#8221; etc.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> With <em>watchfulnsss<\/em>;<em> <\/em>that is, sleepless vigilance, which comprehends and leads to<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> <em>prayer <\/em>and<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> <em>diligence. <\/em>And these duties are of universal obligation (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:37<\/span>).M.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILIES BY A. ROWLAND<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:34<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>&#8220;To every man his work.&#8221;<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The circumstances under which these words were uttered imparted to them peculiar solemnity. Our Lord had left the temple for the last time, and in the waning light was walking home to Bethany, when he sat himself down to gaze with lingering love on Jerusalem. The evening sun was still glorifying her palaces; but the light was fading, darkness was coming; and he talked with his disciples of darker shadows about to fall, which would leave her bereft of the light of God. But he looked beyond thatto the time when he would return from the &#8220;far country,&#8221; and, gathering his servants around him, would give each one recompense according as his work should be. During his absence he has given &#8220;to<em> <\/em>every man his work.&#8221; This clause suggests several thoughts concerning <em>Christian service.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>UNIVERSALITY<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>CHRISTIAN<\/strong> <strong>SERVICE<\/strong>. It is appointed for &#8220;<em>every <\/em>man&#8221; who is in the Lord&#8217;s household. God works in us in order that we may will and do of his good pleasure. He gives us love to others, and understanding of his Word, an experience of his faithfulness, mental and spiritual faculties, in order to fit us for serving him. Science teaches us that natural agents are so closely related that they are mutually convertible. Motion passes into heat, heat into electricity, electricity into magnetism, magnetism into animal force, and so on in an endless circle. In the sphere of nature God arouses no force which does not arouse another; and though the primal energy passes on into many manifestations, it does not return to him void. So is it in the spiritual realm. He excites in your heart love to Christ, and that arouses thought about him, speech concerning him, activity for him; and these go forth like advancing waves of influence into the lives of others, and none can foresee the end. The Church is not meant to be like the phantom ship of which the poet sings, manned by a dead crew; but is likened to a living &#8220;household,&#8221; in which all the servants are eager, watchful, and diligent; for their Lord has given &#8220;to every man his work.&#8221; (Show the variety of capacities distributed amongst the old and young, the rich and poor, and the diverse forms of Christian service to which these point.)<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>QUALIFICATIONS<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>CHRISTIAN<\/strong> <strong>SERVICE<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>Earnestness. <\/em>Too often this is fitful. It passes from us uselessly when in contact with the worldly, just as electricity passes off when insulation has been neglected. We want insulation of spiritual force. A modern Christian, surrounded by symbols of idolatry, would not always have &#8220;his spirit stirred&#8221; within him as Paul did at Athens. The present age is enlightened rather than enthusiastic; self-complacent rather than self-sacrificing.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>Love <\/em>to Christ and love to souls is the true inspiration of successful Christian service. It is gained at the foot of the cross.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;A life of self-renouncing love<br \/>Is a life of liberty.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>3.<\/strong><em> Constancy. <\/em>Such as Paul had, who, amid temptations to indolence, and amid persecutions which might have made him falter, pressed forward steadfastly. &#8220;This thing I do&#8221;<em> <\/em>was the motto of his life. Is it ours?<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. <em>Watchfulness. <\/em>A special exhortation to this lies in the passage before us. Let us watch<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> for opportunities of service, <\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> for results of work, and <\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> for the coming of the Lord.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>RECOMPENSE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>CHRISTIAN<\/strong> <strong>SERVICE<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong><em>. There is blessing to be found in doing it. <\/em>On the inactive mind and irresolute will doubts will gather, as limpets do on a motionless rock. Powers fairly exercised, whether they be physical, mental, or spiritual, develop by use.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong><em>. There is blessing awaiting us when we have done it. <\/em>It was not without reason that our Lord spoke (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:28<\/span>) of the signs of his coming as being like the indications that &#8220;<em>summer <\/em>is nigh.&#8221; His advent will be to his people not a winter, but a summer, from which gloom and death will be banished, and in which there will be fruit-gathering after toil, and manifestation of beauty and glory arising from the discipline of the past. That summer the faithful! The world is ripening for it. Our work is preparing for it. Then shall the faithful reap fruit unto life eternal.A.R.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILIES BY R. GREEN<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Watching.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>This chapter relates almost exclusively to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. Yet in its testimony to the Divine power of foretelling future events, it has its evidential value to all students of the person of our Lord; while its central and simple lesson, &#8220;<em>Watch!<\/em> the day of your Lord&#8217;s coming ye know not,&#8221; may be profitably reiterated with frequency in the ears of all. One of the disciples, on passing out of the temple, drew the attention of the Master to the massiveness and grandeur of its building. How great! how stable! how wondrous! In this, as in so many instances, he saw what they saw not; and his thoughts were not as theirs. It must have been to their great surprise that he declared, &#8220;There shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.&#8221; Sad and doleful words follow, as strikingly in contrast to the expectations of his questioners as were the former. The eager desire to know &#8220;when shall these things be,&#8221; was met by threats of deception, war, earthquakes, and famines, the mere presages of trouble, to be followed by personal afflictions, persecutions, hatreds, and deaths, mingled with the uttermost national and religious confusion. The dire symbols were, &#8220;the sun shall be darkened,&#8221; &#8220;the moon shall not give her light,&#8221; &#8220;the<em> <\/em>stars shall be falling from heaven.&#8221; We who read these words with the picture of Jerusalem&#8217;s destruction before us, and in the light of modern Jewish history, see a depth of meaning in them which, the words being words of prophecy, the disciples failed to see. Pitifully do our hearts move towards Israel according to the flesh, and pray for the lifting up of the veil that is upon their eyes, that they in a true sense may &#8220;<em>see <\/em>and believe.&#8221; The lesson is founded upon this prediction of judgment. In interpreting it in its application to ourselves we must see that it teaches<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>EXTREME<\/strong> <strong>PERILOUSNESS<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>HINDERING<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DEVELOPMENT<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>KINGDOM<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>HEAVEN<\/strong> <strong>BY<\/strong> <strong>UNFAITHFULNESS<\/strong>. The Jew was favored as was no other nation under heaven. Fidelity to the great trust reposed in that people would have been attended with unmeasured Divine blessing; while unfaithfulness resulted in the direst calamity and judgment. Who shall describe the bitterness to Israel of those dread days? A free and wider diffusion of the spiritual kingdom followed. But Israel, in giving birth to a gospel of blessing to the nations, suffered throes of travail &#8220;such<em> <\/em>as there hath not been the like from the beginning of the creation which God created until now, and,&#8221; happily, &#8220;never shall be.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>OUR<\/strong> <strong>IGNORANCE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>TIMES<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>GREAT<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>SUDDEN<\/strong> <strong>CHANGES<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DEVELOPMENT<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>KINGDOM<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>HEAVEN<\/strong>, <strong>OUR<\/strong> <strong>HIGHEST<\/strong> <strong>WISDOM<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> A <strong>DILIGENT<\/strong> <strong>ATTENTION<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DUTY<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>HOUR<\/strong>. The hour is always uncertain when the Lord cometh to judgment. The indolent spirit that is deluded into neglect because there is no sign of his coming, will be inevitably found &#8220;sleeping.&#8221; How often has the Church been lulled thus to slumber! How often have the most responsible trusts been unfaithfully held! Times of judgment awake the sleepers often to find their work neglected or undone. The watching spirit that momentarily devotes itself to the doing of the Lord&#8217;s will is the only safe spirit. Such a spirit is never surprised, never taken unawares. It matters not when &#8220;the lord of the house cometh,&#8221; whether &#8220;at even, or at midnight, or at cockcrowing, or in the morning.&#8221; The watching servant hails and rejoices in his lord&#8217;s approach.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>CERTAINTY<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>FINAL<\/strong> <strong>RECOGNITION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>HUMBLE<\/strong>, <strong>FAITHFUL<\/strong>, <strong>CONTINUOUS<\/strong> <strong>SERVICE<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. The gracious words of warning stimulate to effort.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. The help of the Divine Spirit is comfortingly promised to the suffering. &#8220;It is not ye that speak, but the Holy Ghost.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. The perseveringly patient one shall reap in due time. &#8220;He that endureth to the end, the same shall be saved.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. The scattered ones whom cruel persecution has driven into all lands shall finally be restored, and the felicities of the heavenly life compensate for the sufferings of earth. &#8220;He shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven.&#8221; The Lord&#8217;s one command, holding all within itself, is &#8220;Watch? &#8220;Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing.&#8221;G.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILIES BY E. JOHNSON<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-13<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Prophetic adumbrations.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I. <\/strong>&#8220;<strong>MATERIAL<\/strong> <strong>TEMPLES<\/strong>, <strong>POLLUTED<\/strong> <strong>BY<\/strong> <strong>MEN<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>SINS<\/strong>, <strong>MUST<\/strong> <strong>PERISH<\/strong>.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> &#8220;<strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>TEMPLE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>HUMAN<\/strong> <strong>MINDS<\/strong>, <strong>PURIFIED<\/strong> <strong>BY<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DIVINE<\/strong> <strong>SPIRIT<\/strong>, <strong>WILL<\/strong> <strong>ABIDE<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>EVER<\/strong>&#8221; (Godwin).<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>EDUCATION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>ILLUSIONS<\/strong>. (See F. W. Robertson&#8217;s sermon on &#8216;The Illusiveness of Life!&#8217;) God in history is God in disguise. To detect his presence is not always easy. Surface and show are constantly taken for truth and reality.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>VAGUE<\/strong> <strong>TROUBLES<\/strong> <strong>PRECEDE<\/strong> <strong>GREAT<\/strong> <strong>CHANGES<\/strong>. We live in restless times. &#8220;Something is in the air.&#8221; We know not what is meant; but something is meant. The beginning of a process must not be mistaken for the end.<\/p>\n<p><strong>V.<\/strong> A <strong>MORAL<\/strong> <strong>PRINCIPLE<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>PURPOSE<\/strong> <strong>LIES<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>ALL<\/strong> <strong>CHANGE<\/strong>. This is the secret leaven which occasions all the ferment. Deep was the truth expressed by the philosopher when he said, &#8220;War is the father of all things.&#8221; Or in the myth, conflict and love are close companions. In convulsed times, be sure Divine love is profoundly working. Persecution represents the expiring struggles of error and its fellow, passion.<\/p>\n<p><strong>VI.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>CONSTANT<\/strong> <strong>HEART<\/strong> <strong>NEED<\/strong> <strong>FEAR<\/strong> <strong>NO<\/strong> <strong>EVIL<\/strong>. Nothing can bring us peace but loyalty to principle. Nothing can exempt us from unmanning fears but the sense that truth is on our side. The only secret of eloquence lies here. There is no salvation for the coward, the untrue, and the disloyal. For the true heart there is salvation from every possible danger.J.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-31<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Dark sayings.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.  SACRED<\/strong> <strong>LITERATURE<\/strong>, <strong>LIKE<\/strong> <strong>NATURE<\/strong>, <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>FULL<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>HINTED<\/strong> <strong>TRUTH<\/strong>. &#8220;Truths in nature darkly join.&#8221; So in Scripture. The mystic element in Daniel and Scripture generally was fully recognized by Christ.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>PRUDENCE<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>MEN<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>REFLECTION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>PROVIDENCE<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong>. It is the light within us. In unsettled times we must be more than usually on our guard. Keen love of truth will make the mind critical and sceptical of the talk that goes on. Let us not have to say, surprised by calamity, &#8220;We might have known this before.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THERE<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> A <strong>METHOD<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> A <strong>SELECTION<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>WAYS<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>PROVIDENCE<\/strong>. When the observer of physical nature finds a principle of &#8220;natural selection,&#8221; he finds only the visible counterpart of a law in the kingdom of God. God, through all changes, &#8220;gathers his chosen&#8221; from the end of the land to the end of the sky.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>CHANGES<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SPIRITUAL<\/strong> <strong>KINGDOM<\/strong> <strong>ARE<\/strong> <strong>NATURAL<\/strong>, <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>THOSE<\/strong> <strong>THAT<\/strong> <strong>ARE<\/strong> <strong>NATURAL<\/strong> <strong>HAVE<\/strong> A <strong>SPIRITUAL<\/strong> <strong>SIGNIFICANCE<\/strong>. Changes in plants visibly show forth changes in institutions. Below both is truth, is life. And as Christ is one with life and truth, his words abide. There is a moral conservation of force through all evolutions.J.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:32-37<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Indefinable truth.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.  AN<\/strong> <strong>ELEMENT<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>UNCERTAINTY<\/strong> <strong>MINGLES<\/strong> <strong>WITH<\/strong> <strong>ALL<\/strong> <strong>THAT<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>MOST<\/strong> <strong>CERTAIN<\/strong>. We know that certain things must happen, certain forces exert themselves, certain laws be executed in the course of things. But where, when, how? &#8220;The rest is silence.&#8221; And this is spiritually profitable. Imagination and faith live and thrive in the clear-obscure of thought.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>THERE<\/strong> <strong>WERE<\/strong> <strong>THINGS<\/strong> <strong>UNKNOWABLE<\/strong> <strong>EVEN<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>JESUS<\/strong>. It is but a small portion of truth that can be rendered into definite conceptions and expressed in words. &#8220;Truth in closest words must fail.&#8221; But Jesus &#8220;received from the Father all desirable knowledge&#8221; (Godwin).<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>MOOD<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>HABIT<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>MIND<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>MORE<\/strong> <strong>IMPORTANT<\/strong> <strong>THAN<\/strong> <strong>DEFINITE<\/strong> <strong>KNOWLEDGE. <\/strong>Living is better than any theory of life. Being ready for any emergency is better than being certain about when this or that emergency will arise. &#8220;We should be ready every day for what may come any day.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> A <strong>BRIGHT<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>QUICK<\/strong> <strong>INTELLIGENCE<\/strong>. <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>ABOVE<\/strong> <strong>ALL<\/strong> <strong>NECESSARY<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>CONDUCT<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>LIFE<\/strong>. We must not dare to &#8220;fall behind the times.&#8221; We must be punctual. It was said of one that he was always &#8220;a day too late<em>.<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>Sleepy men and institutions will certainly be shocked out of their lethargy. Christ&#8217;s warning has been unheeded. Ecclesiastical Christianity has always been a day too late; has risen later than science, than business energy, than private zeal. We lean on one another too much. It is as if each sentinel should go to sleep, trusting to the vigilance of his comrade. Every Christian worker and watcher should act as if the fate of the host depended on him alone.J.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILIES BY J.J. GIVEN<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-13<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Parallel passages: <span class='bible'>Mat 24:1-14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:5-19<\/span><em>.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>Unexpected events,<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.  PROPHECIES<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>Distribution<\/em> <em>of prophetic intimations. <\/em>Great diversity of opinion prevails in regard to the predictions contained in this chapter. About one part of it, however, there is unanimity; the early portion contains, as all admit, a prophecy about the destruction of the temple which was literally and actually fulfilled within forty years after it had been uttered. The remainder of the chapter is understood by the majority of interpreters to refer to the destruction of Jerusalem, and the end of the world or present dispensation. In relation to this second part there are many divergent theories, but these in the main are reducible to two:<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> that which regards these two subjects as separately and successively exhibited; and<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> that which maintains their coexistence throughout, and according to which they. are so blended and intermingled that separation is all but impossible.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. Practical <em>observations. <\/em>There is<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> the duty of diligently studying prophecy, as a very important and deeply interesting portion of the Divine Word; thus St. Peter says, &#8220;We have the Word of prophecy made more sure; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a lamp shining in a dark place&#8221; (Revised Version). But while the study of prophecy is a pleasing duty, we may not forget that it is attended with special difficulties arising from the very nature of the subject. It is evident that the design of prophecy would be frustrated if it were fully understood beforehand; in such a case men would be found desirous, some of antedating, others of defeating, the predicted events.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> In the study of prophecy we must not strive to be wise above what is written, nor lean too much to our own understanding. We are to have in recollection that &#8220;the secret things belong unto the Lord: but those things which are revealed belong unto us and our children for ever.&#8221; In our attempts at the interpretation of unfulfilled prophecy, in addition to diligent comparison of Scripture under the teaching of the Holy Spirit, we are to pursue the study as far as possible along the lines of prophecies already fulfilled.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> Two uses of fulfilled prophecy are obvious. One is the corroboration of the truth of God&#8217;s Word, and so a strong confirmation of our faith in that Word; the second is a guarantee for the future from the past. The predictions which have been already and actually fulfilled warrant the expectation that such as still wait for fulfillment shall one day be most certainly accomplished; and then shall the light shed by Divine providence shine so brightly on those portions of the Divine Word now mysterious, that they shall appear plain and clear as noonday.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>Character of the disciples<\/em>&#8216;<em> observation. <\/em>The object which the disciples had in view, when they called the attention of their Master to the great stones of the temple, is not quite clear. We may consider their remark a casual one, called forth by the sight of such huge structuressuch immense stones, measuring, according to Josephus, some of them twenty-five cubits in length, eight in height, and twelve in breadth; others forty-five cubits in length, five in height, and six in breadth. Or perhaps the numerals in case of the cubits, in both the passages of Josephus, should be the same, namely, twenty-five. The sight of stones of such vast dimensions, of enormous marble blocks, of the gorgeousness and grandeur of the buildings, would justify their remark; still the sight of all these would not vindicate it from being somewhat superficial and commonplace, natural enough to Galilean peasants, and such as might be made by very unsophisticated persons. We may perhaps be warranted, therefore, in reading a deeper meaning into their observation. Might it not be that the thought occurred to them that an edifice of such splendor and magnificence would be no way unsuitable to, nor unworthy of, Messiah&#8217;s reign and of the temporal kingdom which they still clung to?<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong><em>. The point of time at which the observation was made. <\/em>Jesus was leaving the temple, and leaving it for the last time. What solemn thoughts must have occupied his mind as he bade farewell to that beautiful sanctuary! How different they must have been from those of his disciples, in whatever way their words are to be understood! He is now turning his back for ever on the national temple, long the center of Jewish worship, with its august shrine, where the Shechinah glory had appeared above the cherubim, where the Divine presence in visible symbol had been manifested, where the most solemn acts of religious service had been performed, and where the one living and true God had been worshipped, while polytheism had prevailed in the nations all around. Now, however, the spirit of the theocracy was gone, Judaism had fallen into decrepitude, the national temple still stood in all its splendor; but the great Inhabitant was about to take his departure. The Messenger of the covenant had come suddenly to his temple; but with his rejection and death already determined on, life and light and liberty were on the eve of departing for ever, and the kingdom about to pass into other and more worthy hands. The disciples, who, like other Jews, still indulged the daydream of a worldly kingdom and political independence in connection with Messiah, must have been more than surprised by our Lord&#8217;s reply. Their pleasant fancies are dispelled; to their fondsst aspirations a rude shock is given. They are startled, stunned, and silenced. Stone not left upon stone that shall not be loosened from its place and thrown to the ground! anal all this affirmed with the utmost positiveness of assertion! What can it mean? They roll the matter over in their thoughts; they reflect, but cannot persuade themselves that the words are to be understood in their strict, unfigurative sense. The statement is past their comprehension.<\/p>\n<p><strong>5<\/strong>. <em>Their inquiry<\/em>. And now they have left the temple courts, descended the side of Moriah, crossed the Kedron, and are seated on a slope of Olivet. What a lovely prospect is there presented to their gaze! Right opposite and full in view was the temple, with its white marble, its roof and pinnacles overlaid with gold, the prodigious stone substructures already the objects of such admiration, all sparkling in the clear light of an Eastern sky. Here was a sight of such surpassing splendor that it was esteemed equal to one of the wonders of the world; a spectacle of such beauty that once seen it remained ever after a part of sight. Here was a prospect corresponding to the eloquent and withal exact words of Milman, when he says, &#8220;At a distance the whole temple looked literally like a mount of snow, fretted with golden pinnacles.&#8221; And was the glory of all this, like ordinary mundane things, to pass so soon away! The disciples naturally desire more information on this stupendous subject; they have by this time recovered somewhat from their surprise. They break silence by trying to ascertain with certainty and preciseness some particulars in regard to the wonderful event predicted, and its consequences, immediate and remote, implied in the expression, &#8220;these things&#8221;an expression erroneously referred by some to the world itself, and by others to the buildings of the temple. They are at once curious and anxious to be informed of the time when what was foretold would be fulfilled; of the sign of the Savior&#8217;s coming for the performance of what he had thus predicted; and further, as we are informed by St. Matthew, of the <em>end <\/em>of the world.<\/p>\n<p><strong>6<\/strong>. <em>Minuteness in details. <\/em>As usual, St. Mark is most minute in his record of particulars, such as an eye-witness, or one writing the words of an eye-witness, would be most likely to take note of. He tells us here the exact <em>position <\/em>of our Lord and his discipleson a knoll of Olivet, <em>right <\/em>over against (, the  being intensive) the temple. He also informs us that the disciples who were closest to our Savior on the occasion, or who were most earnest and urgent in their inquiries which they probably repeated (, imperfect), were Peter and James and John and Andrew. These were the <em>persons <\/em>who spoke in their own name and that of their brethrenacting at once for themselves and the other disciples. There was in this an evident appropriateness. These four disciples, consisting of two pairs of brothers, were the first who had enrolled themselves in the list of discipleship; they were the first of the apostolic band. They had been longest with our Lord, and, it would seem, on the most familiar terms with him; and now they are nearest to him in position, and, on the ground of their close intimacy, venture to put questions from which perhaps the others shrank. Three of these, moreover, had been specially privilegedalready on two, as subsequently on another and third occasionto accompany our Lord. Long attendance on the Master, as the consequence of early and faithful discipleship, would thus appear to have peculiar advantages, and to elevate, not by merit but by grace, to higher privileges. How important, then, for the young to join themselves early to the ranks of Christ&#8217;s disciples, remembering their Creator in the days of their youth, and coming in early childhood to the Savior!<\/p>\n<p><strong>7<\/strong>. <em>Peculiarity in and fulfillment of the prophecy. <\/em>We may not overlook, or lose sight of, the prediction that led to the inquiries of the disciples, and of these special favourites who represented the wishes of their brethren, as well as their own, on this occasion. The prediction in question is one of the most remarkable on record, if we consider all the circumstances. There was scarcely anything more unlikely at that time than the overthrow of such a stable fabric, where the buildings and substructures were so massive that Titus himself attributed his triumph to the hand of God. The original temple had been built by Solomon, and having stood for four centuries, was destroyed, after the lapse of that period, by Nebuzaradan, commander-in-chief of the forces of Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon. It was rebuilt by Zerubbabel, at the head of the restored Jews, somewhat more than five centuries before Christ. This was the second temple; and though it was renewed by Herod the Great, and had several magnificent additions made to it by that king, such as a porch with white marble slabs, towers, and so on, it was still known, not as the third, but second temple. The work of renovation commenced by Herod had continued six and forty years, as we learn from the Fourth Gospel (<span class='bible'>Joh 2:20<\/span>), where we read,&#8221; Then said the Jews, Forty and six years was this temple in building.&#8221; It was still much more improbable even if, contrary to all expectation and all reasonable calculation of chances, it should be destroyed, that that destruction would be carried to such an extreme of demolition that no ruins should be leftno, not so much as one stone upon another. Other temples have been destroyed by hostile attack, or fallen into decay and yielded to the corroding tooth of time; but their ruins at least remain, while the magnificence of those ruins attracts the visitor, and excites his admiration or astonishment. Witness the far-famed Parthenon or temple of Minerva at Athens, or the temple of Baalbek, or Karnak, or Luxor. But though the Roman general did his utmost to save the temple, it was destroyed by fire; and subsequently the work of demolition was carried out so thoroughly by the tenth legion, under Terentius Rufus, that the temple area and precincts were dug up The peculiarity of the prophecy was its uncommon clearness, distinctness, and definiteness at a time when all the probabilities were against it; while the exactness of its fulfillment has so puzzled infidels, that they have tried to make themselves and others believe that the prediction was <em>post eventum<\/em>;<em> <\/em>and, finding that impossible and incredible, others have resorted to such miserable shifts as coincidences, lucky guesses, or skillful prognostications. All in vain; for it remains, and must remain, an irrefragable testimony to the truth of God. There was, besides, the fulfillment of an older prophecy by Micah: &#8220;Zion shall be ploughed like a field, and Jerusalem shall become heaps.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>8<\/strong>. <em>The perspective of prophecy. <\/em>There is a very general agreement that in the predictions contained in this chapter of St. Mark and corresponding chapters of the other synoptists, the two events of Christ&#8217;s coming at the fall of Jerusalem, and of his coming at the end of the world or present dispensation, are combined. While some explain this according to the theory of two applications, one primary and another secondary; and others by the typical theory, one event being typical of another, so that the one description covers both; others again prefer that theory of prophecy according to which it exhibits events without regard to the periods of time or portions of space that intervene between them and separate them from each other; just as in the landscape hill rises above hill, while to the spectator at a distance the valleys that lie between, or the interspaces that separate them, are not seen nor observed, and it is only when the summit of each hill is reached that the interval between it and the next is discernible. So we may conceive it to be with respect to the close of the  which was marked by the fall of Jerusalem, and the completion, or , of the present dispensation or current age.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SIGNS<\/strong> <strong>SPECIFIED<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>Enumeration. <\/em>There is some slight difference in the enumeration of the signs; they are also divided by some into negative and positive. We prefer dividing them into the immediate and more remote, and enumerate them as follows:<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> False prophets or pretended Messiahs;<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> wars and rumors of wars, that is, wars actually declared or commenced, and wars threatened or reported as imminent. St. Luke employs, instead of&#8221; turnouts,&#8221; the somewhat different expression of &#8220;commotions,&#8221; or &#8220;unsettlements&#8221; (); these are the more remote premonitions, for it is added by St. Matthew and St. Mark, &#8220;The end is not yet,&#8221; while St. Luke has, &#8220;The end is not immediately.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> Wars on a larger scale, implied in nation rising against nation and kingdom against kingdom. After these political agitations come physical, as<\/p>\n<p><strong>(4)<\/strong> earthquakes; then other providential events, as<\/p>\n<p><strong>(5)<\/strong> famines, and troubles, the latter word being omitted in some manuscripts and in the Revised Version; also<\/p>\n<p><strong>(6)<\/strong> pestilences. That all these signs preceded the fall of Jerusalem at a greater or less distance from that event, and that, on a still wider area and a still grander scale, they shall precede the winding up of the present dispensation, appears to be the teaching of this portion of Scripture. The intermingling of the predictions relating to the two great events may in some measure be accounted for by the circumstance that the Jews would regard the overthrow of the Jewish state as the signal of, and coincident with, the end of all present things. Other signs of a less general and more personal kind are subjoined, so that we have<\/p>\n<p><strong>(7)<\/strong> persecutions befalling the disciples both in and outside of Judaea; and<\/p>\n<p><strong>(8)<\/strong> sad apostasies and the evils Consequent on such defections, as we learn from the first evangelist; also<\/p>\n<p><strong>(9)<\/strong> the proclamation of the gospel proceeding from Jerusalem and Judea, and its diffusion among all nations, as a witness everywhere to Christ and his salvation.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>Verification. <\/em>Scripture itself bears witness to the fulfilment of the <em>first <\/em>sign; for St. John says, &#8220;Even now are there many antichrists, whereby we know that it is the last time;&#8221; while Josephus acquaints us with the fact that &#8220;the land was overrun with magicians, seducers, and impostors, who drew the people after them in multitudes into solitudes and deserts, to see the signs and miracles which they promised to show by the power of God.&#8221; Several names, moreover, are expressly mentioned, of such persons as Dositheus, Simon Magus, Theudas, Barchochab; but it is objected that some of these were too early, and others too late, in point of time. In like manner it may be objected to the statement of the Apostle John, that, while it is so distinct in relation to the fact, it is indefinite with respect to the element of time. But if some were too early and others too late, it is not likely that the intervening period had the good fortune of being freed from their presence; while, from the statements of St. John on the one hand and Josephus on the other, we may rightly conclude a succession of pretenders, and quite a number of them all along, as true coin is seldom for long without its counterfeits. The <em>second <\/em>sign had its verification in the violent deaths of no less than four Roman emperorsNero, Galba, Otho, and Vitelliuswithin a year and a half, and the scenes of tumult and bloodshed consequent thereon; while the Jews were assailed with three threats of wars by Caligula, Claudius, and Nero respectively. There were other rumors of wars, in consequence of Bardanes, and subsequently Volageses, declaring, but not carrying out, war against the Jews; as also by Vitellius, Governor of Syria, declaring war against the Arabian king, Aretas. These two signs were among the more remote, for, as we have seen, it is added, &#8220;The end is not yet;&#8221; that is, the end of the Jewish polity at the destruction of Jerusalem was not to follow immediately. This caution was subjoined to prevent that state of excitement and alarm which the Apostle Paul, at a subsequent period, found it necessary to allay among the Thessalonians. The <em>third <\/em>sign may be illustrated by the general character of the period, which the Roman historian Tacitus describes as &#8220;rich in calamities, horrible with battles, rent with seditions, savage even in peace itself;&#8221; as also by particular catastrophes, as the conflict between the Syrians and Jews at Caesarea, in which twenty thousand of the latter perished; another at Seleucia, in which fifty thousand Jews lost their lives; with others similar at Joppa, Scythopolis, Ascalon, and Tyro, recorded by Josephus in his &#8216; Wars of the Jews,&#8217; a title of itself significant of the state of the times; while Philo makes mention of a serious outbreak between Jews and Greeks in Alexandria, though at a much earlier period. The <em>fourth <\/em>sign consisted of tremors of the earth, by which towns and cities were often shaken and ruined. These earthquakes were to occur in divers places. Never perhaps, in an equal period of time in the history of our earth, did so many of these fearful convulsions occur, as in the interval between the Crucifixion and fall of Jerusalem. Seneca, in a somewhat rhetorical passage in one of his Epistles, mentions a surprising number of such casualties having occurred in many different quarters, and with the usual disastrous results; in his list of places where earthquakes had taken place are proconsular Asia, Achaia, Syria, Macedonia, Cyprus, and Paphus. Tacitus makes mention of several in different localitiesin Crete; in Italy, one at Rome and another in Campania; in Phrygia, at Apamea, and Laodicea. Josephus speaks of one in Judaea; and several others are recorded about the same time. Of the <em>fifth <\/em>sign, or famines, we have the record in the Acts (<span class='bible'>Act 11:28<\/span>), where Agabus foretold &#8220;that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar;&#8221; and the testimony of Tacitus, Suetonius, and Josephus to similar effect. The whole time of the reign of Claudius appears to have been one of scarcity; that in the ninth year of his reign appears to have been particularly severe. Three other famines occurred in his reign. During this period, Rome, Syria, and Greece suffered most painfully. From the famines we might naturally infer the existence of the <em>sixth <\/em>sign, or pestilences, even if we had no historical record of their occurrence, according to the old proverb, that &#8220;after famine comes pestilence,&#8221; so neatly expressed in the Greek   . And yet disasters of this kind are recordedone in Babylonia, by Josephus; one in Rome, which swept away thirty thousand persons in one autumn, by Tacitus and Suetonius. The New Testament itself furnishes proof enough, and more than enough, of the persecutions which were the <em>seventh <\/em>sign. In <span class='bible'>Act 4:3-7<\/span> we read of the Apostles Peter and John being arrested, thrown into prison, and brought before the Sanhedrim; in <span class='bible'>Act 5:18<\/span> we read that they &#8220;laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in the common prison,&#8221; and at the twenty-seventh verse of the same chapter that they &#8220;brought them and set them before the council;&#8221; in <span class='bible'>Act 16:23<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Act 16:24<\/span>, that they &#8220;laid many stripes upon them [Paul and Silas], and cast them into prison,&#8221; where the jailor &#8220;thrust them into the inner prison, and made their feet fast in the stocks;&#8221; in <span class='bible'>Act 18:12<\/span> of Paul being brought to the judgment, and in <span class='bible'>Act 23:1<\/span> of his appearing before the council and being smitten on the mouth, by command of the high priest Ananias. One of the duties of the <em>Chazzan<\/em>,<em> <\/em>a minister of the synagogue, was to exercise discipline, and of this Paul had his share, when, as he tells us, &#8220;Of the Jews five times received I forty stripes save one;&#8221; and again, &#8220;Thrice was I beaten with rods.&#8221; The  before &#8220;synagogues&#8221; is pregnant, implying that they were previously brought into the synagogues and then beaten therein. The distinction that makes  refer to the persons present before whose eyes the punishment was inflicted, while  only indicates the place, is more than doubtful. Again, St. Paul affords an exemplification of the succeeding statement that they should &#8220;be brought before rulers and kings,&#8221; having appeared before Felix, Festus, and Agrippa in succession, as recorded in Acts 24-26.; also before Nero, as we may infer from <span class='bible'>2Ti 4:16<\/span>, <span class='bible'>2Ti 4:17<\/span>, where he speaks of his first answer, and of being delivered out of the mouth of the lion. Of apostasies, the <em>eighth <\/em>sign, we have both direct and indirect evidence. The latter is found in the many and earnest warnings which the Epistle to the Hebrews contains against such, while evidence of the former kind is supplied by the heathen historian Tacitus. The rapid progress which the preaching of the gospel had made, notwithstanding all the opposition and hindrances, and cruel persecutions, and sad apostasies, is perhaps the most surprising fact of all; while of this we have such incidental notices as the following:&#8221;Your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world,&#8221; writes St. Paul to the Romans; to the Galatians he writes of his own circuit to Arabia, back to Damascus, and then to the head-quarters in Jerusalem; to the Colossians he says of &#8220;the Word of the truth of the gospel, which is come unto you, as it is in all the world; and bringeth forth fruit, as it doth also in you;&#8221; and again, in the same chapter (<span class='bible'>Col 1:23<\/span>), he speaks of the hope of the gospel, and adds, &#8220;which ye have heard, and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven.&#8221; Thus was verified the <em>ninth <\/em>sign.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>MORAL<\/strong> <strong>LESSONS<\/strong> <strong>INTERSPERSED<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>Practical directions. <\/em>With the important predictions of this section, and indeed of the whole chapter, practical directions of greatest consequence are blended. Similarly, in the writings of the apostles, we usually find along with exposition of doctrine the enforcement of duty. The principal practical directions of our Lord in this portion of Scripture are mostly of the nature of moral lessons, and are the following:<em>Heedfulness<\/em>,<em> <\/em>which is several times repeated in the course of the chapter; <em>needfulness of perseverance; prayerfulness; and watchfulness. <\/em>Other lessons of great practical importance, though expressed rather as categorical statements or predictions than in the form of directions like those enumerated, are contained in it.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. The <em>first of these great moral lessons. <\/em>The <em>first <\/em>of these lessons occurs in the fifth verse, in the words, &#8220;Take heed lest any man deceive you.&#8221; The same, though slightly altered, and in a somewhat different connection, occurs in the ninth verse, in the words, &#8220;But take heed to yourselves;&#8221; again, in the twenty-third verse, we read, &#8220;But<em> <\/em>take ye heed;&#8221; and once more, in the thirty-third verse, it is set as a preface or introduction to other duties: &#8220;Take ye heed, watch and pray.&#8221; In its first occurrence, it warns the disciples against being deceived by others; in the second, it cautions them in reference to their own deportment; in its third occurrence, it calls on them to do their duty, as the Savior had done his by them in full predictions and directions; while, in its last occurrence in the chapter, its repetition seems designed to add emphasis to the injunctions immediately coming after. This first lesson is as elastic in its application as practical in its nature, which is manifest from the varying context with which it is connected. In its first context in this chapter, it puts us on our guard against deception. As originally applied, it warned the disciples against pretenders to Messiahshipcompetitive claimants to that dignity, or rather personators of Christ himself, alleging they were himself returned again, according to the promise of his second advent. But in principle and spirit it applies to ourselves, and is needed by Christians at all times. In a world like this, where so many things are not what they seem, we are required to be upon our guard. Satan is watching to impose on us with his lies, and deceive us to our destruction; we must beware of him. Sinners are waiting to deceive us by their enticement; we must beware of them, and when they entice us not yield consent. Sin itself contains the very essence of deception. It promises pleasures; but the pleasures of sin last only for a season, and that season is a short one, while during that season, short as it is, they do not satisfy. Often instead of pleasure it brings us pain; and it is always pain in the end. In the second of its occurrences, as above specified, the warning related to the deportment of the disciples themselves, in the extremely trying circumstances in which they would often find themselves placed. Other perils and other unsettling circumstances were of a general nature; their attention is now claimed for those more imminent and more immediately affecting themselves. When arraigned before councils or shamefully maltreated in synagogues, when scourged or scorned, amid indignities and insults and injuries, it behoved them, after their Master&#8217;s example, to bear themselves bravely; when they suffered, to forbear threatening; when evil entreated, to bear up with patience and meekness as well as fortitude. When brought before rulers and kings, magistrates of the lowest and highest rank, they are reminded of the duty then especially incumbent on themto be valiant for the truth. They were to take heed to themselves, that no unfaithfulness on their part should mar their message which they had for men, high or low, rich or poor, foes or friends, or induce them to keep back aught of the testimony they had to bear. Nay, more, they were to take heed to themselves lest they should esteem Christ&#8217;s yoke a weariness, or duty to him a drudgery; but, on the contrary, to consider it a privilege to have an opportunity to testify to his cause and claims, however perilous or painful the position. In like manner, whenever opportunity is fairly afforded us to present Christ&#8217;s claims, or plead his cause, or testify to the truth of his religion, it is incumbent on us joyfully to avail ourselves of it, faithfully to declare the whole counsel of God, to stand up bravely for the truth, and to &#8220;contend earnestly for the faith once delivered to the saints.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>The second great moral lesson. <\/em>The <em>second <\/em>of these lessons is, as already intimated, the necessity of <em>perseverance. <\/em>&#8220;He<em> <\/em>that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved.&#8221; This, in the first instance, was applicable to the apostles, and peculiarly appropriate in their case; but it has a wider scope and more general bearing. It warns against that <em>fickleness <\/em>which enters on the path of duty with eagerness and seeming earnestness, it may be, but speedily turns aside, as did the Galatians, of whom the apostle had reason to complain, &#8220;Ye did run well, but something hindered you.&#8221; It cautions us against putting our hand to the plough and then turning back, as many do when they realize the arduous nature of the work, or when some discouragement comes in their way, or some formidable obstacle has to be encountered. It urges us to <em>endurance <\/em>amid the toils, the trials, the troubles, the many perplexities, the sore sufferings, and manifold afflictions which the Christian has to endure during this mortal life and strife. It exhorts us to <em>patience<\/em>,<em> <\/em>withal; we are to endure patiently, that is to say, unmurmuringly. Some endure, indeed, but their endurance loses half its virtue through the complaining and frettings that accompany it. Further, it encourages us to-perseverancea manful holding out to the last, and to a brave persistence in the way and work of God, however arduous our task may be, and however difficult or dangerous the path we have to travel. In a word, we are to &#8220;<em>stand <\/em>fast in the faith, quit us like men, and be strong.&#8221; The path of duty here, as elsewhere and often, shall prove the way of safety. If we suffer with him, we shall reign with him; if we bear the cross, we shall wear the crown.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Then steadfast let us still remain,<\/p>\n<p>Though dangers rise around,<\/p>\n<p>And in the work prescribed by God<\/p>\n<p>Yet more and more abound;<\/p>\n<p>Assured that, though we labor now,<\/p>\n<p>We labor not in vain;<\/p>\n<p>But, through the grace of heaven&#8217;s great Lord,<\/p>\n<p>Th&#8217; eternal crown shall gain.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>J.J.G.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-23<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Parallel passages: <span class='bible'>Mat 24:15-28<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:1-38<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>The end imminent.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.  IMMEDIATELY<\/strong> <strong>PROXIMATE<\/strong> <strong>SIGNS<\/strong>. Hitherto we have had the signs, more or less remote, of Christ&#8217;s coming at the fall of Jerusalem, and so an answer to the second part of the question contained in <span class='bible'>Luk 21:4<\/span>. Here, however, we have the immediately proximate sign, or rather an answer to the first part of the question of that same verse, namely, &#8220;When shall these things be?&#8221; Along with the sign here intimated, we have instructions about the ways and means of escape. But with respect to the immediately proximate sign or time of the destruction of Jerusalem, we read that it is &#8220;the abomination of desolation&#8221; foretold by Daniel. The expression is regarded as relating to the Roman army, that brought desolation on the holy city; but whether the actual reference be to the besieging host itself, or to their standards, the eagles, as objects of idolatry, or to the outrages of the Zealots in the sacred courts, is not so certain. The parallel expression in <span class='bible'>Luk 21:20<\/span>, &#8220;When ye shall see Jerusalem compassed with armies, then know that the desolation thereof is nigh,&#8221; is deemed by some conclusive for the reference being to the Roman armies; most commentators understand the expression of the Roman eagles planted in <em>a holy place<\/em>,<em> <\/em>that is, round Jerusalem, first by Cestius Callus <strong>a.d.<\/strong> 66, then by Vespasian two years after, and two years later still by Titus; while a third explanation refers the sign to the atrocities of the Zealots at this time. In this way the sign was twofoldinternal and external; the latter consisting of the Roman legions now drawn round the city, the former of the abominations of the Zealots, causing the cup of Jewish iniquity to overflow, and thus directly leading to the desolation that immediately ensued. Two circumstances seem to favor this last view of the matter: the holy place is properly referable to the temple, and the sign of the Roman eagles would be rather indefinite, as they had been seen in Palestine for a considerable period previously. Inward desecration caused by sin in some way issued in outward desolation.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>PRECAUTIONS<\/strong> <strong>SUGGESTED<\/strong>. It is not the duty of Christians more than of non-Christians to rush unnecessarily into peril any more than into temptation; we are not to endanger life and limb recklessly and negligently. Our first duty is self-preservation when no principle is compromised and no matter of spiritual moment is at stake; we are required to use all legitimate means for the preservation of our own lives and the lives of others. Confessors, indeed, have taken joyfully the spoiling of their goods, and martyrs have cheerfully shed their blood, rather than surrender a jot of truth or renounce their allegiance to the Savior; but there are special occasions and particular circumstances when our duty is to escape from, not court, danger. The disciples, when persecuted in one city, were to flee to another. Our Lord himself, passing through the midst of the wicked Nazarenes, went his way, when they had led him to the brow of the hill whereon their city was built, and would have cast him down headlong. And now he gives directions beforehand for his followers not to imperil their lives needlessly and uselessly, when, by signs of which he forewarns them, they should know that the ruin of Jerusalem was imminent and inevitable, and when the wrath of God was about to be poured out on their unbelieving countrymen. The methods of escape were various. Those who found themselves in Judaea were to flee to the mountains. These, with caves and rocky fastnesses, were favourite places of refuge in time of danger in the land of Palestine; thus, Lot was. urgently pressed by the angel to flee to the mountain. &#8220;Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed;&#8221; David was hunted by Saul as &#8220;a partridge in the mountains.&#8221; Such as were already on the house-top, or could readily reach it by the steps outside, were not to return into the house to carry off with them any article of property, however prized or valuable, but to hasten their flight with all speed along the fiat roofs of the houses till they reached the city walls, and thence make good their escape. Persons engaged in field labor, at which the outer garment () was usually stripped off and laid aside, were not to act so indiscreetly as to run the risk of life itself by returning for the sake of saving an article of raiment probably of no great value.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>THIRD<\/strong> <strong>GREAT<\/strong> <strong>MORAL<\/strong> <strong>LESSON<\/strong>. This, as we have already stated, <em>is prayerfulness. <\/em>Our Lord, after the particular directions enumerated, bethought himself of other cases to which those directions were inapplicable owing to the inability of the persons concerned to comply with them. With tender females in such circumstances of delicacy as precluded the possibility of flight, and with nursing mothers whose womanly affections forbade the thought of abandoning their offspringwith persons thus unfitted for flight, so encumbered as to retard it except through an impossible sacrificeour Lord expresses the deepest sympathy and tenderest compassion. If, however, we may trace the sequence of thought in the mind of the Savior as in the human mind in general, the thought of weakness by the law of contrast suggests a power which the weakest can wield and the strongest cannot dispense with, and which in the most untoward circumstances commands success. &#8220;And pray ye,&#8221; says our blessed Lord, &#8220;that your flight be not in the winter. &#8220;St. Matthew adds,&#8221; neither on the sabbath day.&#8221; The same God who has appointed the end has appointed the means that conduce to that end. One great means is <em>prayer. <\/em>The end and means are connected as links of the same chain. Other means of escape, had been prescribed, and even urged on such as could employ those means; some there would be who, from circumstances already indicated, would be precluded from availing themselves of those means; besides, both these classes must, in the dark outlook into the future, anticipate circumstances over which they could have no possible control, such as the season of the year, or the day of the week when the predicted calamities might suddenly burst over them. What, then, was the course to be pursued? Where means were available, prayer was a leverage which imparted to the means a potency multiplied manifold; where the means were not available, prayer was the only element of power that could be employed; while in both cases there were certain obstacles which human power could not overcome, and certain circumstances with which it was incompetent to grapple. It was only by prayer that difficulties of this sort could be vanquished. The <em>subject-matter <\/em>of the prayers our Lord graciously condescends to suggest. They were to pray for the avoidance of the winter, when its cold and inclemency would greatly aggravate the general distress, or when its heavy rains, swollen streams, and winter torrents might render flight or escape impossible. They were to pray that they might not be necessitated to infringe the sanctity of the sabbath, on which a lawful journey did not exceed a mile; and when, the city gates being closed, would either shut them in or shut them out, and in either case cut them off from a place of safety; or when they might expose themselves to punishment from the cruelty of fanatics for a breach of the sabbath law. Our Lord suggested to them such topics of supplication, putting desires into their hearts and words on their lips.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>GOODNESS<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>CHOSEN<\/strong>. &#8220;For the elect&#8217;s sake, whom he hath chosen, he hath shortened the days.&#8221; His elect are his chosenchosen to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth, chosen in Christ before the foundation of the world, chosen of God and precious, a chosen generation, called, chosen, and faithful. The privileges of God&#8217;s people are very many and very great. God avenges his own elect; nothing shall be laid to the charge of God&#8217;s elect; he will gather them at last from the four winds; while here we learn that those days of direst disasters and unspeakable horrors were shortened for their sake. How great the blessedness of being children of God! The psalmist had affirmed the blessedness of such centuries before; he had affirmed it on the highest authority and for the best of reasons. &#8220;Blessed,&#8221; he said, &#8220;is the man whom thou choosest, and causest to approach unto thee, that he may dwell in thy courts By terrible things in righteousness wilt thou answer us, O God of our salvation.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>V.<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>PROVIDENTIAL<\/strong> <strong>DEALINGS<\/strong> <strong>WITH<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>PEOPLE<\/strong>. The dispensations of God&#8217;s providence prove, while they illustrate, his goodness to his people. In the present instance the Savior <em>warned <\/em>his followers; this was the first link in the chain of his love. Acting on this warning, they fled; and God, in his mercy, favored their flight and facilitated it. In <em>answer <\/em>to the petitions previously taught them and presented, we may be sure, by them, their flight was not in winter, or at least needed not to be so, for the siege commenced in the October of 66 <strong>a.d<\/strong>.; the final siege began in the April or May of the year of our Lord 70. Thus they had the opportunity of flight before or at the beginning of the siege, and consequently before the rigours of winter had set in; or, if perchance any delayed their flight and lingered on till near the concluding catastrophe, they in like manner avoided the winter. The consequence was that the Christian Jews effected their escape to Pella, now <em>Tabathat Fakkil<\/em>,<em> <\/em>near the northern border of Peraea, among the hills of Gilead, on the other side of Jordan, and a hundred miles from the besieged city. The merciful dealings of Divine providence were also manifested by the <em>curtailment <\/em>() of the period of distress. In the midst of wrath he remembered mercy, and for his elect&#8217;s sake he so overruled matters that the siege was brought to a speedy termination. So terrible was the time that, in the words of the evangelist, &#8220;except the Lord had shortened the days, no flesh would have been saved.&#8221; The Scripture statement is fully confirmed by the historical details of Josephus, who makes it abundantly evident that the wretchedness of men and the wickedness of men had then culminated. Unprecedented before, they have remained without parallel since. It was Passover time, and multitudes thronged the city. What from this state of matters inside the city and the siege outside, famine ensued; its usual attendant, pestilence, followed. Men and women seemed to have divested themselves of the instincts of humanity; nameless barbarities were perpetrated. The city was torn by sedition withinthree factions being in constant conflict with each other; war raged without, hundreds of Jewish prisoners being crucified in sight of their friends. More than a million Jews perished in the siege, and ninety-seven thousand were taken captivesome of them sold into slavery, some sent to Egyptian mines, and others reserved for the gladiatorial games. &#8220;Those days shall be affliction,&#8221; according to the correct rendering; and never was prediction fulfilled with more terrible literality. But two circumstances, under Providence, abridged this reign of terrors: one was the terrible energy of the besieger, who pressed the siege and at last stormed the city; and the other was the fearful infatuation of the besieged. The city, which had withstood Nebuchadnezzar more than a year and a quarter, fell before the power of the Roman general in less than five months. Had things continued much longer, Judaea itself would have been desolated, and its inhabitants, including, no doubt, many sincere Christians, would have perished. But God, for his people&#8217;s sake, shortened those days of shocking suffering and unspeakable sadness. The Savior again, and for the third time, repeats his exhortation to heedfulness against those who at such a crisis deceived, either consciously or unconsciously, themselves, and who should deceive others by holding forth hopes of deliverance by the coming of the Christ.J.J.G.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:24-31<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Parallel passages: <span class='bible'>Mat 24:29-35<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:25-33<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>The second advent.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>GREATNESS<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>EVENT<\/strong>. Whether our Lord&#8217;s coming shall be pro-millennial or post-millennial we stay not to inquire. The great importance attaches to the fact of the second coming of the Son of man, which this section describes and which all Christians believe. The future coming of the Son of man naturally leads us back in thought to his first coming. The world had waited long for that blessed day. Patriarchs had looked forward to it, but it was in faith; prophets saw it, but it was in vision; saints sighed for its approach, but it was still a great way offthey hoped for its arrival, but they died before the promise was fulfilled; servants of God longed for its coming, and when it at length arrived they felt so satisfied that there seemed nothing further for them to desirethe language of Simeon expressed their thoughts, &#8220;Now, Lord, lettest thou thy servant depart in peace, according to thy word: for mine eyes have seen thy salvation.&#8221; Angels celebrated it on the plains of Bethlehem, and sang in heavenly carol, &#8220;<em>Glory <\/em>to God in the highest, peace on earth, and good will to men.&#8221; The people of God look forward with equal longing and equal eagerness to the day of Christ&#8217;s second coming. They look and long for it as the period of complete redemption; they expect it as the time of home-gathering of all their brethren in the Lord; in anticipation of that great deliverance and of that blessed reunion they cry, &#8220;Even<em> <\/em>so, Lord Jesus, come quickly.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>GLORY<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>COMING<\/strong>. He will come, we are taught to believe, personally, visibly, and gloriously. He will come &#8220;in the <em>clouds.<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>The clouds of heaven serve many important purposes; they screen from the heat of the sun by day, and moderate the radiation of the earth by night. Sometimes they supply from their contents moisture to plants, and bring gladness to the thirsty ground; sometimes they pour down the water that originates springs or swells rivers; sometimes they cover with snow the polar regions. Those cloud-masses, as they float in the atmosphere, now approach within a mile of the earth, again ascend to the distance of five or six miles above its surface. Sometimes they curl in thin, parallel, silvery streaks; sometimes they form dense conical or convex heaps; sometimes, at the approach of night, they spread out in wide low-lying horizontal sheets; sometimes, fraught with storm, they move like a dark canopy overhead; again they unite and form various combinations. At all times they claim our attention, and commend themselves to our admiration by their fantastic forms, their changing colors, their varying density, and their strange combinations. The views of a kaleidoscope are nothing compared with the manifold aspects of the clouds. The clouds of heaven, then, are objects of great beauty, grandeur, and glory. The ancient heathens had a just appreciation of the magnificence of the clouds, and accordingly associated them with their highest conceptions of <em>majesty. <\/em>They represented their deities as clothed with clouds, or seated on clouds, or surrounded with clouds, as if to hide from mortal gaze their excessive splendor. In Scripture, also, the true God is represented as making the clouds his chariot, and walking upon the wings of the wind; and, again, we read that &#8220;his pavilion round about him were dark waters, and thick clouds of the skies.&#8221; When Isaiah predicts the destruction of Egypt and the confusion of its idols from the hand of the Lord, he uses the sublime representation, &#8220;Behold, the Lord rideth upon a swift cloud, and shall come into Egypt.&#8221; Daniel employs similar language in relation to the Son of man: &#8220;Behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him. And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him.&#8221; The representation before us here is in accordance also with our Lord&#8217;s reply, when, in answer to his question about his Messiahship, he directed their attention from the humility of his first to the honor of his second coming, saying, &#8220;Ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven.&#8221; So also, when he was going to part from his disciples, when he was going to leave our world, when his feet last stood on Olivet, when he was about to ascend to his Father and our Father, to his God and our God, the cloud became his vehicle, and coming under<em> <\/em>him received () him out of the disciples&#8217; sight; and in that car of cloud he rose onward, and mounted upward to the right hand of the Father everlasting. Thence he shall come again with glorious majesty, according to the promise, &#8220;This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven.&#8221; Further, in the Apocalypse, the Apostle John&#8217;s representation of Christ&#8217;s coming with clouds is designed and calculated to signify the grandeur and the glory, the solemnity and the sublimity of his second advent: &#8220;Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>GLORY<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>POWER<\/strong> <strong>WITH<\/strong> <strong>WHICH<\/strong> <strong>HE<\/strong> <strong>COMES<\/strong>. Every manifestation of glory shall attend him; every symbol of unspeakable splendor shall accompany him; every token of dignity shall signalize him; every adjunct of might and magnificence shall mark his advent. The Son of man shall come with great power and glory; all the holy angels shall swell his train. The dead in Christ shall rise first, and swell that assemblage; they that are still alive, and remain till that dread day, shall be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air. Can anything be grander than this? Can anything be more august? Can anything be more solemn? Can anything be more awe-inspiring? Is there anything more calculated to overwhelm with consternation the wicked? Is there anything more fitted to create deep and universal alarm among the ungodly? What, on the other hand, can be more inspiriting to the believer? What more encouraging and comforting to the child of God? What more suitable to nerve to high effort and holy purpose than the prospect of being presented faultless in that day, and amid that assembly, and before the presence of his glory, with exceeding joy?<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;A hope so great and so Divine<\/p>\n<p>May trials well endure,<\/p>\n<p>And purge the soul from sense and sin,<\/p>\n<p>As Christ himself is pure.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>OBJECT<\/strong> or his coming. We may now reflect for a moment on the great purposes for which Christ shall come the second time. At first he came in weakness, but at his next coming he will take to him his great power and reign. At first he came in dishonor, born in a stable, cradled in a manger, being &#8220;despised and rejected of men;&#8221; but then he shall come in dignity, and so that &#8220;every eye shall see him,&#8221; every tongue confess him, and every knee bow before him. At first he came in a servile, suffering state; but then in awful majesty and glory everlastingin his own glory, and in the glory of his Father. At first he came to call sinners to repentance; but then to summon each to his reward, be it recompense or retribution, and &#8220;<em>to <\/em>give every man according as his work shall be.&#8221; It is true that the coming of the Son of man described in the verses immediately before us has for its specific object the grand assemblage of his saints to meet him; the accessories of the resurrection, the transformation of the living, and the general judgment are left out of sight. From the tribulation connected with the fall of Jerusalem the Savior had looked far forward into other days, when great changes, whether literal and cosmical, or figurative and political, shall precede and serve as precursors of the second coming of the Son of man. If the language is understood figuratively, the darkening of the sun may denote the eclipse of ecclesiastical authority; that of the moon, the collapse of civil polity; while the stars or potentates shall be falling or waning (the form of the future made up of substantive verb and participle, implying a more durable effect than the simple future). In the parable of the fig tree, however, he reverts to the precursors of the dissolution of the jewish state and the destruction of its capital; and affirms that, as the tender leaf-buds of the fig tree signified the near approach of harvest-time (), so the signs already specified in an early part of this chapter indicated the fast-approaching destruction of the sanctuary and city of Jerusalem. If, then, the statement of verse 30, &#8220;that<em> <\/em>this generation shall not pass, till all these things be done,&#8221; be referred to the end of the Jewish state, the word  retains its ordinary sense of generation or contemporary race, which some insist on. If, on the other hand, the end of the age or world be referred to, whether the coming of the Son of man be for the purpose of ushering in the millennium, that is, pre-millennial, or for the final winding up of all things, the word  must be understood as equivalent ,<em> <\/em>race, that is, the people or nation of the Jews, or, according to some, the race of men in general, more especially the <em>generation <\/em>of the faithful.<\/p>\n<p><strong>V.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DIFFERENT<\/strong> <strong>FEELINGS<\/strong> <strong>WITH<\/strong> <strong>WHICH<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>COMING<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>REGARDED<\/strong>, The visit of some distinguished person to our neighborhood or to our habitation may, according to circumstances, awaken emotions of a very different or even diverse character. Our feelings in view of the expected visit will be either pleasant or painful, according to the character of the visitor or the object of his coming. If he comes as a friend to further our interests, to favor our fondly cherished hopes, and to confer on us certain benefits, we naturally hail his coming with delight and rejoice at the prospect of his speedy advent. If, on the contrary, we have reason to believe that his intentions are hostile, that he means to oppose our plans, that he has some unpleasant measure to enforce or some punishment to inflict, we just as naturally dread his arrival and recoil from his approach. With similarly opposite views and feelings, saints and sinners, believers and unbelievers, look forward to the coming of him to whom this passage refers.J.J.G.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:32-37<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Parallel passages: <span class='bible'>Mat 24:36-51<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:34-36<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Preparation for Christ&#8217;s coming.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>TRANSITION<\/strong> <strong>FROM<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DESTRUCTION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>JERUSALEM<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DAY<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>JUDGMENT<\/strong>. Again our Lord passes from the typical event to the anti-typical consummation of all thingsfrom the destruction of the holy city to the dissolution of things visible. The limitation of our Lord&#8217;s knowledge with respect to &#8220;that day and that hour&#8221; must be understood of his human nature as the Son of man, in which he was subject to such other sinless conditions of humanity as increasing in wisdom, growing in stature, feeling hunger, thirst, lassitude, and the like; or it did not come within the sphere of his prophetic office to reveal it, as it belonged to &#8220;the times or the seasons which the Father hath set within his own authority.&#8221; Our Lord, according to Meyer, knew this  , <em>i.e. <\/em>with respect to possession, of which, however, in his humiliation he had divested himself; not  , in regard to use, viz. for revelation.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>GREAT<\/strong> <strong>EVENTS<\/strong> <strong>CONSEQUENT<\/strong> <strong>ON<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>COMING<\/strong>. One of these events shall be the <em>resurrection <\/em>of the dead. &#8220;Now,&#8221; says the apostle, &#8220;is Christ risen from the dead, and become the firstfruits of them that slept;&#8221; but then shall be this world&#8217;s great harvest-day. Then shall a shout be heard, so loud, so piercing, that it will reach the dull, cold ear of death; the voice of the archangel shall re-echo through the dismal recesses of the tomb, and call to life the buried dead; the trump of God shall resound through the caverns of earth and the caves of ocean, till earth and sea shall give up the dead that are in them. Then shall be fulfilled the saying of our Lord elsewhere recorded, that &#8220;the hour is coming, in the which all that are in their graves shall hear the voice of the Son of God, and come forth; they that have done good, to the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, to the resurrection of condemnation.&#8221; Further, on his coming at the day or hour here spoken of, the Son of man shall <em>judge <\/em>the world in righteousness. The dead, small and great, shall stand before him; the judgment shall be set, and the books opened. All nations, and kindreds, and tongues, and peoples shall be assembled at that bar of God; &#8220;we must all appear before that judgment-seat of Christ, to give an account of the deeds done in the body, whether they be good or evil.&#8221; The decisions of that day shall be final, allowing no alteration, no appeal, and no reversal. Not only so; based on the unvarying principles of justice and equity, righteousness and truth, they shall commend themselves to the consciences of all concerned. The condemned and justified alike shall acquiesce in them; sinners shall assent to them as just; saints shall approve of them as gracious; angels shall applaud them as worthy of the Judge; and all intelligences shall acknowledge them to be as impartial as irreversible.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>FOURTH<\/strong> <strong>PRACTICAL<\/strong> <strong>DIRECTION<\/strong>. The fourth great moral lesson of the chapter is <em>watchfulness. <\/em>This lesson our Lord insists on, repeating it with great earnestness, and conjoining with it the duty of prayerfulness: &#8220;Take ye heed, watch and pray;&#8221; &#8220;Watch ye therefore;&#8221; and again, &#8220;Watch:&#8221; The two duties of watchfulness and prayerfulness are frequently associated; thus, &#8220;Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.&#8221; Both together represent Divine and human strength in co-operation with each other. If we watch without prayer, we depend on human strength, and dispense with Divine aid; if we pray without watching, we depend on Divine strength alone, and despise the human means of help which God himself has commanded us to employ. They are the two strong arms of defense against the evil one; and we may not, we cannot, without serious dereliction of duty and gravest danger, part with either of them. This duty of watchfulness is enforced by a beautiful parabolic illustration; though it is not a formal parable, as the words supplied in the Common Version make it. Those words, &#8220;For the Son of man is,&#8221; should be struck out; equally unnatural is it to supply the words, &#8220;The kingdom of heaven is;&#8221; neither is Kuinoel&#8217;s mode of supplying the ellipsis by  any better; while Euthymius, who seems to refer the words to Christ and to understand the future of the substantive verb, as though it were, &#8220;I shall be as a man setting out on a far journey,&#8221; is even less satisfactory. In addition to this, , said of one &#8220;<em>already <\/em>abroad, or an absentee from his people,&#8221; is confounded with ,<em> <\/em>which signifies &#8220;going abroad.&#8221; Fritzsche rightly explains as follows:&#8221;Res ita habet utdie Sache verhalt sich so wie,&#8221; and compares therewith the Horatian use of <em>ut si <\/em>in the words, &#8220;<em>Ut tibi si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna<\/em>.&#8221; So also the Revised Version, correcting both the errors of the Common Version, renders correctly: &#8220;<em>It is <\/em>as <em>when <\/em>a man, sojourning in another country, having left his house, and given authority to his servants, to each one his work, commanded also the porter to watch.&#8221; This translation helps us much in the right understanding of the illustration. The man is already abroad; but before he went abroad, he, as a matter of course, left his house, having previously to leaving given authority to his servants in general to manage matters for him in his absence, and having appointed to each in particular his special work; and when on the threshold, as it were, he gave a charge to the porter <em>also to <\/em>watch, and so be prepared for his return.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>REASONS<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>WATCHFULNESS<\/strong> <strong>ENJOINED<\/strong>. Though there is no express application of the illustration, a circumstance which adds much to the ease and grace of the narrative, we are at no loss for, and find no difficulty in making, that application. The Master of the house is our Lord; his disciples, in the first place, are the domestics whom he entrusted with the management of the household when he himself took his departure to the goodly land afar off, appointing each believer his own sphere of labor and the special duty he was bound to perform, and leaving a strict charge of watchfulness with the porter who kept the door; that is, either the ministry in general, who are watchmen on the walls of Zion, or Peter in particular, to whom had been entrusted the power of the keys in opening the door of faith to Jew and Gentile. Nor do we thereby concede anything to the Romanist in reference to Peter&#8217;s supremacya rank which the apostle himself never claimed. Be this as it may, however, the duty of watchfulness is enjoined on all,<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> because the time of the Master&#8217;s coming back is unk<em>nown. <\/em>We know neither the day nor the hour of our Lord&#8217;s return. No fellow-creature can tell us; no minister nor man can inform us; no angel can give us any intimation; no messenger from either world can bring us word. &#8220;Of that day and of that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of God.&#8221; Now, though the coming of the Son of man is not to be confounded with deathfor the two events are quite distinctyet for all practical purposes, and as far as our personal interests are concerned, death is the coming of the Son of man to us individually; for whether he come to us or he call us to him, it is virtually the same thing for us, as then our destiny is finally and for ever fixed. We are urged to watchfulness<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> because this event, which, though not the coming of the Son of man to the Church in its universality, is tantamount to his coming to the Christian in his individuality, is uncertain as to time. This great event may be near at hand while we least expect it. This day may be our last, on earth, and our first in the spirit-world; on this very night the soul may be required. This very day our lamp may lose its oil and go out in darkness; this very day our tabernacle <em>may <\/em>totter and tumble into dust; this very day our wondrous harp, with its thousand strings, may go out of tune and lose its melody. &#8220;What is your life? It is even a vapor, that appeareth for a little time, and then vanisheth away.&#8221; What is your lease of life? It is the breath in your nostrils, and at any moment that breath may be withdrawn. In any case<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Determined are the days that fly<\/p>\n<p>Successive o&#8217;er thy head;<\/p>\n<p>The number&#8217;d hour is on the wing<\/p>\n<p>That lays thee with the dead.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>Further, watchfulness is indispensable, because<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> at his coming he will deal with us separately and singly. We shall be assembled in the aggregate, but dealt with in detail. The great fact is as prominently stated, as it is positively sure, that we must each stand in his lot at the end of the days. You, reader, and I and all must soon give an account of our stewardshipmust soon be reckoned with for the talents, whether ten, or five, or one, that God gave us; whether we have buried them in the earth, or brought them forth employed, improved, and augmented; whether we have wasted our Lord&#8217;s goods, or used them in his service and for his glory; whether we have occupied till the time of his coming, or loitered out our day of life. We are required to be watchful, for<\/p>\n<p><strong>(4)<\/strong> in the last great day each and allthe one and the manyshall stand face to face with the Judge of all the earth. If we pause and ponder the vastness of that crowd, we are almost overwhelmed by the thought. Let us think of all the people of a single nation being brought together; what a crowd they would make! Let us think of all the subjects of a great empire being assembled at one place and at one time; what an assembly that would be I Let us then think of all the inhabitants of one of the quarters of the globe being congregated; what an immense mass-meeting would be thus formed! Yet the thought of the great congregation at the coming of the Son of man far outgoes all that. The assemblage which it implies, and which shall one day take place, shall consist, not only of the inhabitants of a province, or a nation, or an empire, or even a quarter of the globe, but shall comprehend the inhabitants of all provinces, nations, empires, and quarters of the globe, down along the ages and throughout all the centuries of time. And yet not one in all that crowd shall be hidden from the eye of him that cometh in that day; not one shall be able to evade his presence, not one escape his sentence, not one shall be so remote as to be unable to catch a glance of him, not one on whom his eye shall not rest. &#8220;Every eye shall see him!&#8221;the eye that contemplated his goodness and his grace; the eye that &#8220;beheld his glory, as of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth;&#8221; the eye that looked and longed for his appearing; the eye, on the contrary, that looked only on the objects of sense and sin, the pomps and vanities of the world, and the follies of life; the eye that never gazed upon the cross, or never cast more than a passing glance thereat, and then turned away in coldness or carelessness, or perhaps contempt; the eye of friend and follower; the eye of foe and false professor. Oh, what a sight to the unpardoned sinner, to the godless transgressor, to the swearer, to the sabbath-breaker, to the slanderer, to the adulterer, to the murderer, to the drunkard, to the liar, to the lewd and licentious, to the unholy and the unjust, to the impure and impenitent! Gladly would the wicked shut their eyes on that sight; gladly would they sink into the bowels of the earth or the depths of ocean to escape the glance of that searching eye! Earnestly will they pray, who never prayed before, for the mountains and rocks to fall on them and hide them from the face of the Judge. But no, that cannot be; for it is added in another Scripture, &#8220;They also that pierced him.&#8221; We all, whether ministers or members of the Church of Christ, are bound to watchfulness&#8221;What I say unto you I say unto all, Watch!&#8221;and that lest<\/p>\n<p><strong>(5)<\/strong> we should be found among those that <em>pierced <\/em>him. This refers to his actual murderers in the first instancethe Jews that condemned him, the Romans that crucified him, the scribes and Pharisees that plotted against him, the priests and people that persecuted him, the passers-by that wagged the head, the men that scoffed him, and those that scourged him, and they that spat upon him; the fierce mob that cried, &#8220;Away with him! away with him!&#8221; the judge that condemned him, the disciple that betrayed himall that imbrued their hands in his precious blood or had aught to do with his death. But we may not stop here. Others have pierced him, too; for we read of those who &#8220;crucify Christ afresh, and put him to an open shame.&#8221; Ah! is there any of ourselves included in that number? Is there any of us who have pierced his heart by our sin, by our disobedience, by our ingratitude, by our backsliding, by our coldness, and by our carelessness? Ah! is there none of us to whom he can say, &#8220;See, here are the wounds with which I was wounded in the house of my friends&#8221;? &#8220;Watch ye therefore!&#8221; is repeated once and again and a third time. While one of the terms used signifies to keep awake and remain sleepless, the other means to awake or arouse from sleepiness; and thus the sense seems to be, if the distinction is admitted, to guard against sleep overtaking us at the post of duty; or, if unhappily we have been overtaken by drowsiness, to rouse ourselves at once from our slumber and repent of our sinful somnolence. And all the more as we are left in such entire uncertainty and ignorance of the hour when the Master shall come and reckon with us in our individual capacity, and, if we are found culpable, condemn us with the wicked. That hour may be at any of the four watches of the nightnine o&#8217;clock, or twelve, or three, or six in the morning. So important is this lesson that our Lord, in St. Matthew&#8217;s Gospel, enforces it by two parablesthat of the virgins and that of the talents; the former inculcating watchfulness over the spirit, and probably implied in verse 36 of the present chapter; the latter quickening faithfulness in duty, and seemingly epitomized in the two preceding verses of this same chapter.<\/p>\n<p><strong>V.<\/strong> <strong>OTHER<\/strong> <strong>LESSONS<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>CHAPTER<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>The truth of Scripture. <\/em>Besides the lessons already noticed, there are others to which we can only advert. The lessons scattered through this chapter are like flowers in a summer field. Another of these is the truth of Scripture. &#8220;Heaven and earth shall pass away.&#8221; The frame of nature, stable as it now seems, has in it the elements of change. There are changes in the geological strata of the earth beneath us, in the sky above us, in the natural world around us. Great changes have already taken place in earth and sea and sky; great physical changes are daily going on; still greater changes may be expected to occur in time to come. The surest inductions of science point to such changes and collapses. &#8220;But my words,&#8221; said our Lord, &#8220;shall not pass away.&#8221; His words have passed into the spiritual fibre of his people, living in their lives, exhibited in their conduct, illustrated by their character, and consoling them in the hour of dissolution. Statesmen have been guided by them, lawgivers have framed laws by them, philosophers have made more use of them in building up their systems than they have been willing to acknowledge to others, or have even been conscious of, themselves. The words of Christ have for eighteen hundred years or more blended with the inspirations of the<strong> <\/strong>poet; they have almost moved in the marble of the statuary, and spoken from the canvas of the painter. Time has not exhausted their fullness; no taint has touched their freshness, nor has aught of their fragrance decayed. Further, the inspiration of Scripture is safely inferred from the statement in verse 11, &#8220;It is not ye that speak, but the Holy Ghost,&#8221; compared with St. Luke&#8217;s parallel statement, &#8220;I will give you a mouth,&#8221; the expression,&#8221; and wisdom,&#8221; the matter to be expressed.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>The publication of the gospel among all nations. <\/em>The gospel must first be published. Here was the great end to be attained. We have seen how this was virtually accomplished before the fall of Jerusalem; but the world has widened its boundaries since then. Continents and islands have been added to it; navigation and travel have enlarged geography, and geography has added to the dimensions of the globe, or at least has revealed those before unknown. And still the gospel is preached, and shall be. <\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Jesus shall reign where&#8217;er the sun<br \/>Doth his successive journeys run;<br \/>His kingdom stretch from shore to shore,<br \/>Till moons shall wax and wane no more.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>3.<\/strong><em> Watchfulness the lesson of the ages. <\/em>Scenes similar to those that preceded Christ&#8217;s coming at the fall of Jerusalem may be repeated, and repeated over a wider area and on a grander scale. Then, as before, there may be warssome actual, others rumouredgreat international conflicts, and fatal internecine strife; then, as before, there may be physical catastrophes, providential visitations, as the travail-throes of greater eventsthe travail-pangs in the genesis of the new order of things; then, as before, there may be persecutions, prolonged and repeated, and the severance of the nearest ties of kinship, with universal hatred for the Savior&#8217;s sake. Yet, through all, men must possess their souls in patience, or rather, according to the correcter reading, gain their souls, their real life, by patiencepatient endurance, not violent resistance. Men may be worn with watching, pining for peace, and aweary for rest; still the same lesson has to be repeated, the same duty practiced: &#8220;What I say unto you I say unto all, Watch!&#8221; Watchfulness is still the duty of the Church and of the Christian.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Yet saints their watch are keeping;<\/p>\n<p>Their cry goes up, &#8216;How long?&#8217;<\/p>\n<p>And soon the night of weeping<\/p>\n<p>Shall be the morn of song.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>J.J.G.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Complete Pulpit Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-8<\/span> . See on <span class='bible'>Mat 24:1-8<\/span> . Comp. <span class='bible'>Luk 21:5-11<\/span> . Mark has preserved the <em> introduction<\/em> in its original historical form. But Matthew <em> has the discourse itself<\/em> , although more artistically elaborated, in its greatest completeness from the collection of Logia and with some use of Mark; and that down to the consummation of the last judgment. [154]<\/p>\n<p><strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> ] <em> qualcs lapides<\/em> !           ,           ,    ,     , Joseph. <em> Antt.<\/em> xv. 11. 3. See Ottii Spicileg. p. 175. <em> Who<\/em> uttered the exclamation? (Was it Peter? or Andrew?) Probably Mark himself did not know.<\/p>\n<p> On the  belonging to later usage, see Lobeck, <em> ad Phryn.<\/em> p. 56 f.; Fritzsche, p. 554 f.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span> . <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> .<\/em><\/strong> ] for <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> in the relative clause, see Winer, p. 450 [E. T. 635 f.] The conception here is: there shall certainly be no stone left upon the other, which (in the further course of the destruction) would be secure from being thrown down. Comp. <span class='bible'>Luk 18:30<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:3<\/span> . As previously, Mark here also relates more vividly ( <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> ) and more accurately ( <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> .<\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> .<\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> .<\/em><\/strong> ) than Matthew. According to de Wette (comp. Saunier, p. 132; Strauss, Baur), Mark is induced to the latter statement by the <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> of Matthew a specimen of the great injustice which is done to Mark as an alleged compiler.<\/p>\n<p><strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> ] Thus, and not <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> , is this imperative (which is also current among the Attic writers; see Lobeck, <em> ad Phryn.<\/em> p. 348) to be accented in the N. T. See Winer, p. 49 [E. T. 58].<\/p>\n<p>  ] <em> scil.<\/em> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> : <em> what will be the fore-token<\/em> (which appears), <em> when<\/em> all this destruction is to enter on its fulfilment?<\/p>\n<p><strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> . <\/em><\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> ] (see the critical remarks) applies not to the <em> buildings<\/em> of the temple (Fritzsche, who takes  as <em> simul exscindi<\/em> , comp. Beza), but, just like <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> , to the <em> destruction<\/em> announced at <span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span> . To explain it of &ldquo; <em> the whole world<\/em> &rdquo; (as <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> is well known to be so used by the philosophers, Bernhardy, p. 280) or of &ldquo; <em> all things of the Parousia<\/em> &rdquo; (Lange), is a forced course at variance with the context, occasioned by <span class='bible'>Mat 24:3<\/span> [155] (in opposition to Grotius, Bengel). Moreover, the state of the case is here <em> climactic;<\/em> hence, while previously there stood merely  , now  is added; previously:  , now  ( <em> be consummated<\/em> ).<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:5<\/span> . Jesus now begins His detailed explanation as to the matter (  ).<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:7<\/span> .   ] the end of the tribulation (see <span class='bible'>Mar 13:9<\/span> ), not the end of <em> the world<\/em> (so even Dorner, Lange, Bleek), which only sets in <em> after<\/em> the end of the tribulation. See on <span class='bible'>Mat 24:6<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:8<\/span> .      ] solemnly.<\/p>\n<p>  ] Famines <em> and<\/em> (therewith connected) <em> disturbances<\/em> , not exactly <em> revolts<\/em> (Griesbach), which the context does not suggest, but more general. Plat. <em> Legg.<\/em> ix. p. 861 A:     . <em> Theaet.<\/em> p. 168 A:  .   , <em> Alc.<\/em> ii. p. 146, 15 :  ,    , 2Ma 13:16 . Comp.  , <span class='bible'>Act 12:18<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Act 19:23<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [154] Weizscker, p. 125, conjectures from Barnabas 4 (  ), where a saying of Enoch is quoted about the shortening (  ) of the days of the final offence (comp. ver. 20; <span class='bible'>Mat 24:22<\/span> ), that the properly apocalyptic elements of the discourse as to the future are of Jewish origin, from an Apocalypse of Enoch; but the conjecture rests on much too bold and hasty an inference, hazarded as it is on a single thought, which Jesus Himself might very fairly share with the Jewish consciousness in general.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [155] Nevertheless, between the passage before us and Matt. <em> l.c.<\/em> there is no essential diversity, since the disciples conceived of the destruction of Jerusalem as immediately preceding the Parousia. See on <span class='bible'>Mat 24:3<\/span> . Comp. also Dorner, <em> de orat. Chr. eschatologica<\/em> , p. 45.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Heinrich August Wilhelm Meyer&#8217;s New Testament Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>9.<em> Jesus Departure from the Temple. His Retirement to the Mount of Olives; and His Address concerning the Last Things<\/em>. <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span><\/p>\n<p>(Parallels: <span class='bible'>Matthew 24, 25<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:5-38<\/span>; Revelation)<\/p>\n<p>1And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings <em>are here!<\/em> 2And Jesus answering,<span class=''>1<\/span> said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. 3And as he sat upon the Mount of Olives, over against the temple, Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, asked him privately, 4Tell us, when shall these things be? and what <em>shall be<\/em> the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled? 5And Jesus answering them, began to say, Take heed lest any <em>man<\/em> deceive you: 6For many shall come in my name, saying, I am <em>Christ;<\/em> and shall deceive many. 7And when ye shall hear of wars, and rumours of wars, be ye not troubled: for <em>such<\/em> <em>things<\/em> must needs be; but the end <em>shall<\/em> not <em>be<\/em> yet. 8For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom; and there shall be earthquakes in <em>divers<\/em> places, and there shall be famines and troubles:<span class=''>2<\/span> these <em>are<\/em> the beginnings of sorrows. 9But take heed to yourselves: for they shall deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues ye shall be beaten: and ye shall be brought before rulers and kings for my sake, for a testimony against them. 10And the Gospel must first be published among all nations. 11But when they shall lead <em>you,<\/em> and deliver you up, take no thought beforehand what ye shall speak, neither do ye premeditate;<span class=''>3<\/span> but whatsoever shall be given you12 in that hour, that speak ye: for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy Ghost. Now, the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against <em>their<\/em> parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. 13And ye shall be hated of all <em>men<\/em> for my names sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved. 14But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet,<span class=''>4<\/span> standing where it ought not, (let him that readeth understand,) then let them that be in Judea flee to the mountains: 15And let him that is on the house-top not go down into the house,<span class=''>5<\/span> neither enter <em>therein,<\/em> to take anything out of his house: 16And let him that is in the field not turn back again for to take up his garment. 17But woe to them that are with child, and to them that give suck, in those days! 18, 19 And pray ye that your flight be not in the winter. For <em>in<\/em> those days shall be affliction, such as was not from the beginning of the creation, which God created, unto this time, neither shall be. 20And except that the Lord had shortened those days, no flesh should be saved: but for the elects sake, whom he hath chosen, he hath shortened21 the days. And then, if any man shall say to you, Lo, here <em>is<\/em> Christ; or, lo, <em>he is<\/em> there; believe <em>him<\/em> not: 22For false Christs<span class=''>6<\/span> and false prophets shall rise, and shall show signs and wonders, to seduce, if <em>it were<\/em> possible, even the elect. 23But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things. 24But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light. 25And the stars of heaven shall fall,<span class=''>7<\/span> and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. 26And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds, with great power and glory. 27And then shall he send his angels, and shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven. 28Now learn a parable of the fig-tree; When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know<span class=''>8<\/span> that29 [the] summer is near: So ye, in like manner, when ye shall see these things come to pass, know that it is nigh, <em>even<\/em> at the doors. 30Verily I say unto you, That this generation shall not pass, till all these things be done. 31Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away. 32But of that day, and <em>that<\/em> hour, knoweth no man, 33 no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father. Take ye heed, watch and pray:<span class=''>9<\/span> for ye know not when the time <span class='bible'>Isaiah 34<\/span><em> For the Son of man is<\/em> as a man taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to every man his work; and commanded the porter to watch. 35Watch ye therefore: for ye know not when the master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the36 cock-crowing, or in the morning: Lest, coming suddenly, he find you sleeping. 37And what I say unto you, I say unto all, Watch.<\/p>\n<p><strong>EXEGETICAL AND CRITICAL<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><em>See Matthew.<\/em>In our Gospel, the time and situation in which Christ delivered His great eschatological address present themselves, as is the case with Matthew. Upon Tuesday evening, immediately after His departure from the temple, the first introductory words were exchanged between Jesus and His disciples. Jesus declared Jerusalems destruction. Thereupon He seats Himself in the circle of His most trusted followers upon the Mount of Olives, and reveals the eschatological import of Jerusalems being destroyed. Hence it is exceedingly probable that this revelation by Jesus is a night-speech, or rather midnight address, succeeding the night-conversation which He had held upon His evening walk to Bethany, on the summit of Olivet, sitting opposite to the temple.<\/p>\n<p>The three chief divisions of the address are, by all the Evangelists, distinctly enough marked: 1. The universal eschatological world-course to the end; 2. the destruction of Jerusalem, with its succeeding days of trouble and contest, or the succeeding period of the Church of the Cross (the Christian Church), which period may be regarded also as a distinct division; 3. the indication and commencement of the world-end. The beginning of the first part is marked by Jesus warning against being seduced by the pseudo-Christs (Mark, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:5<\/span>); the end by the promise, He who endureth, etc. (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:13<\/span>). The beginning of the second part is indicated in Mark and Matthew by the reference to the abomination of desolation; in Luke by the investing of the city (<span class='bible'>Luk 21:20<\/span>): the close is here shown by the words, For in those days shall be, etc. (Mark, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:19<\/span>); in Luke, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:23<\/span>, the statement isa time of wrath upon Israel. The interval between the destruction of Jerusalem and the end of the world, distinguished as the period of mitigated judgment, is brought forward in the words, Except the Lord had shortened those days (Mark, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:20<\/span>): the close, according to Mark, is given in the exclamation, Behold, I have foretold you all things; according to Matthew, in the words, Where the body is, etc. The chief point in this statement regarding the interval, in Mark and Matthew, is the warning against the false Christs; in Luke, the sufferings of the Jews, the treading under foot of Jerusalem, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. The beginning of the section upon the world-end is brought most prominently forward by MarkIn those days (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:24<\/span>); Matthew similarly; Luke, with a short  , a Future, which is connected with the Preterite of the fulfilment of the times of the Gentiles. All three Evangelists mark the end of this period as the deliverance of the faithful. The Son of Man, according to Matthew and Mark, appears and sends forth His angels to gather in His chosen. Luke makes this known in the words, Lift up your heads, for your salvation draweth nigh. To this succeeds the practical application of the speech in the parable of the fig-tree. The eschatological discourse of Marks Gospel agrees most with Matthew; yet it is on the whole shorter, in particular points more circumstantial, and picturesque. Particularly strong is the call in Mark to foresight, to attention, and watchfulness, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:9<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:33<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:35<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:37<\/span>. The comparative characterization, however, will be most appropriately added to the consideration of the various sections. For the literature upon this portion, <em>see Matthew.<\/em> Worthy of special notice is Ebrards tract: <em>Adversus erroneam nonnullorum opinionem, qua Christi discipuli existimasse perhibentur, fore, ut universale judicium ipsorum tate superveniret,<\/em> Erlangen, 1842.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Footnotes:<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>[1]<\/span><span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span>. is wanting in B., L., Versions, Tischendorf, Meyer; found in A., K., Lachmann, Fritzsche;  before  supported by B., D.; received by Griesbach, Lachmann; omitted in A. and Tischendorf.]<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>[2]<\/span><span class='bible'>Mar 13:8<\/span>.Lachmann and Tischendorf, on the authority of B., D., L., have omitted  . Meyer would retain the words, and says, they have been left out by mistake; the scribes eye running forward to the  following.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>[3]<\/span><span class='bible'>Mar 13:11<\/span>. , omitted by B., D., L., Tischendorf; Meyer would retain them.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>[4]<\/span><span class='bible'>Mar 13:14<\/span>.     , wanting in B., D., L., Coptic, &amp;c. It is easy to see how they might be interpolated from Matthew; but their omission would be difficult to explain.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[5]<\/span>[<span class='bible'>Mar 13:15<\/span>.B., L. omit   . Lachmann brackets it.]<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>[6]<\/span><span class='bible'>Mar 13:22<\/span>.Tischendorf omits, improperly,  . So D.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>[7]<\/span><span class='bible'>Mar 13:25<\/span>.A., B., C., &amp;c., read,     . Lachmann, Tischendorf.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>[8]<\/span><span class='bible'>Mar 13:28<\/span>.A., B., D., L., .: .<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>[9]<\/span><span class='bible'>Mar 13:33<\/span>.B., D. omit  ; Lachmann and Tischendorf follow.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: A Commentary on the Holy Scriptures, Critical, Doctrinal, and Homiletical by Lange<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><em>A. The Occasion.<\/em> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-4<\/span><\/p>\n<p>(Parallels: <span class='bible'>Mat 14:1-3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:5-7<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p>Mark brings before us a single speaker, who pointed out to the Lord the splendor of the temple; while Luke speaks of several, Matthew of the disciples in general. One might imagine it was Andrew who furnished in this manner the occasion, entering as he did this time into the circle of the intimate few. If it were not he, then it was most probably Peter. What the disciples bring before the Lordinterceding, so to speak, for the templeis, according to Matthew, the building itself (the structure being perhaps, in some part, in process of reconstruction); according to Luke, the beautiful stones and the gifts; according to Mark, the greatness of the stones and structures. Braune: According to Josephus, the stones were, in part, twenty-five ells long, twelve broad, eight high. The thought that such a building should be destroyed, was too sad for them; and the precious stones alluded to by Luke, the consecration-presents of piety, upon the walls and in the courts, testified to a continued respect for the temple. The reply of the Lord is here very lively, Dost thou see these buildings? The seat upon the Mount of Olives is marked as a position <em>over against the temple.<\/em> Of the circle of the disciples who interrogate the Lord, we learn this only, that they are His trusted friends, and that Andrew was on this occasion present, in addition to Peter, James, and John. The two questions, regarding the destruction of Jerusalem, and the sign of the end of the world, given by Matthew, are likewise given by Mark, yet in a different form.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span>. <strong>One stone upon the other<\/strong>Meyer: There would not be one stone left upon another, which should escape, in the further prosecution of the work of destruction, being torn down. But this is the depicting of a <em>regular<\/em> breaking down of a house, in which the chief thing is to separate one stone from another, down to the very last. Here, on the contrary, we have the picture of a violent destruction, in which many stones, as all know, remain lying upon one another, yet is each torn from his place and broken. In other words,  refers not merely to the mass of the temple, but also to the single stones: the temple should be so thoroughly destroyed, that each stone should be destroyed. Of course this strong expression is not to be pressed literally.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:3<\/span>. <strong>Over against the temple.<\/strong>The summit of Olivet made a <em>vis&#8211;vis<\/em> to the temples pinnacle. <em>See<\/em> books of travel.<strong>And Andrew.<\/strong><em>See Matthew.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:4<\/span>. <strong>When shall these things be, and what,<\/strong> etc.The subject of the two distinct questions is here indicated in a twofold manner:  and  ;  and  .<strong>When all these.<\/strong>Not once more the destruction of Jerusalem (Meyer). By Grotius and Bengel,   is referred to the whole world. We understand it of all things which formed part of the Jewish regime, and which, according to the view of the disciples, were connected with the destruction of Jerusalem.<\/p>\n<p>B. <em>The Worlds Course to the Worlds End in general. The Last Things of the Christian, or the Christian Signature of the End of the World.<\/em> <\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:5-13<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>(Parallels: <span class='bible'>Mat 14:4-14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:8-19<\/span>.)<\/p>\n<p>Mark begins again with an  . The warning against the pseudo-Christs is common to all the Synoptics. Luke alone has the addition, that the time draws near: the indication of the chiliastic (millenarian) element. The representation of the wars of the nations is in Mark the shortest. The signs of the worlds development are given by Luke most complete: earthquakes, famines, pestilences, terrors, and signs in the heavens. Mark, with Matthew, omits the terrific things and signs in heaven, also the pestilences, and has instead , pointing out (from the Roman stand-point) chiefly the political condition of the world. After Mark has with Matthew denoted this as the beginning of sorrows, we have a second, Take heed unto yourselves, introduced. And now he depicts more fully than Matthew the persecutions of the Christians, giving, as does Luke, a view of these which had been already given by Matthew in the instructions to the Apostles, <span class='bible'>Mar 10:17-18<\/span>. These were very weighty words for the Roman Christians, at a time when the martyrdom of Peter and Paul, in Rome, was about to take place. Then, as early as the 10th verse, he gives the <em>concluding<\/em> statement of Matthew regarding the preaching of the Gospel in all the world; and appends the rules of conduct for the persecuted, which we find in <span class='bible'>Mat 10:19<\/span>. To this succeeds the presaging of fraternal hatred, and the detestation of the Christians, occurring <span class='bible'>Mat 10:21<\/span>. None the less does the concluding portion of that statement form here the conclusion: He who endureth, etc. Matthew has this final word once again in this passage; and this circumstance, as well as the connection between Mark and Luke, speaks for Marks accuracy, and proves that all the various portions recorded by him have their proper place in this address. The words, <span class='bible'>Mat 24:10-12<\/span>, are omitted by Mark, probably because they are implied in the statements already made.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:5<\/span>. <strong>Take heed lest,<\/strong> etc.; <strong>for many shall come.<\/strong>This warning against pseudo-Christs, pseudo-Christianities, false prophets, and false prophecies, being placed at the head, denotes that it is an essential point of view from which to contemplate Christian eschatology.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:7<\/span>. <strong>But the end shall not be yet.<\/strong>Meyer: The end of the calamities, not of the world. But the end of the calamities is really the end of the world.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:8<\/span>. <strong>Troubles<\/strong> (terrifying confusions), ,Mark alone gives this. The word denotes primarily a shock, or commotion (<span class='bible'>Joh 5:4<\/span>); then a commotion of mind, overwhelming, a fright; and hence, with respect to political circumstances, public terrifying confusion, anarchical conditions of states, tumults, etc.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:9<\/span>. <strong>Ye shall be beaten.<\/strong>The question is, whether the construction be, Ye shall be delivered up to councils and synagogues, shall be beaten, etc. (Luther, Meyer), or as in the English text, with Bengel and others. Against this latter construction, Meyer says, the idea of motion lies not in , but it does in . Meyer says, further, the scourging took place regularly in the synagogues. Then it is certainly a striking picture of fanatic maltreatment, if it had been already inflicted upon the way to the synagogues (<span class='bible'>Act 6:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Act 21:30-31<\/span>). According to Meyers construction, in councils and synagogues, we have a tautology. The view, however, is this: The trial and condemnation took place in the councils or ecclesiastical courts, which were annexed to the synagogues; and the condemned were then led into the synagogues, or congregations, to be beaten: fanaticism could not, however, restrain itself: they were scourged even on their way thither.<strong>For a testimony against them.<\/strong><em>See Matthew.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:10<\/span>. <strong>Among all nations.<\/strong>A result of the above-mentioned martyrdom. Through sufferings the Gospel was to be spread among all peoples. This is, accordingly, the end of their trials. Not till this be fulfilled does the <em>end<\/em> of the woes come, as distinguished from the .<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:11<\/span>. <strong>When they shall lead you.<\/strong>Rules for conduct. Above, it was <strong>Take heed;<\/strong> here, <strong>Take no thought.<\/strong>Be on your guard against the seductions of the pseudo-Christs; be not anxious because of the threats of open foes. , the regular word for the committing to memory of a speech; <em>see<\/em> Wetstein; the opposite of extempore. Meyer. Comp. <em>Matthew.<\/em> Take no thought, <em>how or what,<\/em> as the more objective mode of Matthew puts it. Here equally a double prohibition in a more subjective form: Take no thought beforehand; do not trouble yourselves on account of it.<strong>For it is not ye that speak.<\/strong><em>See Matthew.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:13<\/span>. <strong>He that shall endure.<\/strong>Meyer explains by the context: In confessing My name. Compare the    . Nevertheless, the endurance refers to the entire state of trial, which they should pass through faithfully; of course, confessing Christ. It is from sufferings that confession receives its name, as <em>the Confession.<\/em><\/p>\n<p>C. D. <em>The Destruction of Jerusalem, and the interval between this and the End of the World; or, the Worlds Course to the End from the predominating point of view of the Jewish Theocracy.<\/em> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-20<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:21-23<\/span><\/p>\n<p>(Parallels: <span class='bible'>Mat 14:15-21<\/span>; Matthew 22-28; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:20-23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luke 24<\/span>.)<\/p>\n<p>The presage of the destruction of Jerusalem is given more briefly than by Matthew, still in biblical form; not as in Luke, who declares plainly the besieging and destruction of the city. The direction to flee is the same as in Matthew, only more exact. From the command, Pray that your flight be not in winter, he leaves out the additional statement of Matthew, Nor yet upon the Sabbath, as it was less easy to be comprehended by the Roman Christians. The description of this one great tribulation is expressed in a richer dress than by Matthew. In describing the appearance of the false Christs and prophets, he omits the details: If they say, Lo, he is in the wilderness, etc.; also the picture of the last judgment, the lightning, and the eagles. On the other hand, his conclusion is in the highest degree impressive:   , <span class='bible'>Mar 13:23<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:14<\/span>. <strong>Where it ought not.<\/strong><em>See Matthew.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:19<\/span>. <strong>Shall be affliction.<\/strong>The very days themselves. Stronger expression: It will be the characteristic of those days that they are tribulation itself.<strong>From the beginning of the creation, which God created.<\/strong>This not a merely stronger emphasizing of the conception, Creation. The  which God created, forms an opposition to the  of men, the city Jerusalem and her hierarchy, which was now falling, while the former should endure. Similar is the expression regarding the elect: Whom God hath chosen,who are, and shall remain, chosen. And just so we have a twofold reference to the shortening of the days: Although they are the days of vengeance, He has shortened them as such, and made them endurable. <em>See Matthew.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:23<\/span>. <strong>But take ye heed.<\/strong>Ever-repeated emphasizing of the greatness of the temptation.<\/p>\n<p>E. <em>The End of the Cosmos<\/em>. <span class='bible'>Mar 13:24-27<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>(Parallels: <span class='bible'>Mat 24:29-31<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:25-28<\/span>.)<\/p>\n<p>Mark, as well as Matthew, draws a very sharply defined distinction between the time of the destruction of Jerusalem, and the time when the sign of the end of the world shall appear. Mark: After that tribulation (the destruction of Jerusalem), in the period of the <em>shortened days.<\/em> Here he has omitted the  of Matthew. The fall of the stars he expresses differently from Matthew. He passes over the picture of mens consternation at the appearance of the Son of Man, which Matthew gives; also the summons of the great trumpets. And the expression, From one end of heaven to the other, runs, in his narrative, From the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:24<\/span>. <strong>After that tribulation.<\/strong>Meyer holds that, according to Mark, the appearing of the Son of Man should occur immediately after the destruction of Jerusalem. According to the text, however, after the destruction, follow only those days, and these endurable. Between <em>those days<\/em> and <em>that day<\/em> is a great difference, which Meyers exegesis has not noticed.<\/p>\n<p>F. <em>The Parable of the sudden irruption of the Catastrophe, and the Exhortation to Watchfulness.<\/em> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:28-37<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>(Parallels: <span class='bible'>Mat 24:33-50<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:29-36<\/span>.)<\/p>\n<p>To the end of <span class='bible'>Mar 13:32<\/span>, Mark writes to quite the same import as Matthew; then, however, a different statement comes in: Of that day and that hour know not the angels, neither the Son. At this point the three Synoptics separate and take different ways. Matthew represents the Lord as here pointing back to the days of Noah, as being symbols of the days of the worlds end. The surprise of that day is depicted by him in a particular way. The parable of the midnight has its characteristic point in the coming thief; and, succeeding this, is another parable of the lord who, in coming home, surprises his servants. Mark has the exhortation, Watch, for ye know not, etc., which is found in Matthew. But then he adds a parable, peculiar to himself, of the lord going away upon a journey, appointing special duties to his trusted servants: and in this parable the chief person is the lowest servant, the porter, who must keep watch; while Matthew makes him the steward, who had charge of the house. It is evident that the parables are distinct. Matthew selected the steward, because watchful honesty seemed to him the chief thing; Mark selected the porter, because honest watchfulness seemed to him the chief thing. Matthew may have had before him, in his selection, the picture of the Jewish high-priest; and Mark, the picture of a porter attached to some noble Roman house. Mark notices the different hours in which the master may return, marking them out sharply by the statement of the divisions of the night. Luke brings prominently forward the common danger to man,the heart must not be overcharged, etc.; the momentous day is compared by him to a snare (). Mark concludes with the word, Watch!<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:28<\/span>. <strong>That the summer.<\/strong> , also in <em>Test.<\/em> xii. <em>Patr.,<\/em> is the symbol of the Messianic time. Meyer.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:30<\/span>. <strong>This generation.<\/strong>According to Meyer, the (then) present generation. <em>See Note<\/em> on <em>Matthew.<\/em> The generation which has these signs under observation. Had the generation of that time been meant, then the end of the time at least could have been specified; while Christ says, on the contrary, the day and the hour knoweth no man.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:32<\/span>. <strong>Neither the Son.<\/strong>An admission, which Meyer, in considering the human limitations in which the Son of Man moved on earth, places in its due position. Athanasius says, Jesus did not know as a human being; Augustine, He did not know it to impart to His disciples. For other interpretations, consult Meyer. Respecting our own in pretation, Meyer judges falsely or inaccurately. We assume that the Son, as God-man, knew not that day in His present daily consciousness, because He <em>willea<\/em> not to pass beyond the horizon of His daily task to reflect upon that day (<em>see<\/em> Langes <em>Leben Jesu,<\/em> ii. 3, p. 1280); because He preferred, accordingly, the limiting horizon of His holy, human observation and knowledge, which widened from day to day, to a discursive pedantic polyhistory, or preternatural pretension of knowing everything, the dim opposite of dynamic omniscience. <em>Self<\/em>-limitation in the knowledge of all chronological, geographical, and similar matters, is quite different from an absolute limitation of the theanthropic omniscience of Jesus. <em>See Matthew.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:34<\/span>. <strong>As a man taking a far journey.<\/strong>According to Meyer, a part of a speech, made up of the different rles which formed the links between the several heads of the speech. Why not a special parable? Or, is a porter or a guard of a house formed by uniting the roles of a house-proprietor and a house-steward? and out of a thief and a master of a house do we get, again, a master of a house? We assume, simply, a distinct, though connected, parable. In Matthew, the householder himself is first, then the steward, summoned to watch; in Mark, the house-watch or porter, to guard the house.<strong>As a man taking,<\/strong> etc.The anantapodoton [<em>i.e.,<\/em> the apodosis to be supplied] is found simply in the omitted . It is as with a man who took a journey. The whole emphasis falls then upon the finite verb, in accordance with the participles following, viz., upon the injunction which the lord gave the porter to watch.<strong>Authority to his servants.<\/strong>A proof that we have here to do with another parable. The parable of the servant, to whom the highest authority was entrusted, is recorded by Matthew.<strong>And commanded the porter to watch.<\/strong>After he had given all the orders concerning the internal affairs, he gives finally, at the door, to the porter, the additional command to watch: this is the point of the parable. Contemplating them with reference to the Church this side of eternity, the porters are, of course, the Apostles of Christ, together with the body of Christians,a different aspect from that in which the servant of Christ may be preminently considered a steward.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:35<\/span>. <strong>At even, or at midnight.<\/strong>The four night-watches. <em>See<\/em> Winer, <em>Nachtwache<\/em> (Night-watch); the authors <em>Commentary on Matthew;<\/em> Wieseler, <em>Chronol. Synopse,<\/em> p. 406. The uniform thought is, The Lord comes in the night-season, in a dark, sad time; and it is not known in what stadium or moment of this time. He comes quite unexpected. From different stand-points, these periods (=9 oclock; =12; =3; =6) may denote the same unexpectedness:the evening, the evening of the old world (<span class='bible'>Mat 20:8<\/span>); the midnight, the frame of mind of the slumbering Church (<span class='bible'>Mat 25:6<\/span>); the cock-crow, the voice of the watchers (<span class='bible'>Isa 21:11<\/span>); the morning, the dawn of Christs appearing, the breaking into day of the new world (<span class='bible'>Mal 4:2<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>DOCTRINAL AND ETHICAL<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. Comp. the parallel in <em>Matthew.<\/em>It is significant that Mark gives prominence to the <em>size and strength,<\/em> Luke <em>the beauty,<\/em> Matthew the restoration and <em>apparent theocratic rebuilding,<\/em> of the temple. All this could not save it.<\/p>\n<p>2. The eschatological speech of the Lord, the germ of Johns Apocalypse; the New Testament exposition and form of the Old Testament ideas and symbols; the opposite and corrective of all apocryphal Apocalypsism (Comp. Lucke, <em>Versuch einer vollstndiger Einleitung in die Offenbarung des Johannes und in die apokalyptische Literatur berhaupt,<\/em> Bonn, 1848; Auberlen, <em>Der Prophet Daniel und die Offenbarung Johannes,<\/em> 2d ed. Basel, 1857.<span class=''>10<\/span>) The eschatological hymns. Eschatology in dogmatic theology.<\/p>\n<p>3. <em>Neither the Son.<\/em>Comp. the topic Agnoetism in the History of Doctrine. Dogmatic theology has not reached the point of being able to do perfect justice to the conomic and dynamic import of the Sons not knowing. In order to succeed in this, we must not carry the old human finiteness into the Logos, which men have deemed to be a further development of dogmatic theology; but we must do justice to the fact, that His divine nature transforms His human finiteness into the theanthropic condition and mode. Leo the Great says, <em>Humana augens, divina non minuens.<\/em> No safety can lie in the <em>minuere divina.<\/em> Not to know, and ignorance, are two entirely distinct things.<\/p>\n<p>4. The strong emphasizing of Christs exhortation, Watch!According to this Petrine gospel, Christs servants, above all Peter, should be the doorkeepers not so much of heaven as of the Church on earth, and should keep her awake, watching for the day of judgment.<br \/>5. Three is the number of the Spirit, four the number of the world. At the revelations of His personal spirit, Christ was attended by three trusted friends; at the unveiling of the worlds fate He has four.<br \/>6. Josephus, <em>De Bello Jud.,<\/em> should be used with this passage; particularly the history of the destructon of Jerusalem. <em>See<\/em> Von Raumers <em>Palstina;<\/em> also Braune, p. 353.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILETICAL AND PRACTICAL<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><em>See Matthew.<\/em><em>General thoughts upon the entire passage.<\/em>Homily upon the Lords speech concerning the end of the world, according to the preceding division.The Judge has already announced Himself.The last judgment in its presages: 1. The one great presage: the destruction of Jerusalem; 2. the continuous presages: the days of less terror in the New Testament seasons of trial; 3. the last presage, as signal.The worlds state and course between two great judgments, the destruction of Jerusalem (the symbolical end of the world), and the real end of the world in a place of judgment: 1. The picture of the state itself; 2. the misapprehension of the state. The world does not observe the forbearance, the administration, the approach of justice-dispensing righteousness.The coming of Christ in our time with the baptism of the Spirit and of fire: 1. A true coming; 2. reminds us of His first coming; 3. an indication of His last coming.The final words of Christ in His speech upon the end of the world: 1. Take heed unto yourselves; 2. Beware; 3. Watch.The last day, a day which makes all things clear.The day of the great revelation and the great appearance: 1. The great revelation of the old appearance (the phenomenal and visionary world); 2. the great appearance of the old revelation.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Upon A. <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-4<\/span><\/strong><strong>.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><em>See Matthew.<\/em>The exit of Jesus from the temple of His people: 1. A decisive step; 2. a melancholy farewell; 3. a decisive token; 4. the certain pledge of the rebuilding.The prospect from the Mount of Olives of the temple and the city; or, the great difference between the sensuous (sthetic) and a spiritual prospect from the Mount.The Lords repeated survey of the city from the Mount of Olives: 1. A look of a compassionate heart, during which the tears fall, <span class='bible'>Luk 19:41<\/span>; Luke 2. a look of the solemnly earnest spirit in which the tears must disappear (here).Jesus sitting in the circle of His four disciples upon the Mount of Olives; or, the night-conversation on the end of the world and the judgment, ever sad, yet solemnly joyous, because of its anticipations.The great mystic discourse upon the last time: 1. Much overlooked; 2. much falsified; 3. ever of force; 4. ever efficacious; or, 1. in the world ever falsified and darkened; 2. in the Church continually illuminated and deepened.<\/p>\n<p>Starke:<em>Bibl. Wirt.:<\/em>Mens degeneracy, to be bewitched with the seeming reality of this world, and to forget, what they should necessarily consider, the statements of Gods word.<em>Nova Bibl. Tub.:<\/em>If the wind of Gods judgments storm around, there is nothing so firm, nothing so magnificent, as not to be torn down and destroyed. How many thousands of the fairest cities, of the most gorgeous palaces, of the most impregnable castles, have experienced this, lying now, because of their sins, in heaps!Is this the city of which men say, It is the all-beauteous, on account of which the whole land rejoices, etc.? <span class='bible'>Lam 2:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Lam 2:17<\/span>.Canstein:When we gaze upon great and glorious structures of this world, let us ever remember that a time will come when these shall be no more, and that nought is abiding but that which is not seen, <span class='bible'>2Co 4:18<\/span>.At the house of God judgment must take its beginning, <span class='bible'>1Pe 4:17<\/span>.It is edifying to speak of the divine judgments, of the destruction of all that is splendid, yea, of the end, even, of this present world.<\/p>\n<p>Rieger:In the minds of the disciples these two things [rather, these three, the destruction of the temple, Christs future, and the worlds end,] must have become confused, or they must at least not have been able to distinguish between them accurately [still in some measure. <em>See<\/em> above.] Just as now, in our belief of the future coming of the Lord to judge the quick and dead, many things also are united into one, which, nevertheless, the result itself might separate into distinguishable representations and periods.The Lord Jesus, in His answer, has not explained it so fully, etc., because Jerusalems judgment was such a famous symbol and earnest of the end of the world.<\/p>\n<p>Braune:Comp., regarding the speedy coming of the Lord, <span class='bible'>Isa 13:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 30:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joe 2:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat 16:27<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Php 4:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Pe 4:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Jn 2:18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 1:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 3:11<\/span>. Quotation from Hamanns writings: The death of every man is the time when the revelation of the Lords coming is partly fulfilled to the soul. In this sense, it is literally true that the time of fulfilment is near. In the fragments of Jerusalem the last judgment is reflected.<\/p>\n<p>Schleiermacher:It was His object to represent all the institutions of the old covenant as something dedicated to destruction, in order to direct their attention by so much the more to the spiritual.Hence we have to mark, that everything external in the Christian community is nothing else, and can and should be nothing else, than a shell, a covering in which the spiritual presents itself and works.We find that the striving after externalism was soon renewed in the Christian Church.<\/p>\n<p>Brieger:The temple was the pride of the blinded people.The destruction of Jerusalem is in a certain measure to be understood as a world-judgment. It befalls that people, namely, who for two thousand years had represented the human race. In the downfall of Jerusalem is depicted the downfall of the whole world (as in the exit of the Christians from Jerusalem is depicted the great deliverance of the believers in the last time).<\/p>\n<p><strong>Upon B. <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:5-13<\/span><\/strong><strong>.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The foresight and fearlessness which the Lord enjoins upon His people in looking for His coming (or the end of the world): 1. Foresight in respect to the deceptive delusions of false Christs (spiritual delusions); fearlessness as to the threatening terrors of war and all the world-plagues (temporal terrors). 2. Foresight as to the enemies of the gospel, and as to their treachery; fearlessness as to the gift of tongues, and the power to reply. 3. Foresight as to temptations thrown in our way by our nearest relatives and the world; fearlessness as to the certain deliverance of the enduring Christians.Take heed that no man deceive you; or, Antichrist comes before Christ comes, <span class='bible'>2 Thessalonians 2<\/span>The succession of signs: 1. False signs, and yet signs [false Christs, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:6<\/span>]. 2. Weak signs, and yet sad signs [the wars; the end <em>not<\/em> yet, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:7<\/span>]. 3. Stronger signs: national, political, terrestrial, physiological revolutions [the beginning of the woes, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:8<\/span>]. 4. Striking signs [persecutions of Christians, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:9<\/span>]. 5. The decisive sign [the gospel is preached among all people throughout the world].The contradictory nature of the signs: 1. Signs which do not appear terrible, but enticing, and yet are to the utmost terrible; signs which appear to the utmost terrible, and yet are not Song of <span class='bible'>Solomon 2<\/span>. Saddening signs. 3. The great, joyful signs, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:10<\/span>.The great rules for our conduct, in looking forward to the last time, and in the midst of its signs: 1. Foresight; 2. fearlessness; 3. simplicity and a spiritual walk; 4. steadfastness.The Lords faithful admonitions.There is an overcoming of these troubles.<\/p>\n<p>Starke:In His teaching, Christ has regard not so much to what He knows, as to what is useful to, and necessary for, His hearers.It does not behove us to know time and hour, but to observe the signs antecedent to the judgments of God.<em>Nova Bibl. Tub.:<\/em>Alas! how many good men has the pretence of Christs name,viz.: false hopes, outward show, seeming representations, fleshly accessories, etc.,already misled, that they have fallen away into sad by-paths, and have been ruined!The doctrine of the Last Things no useless doctrine.Quesnel:He who properly understands this present world, how it is disposed and what end it shall meet, is always self-possessed regarding it, and is terrified by nothing.Wilt thou save thyself from the awful judgments of God, then be not anxious regarding the judgments and wrath of man.The gospel-trumpet must be blown before the archangels trumpet is heard.Cramer:God will not forsake His own people in the time of persecution.In the defence of the truth, we must not look at our own weakness, nor the foes might and strength, but we must consider the power of the truth and Gods promise.Osiander:Imagine not thou art not bound to learn aught, etcQuesnel:Faith gives us as many fathers, brothers, and sisters, as there are Christians; unbelief changes those friends whom nature has given us into enemies, betrayers, and executioners.The most dangerous temptation is that which comes from parents.Osiander:It is a mark of false religion that it is blood-thirsty.The end crowns.Gerlach:No man can reckon more certainly upon the assistance of the Holy Spirit than those who confess Jesus name in the time of their utmost peril.Stier:The end is patience, the saints weapon (<span class='bible'>Rev 13:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 14:12<\/span>), as the beginning is foresight (<span class='bible'>Matthew 4<\/span>).Braune: <span class='bible'>2Ti 4:16-17<\/span>.The end comes not before the Gospel has finished its course. The nearer this completion approaches, the more certainly is the Lords coming near.Schleiermacher:We should expect no other than Christ.All may perish; we are sure that He and His kingdom will remain.Brieger:The Lords communication includes in itself the nearest and the most remote; hence He speaks to those nearest, and to those farthest from Him.As the hate of the world witnessed for Him, so does He witness for His own people.The final winding-up is to be introduced by means of the Gospel.The being saved is of the same import as being received to glory.Gossner:He who possesses the rights of a citizen of heaven, can remain unterrified though it should storm beneath heaven.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Upon C. D. <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-23<\/span><\/strong><strong>.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><em>See Matthew.<\/em>Even in His great judgments is Gods mercy revealed: 1. It warns of the judgments, and indicates the signs of their coming; 2. it opens a way of escape, and exhorts to use that way in flight; 3. it points to prayer as the means to mitigate that judgment; 4. it has its eye fixed upon innocent sufferers; 5. it breaks the judgment off, and puts bounds to it, for the sake of the elect; 6. it warns against falling away to Antichrist, as the falling beneath the heaviest, the most fearful judgment.The abomination of desolation, or the judgment inflicted on the holy place, a great admonitory sign: 1. The sign of the end of a now hoary period (and form of belief; or of a long series of judgments, which point forward to the last judgment); 2. the sign of a decisive separation between an old and new period; 3. the prognostic of a new period.The prophet Daniel; or, the eternal spirit of the Lord in the old covenant, has foretold the end of the old covenant. (<em>See<\/em> <span class='bible'>Isa 66:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 31:31<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 36:26<\/span>; comp. <span class='bible'>2Co 3:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Heb 8:7-8<\/span>).The Spirit of the Permanent in the Church is the prophet of the downfall of her transitory forms (especially in the Middle Ages).Whoso readeth, etc.: The old Scripture-word shows to all time the signs of the present and the future.The flight to the mountains: The entire life of the Christians is a fleeing to the mountains.In a season of distress, the saving of the trifling and the unessential (the clothes) has as its result the loss of the great and the essential (the life and soul): 1. <em>The fact<\/em> (in conflagrations, in times of war, in political convulsions, in times of religious crises). 2. <em>The reason:<\/em> because the small and trifling is the net which keeps men entangled in the old system and its judgment (Lots wife, the Jews, the Middle Ages).Woe to those with child, etc.: The Lords compassion towards the special sufferers among mankind in the judgments inflicted on the specially sinful part of mankind.The alleviations of the divine judgments which God has given to men: 1. Compassion (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:17<\/span>); 2. prayer (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:18<\/span>); 3. the steadfastness of the elect (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:20<\/span>).For the sake of the elect, <em>whom God has chosen,<\/em> God endures the world in sparing patience (see <span class='bible'>Rom 9:22<\/span>).The surest signs of the judgment which runs through the New Testament period of grace are the false Christs, the signs of the false Christs, and the hopes placed in them: 1. Among the Jews; 2. among Christians themselves.The tendency to believe in false Christs is the most awful result of the rejection of Christ that is to be seen in the life of Israel, <span class='bible'>Joh 5:43<\/span>.The great temptations of the period which is hastening to its end: 1. Perceived beforehand; 2. declared beforehand; 3. overcome beforehand.Foresight regarding the lying pseudo-Christian system, the salvation of Christianity in the last days.Foresight the first and last means in preserving faithfulness during the last days.Caution: 1. Regarding excited preachers who pretend to make Christ visible in themselves or in others, in this or that person or thing (See here or there); 2. regarding persons who will attest themselves as new saviours by means of deceptive signs and wonders (<span class='bible'>2Th 2:10-11<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 13:13<\/span>).The end of the worlds history: unceasing self-confusion, self-blinding, and self-separation of the great majority from Christianity, and self-abandonment to pseudo-Christian systems.<\/p>\n<p>Starke:Cramer:If we see even the greatest distress awaiting us, we should not allow ourselves by this to be turned aside from God and His love.In public, national calamities, the majority think only of saving their goods and lives; few are anxious to make sure of their souls and salvation.Quesnel:By far the most useful flight in the day of divine wrath is to flee the fleeting pleasures of the world, and escape from conformity to it, <span class='bible'>Psa 90:11<\/span>.<em>Nova Bibl. Tub.:<\/em>God spares even this wicked world for the sake of His elect.<\/p>\n<p>Rieger:Sad periods in the worlds course are turned to their own benefit by false prophets.Lisco: <em>Take heed unto yourselves;<\/em>an exhortation applicable to much more than the external danger of temptation, seduction, and falling away.Braune:Luke, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:22-23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Deu 28:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mal 4:1<\/span>. <em>Lo, here is Christ,<\/em>a voice which allures to itself; <em>or there,<\/em>a voice which, unpartisan-like, points to others, and is accordingly still more dangerousthese voices are not to lead disciples astray.Signs and troubles are no certain marks of Christ and His prophets: they are only indications of the connection of the individual with the spiritual world; they may be indications either of light and truth, or of darkness and lies.Prove the spirits, whether they be of God.<\/p>\n<p>Schleiermacher:When we see how many imperfections have appeared in the Christian Church, one might be easily tempted to say, The light is not yet the right light. The true believer is, however, assured that the Christian faith has no share in all these imperfections; that it is the natural ruin of mankind alone which is the fountain of these, and this cannot all at once be removed.Gods kingdom is the spiritual temple of God, which needs not the external, and is raised above all external accidents, and which, where it has been once built, must endure to the end of days.<\/p>\n<p>Brieger:Not in the winter. It is well known that Jerusalem was destroyed in August.The same sin, rejection of the Holy One, which brought Israel to its downfall, will cause the worlds overthrow, so soon as <em>its<\/em> measure is filled.The urging of precaution appears so much the less needful, inasmuch as He Himself says, it is impossible to deceive them. We may explain this in the following manner: Gods acts do not <em>exclude<\/em> mens action, but <em>include<\/em> it (and that, too, not in the form of natural compulsion, but of the bond of love).Gossner:How must we ever fear to give our adherence to a false Christ!<\/p>\n<p><strong>Upon E. <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:24-27<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><em>See Matthew.<\/em>The last day according to the Lords announcement: 1. The great day of death, when the lights of heaven grow pale; 2. the judgment-day, when the Crucified appears in the glory of the worlds <span class='bible'>Judges 3<\/span>. the great feast-day, when the Lord gathers His chosen by His angels from all ends of this and the other world.Mans calamity completes itself at the end in the worlds calamity.As the sun was darkened at Christs death, so will the entire starry world belonging to this earth grow dark in the death-hour of aged humanity.The stars will fall from heaven. With mankind, not merely the earth, but also the planetary system which belongs to earth according to its old form, shall be dissolved, and assume a new shape.When sun, moon, and stars shine no more, will Christ appear, and illuminate with His brightness the last day.The last day the grand day of festival for perfected Christianity: 1. The creature-lights grow pale; the Lord appears as the festive light of His own day; 2. the impersonal being of the world disappears;<span class=''>11<\/span> the glorified personality of Christ appears, and manifests His personal kingdom; 3. the wicked are shut out, and have vanished; and all pure spirits are united; 4. Heavens angels are the servants at the feast: all the elect shall be assembled who are upon the earth and in heaven.The last day is, for the chosen of the Lord, the dawn of their blessed immortality, <span class='bible'>Job 19:25<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>Starke:Quesnel:O wished-for day of the elect! O long-desired purification, through which they shall be gathered by Jesus into the union of His body, His Spirit, and His glory!Osiander:Should we die in a strange land, yet shall we be assuredly gathered to Christ, our Head, at the last day, <span class='bible'>2Co 5:10<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>Braune:<span class='bible'>Rev 1:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 22:6<\/span> [Shortly, quickly]; <span class='bible'>Hag 2:6-8<\/span> [Yet once, it is a little while]; <span class='bible'>Ecc 12:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 14:12<\/span> [How art thou fallen]; <span class='bible'>Isa 34:4<\/span> [All the host of heaven shall be dissolved].The destruction of the creature will be an exodus into eternity.Stier:To the end of heaven. Because earth and heaven now incline wonderfully to one another.<\/p>\n<p>Brieger:<span class='bible'>Eze 32:7-8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joe 2:3-4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Act 1:11<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Heb 1:14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat 13:41-42<\/span>.Bauer:These violent things are only the heralds in the Lords service.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Upon F. <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Mar 13:28-37<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><em>See Matthew.<\/em>The fig-tree with its late leaves is also a picture of the onward-hurrying judgment, upon the guilty Church (<span class='bible'>Mar 11:12<\/span>), upon the unrepentant Church (<span class='bible'>Luk 13:6<\/span>), upon the fickle Israel (<span class='bible'>Hos 9:10<\/span>).The fig-tree according to its varied signification: 1. The early figs, the formation of fruit before the leaves shot forth: the early conversion of Israel and the elect. 2. The fig-tree unfruitful in the rich vineyard: a dying professing Church (and this is true of individuals) in the midst of the ever-living kingdom of God. 3. The fig-tree unfruitful, and yet pretentious with its leaves on the roadside; or, a church (congregation) without spiritual fruit, in the hypocritical covering of pious forms, fallen under judgment. 4. The blooming fig-tree, a prognostic of the summers harvest; or, the theocratic, ecclesiastical, and cosmical indications of judgment as presages of the approach of the final judgment.The holy certainty of believers respecting the day of the Lord strengthened and elevated through their ignorance of the time and hour: 1. The certainty, <em>a.<\/em> as to signs, <em>b.<\/em> as to His speedy coming, <em>c.<\/em> as to His unexpected coming, <em>d.<\/em> His coming during the life of a living Christian generation, <em>e.<\/em> in order to the destruction of the world, <em>f.<\/em> in order to fulfil His declaration respecting the necessity of watching. 2. Strengthened and increased through their ignorance: <em>a.<\/em> an ignorance regarding the day and the hour, to which He had voluntarily subjected Himself for their sakes; <em>b.<\/em> an ignorance regarding the time, to which He had subjected them for His own sake.Christs not knowing rests upon His knowing rightly [in a natural manner], or upon the holy <em>extension<\/em> of His range of vision<span class=''>12<\/span>.What Christ <em>may<\/em> not know, what angels <em>cannot<\/em> know, Christians should not <em>wish<\/em> to know.The last day, the deep secret of the Father: Of the Father in His Creator-fulness, and in His gracious design; 2. of the Father in His preparing grace, and in His commands to the Song of <span class='bible'>Solomon 3<\/span>. of the Father in the greatness of His patience, and the majesty of wrath.The knowledge of Christ in itself exalted above the knowledge of men and of angels, is, on our behalf, a circle of holy self-limitation within the Fathers omniscience.Because He cannot deny anything to His own, He has denied Himself a knowledge of this.The holy and useful uncertainty of the Church regarding the last day is to be compared with the holy useful uncertainty of individual men regarding the day of their death.Through this holy uncertainty, we should be certain of our own salvation. Every day should for the Christian bear something like the appearance of the last day.Christianity is a door-keepers office, as regards the future coming of the Lord.Christs alarm-call, or summons to all Christians for all time to watch!Slumbering, in respect to the Lords coming, is a danger fraught with death; while watchfulness is a fundamental condition of life.Christianity is a constant living in the experience of judgment and redemption: 1. Judgment: <em>a.<\/em> a coming from judgment [Lange alludes, apparently, to the rise of Christianity at the time Judaism was subjected to judgment. Translator], <em>b.<\/em> an acting under judgment, <em>c.<\/em> a preparing for judgment. 2. Redemption: <em>a.<\/em> from the time onward, that the work of redemption was ended, <em>b.<\/em> proceeding under the cheering hope of redemption, <em>c.<\/em> looking forward to redemption.<\/p>\n<p>Starke:Spring is a beautiful image: in the shrubs bursting into life, we are reminded of the coming of Christ, of the glorious judgment day, and the joyful resurrection from the dead.Quesnel:Who is certain that he is not sooner to appear before God, his Judge, than summer is to come? If he meet not God to be condemned, the joyful everlasting summer will follow.We have seen many things in our lives pass away: is that not a proof that all things fade away?God has concealed from all creatures the time of His judgments; hence is many a one ruined in his calculation.Beware of security! watch and pray!<\/p>\n<p>Braune:Heaven and earth pass as leaves upon the world-stem in the harvest of the world-season: Gods people are the sap, and Gods word the power, which carries new life to all.<span class='bible'>Jam 5:7-8<\/span> : I do not know. Will it be too hard for thee to say this? If so, Christ is not thy Lord.The watching of the Christian must be also prayer (and <em>active watchfulness<\/em> will be at the same time prayer).Brieger:The kingdom of God, which will at last appear in power and glory, is to be compared with the joy-fraught summer.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Footnotes:<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[10]<\/span>Prophecies of Daniel and the Revelation of St. John, viewed in their mutual relationships, Edinburgh, T. &amp; T. Clark.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[11]<\/span>[Does this mean: The kingdom of materialism, or that flesh and blood which cannot inherit the kingdom of God?<em>Ed.<\/em>]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[12]<\/span>[Langes thought seems to be, that the <em>voluntary<\/em> ignorance of Christ, which was a part of the voluntary humiliation to which the divine nature was subjected in its onion with the human, was for the purpose of making possible a <em>gradual<\/em> growth in His theanthropic consciousness. For, had there been from the instant of the miraculous conception (the <em>punctum temporis<\/em> when the union of the two natures began) onward through infancy, childhood, and youth, the omniscient consciousness of the eternal Logos, of course it would have been contradictory to say that Christ, the God-man, increased in wisdom (<span class='bible'>Luk 2:52<\/span>), or that He did not know the time of the last judgment.<em>Ed.<\/em>]<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: A Commentary on the Holy Scriptures, Critical, Doctrinal, and Homiletical by Lange<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> CONTENTS.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><em> The<\/em> LORD <em> foretells the Destruction of the Temple; and the sad Calamities of the Jews. His solemn Cautions to his Disciples in the Expectation of those woeful Events.<\/p>\n<p><\/em><\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> AND as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones, and what buildings <em> are here! (2) And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another that shall not be thrown down. (3) And as he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, (4) Tell us, when shall these things be and what shall be<\/em> the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> When we read, as in this scripture, of JESUS departing from the temple, and connect with it that it was his farewell departure, for he never again entered it, what solemn thoughts it awakens? When the LORD departs, woe to that land, woe to that house or family, where the LORD&#8217;s gracious presence is not. No sooner had <em> Lot<\/em> departed front <em> Sodom<\/em> than the next account is the destruction of it. <span class='bible'>Gen 19:22-24<\/span> . And who shall say how much the Christless owe in being saved from instant ruin, both in nations, and cities, and families, from the seed of CHRIST living in the midst of them.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> This <em> second<\/em> temple, though so vastly inferior to the glory of the <em> first,<\/em> or <em> Solomon&#8217;s<\/em> temple, so called, that the ancient men who had seen the former, wept at beholding this latter. <span class='bible'>Ezr 3:12-13<\/span> . And see the LORD&#8217;s promise in consequence thereof. <span class='bible'>Hag 2:1-9<\/span> . and which was literally fulfilled when the SON of GOD in our nature entered it: this second temple was a wonderful building. It had been repaired by <em> Herod;<\/em> and <em> Josephus,<\/em> the Jewish historian, saith, that some of the stones were of a magnitude even <em> to forty-five cubits<\/em> long, <em> five<\/em> high, and <em> six<\/em> broad. JESUS declared that such should be the desolation of the place, when the LORD visited it for the rejection of CHRIST, that not one of these immense stones should be left upon another. And we are told in history, that when <em> Titus,<\/em> under whose army <em> Jerusalem<\/em> was sacked, heard of this prophecy of CHRIST, he endeavoured to counteract it; but such was the impetuosity of his army, that no orders could restrain them, and CHRIST&#8217;s prediction was literally fulfilled.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Hawker&#8217;s Poor Man&#8217;s Commentary (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong> The Material and the Spiritual<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1<\/span><\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> It stands out clearly in our story that Jesus did not care for the Titanic stones on which the Jewish Temple rested. They were crying out to the disciples of man&#8217;s power over matter, and the disciples were full of wonder at it, but Jesus did not care for it. There was a higher, fuller power of man, another conquest of the world which these men had missed, and, because of their missing that, this mere material triumph did not interest or move Him. He prophesied how transitory it was all to prove, and so passed on and left it.<\/p>\n<p> I. We need to know that that is always true. It is something which we who call ourselves the servants of Jesus Christ have no right ever to forget that He never is impressed by merely material success or power any more than He was when He saw them in Jerusalem. It was not what He came into the world to bring to pass.<\/p>\n<p> II. Christ <em> does<\/em> value the material, but always with an outlook beyond it to the spiritual. If we keep this in view, I think we may believe, with the profoundest reverence, that there is no work upon material things faithfully done by man which God does not look upon with pleasure. Thoroughness and beauty are the two excellent qualities of man&#8217;s work upon material things. God is the Creator, and if in the creation we can read anything of the Creator, these two dispositions, thoroughness and beauty, must lie at the very centre of His Being; for they everywhere pervade the world that He has made.<\/p>\n<p> No man can read the Gospels and not catch the tone of such a sympathy as proves that wherever the eye of Christ fell upon any man in Palestine who in those days was doing thorough or beautiful work in any department of activity, the Man of men honoured him for it and rejoiced in it. Do not think of Him who brought our nature to its best as being totally estranged from those things which ninety-nine-hundredths of our race are doing all the time. Think of Him as caring for it all, as caring for what they did and for what you are doing; but always as being preserved from the slavery of material things by two principles which were absolutely despotic and invariable with Him the principle that no material thing was entirely satisfactory unless it could reveal some spiritual usefulness, and the principle that if any material thing, however beautiful, hindered any spirituality, there should be no hesitation about sacrificing it. Look at those two principles. See if they did not both absolutely rule in Christ, and see if they are not just what we need to save us from the tyranny of material things.<\/p>\n<p> III. How shall one reach that freedom? It is only by entering into the higher anxieties of Jesus that one is freed from the lower anxieties of men. You must care with all your soul that God should be glorified and that men should be saved. And you can do that only by letting God first glorify Himself in you by saving you. Let Christ be your Saviour. Then, tasting His salvation, your one great wish will be that all men may be saved, and, wishing that intensely, you will be free from every other wish that does not harmonize with that.<\/p>\n<p> Phillips Brooks, <em> The Law of Growth,<\/em> p. 150.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1<\/span><\/p>\n<p> Let every dawn of morning be to you as the beginning of life, and every setting sun be to you as its close; then let every one of these short lives leave its sure record of some kindly thing done for others, some goodly strength or knowledge gained for yourselves; so, from day to day, and strength to strength, you shall build up indeed, by art, by thought, and by just will, an Ecclesia of England, of which it shall not be said, &#8216;See what manner of stones are here!&#8217; but, &#8216;See what manner of men&#8217;.<\/p>\n<p> Ruskin, <em> Lectures on Art,<\/em> Iv.<\/p>\n<p> References. XIII. 1. Phillips Brooks, <em> The Law of Growth,<\/em> p. 150. XIII. 6. A. Maclaren, <em> Expositions of Holy Scripture St. Marie IX.-XVI.<\/em> p. 151.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:13<\/span><\/p>\n<p> The great thing is not to be discouraged by seeming reverse or relapse. The victory is to <em> endurance,<\/em> and there would be no endurance if we were always gaining. So we shall endure hardness as good soldiers of Jesus Christ, and be sure of success.<\/p>\n<p> Dr. John Ker&#8217;s <em> Letters.<\/p>\n<p><\/em><\/p>\n<p> Reference. XIII. 13. <em> Christian World Pulpit,<\/em> vol. 1. 1896, p. 10.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:21<\/span><\/p>\n<p> Each people has its own periods of national life, with their own characters. The period which is now ending for England is that which began when, after the sensuous tumult of the Renaissance, Catholicism being discredited and gone, a serious nation desired, as had been foretold, to see one of the days of the Son of Man, and did not see it; but men said to them <em> See here<\/em> or <em> See there,<\/em> and they went after the blind guides and followed the false direction; and the actual civilization of England and of America is the result.<\/p>\n<p> M. Arnold, in 1882.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:28<\/span><\/p>\n<p> All things are moral and in their boundless changes have an unceasing reference to spiritual nature. Therefore is nature glorious with form, colour, and motion, that every globe in the remotest heaven; every chemical change from the rudest crystal up to the laws of life; every change of vegetation from the first principle of growth in the eye of a leaf, to the tropical forest and antediluvian gold-mine; every animal function from the sponge up to Hercules, shall hint or thunder to man the laws of right and wrong, and echo the Ten Commandments. Therefore is nature ever the ally of religion: lends all her pomp and riches to the religious sentiment Prophet and priest, David, Isaiah, Jesus have drawn deeply from this source.<\/p>\n<p> Emerson.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:31<\/span><\/p>\n<p> &#8216;One of the strongest pieces of objective evidence in favour of Christianity is not sufficiently enforced by apologists. Indeed, I am not aware that I have ever seen it mentioned. It is the absence from the biography of Christ of any doctrines which the subsequent growth of human knowledge whether in natural science, ethics, political economy, or elsewhere has had to discount. This negative argument is really almost as strong as is the positive one from what Christ did teach. For when we consider what a large number of sayings are recorded of or at least attributed to Him, it becomes most remarkable that in literal truth there is no reason why any of His words should ever pass away in the sense of becoming obsolete. &#8220;Not even now could it be easy,&#8221; says John Stuart Mill, &#8220;even for an unbeliever, to find a better translation of the rule of virtue from the abstract into the concrete, than to endeavour so to live that Christ would approve our life.&#8221; Contrast Jesus Christ in this respect with other thinkers of like antiquity&#8217; Mr. G. J. Romanes, from whom these words are quoted, goes on to instance Plato, in whose dialogues there occur errors &#8216;reaching even to absurdity in respect of reason, and to sayings shocking to the moral sense&#8217;.<\/p>\n<p><strong> The Incarnate Son of God<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:32<\/span><\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> I. God became man. The Incarnation of our Lord is a mystery which, like that of the creation of all things, or that of the immanency of the great Creator in His works, can never be comprehended by human thought. The will of God is a will to love, to seek and to save the lost, and for such reasons God became man.<\/p>\n<p> II. How far were the limitations of the Lord&#8217;s manhood affected by its union with the Godhead? We affirm in the person of Christ two perfect natures the human and the Divine. If we admit the true and limited humanity of our Lord, how are we to reconcile His Divine omniscience therewith? I cannot understand what transcends my finite capacity, but neither will I deny this mysterious truth. The same difficulty is presented by the uniformity of nature and the freedom of the human will. I believe that the eternal Son of God had during His human life so emptied Himself of all those Divine attributes which would have interfered with the reality of His manhood that He was really affected by human sorrow, that He really felt the seductive strain of temptation, that when He quoted passages from the Old Testament He might have no more knowledge of their age and actual authors than that which was current in His own time.<\/p>\n<p> Bishop Moorhouse, <em> The Sermon Year Book,<\/em> 1891, p. 349.<\/p>\n<p> Reference. XIII. 32. R. J. Campbell, <em> Sermons Addressed to Individuals,<\/em> p. 277.<\/p>\n<p><strong> Watching<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:33<\/span><\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> He watches for Christ who has a sensitive, eager, apprehensive mind; who is awake, alive, quick-sighted, zealous in seeking and honouring Him; who looks out tor Him in all that happens, and who would not be surprised, who would not be over-agitated or overwhelmed, if he found that He was coming at once.<\/p>\n<p> J. H. Newman.<\/p>\n<p> References. XIII. 33. Sir G. R. Fetherston, <em> The Shortness of Time, Sermons,<\/em> 1842-79. XIII. 33, 34. Henry Housman, <em> Seven Sermon Stories,<\/em> p. 97.<\/p>\n<p><strong> Our Work for Christ<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:34<\/span><\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> The Lord Jesus is Himself the great Worker. He is the Head of the body, the Church; and He needs members, as the medium through which He may convey His purposes of grace and power towards the world.<\/p>\n<p> Note a few hints which may be of assistance to Christian workers.<\/p>\n<p><strong> I. Work from Pure Motives. <\/strong> Legends tell us that when the Emperor Justinian had built the Byzantine Church with a view to his own aggrandizement and glory, on the day of dedication he looked in vain for his own name on the memorial stone. Angel hands had obliterated it, and substituted for it that of the widow, Euphrasia whose only merit was, that out of pure devotion she had strewn a little straw in front of the beasts that drew the heavily-laden trucks of marble from the quarry to the sacred pile. His motive was so ignoble that heaven ignored his gift; hers was so pure and lovely that she received credit for the whole.<\/p>\n<p><strong> II. Work on God&#8217;s Plan. <\/strong> One of the most suggestive texts in the Bible, far-reaching in its many applications, is that in which God says to Moses, &#8216;See that thou make all things according to the pattern showed thee in the Mount&#8217;. Not a stake, or a curtain, or an atom of fragrant spice was left to the genius of the artificer, or the fancy of the lawgiver. All was unfolded to Moses in elaborate detail; and all he had to do was to produce that plan in careful and exact obedience, until at last it stood complete before the wondering host of Israel.<\/p>\n<p><strong> III. Work as Those Freshly Cleansed. <\/strong> The priests must wash in the laver before they perform the service of the sanctuary. They must be clean who bear the vessels of the Lord.<\/p>\n<p> In our hospitals the instruments used in operations are constantly kept in carbolic acid, that they may not carry the slightest contagion to the open wound; and we cannot touch the open and festering wounds which sin has caused without injury to ourselves and others, unless we are ever in the flow of the Blood and Water of which St. John speaks.<\/p>\n<p><strong> IV. Work in God&#8217;s Strength. <\/strong> He does not want our strength it is often a hindrance to Him; because we are so apt to rely on it, to the exclusion of Himself. He wants our weakness, our infirmities, our nothingness &#8216;that the excellency of the power may be of God, and not of us&#8217;.<\/p>\n<p> And there is no way so good of getting God&#8217;s strength as being diligent students of His precious Word.<\/p>\n<p><strong> V. Work in Believing Expectancy. <\/strong> In this, as in all other spiritual work, we are governed by one unchanging law: according to your faith be it done unto you. &#8216;Only be thou strong and very courageous.&#8217;<\/p>\n<p> F. B. Meyer, <em> Christian Living,<\/em> p. 114.<\/p>\n<p><strong> The Call to Work and Watch<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:34<\/span><\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> The text reminds us of the state in which Christ has left, during His absence, what He is graciously pleased to call &#8216;His house,&#8217; i.e. His Church. He has not left His Church without giving most express and definite instructions what everybody is to do while He is away. The household of the Church ought to be, according to the intention of its Lord, a system of beautiful order and arrangement, as long as He is away from it. And yet, if He were to come Today, would He find it as He left it?<\/p>\n<p> Three things Christ appointed to His servants: an authority a work and a watch.<\/p>\n<p><strong> I. The Authority. <\/strong> First, then, we have to look at the Church&#8217;s authority; and remark that this authority is given expressly to servants &#8216;He gave authority to His servants&#8217;. The more we serve and the lowlier the place we take, the more is the authority given. For what is authority? Not position, not office, but a certain moral power: the power of truth, the power of the affections, the power of virtue over vice, the power of the true over the false, the power of faith over sight, the essential power of the great Head delegated to all His members, which is ultimately to command the universe. Let a man be deeply convinced of the truth of the Gospel by the best of all evidences, the experience of his own soul i.e. in other words, let him really be a member of the household of faith, and immediately that man carries with him an authority. He has a commission, and a power by which that commission is to be fulfilled the commission is to glorify Christ by extending His kingdom, and the power is the Holy Ghost, given to him for this very end.<\/p>\n<p><strong> II. The Work. <\/strong> And now what is the work? for authority is never given in the Church of Christ for any other end but work. And here again 1 note that every man&#8217;s work is special. The authority was general the work is specific; for He says &#8216;he gave authority to his servants, and to every man <em> his work&#8217;.<\/em> There is scarcely anything more important that any Christian has to do than to pray that he may see, and not rest till he has found out, what the particular work is which God has assigned him to do in this present life. And when he has once found it, do not let him wheedle and destroy it by trying to do everybody&#8217;s work besides; but let him do his own with fixedness and wholeheartedness.<\/p>\n<p><strong> III. The Watch. <\/strong> There are two ways of watching. There is a watching against a thing we fear; and there is a watching for a thing we love. Most persons when they are told to watch, think chiefly of what they are to watch against; but I conceive it was far more in our Saviour&#8217;s mind to bid us to be full of what we are to watch for. For, if we watch against sin, is it not for this very reason because we are watching for Christ? Watch, therefore, for the second advent, and you will be sure to be vigilant against slothfulness and sin. In all, therefore, you do, and in all you suffer, you are to be in the spirit of a man who, expecting a dear friend, has taken his stand at the gate to meet him when he arrives.<\/p>\n<p> References. XIII. 34. John Ker, <em> Sermons,<\/em> p. 139. A. Maclaren, <em> Expositions of Holy Scripture St. Mark IX.-XVI.<\/em> p. 157. XIII. 35-37. C. Parsons Reichel, <em> Sermons,<\/em> p. 162. D. Fraser, <em> Metaphors in the Gospels,<\/em> p. 243. XIII. 36. R. T. Davidson, <em> Promise and Fulfilment,<\/em> p. 21. XIII. 37. T. McCrie, <em> Sermons,<\/em> p. 205. H. J. Wilmot-Buxton, <em> Sunday Sermonettes for a Year,<\/em> p. 8. Washington Gladden, <em> Christian World Pulpit,<\/em> vol. xl. p. 227. J. Stalker, <em> ibid.<\/em> vol. lviii. 1900, p. 390. J. Addison Alexander, <em> The Gospel of Jesus Christ,<\/em> p. 262. J. Fraser, <em> University Sermons,<\/em> p. 41. A. G. Mortimer, <em> The Church&#8217;s Lessons for the Christian Year,<\/em> part iv. p. 237. XIV. 1-11. J. Laidlaw, <em> Studies in the Parables,<\/em> p. 161. XIV. 1-41. W. H. Bennett, <em> The Life of Christ According to St. Mark,<\/em> p. 212. XIV. <em> S. <\/em> W. H. Brookfield, <em> Sermons,<\/em> p. 158. F. F. Shannon, <em> Christian World Pulpit,<\/em> vol. lxvii. 1905, p. 238.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expositor&#8217;s Dictionary of Text by Robertson<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong> XIX<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> OUR LORD&#8217;S GREAT PROPHECY HIS SECOND COMING<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> Harmony, pages 160-166 and <span class='bible'>Mat 24:1-51<\/span><\/strong> <strong> ; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span><\/strong> <strong> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:5-36<\/span><\/strong> <strong> .<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> This section commences on page 160 of the Harmony. But first, by way of review, let me recall attention to the greatest indictment ever written against a nation; and, second, the greatest penalty ever assessed against a nation; and third, the greatest hope ever suggested to a nation. This indictment, this penalty, and this hope, together with the questions they invoked, introduce our Lord&#8217;s great prophecy and constitute the occasion of it.<\/p>\n<p> Certain passages in Matthew 21-23 contain the indictment, the penalty, and the hope. In <span class='bible'>Mat 21<\/span> , commencing at <span class='bible'>Mat 21:23<\/span> , we find the parable of the householder who planted a vineyard and set a hedge about it, and digged a wine press in it and built a tower) and let it out to husbandmen and went into another country. Then he sends his servants from time to time for the fruits of that vineyard. His servants are maltreated some of them put to death. He keeps sending them as the years roll by. They keep on persecuting and killing them. Finally he sends his son and they kill his son. This parable is an indictment against the Jewish nation, and closes with the penalty, &#8220;When therefore the Lord of the vineyard shall come he will miserably destroy those miserable men, and will let out the vineyard to other husbandmen, who shall render him the fruits in their season.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> We cannot mistake here either the people indicted, the severity of the indictment, or the double character of the penalty assessed. And we should mark well that the enforcement is more than once called a &#8220;Coming of the Lord.&#8221; The second part of the penalty is the giving of the oracles and kingdom of God to other peoples. In <span class='bible'>Mat 22<\/span> , and also in the form of a parable, we find a restatement of both the indictment and the penalty. The indictment is their rejection of invitations to a marriage feast and maltreatment of his messengers. The vineyard represents the kingdom of God and the marriage feast his gospel. The penalty here is also twofold. First, others obtain what they reject and &#8220;The king was wroth and sent his armies and destroyed the murderers and burned their city.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> Having thus veiled indictment and penalty under the form of parables, in <span class='bible'>Mat 23<\/span> he openly arraigns them thus: &#8220;Ye shut up the kingdom of heaven against men; for ye enter not in yourselves, neither suffer ye them that are entering in to enter. Ye compass sea and land to make one proselyte, and when he is become so, ye make him twofold more the son of hell than yourselves. Ye swear by the minor things and ignore the greatest: For example, ye swear by the gold of the temple instead of the temple which sanctifieth the gold, and by the gift upon the altar instead of the altar which sanctifieth the gift. Ye tithe mint and anise and cummin and have left undone the weightier matters of the law judgment, mercy, and faith. Ye cleanse the outside of the cup and of the platter, but within they are full of extortion and excess. Whiled sepulchers outwardly appear beautiful, but inwardly are full of dead men&#8217;s bones and all uncleanness. Wherefore do ye also outwardly appear righteous unto me, but inwardly are ye full of hypocrisy and iniquity. Ye build the sepulchers of the prophets and garnish the tombs of the righteous, as if to say, If we had been living in the days of our fathers we would not have participated in their martyrdom. Fill ye up the measure of your fathers, ye serpents, ye offspring of vipers. How shall ye escape the judgment of hell? And, behold, when afterwards I send you prophets and wise men and scribes, some of them ye shall kill and crucify and some of them shall ye scourge in your synagogues, and persecute from city to city, that upon you shall come all the righteous blood shed on the earth from the blood of Abel unto the blood of Zacharias, the son of Barachias, whom ye slew between the porch and the altar. Oh, Jerusalem, Jerusalem, that killeth the prophets and stoneth them that are sent unto her, how often would I have gathered your children together even as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings, and ye would not. Behold your house is left unto you desolate. Not one stone shall remain standing upon another. Ye shall not see me henceforth until ye say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> We see the nature of this indictment that it covers the whole period of the Jewish history, in all the probations of mercy. From the call of Abraham to the settlement in Canaan was 490 years; from the settlement in Canaan to the establishment of the Jewish monarchy was 490 years; from the establishment of that monarchy to its downfall was 490 years; from the going forth of the commandment to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until the coming of the Messiah the first time, was 490 years nearly twenty centuries of separate periods of mercy. In every probation they failed. They failed in their pilgrimage. They failed in the land under a theocracy. They failed under the monarchy. They failed in the interval between the return from exile and the coming of the Messiah. They grossly fail when Messiah comes. They shut up the kingdom of God, murdering the messengers of God prophets, evangelists, martyrs.<\/p>\n<p> The penalty is: &#8220;Behold, your house is left unto you desolate.&#8221; The duration of the desolation is &#8220;Until ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord,&#8221; that is, until their reception of the rejected Messiah. And this is the Great Hope held up before them their salvation through Messiah on their conversion, which conversion precedes and introduces the millennium. What an indictment! What a penalty I What a hope! Two things in this last passage call for explanation and emphasis:<\/p>\n<p> 1. How could a nation organized at Sinai 1491 B.C. be held guilty of all the righteous blood shed from Abel&#8217;s time long anterior even to Abraham&#8217;s call, much less their later national organization? The answer is: Salvation through sacrificial, vicarious blood was the one heritage of hope for a lost world after man sinned. Abel was the first martyr. This heritage of hope for the world was committed to them; their murder of the Messiah, who was the object of Abel&#8217;s hope, was an endorsement of Cain and of every succeeding persecutor who walked in &#8220;the way of Cain.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> 2. It was a sin against their own unity. Mark the word, &#8220;together&#8221;: &#8220;How would I have gathered you together!&#8221; Jesus was the true patriot working for the preservation of national unity in the only way by which it could be obtained. As a hen who sees the hovering hawk ready to swoop down upon the scattered brood, would call them by a warning cluck to run to the shelter of her wings, so Jesus, seeing his people helpless, scattered, a present prey to division and internal strife, and doomed to become the prey of the Roman hawk, sought to unite and shelter them.<\/p>\n<p> When, therefore, he said in the Temple after his rejection: &#8220;Not one of these stones shall be left upon another,&#8221; his disciples come to him privately at Olivet, saying, &#8220;When shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?&#8221; This threefold question has a sevenfold answer. Often our Lord answers more questions than are propounded, and these are the questions that he really answers:<\/p>\n<p> (1) When shall Jerusalem be destroyed?<\/p>\n<p> (2) What the sign of this destruction?<\/p>\n<p> (3) What the extent of this tribulation introduced by this destruction?<\/p>\n<p> (4) When the conversion of the Jews, and its relation to the final advent?<\/p>\n<p> (5) When the final advent of our Lord?<\/p>\n<p> (6) What is the sign of that advent?<\/p>\n<p> (7) What the purpose of that advent, or in what office does Jesus come the next time?<\/p>\n<p> I answer, in exposition of our Lord&#8217;s great prophecy, these seven questions, because he answers them. This prophecy is found in Matthew 24-25, <span class='bible'>Mar 13<\/span> , and in <span class='bible'>Luk 21<\/span> , presented in the form of a harmony in the textbook. It is the longest prophecy in the New Testament except the book of Revelation. It has awakened more interest, stirred up more curiosity, called forth more comment, and developed a greater bulk of literature than any other one passage in the Word of God. I know of no part of the Word of God, except that relating to the crucifixion of our Lord Jesus Christ, of greater interest to the Bible student. In discussing this great prophecy I know that I shall, in my interpretations, run counter to the views of many good brethren, but not upon a point which raises a question of fellowship. Always among the Baptists, and indeed other denominations, variant views as to the final advent of our Lord have not been allowed to raise a question of fellowship. A man may be an unquestioned member of the church, whether he be premillennialist or postmillennialist.<\/p>\n<p> Let us now take up these questions in order. I have never yet seen a comment on this entire prophecy that did not evince great difficulty in determining how much of it refers to the destruction of Jerusalem, and how much of it to the final advent. Even so great a commentator as Dr. Broadus balks at that. Some, in order to harmonize, dislocate and rearrange parts of the text. This is wholly unnecessary. Indeed, it is easier to understand in its natural arrangement, without any change in the order of the several historians. It does not need a single word or sentence in it to be put in another place. It comes exactly right where it should. It is an amazing thing to me that anybody ever had any difficulty on the subject. After hedging carefully against several points upon which they were likely to be deceived, viz.:<\/p>\n<p> (1) Against false christs<\/p>\n<p> (2) Against false signs<\/p>\n<p> (3) Against any idea of his speedy coming<\/p>\n<p> (4)Warnings against persecutions Our Lord first answers the questions when Jerusalem would be destroyed, what the sign of it, how long the tribulation which that destruction would introduce; then when the conversion of the Jews and its relation to the final advent, what its sign and for what he would come.<\/p>\n<p> Now let the reader take the Harmony, page 162, and draw a pencil mark across the page just above <span class='bible'>Mat 24:15<\/span> . All the matter of prophecy preceding this mark is devoted to corrections and misapprehensions, and warnings against being deceived on the several points enumerated above. Draw next a pencil mark across page 164 just under <span class='bible'>Mat 24:28<\/span> . In that space he gives the double sign of the destruction of Jerusalem, the duration of the tribulation it introduces, and a second caution against false christs. Draw next a pencil mark across page 165 just under <span class='bible'>Mat 24:31<\/span> . In that space he gives the general time and sign of his final advent and the advent itself. Draw the next line lower down on page 165 just under <span class='bible'>Mat 24:35<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:31<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:33<\/span> . The only difficulty in arrangement comes in this section. This difficulty arises from construing &#8220;this generation.&#8221; But no matter what the construction, the order is all right. The section comes just where it should come. Dr. Broadus insists that &#8220;this generation&#8221; shall have its ordinary meaning, the average period of life for the living, thirty or forty years. If his contention be tenable, then the section answers the question, &#8220;When shall Jerusalem be destroyed,&#8221; and what follows must be applied to the final advent. But certainly the Greek phrase, <em> e genea aute<\/em> , does sometimes mean &#8220;this race&#8221; of people, i.e., here &#8220;the Jewish race.&#8221; And it should be so rendered here if the context demands it. And, in my judgment, all the context does demand it. If we look back to the indictment (<span class='bible'>Mat 23:31-35<\/span> ) it is race guilt. If we look at the penalty and its destruction (<span class='bible'>Luk 21:24<\/span> ) it is race penalty. If we look back to the great hope suggested (<span class='bible'>Mat 23:39<\/span> ) it is race hope, certainly not to be realized by that generation in the ordinary sense of the word, nor, in fact is it even yet realized. Why then may we not render the phrase, <em> e genea aute<\/em> , this race of Jews shall not pass away, shall not be blotted out as other conquered peoples have been, but shall be preserved as a monument of wrath, as Moses foretold, until after the fulness of the Gentiles, and thus become earth&#8217;s greatest monument of mercy in the way of their salvation? This puts our Lord in harmony with Moses (<span class='bible'>Deu 28:15-68<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Deu 30:1-10<\/span> ) and with Ezekiel (<span class='bible'>Eze 36:21-37:14<\/span> ) and with Paul (<span class='bible'>Rom 11:1-36<\/span> ). With this interpretation all difficulty vanishes. No word or sentence is out of its proper order, and we do not need the last two cross lines of divisions, for everything in the prophecy from the previous line drawn just under <span class='bible'>Mat 24:28<\/span> relates to the final advent. The destruction of Jerusalem stops squarely with <span class='bible'>Mat 24:28<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Luk 21:24<\/span> . We now take up the questions answered by our Lord:<\/p>\n<p> If Dr. Broadus is right about the meaning of &#8220;this generation,&#8221; when shall Jerusalem be destroyed? The answer to it is, in the lifetime of &#8220;this generation.&#8221; &#8220;All these things shall come upon this generation.&#8221; This prophecy was uttered A.D. 33; Jerusalem was destroyed A.D. 70. Men then living, before they died, saw the fulfilment of all that part of it which relates to the destruction of Jerusalem. If he is not right, our Lord leaves it vague like the time of his advent.<\/p>\n<p> The next question: What shall be the sign of the destruction of Jerusalem? His answer is: &#8220;When you shall see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel, the prophet, standing in the holy place, where it ought not to be, and when Jerusalem is encompassed with armies,&#8221; for this setting up is connected with the encompassing of Jerusalem with armies. Those two things must come together. &#8220;When ye shall see Jerusalem encompassed with armies and then shall ye see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel, the prophet, set up where it ought not to be;&#8221; that is the sign of the destruction of Jerusalem. Abomination, Greek, <em> bdelugma<\/em> , means an &#8220;idol,&#8221; a graven image, and therefore an abomination. Abomination is a derivative meaning. It is an abomination because it is a graven image, contrary to the Second Commandment: &#8220;Thou shalt make no graven image to bow down before it.&#8221; The first abomination of desolation set up in the holy place was by Antiochus Epiphanes when he entered in the Temple a statue of Jupiter Olympus and demanded that it should be worshiped.<\/p>\n<p> Now, this second abomination of desolation is a desolation of desolations. This brings greater desolation upon the Jewish people than Antiochus had brought. What was that graven image? We know exactly what it was. We first get acquainted with it when Jerusalem was not encompassed with armies and Josephus gives us the account. This same Pilate, at that time Roman Procurator, sent from Caesarea, the seaport of that country on the Mediterranean Sea, a legion of Roman soldiers and had them secretly introduced into the city and sheltered in the tower of Antonio overlooking the Temple, and these soldiers brought with them their ensigns. The Roman ensign was a straight staff, capped with a metallic eagle, and right under the eagle was a graven image of Caesar. Caesar claimed to be divine. Caesar exacted divine worship, and every evening when those standards were placed, the Roman legion got down and worshiped the image of Caesar thereon, and every morning at the roll call a part of the parade was for the whole legion to prostrate themselves before that graven image and worship it. The Jews were so horrified when they saw that image and the consequent worship, they went to Pilate, who was at that time living in Caesarea, and prostrated themselves before him and said, &#8220;Kill us, if you will, but take that abomination of desolation out of our Holy City and from the neighborhood of our holy temple.&#8221; While that was an abomination, Jerusalem at their time was not encompassed with armies. &#8220;When ye shall see the abomination which makes desolation spoken of by Daniel, the prophet, set up where it ought not to be, and see Jerusalem encompassed by armies,&#8221; that is the sign of the destruction of Jerusalem. The greatest desolation ever wrought in the world on a people, was made under that standard and by the Roman power. Therefore, it was the abomination that maketh desolation. The Christians saw that sign and profited by the advice of their Lord, as contained in this very prophecy. If a man was on top of the house he did not come down the stairway on the outside to go back in the house for anything; if he was out in the field, he did not go back to the house, but fled to escape the awful doom assessed upon the Jewish nation. And it is a matter of history that the Christian people did recognize that sign and did flee across the Jordan to Pella, in the mountains of Moab, and did escape, by following the suggestions of their Lord, the doom that came upon that nation. So, two of the questions have been answered: When shall Jerusalem be destroyed? and What shall be the sign of its destruction?<\/p>\n<p> We will take up the third question in the next discussion.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> QUESTIONS <\/strong> 1. Where is our Lord&#8217;s great prophecy found?<\/p>\n<p> 2. What constitutes the occasion of this great prophecy?<\/p>\n<p> 3. What is the form and substance of the gravest indictment ever drown against a nation?<\/p>\n<p> 4. What is the double character of the severest penalty ever assessed against a nation, where do we find a restatement of both the indictment and penalty, what do &#8220;the vineyard&#8221; and the &#8220;marriage feast&#8221; represent and how is the twofold penalty here brought out?<\/p>\n<p> 5. Having veiled the indictment and penalty in the form of parables, how does he openly arraign them?<\/p>\n<p> 6. What does this indictment cover and what are the great periods of Jewish probation in which they failed?<\/p>\n<p> 7. What was the duration of the penalty?<\/p>\n<p> 8. What was the brightest hope ever suggested to a nation?<\/p>\n<p> 9. How could a nation organized at Sinai be held guilty of all the righteous blood shed from the time of Abel?<\/p>\n<p> 10. What was the nature of their sin and what Jesus&#8217; effort to prevent the very judgment that came upon them for this sin?<\/p>\n<p> 11. What threefold question did the announcement of this awful penalty evoke from the disciples and what is the sevenfold answer?<\/p>\n<p> 12. What can you say of the importance of this prophecy and the interest excited by it?<\/p>\n<p> 13. What of the difficulty of interpretation by commentators and their method of solution?*<\/p>\n<p> 14. What points upon which they are likely to be deceived does our Lord hedge against in the first part of this prophecy and he answers what questions immediately following?<\/p>\n<p> 15. Where draw the lines in the Harmony and what does each line separate?<\/p>\n<p> 16. What paragraph contains the difficulty of this arrangement and what phrase is its crux?<\/p>\n<p> 17. What is Dr. Broadus&#8217; interpretation of &#8220;this generation&#8221;?<\/p>\n<p> 18.. What is the contextual argument for a different meaning?<\/p>\n<p> 19. Assuming that in <span class='bible'>Mat 24:34<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:30<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:32<\/span> ; the Greek phrase, <em> e genea aute<\/em> , means &#8220;this race&#8221; of people, i.e., the Jews,. give outline of the prophecy.<\/p>\n<p> 20. If Dr. Broadus be right about the meaning of &#8220;this generation,&#8221; when should Jerusalem be destroyed? If he be not right, then when should Jerusalem be destroyed, and how does either interpretation obviate the necessity of changing the order of the words?<\/p>\n<p> 21. On what one point of inquiry does our Lord here, as always elsewhere, refuse a specific answer and in what way does the New Testament ever answer a question of this kind? Answer: The inquiry as to time or date. Answers on inquiries of this kind are given by showing the order of events and their relation<\/p>\n<p> 22. What was the sign of the destruction of Jerusalem and what was the explanation of it?<\/p>\n<p> 23. For whose benefit was this sign given, what its attendant warnings, and what the historical proof that they recognized it and profited by the warnings?<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: B.H. Carroll&#8217;s An Interpretation of the English Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong> XX<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> OUR LORD&#8217;S GREAT PROPHECY HIS SECOND COMING (CONTINUED)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> Harmony, pages 160-168 and <span class='bible'>Mat 24:1-25:46<\/span><\/strong> <strong> ; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span><\/strong> <strong> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:8-36<\/span><\/strong> <strong> .<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> This discussion begins with the third question: What shall be the extent of the tribulation of the Jews, commencing with the destruction of Jerusalem?<\/p>\n<p> Jesus answers, &#8220;Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled.&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Luk 21:24<\/span> ). That is his answer.<\/p>\n<p> A great many people, in commenting upon this, try to make out this great tribulation to be a Gentile tribulation. There is no Gentile tribulation in it at all; it is a Jewish tribulation altogether, and the &#8220;elect&#8221; spoken of, for whose sake the days were shortened, are not elect Gentiles, but elect Jews. Now, as their probation had lasted nearly twenty centuries, so that penalty has already lasted nearly twenty centuries, and no man now can see the end of it. There is no discernible sign yet upon the spiritual horizon of the fulness of the Gentiles. The kingdom of heaven was turned over to them and they pushed it through Asia into Africa, into Europe, across the ocean into America, across that continent and into the Pacific and into its islands, and then to the thick-peopled Orient again, and they are still pushing out the boundaries of the kingdom of God, and triumphantly preaching the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the Jewish tribulation has not yet ceased. Moses, with very great particularity, anticipating the very declaration of Jesus Christ, describes this Jewish tribulation. He says, &#8220;If you shall break my covenant, and will not hear the prophet that is to come, like unto me, then you shall be destroyed as a people. You shall be sent captive among all nations, and nowhere shall ye be kindly received. And so great will be the persecution against you that the heavens above shall seem brass and the earth beneath seem iron, and when it is evening you will say, Would to God it were morning, and when it is morning, you will say, Would to God it were evening.&#8221; Our Lord further says that this tribulation shall cease when they shall say, &#8220;Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord,&#8221; that is, when they shall hear the Gentile messengers bearing the gospel of Jesus Christ. Then, as Zechariah puts it, &#8220;In the last days, saith the Lord, I will pour out upon the house of Israel and upon the house of David, the spirit of prayer and supplication, and they shall look upon him whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him as one mourneth for his first-born son, and in that day a fountain for sin and for uncleanness shall be opened for the house of Israel and for the house of David.&#8221; So that the tribulation ends, just as Paul, in <span class='bible'>Rom 11<\/span> , says it will end, by the conversion of the Jews. He says, &#8220;I say then, Did they stumble that they might fall? God forbid: but by their fall salvation is come unto the Gentiles, to provoke them to jealousy. Now, if their fall is the riches of the world, and their loss the riches of the Gentiles; how much more their fulness? . . . For, if the casting away of them is the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead?&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Rom 11:11-12<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Rom 11:15<\/span> .)<\/p>\n<p> To like purport speaks Ezekiel in <span class='bible'>Eze 36:16-27<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Eze 37:1-14<\/span> . He saw a valley of dry bones. They represented dispersed and afflicted Israel. He prophesied over them, and they came together, and articulated into skeletons, and were clothed with flesh. He prophesied to the Spirit: &#8220;Come from the four winds, O Spirit, and breathe on these slain that they may live.&#8221; And they lived. Thus, under the figure of a physical resurrection, he sets forth the spiritual resurrection of Israel in the day of their conversion. The house of Israel had gone away to the nations in captivity and this is the promise of God that they shall be revived and restored, so that a very important question arises what is the relation of the conversion of the Jews to the final advent of our Lord? Peter answers that question. He says to the Jews: &#8220;Ye crucified the Lord of glory. I know, brethren, that through ignorance ye did it, as did also your rulers, and now repent ye and turn so that your sins may be blotted out, so that God may send Jesus, whom the heavens must receive until the time of the restoration of all things.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> There is not in the Bible one thought more clearly taught than this, viz.: The Jews must be converted before Messiah comes again. The salvation of the Jews in one day, as set forth in many prophecies, and many other events lasting at least a thousand years, will intervene between the end of the tribulation and the advent of our Lord, as is shown in his second great prophecy Revelation.<\/p>\n<p> We now take up the next question: When, then, will Messiah come? And here is Jesus&#8217; answer to that. On page 164 of the Harmony, <span class='bible'>Mat 24:29<\/span> says, &#8220;But immediately, [mark that comma] after the tribulation of those days, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven.&#8221; Notice how <span class='bible'>Mar 13:24-25<\/span> puts it: &#8220;But in those days, after the tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall be falling from heaven.&#8221; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:25-26<\/span> says, &#8220;And there shall be signs in the sun and moon and stars, and upon the earth distress of nations, perplexity for the roaring of the sea and the billows: fainting for fear, and for expectation of the things which are coming on the world; for the powers of the heavens shall be shaken.&#8221; Notice that word &#8220;immediately.&#8221; You see from the punctuation that it does not connect with tribulation, so as to make it read without comment, &#8220;immediately after the tribulation.&#8221; It does not connect with that. It connects with the darkening of the sun &#8220;after the tribulation of those days&#8221; how long after, he does not say: &#8220;the sun shall be immediately darkened.&#8221; That means not gradually, as in an eclipse, but instantly every light shall be put out. Is that the sign of his advent? He says, &#8220;No.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> The next verse says: &#8220;Then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming on the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.&#8221; What, then, is the last event antecedent to the sign? It is this instant darkening of all the heavenly bodies. That is the background for the sign total darkness, darker than Egypt, darker than the darkness of Byron&#8217;s dream, so dark it could be felt, the whole world dark &#8216;and not an eclipse not a gradual and partial darkness, but immediately the sun shall be darkened and totally. Then, right in that darkness, shall appear the sign of the Son of man. What is that sign? He answers that question very plainly. He says (<span class='bible'>Mat 25:31<\/span> ), &#8220;When the Son of man shall come in his glory&#8221; not in his humiliation, as he did the first time, but in his glory &#8220;then shall he sit upon the throne of his glory.&#8221; John says (<span class='bible'>Rev 20:11<\/span> ), &#8220;And I saw a great white throne.&#8221; Now, that is the sign; a great white throne, right in the heart of that darkness. When he came the first time he said to the shepherds through the angels, &#8220;This shall be a sign unto you.&#8221; What was the sign the first time? &#8220;A babe in swaddling clothes and cradled in a manger;&#8221; that was the sign of the first advent, the sign of the coming of his humiliation, when he stooped, when he condescended, when he took upon himself human nature, when he came in the feebleness of infancy, exposed to hunger and cold and thirst and poverty that was the sign then. The next time he comes he does not come in his humiliation: he comes in his glory, and we must look for a sign as far distant from a baby in a horse trough as possible, and that sign is a throne, and it is a white throne of dazzling whiteness. From the manger to the throne! And mark well, it is not the throne of a continuing priesthood. It is not the throne of the inauguration of a king. The priest has left forever the most holy place of intercession, and kingship ends with the second coming. The King is just about to abdicate and turn the kingdom over to the Father (<span class='bible'>1Co 15:24-28<\/span> ). It is the throne of the judge, the last office of our Lord. That is the sign of his coming, viz.: The appearance of a great white throne of judgment.<\/p>\n<p> Picture the scene. Imagine that the expanse above the horizon and all around the world is as dark as the world was in its chaos, when darkness was upon the face of the deep, and right in the midst of that darkness a center spot of whiteness is seen, the whitest thing the eye ever looked at, coming, coming, coming, larger, whiter) until we can see him that is sitting on the throne. Now, that white throne is the sign of the final advent of our Lord. But we are not left to that identification alone. We are told in this very prophecy that at his coming he shall send forth his angels with a great sound of a trumpet.<\/p>\n<p> The trumpet and the throne come together. Earth never heard it but once before. When the law was given at Mount Sinai, when God came down and Sinai smoked and trembled and thundered, Moses says that there came a sound of a mighty trumpet that waxed louder and louder and louder, and the people fell at the sound of that terrible blast blown by no human lips. Now, that trumpet sound will come in connection with that white throne. But don&#8217;t make the mistake that this is Gabriel blowing his horn for the raising of the dead. That is Negro theology. Gabriel doesn&#8217;t blow that horn. Michael blows it. The object of it is not to raise the dead, but to marshal the angels that come.<\/p>\n<p> He shall send forth his angels with this trumpet sound. It is their signal to fall into line and forward march: &#8220;When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the angels with him, then shall he sit on the throne of his glory.&#8221; Nor is that all. There is a signal to the saints on earth. &#8220;For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout,&#8221; says Paul. He shall come with a great shout. The earth never heard that voice of the archangel (<span class='bible'>1Th 4:16<\/span> ). Earth never heard that shout before, and we know just what it is. Jesus tells us here in this prophecy. He says, &#8220;And at midnight there was a cry made, Behold the Bridegroom; go ye out to meet him.&#8221; There can be no mistaking in any of these things. We can&#8217;t mistake that darkness for any other darkness, that whiteness for any other whiteness, nor that trumpet for any other trumpet, nor that shout for any other shout.<\/p>\n<p> To complete the intensely dramatic and artistic power of the application, imagine that whiteness to be fringed with fire whiteness fire-fringed, outlined in darkness. His angels are flaming spirits, ministers of fire, and they come surrounding that white throne on which the Master, the Judge, is sitting. Darkness, white throne, fire-fringed, trumpet, and shout. Two men shall be out in the field that very day. They get their breakfast and start out to work, maybe plowing side by side, but there are two of them, and all at once they can&#8217;t see the plow handles nor each other. There is total darkness. Then that whiteness, that fire fringe, then that trumpet, then that shout comes. A part of that fire fringe separates itself. It is an angel swooping down upon the earth and one of these men is taken, and the other is left. &#8220;He shall send his holy angels and gather up his elect from all the ends of the earth.&#8221; Now imagine the man whom the angel took and the man whom the angel left. But that man is not left long. Another angel swoops down and that man is taken. He (Jesus) says in the parable of the tares, &#8220;At the end of the world he shall send his angels and they shall gather out of his kingdom everything that offends.&#8221; They shall pick up these tares and bind them for the burning. Notice again that he says, &#8220;Two women shall be grinding at the mill.&#8221; It is a handmill. They will be pounding their corn with a maul. We see that in Mexico today, just as they did then, and these two women will be working together. They will be getting ready the material for dinner, pounding the grain. All at once the darkness, the whiteness, the fire fringe, the trumpet, the shout, &#8220;Behold the Bridegroom; go ye out to meet him,&#8221; and an angel swoops and one woman is taken, and the other is left. Another angel swoops, and the second woman is taken. He then brings out another thought so intensely tremendous that it will stagger the credulity of some. He says that the kingdom of heaven at that time shall be likened unto ten virgins. These are all professing Christians, all church members, five of them are real Christians. They have oil in their lamps. Five of them are only nominal Christians. They took no oil with their lamps, and suddenly that cry was heard, &#8220;Behold, the Bridegroom!&#8221; and the five that were ready were caught away with the Lord. The other five, what? Mark it. They tried then to get ready. They go out to buy oil, and what is the reply? &#8220;Too late, too late; ye cannot enter now.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> After Jesus comes in his final advent, the soul-saving time is ended forever. Whoever is not ready will then never be ready. The idea of Christ coming and thousands of years passing on after he comes and men living and dying, and the gospel being preached or men being saved by some other means, is wholly foreign to the teaching of our Lord. No one can get ready then. His coming is a windup.<\/p>\n<p> The prodigies are not exhausted. One great tragedy remains, more momentous than Noah&#8217;s flood, its great prototype. We recall that when Noah was ark sheltered, then on the wicked came the deluge. As soon as the saints, soul and body, are caught into the clouds unto the Lord, another deluge comes, not of water, but of fire. The whole world, land and sea, is an ocean of flame. In this literal world the living wicked perish. Their bodies are actually consumed in this fire. They cannot escape physical death as do the living saints. There is for them no transforming change as comes to the righteous (<span class='bible'>1Co 15:51-55<\/span> ). They must die by fire in the day of that fire. Carefully read in this connection the following scriptures: <span class='bible'>Mal 4:1-3<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>2Pe 3:1-10<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>1Co 3:11-15<\/span> ; and especially the parable of the tares, <span class='bible'>Mat 13:24-30<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Mat 13:36-43<\/span> . While the foolish virgins vainly seek to get ready, vainly knock when it is forever too late, the fire comes, the deluge of fire, and their bodies are consumed.<\/p>\n<p> Let us now proceed to his next question: What is the purpose of his coming, and in what capacity does he come? When he came the first time he came as a prophet teaching the way of life. He came as a sacrifice expiating sin. He ascended to heaven, assuming his kingdom and reigning in heaven for his people, and exercising his priesthood in heaven, ever living to make intercession for them, but when he comes the next time he does not come to teach; no gospel then; he does not come as a sin offering. Paul says, &#8220;When he comes the next time, he comes apart from a sin-offering unto salvation.&#8221; There is no salvation in his second coming. He does not come next time as a king, for when he comes, says Paul, he comes to turn over the kingdom to the Father, and then will be the end. As he says further in <span class='bible'>1Co 15<\/span> , he reigns up yonder until the last enemy is put under his feet, and the last enemy that shall be destroyed is death, and then he turns over the kingdom to the Father, and God is all in all. Then, if he comes, not as prophet nor as&#8217; sacrifice, nor as king, does he come as priest? Nay, verily. When he comes he vacates the high priesthood function in the court of heaven, for in the New Jerusalem that is seen, says John, &#8220;I saw no temple therein.&#8221; He does not come as a priest; he comes as a Judge: &#8220;When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the angels with him, then shall he sit upon the throne of his glory, and before him shall be gathered all the nations; and he shall separate them one from another, as the shepherd separateth the sheep from the goats; and he shall set the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the left. Then he says to those on the right hand, Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world, and to those on his left hand, Depart, ye cursed, into everlasting fire.&#8221; These shall go into eternal life and those shall go into the place prepared for the devil and his angels.<\/p>\n<p> There is no teaching about that; there is no explanation about that; there is no ruling about that; there is no high priesthood about that. That is the function of a judge. Now here is John&#8217;s statement of it: &#8220;I saw a great white throne, and him that sat upon it, from whose face the earth and the heavens fled away. . . . And I saw the dead, great and small, standing before the throne. . . . The sea gave up its dead, death and hell gave up their dead, and they were judged.&#8221; That is the purpose of his coming. You never can be a sound theologian until you master the purpose of Christ&#8217;s first coming and what he did; his ascent into heaven, why he went, how long he stays, and what he does while he is up there; then the purpose of his final advent. &#8220;The Lord said unto my lord, Sit thou at my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool.&#8221; And he is going to stay up there until he does make his enemies his footstool. &#8220;We have left all to follow thee,&#8221; says Peter, &#8220;What shall we have?&#8221; &#8220;You who have followed me, when the regeneration comes,&#8221; that is, the regeneration of the earth, when the great fire sweeps the earth, and it is purified, &#8220;then you shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.&#8221; Those that are placed at his right hand aid him and voice his word when he pronounces the sentence of death upon the wicked and upon the lost angels: &#8220;Know ye not that the saints shall judge the world?&#8221; says Paul, and &#8220;Know ye not that the saints shall judge angels?&#8221; What poetic justice is there in thinking that Peter and Job shall sit upon this throne at the right hand of Jesus Christ and judge the devil that worried them so much while they were here upon the earth I All Christians will participate in that judgment. They will take their place at the right hand of the Lord: &#8220;They shall sit with me upon my throne, as when I had overcome and took my seat on my Father&#8217;s throne, and they shall judge all nations.&#8221;<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> QUESTIONS <\/strong> 1. What was Jesus&#8217; answer to the question, &#8220;What is the extent of the tribulation commencing with the destruction of Jerusalem&#8221;?<\/p>\n<p> 2. Was it a Gentile, Christian, or strictly Jewish tribulation?<\/p>\n<p> 3. How long was it to continue?<\/p>\n<p> 4. The elect for whose sake it is shortened, are they Jews, Gentiles, or Christians?<\/p>\n<p> 5. What is the description of this tribulation given by Moses?<\/p>\n<p> 6. What is the description given by Hosea? See <span class='bible'>Hos 3:4<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> 7. How long has it already lasted and are there yet clear indications of its speedy cessation?<\/p>\n<p> 8. What event will terminate it?<\/p>\n<p> 9. What is Zechariah&#8217;s description of it?<\/p>\n<p> 10. What is Paul&#8217;s description of it?<\/p>\n<p> 11. What is Ezekiel&#8217;s description of it?<\/p>\n<p> 12. What is Isaiah&#8217;s description of it? Answer: Isaiah shows that the judgments of God upon Israel continue until their conversion, <span class='bible'>Isa 65:17-20<\/span> ; that this conversion introduces the millennium, <span class='bible'>Isa 65:25<\/span> ; that this national conversion shall be in one day, with glorious results to the Gentiles, <span class='bible'>Isa 66:8-10<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> 13. In what dispensation, by whom &amp; what means will all this take place?<\/p>\n<p> 14. What is the relation this event to the final advent according to Peter?<\/p>\n<p> 15. What were the mighty attendant events according to Revelation? Answer: <span class='bible'>Rev 11:19<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Rev 20:1-3<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> 16. What glorious world triumph of the gospel do these events introduce?<\/p>\n<p> 17. How does Christ answer the question, &#8220;When is the final advent and the end of the world?&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> 18. What great supernatural prodigy precedes the sign, and how do you connect and construe the &#8220;immediately&#8221; of <span class='bible'>Mat 24:29<\/span> ?<\/p>\n<p> 19. What is not the sign?<\/p>\n<p> 20. When and what is the sign of the second advent?<\/p>\n<p> 21. What is the sign of the first advent?<\/p>\n<p> 22. What is the contrast of the signs of the two advents and what is the fitness of each to the event?<\/p>\n<p> 23. What sound accompanying the sign, who sounds it, when heard before, negatively and positively what is this sound for, what appearance of those summoned by this sound, and what their double office on this occasion?<\/p>\n<p> 24. What shout attending the sign?<\/p>\n<p> 25. What two other supernatural prodigies precede the gathering of the elect by the angels? Answer: The resurrection of the righteous dead and the transfiguration of the living saints.<\/p>\n<p> 26. Describe in the case of the two women grinding at mill, the two men in the field and the ten sleeping virgins, this rapture, or catching up of the elect.<\/p>\n<p> 27. In view of the universal darkness, the appearance of the great white throne in the darkness, the fire fringe of the angels around the throne, the loud sounding trumpet, the great shout, the resurrection of the righteous dead, the transfiguration of the living saints, the instant separation of people close together, as in the case of the two women the two men the ten virgins is it possible, as some teach, that these stupendous events shall be secret, invisible, and inaudible to the wicked?<\/p>\n<p> 28. What convincing Scripture proof to the contrary?<\/p>\n<p> 29. What stupendous mistake was made by the foolish virgins, and what present-day teaching tends to perpetuate their mistake?<\/p>\n<p> 30. Instead of opportunity to then get ready, what overwhelming supernatural disaster befalls sinners and the world, and what office of the angels toward them is instantly executed?<\/p>\n<p> 31. What parable sets forth this angel office to the wicked?<\/p>\n<p> 32. Where according to this prophecy, do the angels in the double office of catching up the &#8220;elect&#8221; and the &#8220;tares&#8221; gather them?<\/p>\n<p> 33. How does our Lord in an earlier teaching concerning Nineveh and the Queen of Sheba show that good and bad are gathered together at one time and for one judgment? Answer: See <span class='bible'>Mat 12:41-42<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> 34. How does his last Revelation to John show the same thing?<\/p>\n<p> 35. How does Paul show that when he comes to be glorified in his saints is the very time that the wicked are punished with everlasting destruction? Answer: See <span class='bible'>2Th 1:6-10<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> 36. What paragraph of this prophecy shows the purpose of final advent?<\/p>\n<p> 37. What are the Messiah&#8217;s several offices, when and where each exercised and in which does he come last?<\/p>\n<p> 38. Show from the Scriptures that in the final advent he does not come as a prophet, sacrifice, priest, or king, but only as a final, supreme judge, and that after this coming there can be no increase in the number of the saved. <\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 39. What three things essential to know in order to be a sound theologian? <\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 40. What part do the saints have with Christ in the judgment?<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: B.H. Carroll&#8217;s An Interpretation of the English Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong> XXI<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> OUR LORD&#8217;S GREAT PROPHECY HIS SECOND COMING (CONCLUDED)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> Harmony, pages 160-168 and <span class='bible'>Mat 24:1-25:46<\/span><\/strong> <strong> ; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-37<\/span><\/strong> <strong> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:5-36<\/span><\/strong> <strong> .<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> The whole prophecy of our Lord, as contained in Matthew 24-25, in <span class='bible'>Mar 13<\/span> , and <span class='bible'>Luk 21<\/span> , has been considered in its general terms in the preceding discussions. Some details call for special attention in this discussion.<\/p>\n<p> 1. False christs. On page 160 of the Harmony, <span class='bible'>Mat 24:45<\/span> and the corresponding verses of the others there is a warning against false christs who will come before the advent of the real Christ. It was such a difficult matter to keep the disciples from expecting the final advent of our Lord speedily, as they call &#8220;speedily.&#8221; He knew they would misunderstand and be all the time on the lockout for the coming, so would increase the danger of being deceived by false christs. If one is confidently looking for the final advent of our Lord tomorrow, and he does not come, and somebody else comes claiming to be Christ, he would very likely take the one that comes. Hence these warnings on that subject, &#8220;Take heed that no man shall lead you astray. For many shall come in my name, saying, I am the Christ; and shall lead many astray.&#8221; Yet again in a much later stage of the prophecy he warns: &#8220;Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is the Christ, or, Lo, there; believe it not, for there shall arise false christs and false prophets, and shall show great signs and wonders; so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect.&#8221; Now, these false christs commence coming before the destruction of Jerusalem, and have been coming ever since, and they will multiply as the time approaches for the real advent of our Lord: but as we learn from 2 Thessalonians and Revelation, immediately preceding the advent of our Lord the man of sin will be revealed claiming that he is the Christ.<\/p>\n<p> 2. Warnings against false signs. &#8220;And ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars; see that ye be not troubled: for these things must needs come to pass; but the end is not yet, for nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, and there shall be famines and earthquakes in divers places. But all these things are the beginning of travail.&#8221; Notwithstanding that solemn caution of our Lord, in every age of Christian history some disciples have found these events to be signs presaging the immediate coming of the Lord. In Bulwer&#8217;s romance, <strong><em> The Last Days of Pompeii, <\/em><\/strong> he, true to history, gives us an account of how the Christian people in those cities misunderstood the eruption of Mount Vesuvius. When they saw that eruption, its smoke, its ashes, its lava, its fire, its overwhelming destruction of the cities, they said, &#8220;Behold the sign of the Son of man; the end of the world is at hand.&#8221; This misconception was prevalent in the early centuries and held by what, in church history, is known as the Chiliasts, that is, literally, the &#8220;thousand year&#8221; people. It was repeated later in the history of Germany by the &#8220;Mad Men of Munster,&#8221; who pointed to the signs of the times as indicating the approach of the Son of man, and taught that he would, on this earth, set up a kingdom, and they were to begin that kingdom, and history tells us how the strong arm of secular power had to put down the madness of these superstitious, crazed people.<\/p>\n<p> In the days of Oliver Cromwell, as English history informs us, a large part of his army was composed of what is known as the &#8220;Fifth Monarchy Men,&#8221; that is, as there was the kingdom of Babylon, the kingdom of Persia, the kingdom of Greece, the kingdom of Rome, so the Fifth Monarchy Kingdom would be the kingdom of the little stone; hence they were called the Fifth Monarchy Men because) judging from the signs and commotions in England at the time, they thought that the Messiah would speedily be at hand, and they were to set up that fifth monarchy on earth. In the United States there arose the Millerites who believed in the speedy coming of our Lord, and who fixed the very day of his appearing. Edward Eggleston, true to history, has written a romance called, &#8220;The End of the World.&#8221; He tells how these Millerites, having fixed the time for Christ to come, quit their business, gave away their property, and assembled on the day appointed with their ascension robes ready, expecting before that day closed to go right up to heaven) if only they could get the right flop, and when the day passed and no Christ came, then infidelity took the place of superstition concerning his coming at all.<\/p>\n<p> In 1833, just ten years before I was born, there occurred a marvelous meteoric display, commonly known as the falling of the stars. Several books have been written upon this falling of the stars. Whenever you see a star fall you may know it is not a star. Stars do not fall. But when this great meteoric display occurred it seemed as if every star in the heavens were falling. So white men, black men, lawyers, doctors, preachers, and all classes alike, ran out in the street or in the road, and cried, &#8220;Behold, the sign of the Son of man; the end of the world is at hand.&#8221; Our Lord here is warning against that kind of belief. Notwithstanding his warning, every generation sees some people led astray in just that way.<\/p>\n<p> 3. Persecution. Let us consider the paragraph of <span class='bible'>Mat 24:4-14<\/span> , Harmony pages 160-162. Here he tries to make them understand that Christ&#8217;s coming is not imminent, because a long series of events must precede it, and he gives the series here. There will be false christs, false signs, earthquakes, long-continued persecutions of Christians. They shall be accused before synagogue and Sanhedrin) before Gentile judges and kings until the gospel of the kingdom has been preached in all the world. All these things must precede the coming of the Lord, and therefore that coming cannot be speedy in man&#8217;s sense of the word. As Peter taught, replying to an objection about the coming of Christ based on that fact, he says, &#8220;The Lord is not slack concerning the promise of his speedy coming as men count slackness, but it is speedy in God&#8217;s sight, for a thousand years are with God as one day.&#8221; It is speedy to him. It is not speedy to us.<\/p>\n<p> I called attention in the previous discussion to the statement of the apostle Paul in <span class='bible'>2Th 2<\/span> . Let us read that again in order to see that Christ&#8217;s coming cannot take place until every foretold, preceding event has taken place. Hence he says, &#8220;Now we beseech you, brethren, touching the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and our gathering together unto him; to the end that ye be not quickly shaken from your mind, nor yet be troubled, either by spirit, or by word, or by any epistle as from us, as that the day of the Lord is just at hand; let no man beguile you in anywise: for it will not be except the falling away come first, and the man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> 4. The great Jewish tribulation. In <span class='bible'>Mat 24:15-22<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-20<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:20-23<\/span> , we have the sign of the destruction of Jerusalem, and the great age-long tribulation of the Jews, shortened for the sake of some elect Jews. Then in <span class='bible'>Luk 21:24<\/span> we learn how long this tribulation shall last, viz., to the fulness of the Gentiles. But the sign of our Lord&#8217;s advent follows that tribulation. So we have no right to expect the coming of Jesus Christ until after the fulness of the Gentiles, until the end of the tribulation of the Jews, and until the conversion of the Jews.<\/p>\n<p> When, then, is that sign to appear? &#8220;But in those days after that tribulation.&#8221; It must be after the cessation of the Jewish tribulation. It must be after the great darkness that follows that tribulation. I have already explained what the sign was the white throne of glory in the judgment as compared with the sign of the first advent a baby wrapped in swaddling clothes and lying in a manger. Then comes the advent itself, then they shall see the Son of man coming on the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. All three of the witnesses testify as to the personal, visible, audible, tangible advent of our Lord Jesus Christ, and every time, he is represented as coming in the clouds: as, &#8220;That same Jesus whom ye saw taken up into heaven shall so come again in like manner.&#8221; No man with a Bible before him can seriously question a personal, real, visible, audible, palpable, tangible coming of the Lord Jesus Christ. We don&#8217;t preach on it enough. While the premillennialist preaches too much on the time feature of it, the postmillennialist preaches too little on the reality and certainty of it. Whoever puts the time too soon, or makes it always imminent prepares for infidelity in the reaction of disappointment. Whoever leaves it out of his preaching altogether, leaves out the great hope of the gospel.<\/p>\n<p> 5. The parable of the fig tree. We come now to the parable of the fig tree in <span class='bible'>Mat 24:32<\/span> and parallel places in Mark and Luke. They all tell about it. It is preceded by this statement in Luke, &#8220;But when these things begin to come to pass, look up and lift up your heads; because your redemption draweth nigh.&#8221; Certain indications in the fig tree tell us when to look for the fruit. So when we begin to see the conversion of the Jews, the end of the fulness of the Gentiles, then we may rejoice and lift up our heads, for our redemption is nigh.<\/p>\n<p> The crucial difficulty of interpretation is <span class='bible'>Mat 24:34<\/span> : &#8220;This generation shall not pass away until all these things be accomplished.&#8221; That the commentators differ on this passage is true. Some claim this as proof that Christ himself believed and so taught his disciples to believe that his final advent would be in that generation, i.e., in an ordinary lifetime. But this claim is utterly irreconcilable with his previous, explicit teaching of the long series of events that must intervene. It utterly contradicts all his careful hedging against this very delusion. We are compelled therefore to construe this verse as referring exclusively to the question, &#8220;When shall Jerusalem be destroyed?&#8221; and then to account for its order in the discussion, or we must construe the Greek phrase <em> e genea aute<\/em> to mean &#8220;this race&#8221; these Jews as a distinct people, shall not pass away till all these things be accomplished. It would thus become a prophecy, and a very remarkable one, of the persistence of this people through all their tribulation until the coming of the Lord.<\/p>\n<p> In the preceding discussion I have given Dr. Broadus&#8217; contention that it means an ordinary lifetime, and allowing that his contention accounted for its order in the discussion. In the same discussion also I have given my own contrary conviction of the meaning of the phrase and justified it by the context, which renders any explanation of the order wholly unnecessary. I trust the reader may understand this matter as explained, but I restate to make sure:<\/p>\n<p> First explanation: &#8220;This generation&#8221; means an ordinary lifetime, and answers the question, &#8220;When shall Jerusalem be destroyed?&#8221; Our problem then is to account for its order in the prophecy, following as it does the unmistakable reference to the final advent. We thus account for it. Our Lord answers all the questions propounded by his disciples and comes to a pause at <span class='bible'>Mat 24:31<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:27<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:28<\/span> . In the general sense the discussion is ended. But in order to give clearness on some points he resumes the discussion of both the destruction of Jerusalem and of his final advent. This resumption begins where the general discussion closed, and is introduced by the parable of the fig tree, which in that case refers exclusively to the destruction of Jerusalem. This Jerusalem reference stops at <span class='bible'>Mat 24:34<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:30<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:32<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> The resume has no more to say about Jerusalem, but takes up the second topic, our Lord&#8217;s final advent, commencing, &#8220;But of that day and hour knoweth no one, not even the angels of heaven, neither the Son, but the Father only&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:36<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 13:22<\/span> ). To this topic is devoted all the rest of the discourse. On Dr. Broadus&#8217; theory of the meaning of &#8220;this generation&#8221; there is no other explanation of the order in which the fig tree parable occurs.<\/p>\n<p> On the other theory of what &#8220;this generation&#8221; means there is no need to strain an explanation of the order of the fig tree. From beginning to end the whole prophecy proceeds in order and without a pause. From <span class='bible'>Mat 24:29<\/span> to the end the advent only is discussed. Let us consider this theory. The Greek is <em> e genea aute<\/em> , and may mean this generation or this race of people. There is no question but that <em> e genea aute<\/em> sometimes means this race of people as well as this generation. And the context, notwithstanding Dr. Broadus&#8217; declining to accept this meaning in his commentary (and I have more deference for him than any other commentator I ever studied), notwithstanding that he says that we should not put this meaning on it, I can take the context and prove that we should put this meaning on it. He doesn&#8217;t deny that the phrase sometimes means this race of people. Then, if it sometimes means that, if that is a correct translation in some connections, may it not in this connection mean that, and does not this connection demand it?<\/p>\n<p> The signification then would be that other nations will rise and fall and pass away, but this race of people, the Jews, will not pass away. They will be here when Jesus comes. It becomes a prophecy of the perpetuity of the Jewish people. Since the call of Abraham until the present time, while Assyria, Egypt, Babylonia, Persia, Greece, Rome, and scores of other nations have passed away, this people has persisted in continuity of being.<\/p>\n<p> The argument from the context appears in a preceding discussion. The next thought is <span class='bible'>Mat 24:35<\/span> . 6. The certainty of the advent. &#8220;Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my word shall not pass away.&#8221; Put the word of Jesus Christ against the heavens above and the earth beneath us. They may pass away, and they will, but &#8220;thus saith the Lord&#8221; is indestructible. He says that he is coming back. He will come back. No matter what the course of nature teaches as set forth in the second letter of Peter, when man looking at it stated, &#8220;Since the fathers fell asleep all things continue as they have done from the foundation of the world:&#8221; Spring, summer, autumn, winter, a series of ever recurring events is called the course of nature. They say that has been from the beginning. Jesus says that if he puts in a word against that course of nature, the course will fail, but his word will stand, and he says he is coming.<\/p>\n<p> 7. The time of his coming. Take <span class='bible'>Mat 24:36<\/span> , &#8220;But of that day and hour knoweth no one, not even the angels of heaven, neither the Son, but the Father only.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> The Son, in the limitation of his humanity, as a man, did not know. Michael doesn&#8217;t know; Gabriel doesn&#8217;t know; the angels in heaven do not know the day of the coming of the Son of man. God knows.<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;God the Father hath appointed a day in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he hath ordained.&#8221; (1) It is all important to fix the mind on this capital point, viz.: It is not liable to come any day. As the first came only in the fulness of time, so the second. The day of his first coming was like the day of his second coming will be. It is as fixed and immovable as the day of his first coming. Never forget the words of Paul, to the Athenians: &#8220;God hath appointed a day&#8221; (2) Certain pessimists reverse Daniel&#8217;s stone image of the growth of the kingdom and our Lord&#8217;s parable of the mustard seed. They have a tadpole interpretation of the kingdom, big at the head and &#8220;petering out&#8221; at the tail. They hold that matters will wax worse and worse until at the advent only a handful of saints will be in the world, and claim this passage as a proof text. They argue from the few saved in Noah&#8217;s day to the few when Christ comes. They utterly mistake the point of likeness.<\/p>\n<p> The day of the advent is not like the day of the flood in the fewness of the saved) but in the suddenness of the coming in each case. In both cases the wicked are surprised and are swept away unprepared.<\/p>\n<p> 8. Noah and the flood. This paragraph finds a point of likeness between the coming of the flood and the final advent. It is our business to make no mistake on what is the likeness in point:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'> &#8220;In that day they were eating, drinking, marrying, and giving in marriage until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and they knew not until the flood came and took them all away. So shall be the coming of the Son of man.&#8221; That is, it shall be as unexpected as the coming of the flood. That very day when the flood came the wicked were buying, selling, and marrying, and giving in marriage, and going right along, not believing that there would be any flood. The point of likeness there then is the suddenness and unexpectedness of that coming to the wicked. The coming is like a flash of lightning, startling even those who are watching the clouds.<\/p>\n<p> In the text (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:40-41<\/span> ) he shows that it will be unexpected to the righteous. He does the same thing in the parable of the ten virgins. They are all of them, the true and the false alike, asleep. They were startled by that coming. That separation the angels make will be utterly unexpected to the good man that was taken and the bad man that was left, to the good woman that was taken and to the bad woman that was left.<\/p>\n<p> 9. The warning of the parables. Four parables follow in succession, all of them bearing on the suddenness and unexpectedness of his coming. The first is the parable of the man sojourning in another country, who before he went away gave authority to his servants, just as Jesus, before he goes up to heaven, will say to his disciples, &#8220;All authority in heaven and in earth is given unto me. I give it unto you, and I tell you what to do: go and preach the gospel to every creature and make disciples of all nations.&#8221; The parable anticipates the fact. The man sojourning in a far country does not tell his servants the day of his return. So the second parable, that of the householder, leaves the master of the house ignorant of the time when the thief comes. The thief does not write a letter to this householder saying, &#8220;On next Thursday night I am coming to burglarize your house,&#8221; nor does he, on arrival, ring the bell and send in his card.<\/p>\n<p> The parable of the ten virgins is of like purport to good and bad. It matters not that one be awake at the time of the advent. All the ten slept. The thing that matters is preparedness. Get ready and keep ready. A soldier, though asleep, is ready, if, when the sentry fires at midnight and the drum beats, he can put his hand at once on his clothes, musket, and cartridge box. He is unready, if, when the alarm awakes him, he must in the dark hunt up things, clean his musket, and fill his cartridge box. These five wise virgins, though sleeping, were ready, because they had bought oil for their lamps. The five foolish virgins were unready, because they had not made this provision.<\/p>\n<p> The great point of this parable is: There can be no preparation after Jesus comes. The time for preparation is then forever gone. John the Baptist came to prepare men. Jesus, at his first advent, came to prepare men. At the final advent he comes not to save, but to reward and judge.<\/p>\n<p> 10. The purpose of the final advent. This purpose is clearly taught in the parable of the talents, so far as his professed servants are concerned. Going away, he made them stewards of his goods. But &#8220;now after a long time the Lord of these servants cometh and maketh a reckoning with them.&#8221; If hypocrites, they utterly perish. Why does he come, so far as they are concerned? What is the purpose of his coming? To make a reckoning with them their stewardship ceases. So far as the Christians are concerned the purpose of the final advent is, by their works, to show what fidelity as Christians they have exercised in the service of the Lord. If they have done well they receive a reward; if they have done unrighteously they suffer loss, but they are saved, yet as by fire, says Paul. The object of the coming, then, so far as Christians are concerned, is to reckon with them as to their Christian stewardship. But the fulness of the purpose appears in the last paragraph of the prophecy: &#8220;When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the angels with him, then shall he sit upon the throne of his glory and all nations shall be gathered before him.&#8221; Why gathered? That tells us why: They are separated instantly. The righteous take the place at the right hand and participate with him in the judgment. The wicked are sent away into everlasting punishment.<\/p>\n<p> And every time the coming of the Lord as to its purpose is expressed, that same lesson is taught that he doesn&#8217;t come to teach; he doesn&#8217;t come as a vicarious sacrifice for sin; he doesn&#8217;t come to make intercession for his people in his priesthood ; he doesn&#8217;t come to rule as a king, but he comes to turn over the kingdom. He does come to judge.<\/p>\n<p> I want to get the thought of that judgment before you. <span class='bible'>Rev 20:11<\/span> says, &#8220;I saw a great white throne and him that sat on it, before whom the heavens and the earth fled away and there was found no place for them.&#8221; The earth will be regenerated by fire. There will be a new heaven and a new earth. He winds up the present earth and the present heavens at his coming, &#8220;and the dead, small and great, stand before him,&#8221; for judgment, &#8220;and the books were opened.&#8221; Now notice: &#8220;And the dead were judged out of the books according to their works.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> 11. Some questions. very briefly answer some questions. If Christ&#8217;s first advent was a far-off, fixed time and not a sliding scale of possibilities, then is it true that Christ may come at any time? It is not true. He couldn&#8217;t come before the Spirit was given, as he promised. He couldn&#8217;t come before Jerusalem was destroyed, as foretold. He couldn&#8217;t come before the fulness of the Gentiles and the conversion of the Jews, as he foretold. He couldn&#8217;t come before the great apostasy and the revelation of the man of sin, as he foretold. Then why exhort everybody to watch? I wouldn&#8217;t know how to answer that question at all if Christ was liable to come at any time, but I do know how to answer it if the day of his coming is fixed and far away. I know how to reply to it.<\/p>\n<p> It is quite important to answer this question fairly, for three things are clear from our Lord&#8217;s teaching: (1) the final advent is a fixed, definite date; (2) the series of foretold intervening events necessitates a far away date; (3) yet every man is exhorted to look for it, in his day, and be ready.<\/p>\n<p> The first part of the answer consists of this fact: There are many comings of the Lord, and each is related to the final coming:<\/p>\n<p> The Lord comes in the Holy Spirit: &#8220;I will not leave you orphans: I will come to you&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Joh 14:18<\/span> ). The relation of this advent to the final advent is shown in <span class='bible'>Act 2:19-20<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> The Lord comes in judgments, as at the destruction of Jerusalem (<span class='bible'>Mat 21:40-41<\/span> ). And this coming, like the flood, is related to the final coming, as in the prophecy.<\/p>\n<p> The Lord comes at the Christian&#8217;s death (<span class='bible'>Joh 14:3<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Act 7:56<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Mat 24:44-51<\/span> ). Otherwise the warning in <span class='bible'>Mat 24:44-51<\/span> would be only a scare to all but the generations living when Jesus comes.<\/p>\n<p> The second part of the answer consists in this: That while the final advent is a long way off to the race of man, between that advent and the individual of the race there is only the time till the individual&#8217;s death. With death his watching and his preparation cease. If he dies tomorrow unready, he will be unready when the advent comes to the race, though that may be centuries hence.<\/p>\n<p> When I die I will get out of time into eternity. I am not charged or credited with anything that I do after I die. All that the judgment takes cognizance of are the deeds that are done in the body, not after one gets out of his body. The only time for me to prepare for the second advent is while I am living, and though that advent to the race may be a thousand years off, it isn&#8217;t a thousand years to me; it is just a number of days till I am dead. The only time I can watch, can pray, can get ready, is before I die. Therefore, he says, &#8220;I say unto you all, Watch, be ready.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> We must keep before us distinctly these two points: The coming of Christ historically to the race at a fixed day far away, and the coming of Christ to the individual when he dies; at the depot of death he meets us if we are Christians. The purpose of the advent is to judge both the righteous and the unrighteous.<\/p>\n<p> 12, The one ground of judgment. That is the treatment accorded to Christ in his gospel and in his people. That is set forth in the end of the lesson. Jesus says to those on his right hand, &#8220;Come, ye blessed of my Father. Because I was sick and ye visited me, I was hungry and ye fed me, I was in prison and ye ministered unto me.&#8221; Then shall they say, &#8220;Lord, when did we do this? You were not on earth while we were living.&#8221; &#8220;Inasmuch as ye did it unto the least of these, my brethren, ye did it unto me. I identify myself with my gospel, my cause, my people.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> Look at the wicked. They are condemned now, but at the judgment there will be taken into account their deeds done in the body: &#8220;How did you treat Christ offered to you as a Saviour in his gospel? How did you treat his cause, his people?&#8221; And when he tells them that they did not come when he was sick, they did not give him food when he was hungry, they did not clothe him when he was naked, and did not minister unto him, they will say, &#8220;When, Lord? We don&#8217;t remember ever seeing you.&#8221; He answers, &#8220;Yes, but you saw my people, you had my gospel preached to you.&#8221; And in the same way the good angels will be confirmed, the evil ones with the devil condemned, and their treatment of Christ will be taken into account.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> QUESTIONS <\/strong> 1. Why the necessity of warning against false christs?<\/p>\n<p> 2. What is Christ&#8217;s warning on this point?<\/p>\n<p> 3. Has history verified the wisdom of this caution of Christ? If so, how?<\/p>\n<p> 4. Who is to be the culmination of all the antichrists?<\/p>\n<p> 5. What was Christ&#8217;s warning against false signs?<\/p>\n<p> 6. What is the historical proof that men have mistaken natural phenomena for the sign, erred in fixing a date, and have misconceived the nature and time of the kingdom, with grievous results?<\/p>\n<p> 7. What are the events outlined by our Lord in <span class='bible'>Mat 24:4-14<\/span> which show that the coming of Christ is not imminent?<\/p>\n<p> 8. What does Paul say must come first?<\/p>\n<p> 9. What is the importance of the doctrine of the advent and the preacher&#8217;s duty with respect to it?<\/p>\n<p> 10. What is the lesson of the parable of the fig tree according to the construction of <span class='bible'>Mat 24:34<\/span> ?<\/p>\n<p> 11. Restate the two theories of interpretation and show the argument for the author&#8217;s position.<\/p>\n<p> 12. In what statement does our Lord show the certainty of his coming and how does this answer the objection offered by the mockers referred to in <span class='bible'>2Pe 3:4<\/span> ?<\/p>\n<p> 13. What does Jesus say as to who knows the time of his coming and how explain this statement as it applies to Christ?<\/p>\n<p> 14. Cite positive proof that the day of his final advent is not a sliding scale of possibilities, always imminent, but a definitely fixed and unalterable date, and compare it, in this respect, with the date of his first advent.<\/p>\n<p> 15. Two opposing views are preached: one, pessimistic as to the world prevalence of the gospel under the Spirit dispensation presenting the gospel kingdom as a tadpole, i.e., big at the head but tapering into a fine-pointed tail; the other, optimistic, as to the world prevalence of the gospel, as a little stone in its beginning and growing into a mountain and finally filling the whole earth. Which of these is the scriptural view and the proof?<\/p>\n<p> 16. What, then, is the explanation of <span class='bible'>Mat 7:13-14<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 13:23-24<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 17:26<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 18:8<\/span> ?<\/p>\n<p> 17. What four parables follow bearing on the suddenness and unexpectedness of his coming and what the point illustrated in each respectively?<\/p>\n<p> 18. What is the purpose of his coming with reference to hypocrites? With reference to Christians?<\/p>\n<p> 19. If a justified man goes immediately to heaven when he dies and an unjustified man to hell, why bring them from these places of joy and torment before a judgment seat at the end of the world?<\/p>\n<p> 20. What reference to this is in the book of Revelation and what are the books to be opened at the judgment? Answer: For the answer to the last part of this question see sermon, &#8220;The Library of Heaven&#8221;; first volume of sermons by the author.<\/p>\n<p> 21. If Christ&#8217;s first advent was a far-off, fixed time and not a sliding scale of possibilities, then is it true that Christ may come at any time?<\/p>\n<p> 22. What events must come first as foretold?<\/p>\n<p> 23. What three things are clear from our Lord&#8217;s teachings on this point?<\/p>\n<p> 24. Then why exhort everybody to watch?<\/p>\n<p> 28. What is the one ground of the judgment? Illustrate in the case of the Christians, the sinners, and the angels, respectively.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: B.H. Carroll&#8217;s An Interpretation of the English Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> 1 And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings <em> are here<\/em> ! <strong> <\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> Ver. 1. <strong> What manner of stones, &amp;c.<\/strong> ] Huge stones, and so cunningly cemented, as it were inoculated, the one into the other, that a man would have thought, and sworn almost, that they had been all but one entire stone. <em> a<\/em> Josephus writeth of these stones, that they were fifteen cubits long, twelve high, and eight broad.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><em> a<\/em> <em> Quasi tota moles ex unico ingenti lapide in tantam magnitudinem consurgeret.<\/em> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: John Trapp&#8217;s Complete Commentary (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> 1. <\/strong> <strong>  <\/strong> ] Josephus, B. J. ver. 5. 2, 3, says,         . And again, vi. 4. 1,                             . See also Antt. xv. 11. 3.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Henry Alford&#8217;s Greek Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-4<\/span> . <em> The introduction<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:1-3<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:5-7<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Expositors Greek Testament by Robertson<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:1<\/span> .   .  , <em> one<\/em> of the disciples; the disciples generally in Mt.; who, not said, nor for what motive; probably to divert the Master from gloomy thoughts.   , etc.: what stones and what buildings! the former remarkable for size, as described by Josephus (Antiq., xv., 11, 3); the latter for beauty. On  <em> vide<\/em> at <span class='bible'>Mat 8:27<\/span> .<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Expositors Greek Testament by Robertson<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> Mark Chapter 13<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:1-13<\/span><\/strong> . <\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mat 24:1-14<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:5-19<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> In the succinct account which Mark gives us of the prophetic discourse of our Lord on the Mount of Olives,<span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm126-<\/span> and of the questions that led to it, we have the favoured hearers specified more particularly than elsewhere: Peter, James, John, and Andrew. Mark is characterized by this minuteness of detail, although his is much the shortest of the Gospels.<\/p>\n<p> The Lord, in answer to their question to tell them when these things should be (that is, the overthrow of the great buildings of the Temple),<span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm127-<\/span> and what the sign should be when all these things should be fulfilled, warns them to beware lest any man should deceive them. This admonition is common to all three Evangelists who give the discourse. But here we shall find that the Lord&#8217;s warnings and instructions are very evidently in view of their service. This has been all through the character of Mark. Christ Himself is the perfect Servant of God, the Prophet here below preaching the Gospel and doing works according to its spirit. So, accordingly, even in His prophecy, He is the Servant still giving them that which would be of such high importance, not only for their souls, but in their work. It is not only prediction of coming judgments, but forewarning and admonishing them in their testimony. They were to beware of deceivers. Next, they were not to be troubled by external appearances, such as wars and rumours of wars, etc.; but in presence of either one or the other they were to know that the end should not be yet.<\/p>\n<p> In addressing the Church, there is great stress laid on an attitude entirely reversed: to it the end is at hand. The language is quite different from this, and it is the more remarkable because the Christian knows that these troublous times of the end are to fall upon the Jewish people, not upon the Church. They are retributive because of the rejection of the true Christ by the Jews; whereas the Church has received the true Christ, and therefore does not come under these judgments. Hence the Christian is always impressed in the word of God with the assurance that the end of all things is at hand. &#8220;The night is far spent, the day is at hand&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Rom 13:12<\/span> ). The point for the disciples at the Mount of Olives (inasmuch as they were representing, not Christians, but the Remnant of Jewish disciples in the last days) is that, although these distresses and troubles that precede the catastrophe of this age would come, the end is not yet. The Lord was providing doubly for them. He was giving instruction that would be true even then and up to the fall of Jerusalem; and He was making that instruction to suit the latter days also, when Jerusalem should be besieged a second time, and fall in a great part at least, the scourge being sent of God, the great Assyrian power, who will come down upon Jerusalem, because of the abomination that maketh desolate.<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, and there shall be earthquakes in different places, and there shall be famines and troubles;* these are the beginning of throes.&#8221;<span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm128-<\/span> The end, therefore, was not yet. But now He turns aside to introduce an instruction that is not given in the other Gospels in this connection. Even where there is anything similar, it is found at an anterior time and for a mission on which they had been sent out, and from which they had returned. Not that I for a moment doubt that the Lord did give it here also. The fact simply is that Matthew and Luke were led of God to convey similar language to us elsewhere, whereas Mark was inspired to give it here; the Lord no doubt gave this instruction on both occasions at least. &#8220;Take heed to yourselves: for they shall deliver you up to sanhedrims, and to synagogues: ye shall be beaten, and shall be brought before rulers and kings for My sake, for a testimony to them. And the Gospel must first be preached to all the nations.<span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm129-<\/span> But when they shall lead you away to deliver you up, be not careful beforehand as to what ye shall speak [nor prepare your discourse], but whatsoever shall be given you in that hour, that speak: for ye are not the speakers, but the Holy Spirit.<span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm130-<\/span> But brother shall deliver up brother to death, and father child; and children shall rise up against parents, and cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all on account of My name; but he that hath endured unto the end, he shall be saved.&#8221; This is clearly a guidance for their service in the midst of these prophetic events. It is evident also that it suits Mark in a way that is peculiar to himself.<\/p>\n<p> *&#8221;And troubles&#8221;: as A, etc., all cursives, Syr. Edd. omit, as BDL, Amiat. Memph.<\/p>\n<p>[&#8220;Nor prepare your discourse&#8221;]: as A and later uncials, most cursives, Syrpesch hcl. Edd. omit, as BL, 1, 33, 69, Syrsin.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:14-23<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mat 24:15-28<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:20-24<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> Then we come upon the final scene. &#8220;But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation, standing where it* ought not [he that reads, let him consider<span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm131-<\/span> ], then let those in Judea flee to the mountains&#8221; (verse 14). It is plain that this is the general truth that is found elsewhere. &#8220;And let him that is on the housetop not come down into the house, neither enter therein, to take away anything out of his house. and let him that is in the field not turn back to take his garment. But woe to those who are with child, and to those who give suck in those days! And pray that it may not be in the winter-time. For in those days shall be distress, such as there has not been the like since the beginning of creation which God created unto now, and never shall be. And unless [the] LORD had shortened those days, no flesh should have been saved, but on account of the elect whom He hath chosen, He hath shortened the days.&#8221;<span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm132-<\/span> Then we find an outburst of warning, not merely as before, but even more determined. &#8220;And then if any one shall say to you, Lo, here [is] the Christ; or lo, there; believe [it] not: for false Christs and false prophets shall arise, and give signs and wonders.&#8221; It is evident that there is a final appearance, a fresh cloud of these deceivers In the latter days, as there was at the earliest application of this prophecy; and this to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect. But they were warned, &#8220;Take ye heed: behold, I have told you all things beforehand.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> *There is an interesting dubious reading, &#8220;standing where he ought not&#8221;: , BL (followed by Edd.), instead of  (Steph.),  (Elz., Griesbach, Scholz),  (Lachmann and Green),  (seven cursives, including 1, 69). If the masculine be well founded, it points to the Antichrist, the lawless one of <span class='bible'>2Th 2:4<\/span> (B.T.) Cf. Swete in loc., and see note <span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm131-<\/span> on the verse.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;It&#8221;: so Edd., after pmBDL, 69, Jerome&#8217;s Vulg. &#8220;Your flight&#8221; has the support of corr A, etc., 1, Syrpesch hcl Memph. Goth. AEth.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:24-32<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mat 24:29-36<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:25-33<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> Then comes the power of God interfering to cut short the wickedness of man as well as the tribulation. &#8220;But in those days, after that tribulation,<span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm133-<\/span> the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give its light.&#8221; Figures may be used, but it is clear that it is God who interposes in power; for man cannot accomplish all that is meant, neither can Satan. God alone can change or deal with the sources of power. &#8220;And the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in the heavens shall be shaken.&#8221; The sense is plain, although in figurative language, showing a total revolution and overthrow of governmental powers. &#8220;And then shall they see the Son of man coming<span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm134-<\/span> in clouds with great power and glory; and then shall He send His angels, and shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from end of earth to end of heaven.&#8221; It is still the Jewish people, or rather the remnant of the nation, the elect of Israel. Accordingly, the parable of the fig-tree is appended. &#8220;But learn the parable from the fig-tree. When its branch already becomes tender, and putteth forth the leaves, ye know that the summer is near.&#8221; The fig-tree is the acknowledged symbol of the people of God. &#8220;Thus also, when ye shall see these things happen, know that it is near at the doors. Verily I say unto you that this generation* shall in no wise pass away till all these things take place. The heaven and the earth shall pass away, but My words shall in no wise pass away.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> *See &#8220;Lectures on Matthew,&#8221; p. 496 ff., and note <span class='dict'>tid=42#bkm135-<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> But the Lord also tells us in language peculiar to this Gospel, &#8220;of that day or of that hour knoweth no one, neither the angels who are in heaven, nor the Son <strong> 136<\/strong> , but the Father.&#8221; He had thoroughly taken the place of Son upon earth. I do not think that it refers to Him, viewed in His highest character, as one with the Father, but as Son and Prophet upon earth. The title of Son applies to Christ in more ways than one. It is true of Him in the Deity, true of Him as born into the world, and true of Him also in the resurrection. It is the second of these that we find here, as in the very first verse of this Gospel we find it said, &#8220;Jesus Christ the Son of God.&#8221; I do not doubt that refers to His being Son of God here below, begotten in time, not the only-begotten of the Father, as we find so often in John. Looking at it in this way, there is little difficulty In understanding that He should speak as not knowing that hour, because He is speaking in His capacity of minister in the place that He took here below, the prophet that was serving God upon earth. So He did not know that hour. We read of Him in Luke as growing in knowledge as well as in stature. &#8220;Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favour with God and man&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Luk 2:52<\/span> ). He was always perfect &#8211; perfect as a child, perfect as a young man, perfect as a servant; but, nevertheless, all these were quite distinct from what pertained to Him as the Son, one with the Father in Godhead. So here, without derogating from His own intrinsic glory, He could say that &#8220;nor the Son, but the Father&#8221; knew of that hour.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Mar 13:33-37<\/span> . <\/p>\n<p> Cf. <span class='bible'>Mat 24:42<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Mat 25:13<\/span> ; Luke 21: 36-41.<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;Take heed, watch and pray&#8221;* is the application. And then He gives a parabolic instruction in the next two verses admirably adapted to this Gospel. &#8220;[It is] as a man gone out of the country who left his house and gave authority to his bondmen&#8221; (verse 34). Again, it does not say that He gives authority, to every man, but &#8220;to each his work.&#8221; This entirely harmonizes with Mark. Christ Himself was the great Servant. But now His service was past; He was going away, and taking the place of Lord on high. So He gives authority to His servants, and to every man his work, to each and all their due place. Remark, it is here not so much gifts as work.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> *&#8221;And pray so ACL, etc., almost all cursives, the Syrr. (sin. omitting &#8220;take heed&#8221;). Edd. omit, with BD.<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;Watch, therefore; for ye know not when the master of the house cometh: even, or midnight, or cock-crowing, or in morning; lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping. But what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch.&#8221; This is decidedly a suited word for a servant watching in the absence of One who was gone, who left His house, but who was coming back again. Thus, from first to last, Mark is true to the great tone and character and object of his Gospel. It is to show the perfect Servant even in His prophetic testimony, and to maintain those in a spirit of service who are waiting and watching for Him here below. The disciples in their then state represented, not Christians, but the Remnant in the latter day, who will be substantially in the same position.<\/p>\n<p><strong> NOTES ON <span class='bible'>Mar 13<\/span><\/strong> <strong> .<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span><\/strong> <strong> 126<\/strong> This chapter sets before us Mark&#8217;s form of the Apocalypse on Mount Olivet, which brings under consideration the general question of prophecy as such. In this Gospel we have the Lord presented as &#8220;Prophet,&#8221; in which character it may be expected that He would engage in prediction. At the present day this supernatural element is but feebly confessed. Scholars in general incline to content themselves with searching for some historical background to each prediction, to which the application of the particular prophecy is then limited. Consequently, a persistent effort is regularly made to establish the fulfilment already of each prediction, so that the margin of unfulfilled prophecy becomes in men&#8217;s hands rapidly narrower. That which cannot be so explained is deemed &#8220;ideal.&#8221; The writers who favour this treatment of Scripture have themselves to assume the role of prophets. Thus Professor Driver in his popular Looks on Isaiah and Jeremiah, where we are told that there are predictions which never will be fulfilled. But it is impossible for such writers to establish that conditions which seem to have passed away can never reappear. If we are to attach such importance to individual background, let us not forget the principle long ago stated by a master in this department, that history tends to repeat itself (Thucydides) &#8211; a useful consideration when studying the pregnant utterances of our Lord recorded in this chapter. Too many now have the &#8220;ideal&#8221; on the brain; they need themselves to be more practical.<\/p>\n<p> All Scriptural prophecy looks on to the time when &#8220;the kingdom of God and the authority of Christ is come&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Rev 11:15-12:10<\/span> ). For the interpretation of each several prophecy an Apostolic principle serves us: the scope of &#8220;no prophecy of Scripture is had from its own (particular) interpretation&#8221; (<span class='bible'>2Pe 1:20<\/span> ). Cf. &#8220;Irrationalism of Infidelity,&#8221; p. 251 of reissue; also the &#8220;Lectures on Matthew,&#8221; p. 377 f., to which frequent reference has been made in these notes.<\/p>\n<p> Because of the difficulty modern professors have in distinguishing in the prophecy before us the prediction of the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus from analogous events to take place in connection with Christ&#8217;s second coming, it is useless for expositors of Scripture to allege confusion in the Evangelists&#8217; minds or misreporting on their part of what the Lord said on this occasion. One need say nothing here upon such palpable irreverence. The fault lies with moderns in their &#8220;critical&#8221; presuppositions, as well as in superficial study of the Old Testament and depreciation of the Jew. The gravity of the sins of that people and consequent national judgment are to be overcome by the future blessing assured to them in their Scriptures. Men shrink from believing that aught of the kind must be attended by preliminary judgments, but this remains as true as ever it was. The &#8220;germinant&#8221; nature of prophecy, which Bacon wrote of three hundred years ago, is true today, and will remain so (Cf. &#8220;Irrationalism of Infidelity,&#8221; p. 255 f., 270).<\/p>\n<p> Some particular points will be dealt with in the order in which they arise in the chapter, but the reader is expected first carefully to weigh the lecturer&#8217;s own remarks.<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 127<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:2<\/span> . &#8211; From the vicious standpoint of critics explained in the last preceding note Wernle would date the publication of this Gospel after the year 70 (see note 3), because of the destruction of the Temple being placed in the forefront of the discourse &#8211; that is, anything like veritable prediction is denied to our Lord as to mere men like Isaiah; simply human foresight at its best (that in His case likewise faulty!) is allowed.<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 128<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:8<\/span> . &#8211; For &#8220;throes&#8221; here, cf. <span class='bible'>Hos 13:13<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 129<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:10<\/span> . &#8211; &#8220;The Gospel.&#8221; As to supposed reflex influence of the theological language of the early Church on the Synoptic vocabulary, see Sanday, &#8220;Son of God,&#8221; in Hastings, p. 573. <\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 130<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:11<\/span> . &#8211; In this early Synoptic Gospel we meet already with the promise of the Spirit in the Johannine sense (cf. note 94).<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 131<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:14<\/span> . &#8211; The words of this verse (cf. Matthew&#8217;s parallel) are supposed to suggest that at the time of the siege of the city a sort of &#8220;fly-sheet&#8221; containing the Apocalypse in a separate form was in circulation for the guidance of Christians (note 10, cf. Carpenter, p. 197; Burkitt, p. 63 f.).<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;He that reads&#8221; (see <span class='bible'>1Ti 4:13<\/span> , Rev, 1: 3, and <span class='bible'>Col 4:11<\/span> ). The Greek word implies (cf. &#8220;that hear&#8221; in Rev.) &#8220;reading aloud&#8221; that is,  . Cf. <span class='bible'>Rev 2:7<\/span> , etc., for the importance of such use of Scripture in ministry, worship, etc. The very &#8220;reader&#8221; may be preacher in the sense of <span class='bible'>Rom 10:14<\/span> , compared with the passages in Revelation. There is blessing to be had by the &#8220;hearer&#8221; of such.<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;Standing where he ought not.&#8221; Throughout medieval times &#8220;Antichrist&#8221; was regarded as Mohammedanism; since the Reformation the Papacy has enjoyed that unhappy distinction in the eyes of Protestant controversialists. To the view in general of the Reformers Dr. C. H. H. Wright adheres in the first of his two volumes on Daniel recently published. According to Dr. Wright, the Jesuits started, as a set-off against the Protestant view, the idea now shared by all premillenarian writers, who have abandoned the Lutheran &#8220;Antichrist.&#8221; Be this as it may, the belief that the &#8220;man of sin&#8221; (<span class='bible'>2Th 2:3<\/span> , <span class='bible'>2Th 2:4<\/span> ) stands either for the political head of the Roman Empire when it is revived (<span class='bible'>Rev 13:1<\/span> ), or for his confederate (ibid., ver. 11) prince of a revived Jewish State, called the false prophet in <span class='bible'>Rev 16:13<\/span> (see Kelly, &#8220;The Revelation Expounded,&#8221; third edition, pp. 159-162), agrees, as far as the first alternative is concerned, with the conviction of the primitive Christians, which seems to have passed away definitely only after Constantine&#8217;s acceptance of Christianity as the religion of the Empire. The &#8220;Holy Roman Empire&#8221; established by Charlemagne passed away in 1806, and the &#8220;temporal power&#8221; of the Pope in 1870; but students of prophecy look for a confederacy between the magnates symbolized in <span class='bible'>Rev 13<\/span> as &#8220;beasts.&#8221; Those who advocate &#8220;reunion&#8221; of Christendom on the basis of &#8220;the primacy of Peter&#8221; seem as feebly to apprehend the bearings of the last book of the Bible as supporters of &#8220;Zionism&#8221; would do. The &#8220;Revelation of John&#8221; must be studied in close connection with the prophecy on Olivet. Besides Mr. Kelly&#8217;s writings on the subject, readers would do well to acquaint themselves with the late R. Govett&#8217;s &#8220;The Apocalypse Expounded by Scripture,&#8221; and Sir R. Anderson&#8217;s &#8220;The Coming Prince.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 132<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:19<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Mar 13:20<\/span> . &#8211; In keeping with the theory of the strictly contemporary character of the account (note 127), Carpenter (ubi supra) here finds &#8220;retrospect&#8221; in the one verse of what has been &#8220;anticipated&#8221; in the other. But the Lord&#8217;s words in verse 20 are to be understood of what had already been predetermined when He spoke. In verse 19 the reference is to the time of &#8220;Jacob&#8217;s trouble&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Jer 30:7<\/span> ). The miseries of the Jews during the siege doubtless exemplified what is here set before us, just as the phenomena of Pentecost did Joel&#8217;s prediction, which in like manner awaits complete fulfilment.<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 133<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:24<\/span> . &#8211; This Gospel has not Matthew&#8217;s word &#8220;immediately.&#8221; On this Carpenter (p. 198) bases a supposition that Mark here, or his editor, is post eventum (&#8220;secondary&#8221; to Matthew). Such literary analysis may be ingenious, but Mark&#8217;s reason for its omission seems hidden from writers who can but indulge in barren conjectures.<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 134<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:26<\/span> . &#8211; Cf. 8: 38, and note ad loc. Here we have what Paul in one of his very earliest letters (<span class='bible'>2Th 2:8<\/span> ), speaks of as the  of the Lord, &#8220;the appearing of His coming ().&#8221; The &#8220;coming&#8221; in its initial stage he has described in his first letter to the same Christians (4: 15). It may be useful at this point to state the ideas of some critics on the subject. We shall take H. J. Holtzmann as a now long-accredited spokesman. In his somewhat famous &#8220;Synoptic Gospels,&#8221; published just before these lectures appeared in the Bible Treasury, this scholar discriminated three aspects of the Second Advent &#8211; of His return as dealt with by the Lord when on earth; (a) for judgment (<span class='bible'>Luk 17:24<\/span> ), (b) a historical coming (<span class='bible'>Mar 9:1<\/span> ), (c,) a spiritual coming (<span class='bible'>Mat 18:20<\/span> , to which we may add <span class='bible'>Joh 14:18<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Joh 16:7<\/span> ). All this, it is believed, is very much in accordance with the facts which the Gospel records supply. To the view thus gained we have to add Paul&#8217;s revelation (<span class='bible'>1Th 4<\/span> ), which speaks of that not to be confounded with any of Holtzmann&#8217;s comings. The Apostle&#8217;s first statement many Christians, misled by the majority of commentaries &#8211; e.g., Alford on <span class='bible'>2Th 2:1<\/span> &#8211; wrongly merge in his supplementary declaration, made to correct the Thessalonians&#8217; understanding of his first (see <span class='bible'>2Th 2:2<\/span> , R.V.). Cf. note 88 above.<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 135<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:30<\/span> . &#8211; &#8220;This generation . . . all these things . . . .&#8221; From taking &#8220;generation&#8221; in the temporal sense of the word, Strauss and De Wette represented the Lord as fallible. Others, as Meyer, A. Wright, Swete, preserve their &#8220;orthodoxy,&#8221; while still explaining the word of a period of some thirty to thirty-three years. The difficulty of determining when such a generation should begin &#8211; the Lord&#8217;s contemporaries belonged to different generations relative to their age &#8211; is altogether ignored. These writers, to begin with, have to assume that such a generation as they think of commenced with His ministry, without anything in the Gospels to appeal to for support. Origen and Chrysostom of old, followed by Wordsworth and Alford (as equivalent to ) of recent English commentators, with Dorner and Stier amongst Germans, take &#8220;generations,&#8221; as it must be taken, in its moral meaning. Not only is it so used in the Old Testament (as in <span class='bible'>Deu 32:5<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Psa 24:6<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Psa 73:14<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Jer 8:3<\/span> ), but in the Gospels themselves (<span class='bible'>Mar 9:19<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Mat 17:17<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Luk 16:8<\/span> ), as elsewhere <span class='bible'>Act 2:40<\/span> , etc.; cf. <span class='bible'>Gal 1:4<\/span> ). Is not &#8220;that day&#8221; in verse 32 suggestive of &#8220;something at a distance&#8221;? (Beet, &#8220;Manual of Theology,&#8221; p. 446 f.).<\/p>\n<p> Verse 10 must be borne in mind in connection with the words &#8220;all these things.&#8221; The convenient makeshift of critics has been mentioned in note 129.<\/p>\n<p> 135a <span class='bible'>Mar 13:31<\/span> . &#8211; &#8220;My words.&#8221; It is not merely a question in this Gospel of His words (Wellhausen), but of His deeds likewise (see note on last verse of <span class='bible'>Mar 16<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 136<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:32<\/span> . &#8211; &#8220;Nor the Son.&#8221; Cf. <span class='bible'>Mat 24:36<\/span> in the critical text, followed in the &#8220;Workers&#8217; New Testament.&#8221; These words have been supposed by writers of Unitarian tendency to impair the Lord&#8217;s omniscience, in which they are followed by several in high ecclesiastical position in the English Establishment. The  (emptying) of the Lord spoken of in <span class='bible'>Phi 2:7<\/span> has a bearing on the words.<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;it is of course difficult,&#8221; writes Dean Strong, &#8220;to understand how two kinds of consciousness can have been present at one time in one Person&#8221; (&#8220;Manual of Theology,&#8221; p. 119). Again, Bishop Gore: &#8220;He willed to observe the limits of the science of His age, and He puts Himself in the same relation to its historical knowledge&#8221; (&#8220;Lux Mundi,&#8221; p. 205). This idea had already been countenanced by a living prelate. &#8220;When He quoted passages from the Old Testament, He might have no more knowledge of their age and actual authors than that which was current in His own time&#8221; (Bishop Moorhouse, &#8220;Teaching of Christ,&#8221; p. 47). See, however, more healthy remarks than these in Schaff, &#8220;Christ and Christianity,&#8221; pp. 107-119.<\/p>\n<p> The American writer Gould speaks of the passages having given rise to much &#8221;theological tinkering.&#8221; He does not himself, certainly, afford any help on the Subject.<\/p>\n<p> Augustine (quoted by Wordsworth in loc.) refers to the elastic force of the word &#8220;know,&#8221; undeniable as regards both Hebrew and Greek. Here the word is  (not ). Its use may be seen in &#8220;I know you not,&#8221; &#8220;the Lord knoweth them that are His . . . . . I knew Him not&#8221; (said by John Baptist of Christ, evidently not deriving any ordinary previous acquaintance with JESUS (<span class='bible'>Joh 1:31<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Joh 1:33<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Mat 3:14<\/span> , and <span class='bible'>Luk 1:36<\/span> ). Cf. Peter&#8217;s &#8220;I know not this Man&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Mar 14:71<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> Some have repudiated explanations offered on the ground that these virtually supported a Docetic view &#8211; that is, that our Lord &#8220;feigned a condition which did not actually exist for the benefit of His disciples.&#8221; The Docetists, such as Cerinthus, held that the flesh of Christ was not real (see Strong, p. 99, and cf. Fairbairn, &#8220;Christ in Modern Thought,&#8221; p. 353). Rville (ii. 313), condemning words of a sermon by Bossuet, questions the authenticity of the words, which he supposes were due to Arian influence on the manuscripts of the Gospels. Worst of all, Schmiedel (article on &#8220;Gospels&#8221; in &#8220;Encyclopaedia Biblica,&#8221; col. 1881) boldly says, &#8220;In the person of Jesus we have to do with a completely human being,&#8221; and that &#8220;the Divine is to be sought in Him only in the form in which it is capable of being found in a man.&#8221; He seems to seek to blunt the edge of these soul-corrupting words by adding what is true &#8211; that the historical value of the Gospels goes with the presence of such passages in them.<\/p>\n<p> The devout Bengel&#8217;s explanation, which most commends itself of all put forth on the &#8220;orthodox&#8221; side, is that the Lord had no command from the Father to declare that day. For the &#8220;authority&#8221; of His words, see <span class='bible'>Mar 1:2<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Joh 12:48-50<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Joh 14:24<\/span> , and cf. <span class='bible'>Act 1:7<\/span> (Greek), <span class='bible'>Rev 1:1<\/span> ff., and see remarks of Professor Sanday (article &#8220;Son of God&#8221; in Hastings), also Dorner, &#8220;Person of Christ,&#8221; i. 54. As to correlative use of the &#8220;Father and the Son,&#8221; reference may be made to <span class='bible'>Mar 9:37<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Mar 14:30<\/span> , comparing <span class='bible'>Mat 11:27<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Mat 28:19<\/span> , <span class='bible'>Luk 10:22<\/span> , all of which bear on Harnack&#8217;s proposition that &#8220;the Gospel as Jesus proclaimed it has to do with the Father only, and not with the Son&#8221; (&#8220;What is Christianity?&#8221; p. 147).<\/p>\n<p> With this question is connected that of silence (see <span class='bible'>Mar 15:5<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> A few words of the late J. N. Darby may be welcome as a conclusion to this note. &#8220;In the historical presentation of Christianity the Son is always presented as down here in servant and manhood estate all through John, though in heaven and one with the Father. . . . In <span class='bible'>Mat 3<\/span> the whole Trinity is revealed, and, we may say, for the first time fully. . . . Hence, No! not the Son, has no difficulty&#8221; (&#8220;Notes and Comments,&#8221; vol. ii., from p. 416).<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span> <strong> 136a<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:35<\/span> . &#8211; Observe the division of the night, and see on 15: 25.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: William Kelly Major Works (New Testament)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: Mar 13:1-2<\/p>\n<p> 1As He was going out of the temple, one of His disciples said to Him, &#8220;Teacher, behold what wonderful stones and what wonderful buildings!&#8221; 2And Jesus said to him, &#8220;Do you see these great buildings? Not one stone will be left upon another which will not be torn down.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:1 &#8220;the temple&#8221; This was the word (hieron) for the whole temple area. Jesus had been teaching there since the events of Mark 11 (cf. Mat 26:55). These buildings had become the great Jewish hope, a symbol of God&#8217;s exclusive love for Israel (cf. Jeremiah 7; Joh 8:31-59).<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;one of His disciples&#8221; It may have been Peter (cf. Mar 13:3). John Mark may have given us Peter&#8217;s memory of Jesus&#8217; words. This is the longest teaching session in Mark&#8217;s Gospel.<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;&#8216;wonderful stones'&#8221; This is literally &#8220;huge stones.&#8221; Josephus tells us Herod the Great used huge polished limestones or mezzeh that were native to this area. They were 25 x 8 x 12 cubits (cf. Antiquities 15.11.3). Stones of similar shape and material are still visible at the wailing wall in Jerusalem.<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;&#8216;wonderful buildings'&#8221; This is literally &#8220;huge buildings.&#8221; They were white polished limestone with gold trim. This huge and expensive building project was meant to placate the Jews who were upset over an Idumean being king. This remodeling and expansion was begun in 20\/19 B.C. and finished in about A.D. 63\/64 (cf. Josephus&#8217; Antiquities 15.11.1-7; Wars 5.5.1-6).<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:2 &#8220;&#8216;Not one stone will be left upon another'&#8221; This phrase has two double negatives with the Subjunctive mood. There is no stronger grammatical negation possible in the Greek language! This speaks of total destruction. This must have dumbfounded them! Josephus tells us that in A.D. 70 the Romans destroyed this site so completely that one could plow the ground as a field (cf. Mic 3:12; Jer 26:18).<\/p>\n<p>There are some Greek manuscript variants related to this phrase. One follows the wording of Mat 24:2 found in the ancient Greek uncial manuscripts , B, L, and W. The second follows the wording of Luk 21:6 found in MS A and the Vulgate. The UBS4 follows Mat 24:2, which adds the adverb &#8220;here&#8221; or &#8220;in this place.&#8221;<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: You Can Understand the Bible: Study Guide Commentary Series by Bob Utley<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>out of the temple. As in Mat 24:1, marking this as the latter of two prophecies; the former (Luk 21:1, Luk 21:37) being spoken &#8220;in the temple&#8221;. <\/p>\n<p>out of. Greek. ek. App-104. <\/p>\n<p>temple. Greek hieron. See notes on Mat 4:5; Mat 23:16. <\/p>\n<p>Master = Teacher. App-98. Mar 13:1. <\/p>\n<p>see. Greek. ide. App-133. Not the same as in verses: Mar 13:2, Mar 13:26. <\/p>\n<p>stones. There are some measuring 20 to 40 feet long, and weighing over 100 tons. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Companion Bible Notes, Appendices and Graphics<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>1.  ] Josephus, B. J. ver. 5. 2, 3, says,         . And again, vi. 4. 1,                            . See also Antt. xv. 11. 3.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Greek Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Mark&#8217;s gospel chapter 13.<\/p>\n<p>And as he [Jesus] went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here! ( Mar 13:1 )<\/p>\n<p>Referring to the great temple in Jerusalem that was started in the year 2219 B.C. by Herod the Great. It became one of the wonders of the ancient world. It took over fifty years to construct. Herod the Great was never able to complete it himself. Herod the Great, as we have mentioned before, was fond of using great stones in his building projects. But according to Josephas, some of the greatest stones that he used in his building projects were used in the temple itself. Josephas records that some of the stones were forty-seven feet long, eight feet high and twelve feet thick.<\/p>\n<p>Now that seemed preposterous and just totally unreal, until recent archaeological excavations that have been going on along the Western Wall down at the southwest corner of the Western Wall, they have found these tremendous cornerstones that are about thirty-five feet long, about six feet high and eight feet thick. But then, as they were excavating along the Western Wall towards the fortress of Antonio, they&#8217;ve come across a huge stone; it&#8217;s about forty-five feet long. I stood beside the thing. It&#8217;s about ten feet thick and about eight feet tall. Almost as large as some of those that he used in the temple building itself. They estimate that these stones weigh up to four hundred tons. They still marvel at how they were able to hew out these stones, carve them so perfectly smooth, and then move them in place. How they actually got them into place is still a mystery; it is a matter of speculation. But they&#8217;re not really certain how in the world they could ever move such large stones and get them in place in a building. These stones are so perfectly hewn out that they did not need mortar between them; they just lie flat one on another. And even to the present day, with all of the erosion, you take a knife blade and you try to insert it between the stones, and they&#8217;re so perfectly carved you can&#8217;t push a knife blade in. The dome of the building was then covered with sheets of gold. So that in looking at the building, it reflected that sun and you couldn&#8217;t really look at it if you were in that angle where the sun would reflect and hit your eyes. Brilliant building. One of the marvels of the ancient world.<\/p>\n<p>So, as the disciples were coming out of the temple, they were noting these huge stones and this marvelous building that was constructed by Herod. At this point, having begun some twenty years before the birth of Christ, and Christ now being around thirty-three years old, take off the four years that they feel is an error in the calendar, and you get about forty-seven years in construction at this point. So, the building was pretty well completed. It only took another eighteen years to finish it.<\/p>\n<p>And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down ( Mar 13:2 ).<\/p>\n<p>Now, I imagine that that particular prediction seemed rather preposterous to the disciples. However, some forty years later, when Titus came in and conquered Jerusalem, once they were able to enter the city, the last citadel, the strongest fortress was the temple itself, the strongest building in the city. And so many of the Jews fled to the temple in order to hold off the Roman legion from within the temple. Titus ordered that they just not destroy the temple, but to leave it intact. However, some of the Roman soldiers, drunken, began to fire arrows at the temple, flaming arrows. And the temple caught fire and the Jews inside were cremated. But the intense heat of the fire melted the gold of the dome. And it, being melted, came on down and filled the cracks of the stones. And so then the Roman troops, in order to loot the gold, took the temple down stone upon stone, until the prophesy of Jesus was literally fulfilled. Not one stone was left standing upon another.<\/p>\n<p>As you go to Jerusalem today and you look down into the excavations in the Teropian Valley, you can see one area where they have dug all the way down to the Roman road that was there at the time of Christ. And there, on that Roman road at the time of Christ, you can see huge stones lying just as they were, broken as they were pushed over from the Temple Mount, probably some of the temple stones that were pushed over and filled the Teropian Valley. And you see them lying just as they fell. Mute testimony to the accuracy of the prediction of Jesus Christ. Or exactly as He said, &#8220;Not one stone was left standing upon another.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>Now, it should be noted that He made that prediction of the Herodian temple. They do feel that there are probably foundation stones of Solomon&#8217;s temple still existing somewhere on the Temple Mount. And right now, there is a tremendous move to seek to find the foundation of Solomon&#8217;s temple. Stanford Research Institute has been hired to use radar-type devices to probe under the surface of the Temple Mount, and to make a model showing the tunnels and the foundation stones. And they&#8217;re able to distinguish these things with this new type of testing units, and they are hoping to discover the foundation stones of Solomon&#8217;s temple. And if they do, then there will be a gigantic push to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem. There&#8217;s already a gigantic push under way by many Jews. I receive interesting, fascinating mail from Samuel Goldfoot, who is the head of the Temple Mount Foundation. This man and his group have dedicated their lives to the rebuilding of the temple, which, of course, is extremely exciting from a biblical prophetic standpoint.<\/p>\n<p>And as he sat [down] upon the mount of Olives ( Mar 13:3 ),<\/p>\n<p>So, they left the Temple Mount area, crossed through the Kidron Valley and over towards Bethany. Probably going up the Mount of Olives; it is a pretty steep mountain going up, and it isn&#8217;t a bad idea to stop and rest halfway up or more. And so He went over with His disciples to the Mount of Olives and He sat down.<\/p>\n<p>Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be? ( Mar 13:3-4 )<\/p>\n<p>That is, the destruction of the temple.<\/p>\n<p>and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled? ( Mar 13:4 )<\/p>\n<p>Or, the completion of prophecy.<\/p>\n<p>And Jesus answering them began to say, Take heed lest any man deceive you ( Mar 13:5 ):<\/p>\n<p>The first thing that Jesus warned against were deceivers. It is interesting how that all the way through the New Testament the church was warned of deceivers, warned of false prophets. That has been the curse of the church: men who have sought to profit off of the gospel of Jesus Christ, sought personal profiting, gain. There are so many charlatans, wolves in sheep&#8217;s clothing. And Jesus warns them against those deceivers.<\/p>\n<p>For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ [the Messiah]; and shall deceive many ( Mar 13:6 ).<\/p>\n<p>Moon declares himself to be the Messiah. I am amazed that people would follow him. And yet, there are thousands of people selling peanuts and flowers so that he might reap the profit to live in these palatial mansions.<\/p>\n<p>And when ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars, be ye not troubled: for such things must needs be; but the end shall not be yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom ( Mar 13:7-8 ):<\/p>\n<p>This from the Greek is speaking of a worldwide state of war; it&#8217;s just something different from the wars and rumors of wars that have been going on the whole while. A world war!<\/p>\n<p>earthquakes in divers [different] places, and there shall be famines and troubles: these are the beginnings of sorrows. But take heed to yourselves: for they shall deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues ye shall be beaten: and ye shall be brought before rulers and kings for my sake, for a testimony against them. And the gospel must first be published among all nations. But when they shall lead you, and deliver you up, take no thought beforehand what ye shall speak, neither do ye premeditate: but whatsoever shall be given you in that hour, that speak ye: for it is not ye that [will] speak, but the Holy Ghost [Spirit] ( Mar 13:8-11 ).<\/p>\n<p>So, this prophecy of Jesus was surely fulfilled. And in the book of Acts we read how that they were brought before the magistrates, how they were beaten, how they were brought before the councils, before the rulers. And Paul the apostle even stood before King Agrippa, and later, before Nero himself. But Jesus said, &#8220;Don&#8217;t worry about what you&#8217;re going to say.&#8221; And we find an interesting story in the book of Acts how that Stephen was brought before the council and how he began to rehearse to them their history. And how that as he was speaking, his face began to shine like an angel&#8217;s, as the anointing of God&#8217;s Spirit rested upon Stephen. And yet, the people were so incensed by the things that he was saying, that finally, they gnashed upon him with their teeth and drug him out and stoned him to death.<\/p>\n<p>Now, a lot of people wonder about this particular prophecy, &#8220;The gospel must first be published among all nations.&#8221; And there are many mission groups that take this as more or less the impetus for their mission program. And they claim that we can hasten the return of Jesus Christ by advancing the missionary program, for the gospel must be preached unto all nations before the end comes.<\/p>\n<p>Paul the apostle, when he was writing to the Colossian church, some thirty years after the death of Christ, said to the church in his letter, &#8220;And the gospel which has come to you as it is into all the world.&#8221; Paul claimed that by the time he had written that letter to the Colossian church the gospel had gone into all the world. There are churches in India today that trace their origin back to the disciple Thomas. According to tradition, Thomas went to India and preached the gospel. And there is in India today, the Church of Thomas, one of the largest churches in India Christian works is the Church of Thomas. And they trace their roots back to Thomas himself.<\/p>\n<p>The gospel was spread by the early church, filling the earth. Really, their endeavors are a real testimony against us today. For they did not have the modern methods that are available to us. When I read of Paul&#8217;s journeys and how this guy traveled with the gospel of Jesus Christ, I wonder what he would have done in the jet age. You know, with radio and TV and jets and all. Man! That guy would have been unstoppable! Because he had to walk and take boats and so forth and all. And yet, the territory that that fellow covered. What a witness against us.<\/p>\n<p>Now, not only did Paul say that the gospel was preached into all the world by the time he had written to the Colossians, but in the fourteenth chapter of the book of Revelation, John, in verse Mar 13:6 , said, &#8220;I saw another angel flying in the midst of heaven having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth and to every nation and kindred and tongue and people.&#8221; So during the last days, in the Tribulation period, God is going to be using angels flying through the midst of heaven to declare the everlasting gospel. To every nation, language, tribe, people. So that it is not a prerequisite to the coming of Jesus for His church to get the gospel preached into all of the world. You cannot say, &#8220;Well, the Lord can&#8217;t rapture the church tonight because the gospel hasn&#8217;t yet been preached in all the world. And Jesus said it&#8217;s got to be preached into all the world before the end comes.&#8221; That&#8217;s not a valid argument. Because the gospel will be preached and this prophecy of Christ will be fulfilled, but not necessarily by the church. And Jesus didn&#8217;t say that they were going to have to proclaim the gospel, He just said it would be proclaimed among all nations.<\/p>\n<p>Now, some people see the angel flying through the midst of heaven as one of these little Telstar Communication Satellites. And who knows? When John saw this thing flying through the midst of heaven, and preaching to everyone all over the world, who knows? But John thought it was an angel, when in the vision, he saw this thing going and the voice was coming to all men with the gospel. We&#8217;re in negotiations and have been talking to men about putting The Word For Today on a satellite radio communicator. And it can be beamed up to it and can be picked up all over the world. In fact, they&#8217;re talking about little receiver sets that they can make to operate on solar energy. So that, for just a few dollars, they can make these little receivers that will be tuned only to that particular satellite. And the natives anywhere in the world can set out the little radios and, catching the energy of the sun, can listen to the broadcast. And at night, all they have to do is take a lead wire and put it in the fire and enough energy will be generated between the cold part and the hot part of the wire to operate the little radio at night. Amazing, the things that are being developed today. Tremendous means of getting the gospel into all the world.<\/p>\n<p>Jesus said,<\/p>\n<p>Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for my name&#8217;s sake: but he that shall endure to the end, the same shall be saved. But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where it ought not, (let him that readeth understand,) then let them that be in Judea flee to the mountains ( Mar 13:12-14 ):<\/p>\n<p>Now, Jesus is pleading for understanding of this. In the book of Daniel, chapter 9, he refers to the &#8220;abomination of desolation.&#8221; According to my understanding in putting a composite together using Revelation chapter 13 ( Rev  Mar 13:13 ), 2 Thessalonians chapter 2 ( 2Th 2:1-17 ) and Daniel chapters 9 ( Dan 9:1-27 ) and 12 ( Dan 12:1-13 ), as I see and understand the &#8220;abomination of desolation,&#8221; according to the scriptures the Jews are going to rebuild their temple. It would seem that the treaties and arrangements for the rebuilding of the temple will be accomplished through a very powerful, wise, astute leader that is going to arise to lead the European community. And that he will make a covenant ( Dan 9:1-27 ) with the nation Israel. But after three and a half years, he will break that covenant and he will set up the abomination which causes desolation. In the twelfth chapter of the book of Daniel it says he will cause the daily prayers and oblations to cease; he&#8217;ll stop the sacrifices that the Jews have re-instituted.<\/p>\n<p>According to Paul in 2 Thessalonians chapter 2 ( 2Th 2:1-17 ), he is going to come to the temple of God and show that he himself is God and demand to be worshipped as God. And he will show all kinds of miracles and signs and wonders, so that, if possible, he will deceive even the elect.<\/p>\n<p>According to the thirteenth chapter of the book of Revelation, he will cause an image to be made of himself. And this image will be placed within the temple and people will be required to worship this image. And he has power to put to death those that would refuse to worship the image. So Jesus said, &#8220;Let him who reads understands.&#8221; When you see the abomination of desolation standing where it ought not, that is the abomination which causes desolation. This is the thing that will cause the desolation or the destruction of the Great Tribulation period, the last three and a half years. The whole sequence of this wrath of God being poured out upon man will be triggered by this ultimate blasphemy; as this man of sin, the son of perdition, stands in the Holy of Holies of the rebuilt temple in Jerusalem, and there blasphemes the God of heaven and declares that he is God and demands to be worshipped as God. That is the final straw of man&#8217;s rebellion against God. And God will begin His move to judge the world in order that He might establish His new kingdom, the kingdom of righteousness, joy, and peace. This will be the trigger that will usher in the three and a half years of the great tribulation period. So, Jesus makes reference to it: &#8220;When you see this &#8216;abomination of desolation&#8217; that is spoken of by Daniel the prophet standing where it ought not, let him that reads understand, then let them that are in Judea&#8230;&#8221; Notice He&#8217;s speaking not of the United States; He&#8217;s not speaking of the church. &#8220;&#8230;those that are in Judea, let them flee to the mountains.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>And let him that is on the housetop not go down into the house, neither enter therein, to take anything out of his house: And let him that is in the field not turn back again for to take up his garment. But woe to them that are with child, and to them that give suck [are nursing] in those days! And pray ye that your flight be not in the winter. For in those days [there] shall be affliction, such as was not from the beginning of the creation which God created unto this time, neither shall be ( Mar 13:15-19 ).<\/p>\n<p>This is the time of the greatest tribulation the world will ever know in its history, even worse than the flood of Noah&#8217;s day. Even worse than the destruction of the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah. Never has the world seen anything to equal what is going to transpire during this three and a half year period.<\/p>\n<p>Today, with the strong anti-nuclear movement, all kinds of horrible scenarios are being imagined. The problem is, these scenarios are all possible with the weapons that we have today. Surely a worldwide war with the use of nuclear weapons could bring to pass the whole scenario as is pointed out for us in the book of Revelation, this tremendous devastation. However, this destruction and tribulation that is coming will not necessarily result from man&#8217;s devices, but is coming as a direct judgment of God upon the earth. And God will be involved in the judgment that is going to fall.<\/p>\n<p>Now those Jews that are in Jerusalem at the time of this abomination of desolation are warned by Jesus to flee to the mountains and also, in another gospel, flee to the wilderness. In the book of Revelation, chapter 12, John talks about the woman, the nation Israel. And he said, &#8220;And she was given wings of an eagle to bear her to the wilderness to a place that has been prepared for her where she will be nourished for three and a half years.&#8221; So during the time of the Great Tribulation, those Jews that heed the warning of Jesus in Judea will flee to the wilderness area that God has prepared for them, where God will provide and take care of them for that three and a half year period of the Great Tribulation.<\/p>\n<p>In Isaiah, the sixteenth chapter, God speaks unto Moab, or modern day Jordan, &#8220;Open up your gates and receive my people. Bear them safely to Petra, where they might be sheltered until the Great Tribulation period is over.&#8221; And so, again putting a composite together, using the prophecies of Isaiah out of the Old Testament, the prophecies of the New Testament, the book of Revelation, here in the gospel, it would appear that when this abomination of desolation takes place, the Jews who up until that point many of them have acclaimed this man who helped them rebuild their temple, they&#8217;ve acclaimed him as the Messiah, suddenly their eyes will be open and the deception will be over, and they will realize, &#8220;This fellow deceived us.&#8221; And hopefully, they will turn to the scriptures and they will obey the warning of Jesus and they will flee to the rock city of Petra. Now, according to the book of Revelation, the anti-Christ will send down an army after them, but the earth will open up and swallow the army that he sends after them. And God said that He will keep them safe there in Petra until this indignation, or the Great Tribulation period is over. And Jesus said to them, &#8220;Pray that your flight will not be in winter.&#8221; In Matthew&#8217;s gospel He adds, &#8220;&#8230;nor on the Sabbath day.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>And it will be difficult for those women who are pregnant, or those who are nursing. &#8220;Woe unto them.&#8221; Why? Because they are going to have to flee. It&#8217;s going to be hard; it&#8217;s going to be a real hardship. And to have small children with you will actually restrict your flight, and it will be difficult. So, it&#8217;s just a woe to those because of the difficulties that they are going to experience during this period. For in those days shall be affliction, such as never been in the history of man.<\/p>\n<p>And except that the Lord had shortened those days, no flesh should be saved: but for the elect&#8217;s sake [Israel], [those] whom he hath chosen, he hath shortened the days ( Mar 13:20 ).<\/p>\n<p>The Lord speaks here of a period in man&#8217;s history when, unless the Lord would shorten the days, man would have the capacity of destroying himself. No flesh would remain. But God, &#8220;for the elect&#8217;s sake, those who He has chosen, will shorten those days.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>And then if any man shall say to you, Lo, here is Christ; or, lo, he is there; believe him not: for false Christs and false prophets shall rise, and shall show signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect ( Mar 13:21-22 ).<\/p>\n<p>So signs and wonders are not always from God. Many times they can be to seduce a person after a false prophet.<\/p>\n<p>But take ye heed: [He said,] behold, I have foretold you all things. But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light ( Mar 13:23-24 ),<\/p>\n<p>Here He is referring to that same day that Joel prophesied in chapter 3, Peter quotes in Acts chapter 2, and we read about it in the book of Revelation under the sixth seal. &#8220;The sun shall be darkened, the moon shall not give her light.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>And the stars of heaven shall fall [a meteorite shower], and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory ( Mar 13:25-26 ).<\/p>\n<p>Oh, glorious day! After the tremendous holocaust, when the world is almost destroyed. The glorious return of Jesus Christ coming in the clouds with great power and glory.<\/p>\n<p>And then shall he send his angels, and [they] shall gather together his elect [the Jews, actually] from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of the heaven ( Mar 13:27 ).<\/p>\n<p>This, of course, is a reference to the prophecies there in Isaiah.<\/p>\n<p>Now learn a parable of the fig tree: When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is near: so ye in like manner, when ye shall see these things come to pass, know that it is nigh [near], even at the doors. Verily I say unto you, that this generation shall not pass, till all these things be done. Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away ( Mar 13:28-31 ).<\/p>\n<p>In the Old Testament, in parables the fig tree was a reference to the nation of Israel. In Jeremiah, the twenty-third chapter, God likens the nation of Israel to a basket of rotten figs that are so rotten that they have no value, only to be thrown away and destroyed, chapter twenty-four of the book of Jeremiah. And then over in  Hos 9:10 ,God makes again a reference to the nation of Israel as a fig tree, where the Lord declares, &#8220;I found Israel like grapes in the wilderness. I saw your fathers as the first ripe in the fig tree at her first time.&#8221; And then in  Joe 1:7 ,God, in crying out against the destruction that had taken place of the nation, He said, &#8220;He hath laid my vine waste and barked my fig tree.&#8221; So Israel was likened unto a vine in the parables, but also likened unto a fig tree. &#8220;So that when you see the branches yet tender and beginning to put forth leaves, you know that summer is near, even know that My coming is near, even at the doors.&#8221; Many Bible scholars believe that this reference is to the rebirth of the nation of Israel. And that that generation that saw the rebirth of the nation Israel would be the final generation. I think that there is great validity in that interpretation.<\/p>\n<p>Now Jesus declares how His word is going to stand, &#8220;Heaven and earth will pass&#8230;&#8221; The Bibles tells how that the heavens are going to be folded up and the earth is going to melt with a fervent heat. &#8220;But My words,&#8221; He said, &#8220;shall not pass away.&#8221; The eternal word of God.<\/p>\n<p>But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father ( Mar 13:32 ).<\/p>\n<p>Jesus, as we said, when He came to the earth took upon Himself limitations, deliberately took upon Himself limitations. He was God manifested in the flesh. But by virtue of coming in a body of flesh, while He was in the body of flesh He could not be omnipresent. He was restricted as is a body of flesh to locality. And there were other restrictions that He took while in a body. And there was a restriction in actually the knowledge of the day that He would return. He said, &#8220;I don&#8217;t even know that, no man knows it. Only the Father.&#8221; Now that He is glorified again with the Father, He no doubt knows it. But while in the restrictions of the body, that was a part of the restriction while existing here on the earth in a body.<\/p>\n<p>It is sheer folly and presumption for any man to pretend that he has some divine revelation or some insight into the scripture where he knows the day and the hour that the Lord is coming. Even though the Lord is so specific in this area, there are always those speculators who seem to be able to gather some kind of a following after them because they&#8217;ve set out on some system of interpreting of the scriptures whereby they feel that they have interpreted the very day for the return of Jesus Christ.<\/p>\n<p>Back in 1843 or so, Reverend Miller, by using the book of Daniel and taking the 2550 days and making it 2550 years instead of days, though the scriptures said days, somehow he translated the days to years and he came up with the year of 1843. That&#8217;s when the abomination took place. And so, until that time, 2550 years instead of days, there will be the cleansing. Well, he didn&#8217;t bother to look at his history book and find out that exactly 2550 days was when Judas Macabeus actually cleansed the temple and that prophesy was literally fulfilled to a day. And there is no merit or basis of making a day\/year concept there, yet he did. And so he had his faithful put on white robes, and back in Zion, Illinois they went out and they sat on the hillside waiting for Jesus to return. They were certain. And, of course, in recent times there are men who like to get their names in newspapers who have predicted the date of the coming of Christ and gotten the people all excited.<\/p>\n<p>A few years ago people were giving me tapes by some fellow that had predicted April the first of 1978, I think it was, for the coming of Christ. Then last year, that fellow down in Tucson who had it all doped out to June the thirtieth last year. Yet Jesus said, &#8220;No man knows the day or the hour.&#8221; So what are we supposed to do? He said,<\/p>\n<p>[Just] take ye heed, watch and pray: for ye know not when the time is ( Mar 13:33 ).<\/p>\n<p>Because the Lord can be coming for us at any time, the best advice is just, &#8220;Watch and pray. Be ready! Take heed, be ready! You don&#8217;t know when it&#8217;s going to happen.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>For the Son of man is as a man [who is] taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to every man his [apportioned] work, and commanded the porter to watch. Watch ye therefore [he said,]: for ye know not when the master of the house cometh, at even [evening], or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning: lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping. And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch ( Mar 13:34-37 ).<\/p>\n<p>So, what Jesus is saying to you is: watch, be ready. You don&#8217;t know exactly when He is coming. He may come at evening, He may come at midnight, He may come in the early morning. Because you don&#8217;t know, just be watching and be ready. &#8220;<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Through the Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>[Mar 13:1. -, stones-buildings) The very work of building was at that time going forward briskly: therefore many stones were lying scattered apart on this, and on that side.-V. g.]<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Gnomon of the New Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Mar 13:1-4<\/p>\n<p>SECTION THREE<\/p>\n<p>THE DESTRUCTION OF THE TEMPLE FORETOLD<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:1-37<\/p>\n<p>1. OCCASION OF THE PREDICTION<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:1-4<\/p>\n<p>(Mat 24:1-3; Luk 21:5-7)<\/p>\n<p>We approach this chapter sensitive of the fact that it is one of the most important, and yet difficult chapters to understand in the New Testament. In it we have a remarkable prophetic discourse by our Lord which has been variously explained by intelligent and well informed men. We therefore approach it cautiously and prayerfully.<\/p>\n<p>1 And as he went forth out of the temple,&#8211;Jesus, having closed his teaching to the people in the temple, leaves it, and continues teaching his disciples privately. Matthew (Mat 24:1) says: &#8220;Jesus went out from the temple.&#8221; It was his final departure, late in the evening of Tuesday, April 12, that day of wonderful endurance, of continued intellectual labor and conflict, of grand revelations and overwhelming denunciation, of which the evangelists have given us fuller accounts than any other day in his life, unless it be that of his crucifixion. It is not merely a local and temporary departure from the temple that is meant. As the Lord of the temple, the temple had rejected him, in the person of those who had legal authority in it. That was the fall of the temple; and it was then decided that it was no more than a den of robbers, in which all&#8211;the Messiah, and the Spirit, and the hope of the Gentiles, and the blessing of Israel&#8211;were, as it were murdered. He takes farewell of the temple; and from that time forward it became no better than a hall of desolation, a dreary and forsaken ruin. Sad the day for us when Jesus leaves our temple, and his voice is no longer heard pleading in our souls. He goes not until our continued rejection drives him forth. He cleansed the temple of its physical desecraters, but he could not then cleanse it of spiritual wickedness, for the reason those in authority would not repent and turn to God.<\/p>\n<p>one of his disciples saith unto him,&#8211;Matthew says generally, &#8220;his disciples.&#8221; Luke is still more indefinite, &#8220;some.&#8221; We know not who he was, and it is useless to conjecture.<\/p>\n<p>Teacher, behold, what manner of stones and what manner of buildings!&#8211;The disciples who were probably, for the most part, from Galilee, and unaccustomed to behold such magnificent architecture as the temple, with its splendid decorations and walls of stone of such great size, began to admire them very much and to call the attention of Christ to all this magnificence. Well might he thus explain in regard to the building which Tacitus declared one of the wonders of the world. Fifty years before, Herod had begun the great work of its construction, and for forty-six years the work of rebuilding the temple of Zerubbabel, on plans of surpassing grandeur, went on.<\/p>\n<p>2 And Jesus said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings?&#8211;Do your eyes gloat upon them? Do they fill you with wonder and admiration? Do they seem to be eternal?<\/p>\n<p>there shall not be left here one stone upon another, which shall not be thrown down.&#8211;Utter destruction should come upon the magnificent temple. A most remarkable prophecy, uttered in a time of profound peace, when nobody dreamed of the possibility of the destruction of such a magnificent work of art and sanctuary of religion as the temple at Jerusalem; a prophecy literally fulfilled forty years after its utterance, fulfilled by Jewish fanatics and Roman soldiers in express violation of Titus, one of the most humane of the Roman emperors, who wished to save it.<\/p>\n<p>3 And as he sat on the mount of Olives over against the temple,&#8211;Jesus and the disciples had either left the temple by the great gate of Shushan on the east, from which they could go directly down into the valley of the Kidron, which is most likely, or through some other gate, perhaps on the north, into the city. Then through the city and out by one of its gates, to the Kidron. Crossing the brook, they had climbed the Mount of Olives on one of the more direct roads across it, leading to Bethany, and, coming to one of the many knolls, from which, while resting, the whole splendid extent of the temple enclosure, two hundred feet below, could be seen, had sat down to rest.<\/p>\n<p>Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, &#8211;Jesus had just told them that one day all this grandeur should be destroyed. This saying made a deep impression upon their minds, and when they had reached the brow of Olivet, from which they had a splendid view of the city and temple, these disciples asked him to tell them when this destruction should take place, and what should be the sign of his coming, and of the end of the world. (Mat 24:5.)<\/p>\n<p>4 Tell us, when shall these things be?&#8211;The great drama of destruction of which he had spoken as they were coming out of the temple.<\/p>\n<p>and what shall be the sign when these things are all about to be accomplished?&#8211;For their own personal safety, as well as their usefulness during the interviews, the disciples wished to know how to judge of these times. In Mark the two questions seem to refer to the same &#8220;things,&#8221; although the addition of &#8220;all&#8221; in the second is a widening of thought. But Matthew (Mat 24:3) makes the matter clear by giving the second question more definitely, &#8220;and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?&#8221; They wanted to know the evidence that he was coming, and by what token they could know that he was coming. There has always been a yearning of the human heart to know the answer to these questions. We yearn now to know of the end of the world, even as his disciples. But we must not seek to be wise above what is written. There are three questions here according to Matthew (1) &#8220;When shall these things be?&#8221; (2) &#8220;What shall be the sign of thy coming&#8221; and (3) &#8220;of the end of the world&#8221;? To these questions Jesus replies, not by noticing them distinctly, but by intermingling the descriptions of the destruction of Jerusalem and of the end of the world, so that it is sometimes difficult to tell to what particular subject his remarks apply. In the study of prophecy, here or elsewhere in God&#8217;s book, we should seek the guidance of Jesus, and he sure not to go beyond that which is written. (Luk 24:15-27; Luk 24:45; 2Pe 1:19; Rev 1:3.)<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Old and New Testaments Restoration Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>A casual remark from the lips of one of the disciples drew from Jesus words full of solemnity and full of hope. This stately building was to be destroyed. 1t- was already destroyed in the eyes of Christ by the corruption, the impurity, the blasphemy sheltered within its walls. And yet to those who are with Him, what matter? The Temple is gone, but God abideth, and in Christ by the Spirit is ever near hearts that seek Him. No more long pilgrimages to worship. There where thou art, He is. Then worship!<\/p>\n<p>The account of these final discourses of the Lord are much more fully given and dealt with in Matthew and the notes thereon. The special point of interest for us lies in the closing part of the chapter, from verse Mar 13:31 to the end. The Lord made three statements closely connected and yet perfectly distinct. <\/p>\n<p>1. He announced the abiding character of His words. <\/p>\n<p>2. He most clearly said that only the Father knows of that day and hour, referring to the question of the disciples as to the time when all things should be fulfilled. <\/p>\n<p>3. He declared the true attitude of His people, Watch&#8221;:<\/p>\n<p>Let the door be on the latch<\/p>\n<p>In your home;<\/p>\n<p>In the chill before the dawning, Between the night and morning I may come.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: An Exposition on the Whole Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>JESUS DISCOURSE ABOUT THE DESTRUCTION OF THE TEMPLE<\/p>\n<p>13:1-37. As they are coming out of the temple, the disciples call Jesus attention to the greatness of the stones, and of the building itself. Jesus predicts its complete destruction. They ask him the sign of this, and Jesus shows them first, the danger that they will be deceived by false Messiahs, and by premature omens. They are not to be disturbed by these, but are to look out for themselves, exposed to great dangers, and burdened with the great responsibility of making known their message to all nations (v. 1-13). But when they see the desolating abomination, the Roman army, standing where it ought not, before the city itself, then they are to get out of the city, and not stand on the order of their going. That is to be a time of unparalleled distress, of false and specially plausible Messiahs, and is to be followed immediately by the coming of the Son of Man with the usual Divine portents (v. 14-27). As to the time of these events, it is to be within that generation, but no one, not even the Son of Man, knows the exact time. They need to be on the watch, therefore (v. 28-37).<\/p>\n<p>There have been, up to recent times, two interpretations of this discourse. Both of them separate it into two principal parts: the prediction of the destruction of Jerusalem, and the prophecy of the consummation of all things with the advent of the Messiah in glory. But one of them, the traditional interpretation, postpones the latter part indefinitely, and is still looking for the world-catastrophe which its advocates suppose to be predicted here. The difficulties in the way of this interpretation are grave and insuperable. It ignores the coupling together of the two parts in the discourse, as belonging to one great event. Mt. v. 29, says that they will follow each other immediately. Mk., that they belong to the same general period. It passes over also, or attempts to explain away, the obvious notes of time. All of the accounts wait until they have come to the end of the prophecy, including both parts, before they introduce the statement of the time of all these events, and the statement itself is, that that generation was not to pass away till all these things came to pass. Further, it leaves unexplained the expectation of an immediate coming which colors all the other N.T. books, and all the life of the Church in the subsequent period. But especially, it runs counter to the historical interpretation of prophecy, which gives us the only key to its rational exegesis, by postponing to an indefinite future events which the prophecy itself regards as growing out of the present situation.<\/p>\n<p>The other interpretation, the common one at present, interpreting the prophecy itself in the same way, places the time of its fulfilment in that generation. That is, they involve Jesus himself in the evident error of the other N.T. writings and of the Church in the subsequent period. The error of this interpretation, exegetically not so serious as the other, is that it takes literally language which can be shown to be figurative. But the other and more serious difficulty is, that it commits Jesus to a programme of the future which is directly counter to all his teachings in regard to the kingdom of God.<\/p>\n<p>A third interpretation, the one adopted here, holds that the event predicted in the second part did take place in that generation, and in connection with the destruction of Jerusalem. The event itself, and the signs of it, it interprets according to the analogy of prophecy, figuratively. It finds numerous instances of such use in O.T. prophecy. God coming in the clouds of heaven with his angels, and preceded or announced by disturbances in the heavenly bodies, is the ordinary prophetic manner of describing any special Divine interference in the affairs of nations. See especially Dan 7:13, Dan 7:14, Dan 7:27, where this language is used of the coming of the Son of Man, i.e. of the kingdom of the saints, to take the place of the world-kingdoms. The prophecy becomes thus a prediction of the setting up of the kingdom, and especially of its definite inauguration as a universal kingdom, with the removal of the chief obstacle to that in the destruction of Jerusalem.<\/p>\n<p>1.     -And as he was coming out of the temple. The previous scene was in the court of the temple.  denotes the whole temple-enclosure.   -one of his disciples. We are not told who it was. Mt. says, his disciples; Lk., certain people.1  -what manner of stones.Liddell and Scott2 Josephus gives the dimensions of these stones as 25 cubits in length, 12 in breadth, and 8 in height. Ferguson, in Bib. Dic., gives the measurements of the temple proper, the , as about 100 cubits by 60, with inner enclosure about 180 cubits by 240, and an outer enclosure 400 cubits square, the enclosures being adorned with porticoes and gates of great magnificence.<\/p>\n<p>2.     ,     ;       ,    -And Jesus said to him, Seest thou these great structures? There will not be left here stone upon stone, which will not be destroyed. This is a rhetorical statement of utter destruction. It would not be a non-fulfilment of this prophecy to find parts of the original structure still standing.<\/p>\n<p>Omit , answering, after , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  BL 33, 115, 237, 255, one ms. Lat. Vet. Egyptt. Pesh. Insert , here, after , Treg. WH. RV.  BDGLM2 U  mss. Lat. Vet. Pesh. Tisch. objects to this insertion as being taken from Mt., where it occurs without variation. , instead of , after , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  BGLMUX  1, 13, 28, 33, 69, etc. D and a number of mss. of Lat. Vet. add here, and after three days, another will rise up without hands! See J. 2:19.<\/p>\n<p>3.       . 3-And he seating himself on the Mount of Olives. Mk. alone adds, over against the temple, as the situation would recall the previous conversation on coming out of the temple.        .  . -Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately. Mk. retains here the order of these names given by him in the account of the appointment of the twelve.4<\/p>\n<p>, instead of , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  BL 13, 28, 33, 69, 229, Harcl. marg. , instead of , Tisch. Treg. WH.  BDL 1, 13, 28, 33, 69, 346.<\/p>\n<p>4. 5 ,   -Tell us, when these things will be.  refers to the destruction of the temple just mentioned.6 But in giving the answer of Jesus, Mk. introduces false Messiahs in such a way as to seem to imply a previous reference to his own reappearance, so that Mk.s report taken as a whole would imply more than this single reference of the . But this appearance of false Messiahs in Mk.s account may easily be explained as one of the premature signs of the catastrophe which makes the single subject of the prophecy so far. Moreover, the way in which the destruction of the temple, the reappearance of Jesus, and the consummation of the age are introduced in Mt. (24:2, 3) shows conclusively that in that Gospel the three are all treated as parts and titles of the one event.<\/p>\n<p>5.      ,  1-And Jesus began to say to them, Beware lest.<\/p>\n<p>Omit , answering, Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  BL 33, Egyptt. Pesh.<\/p>\n<p>6.      -Many will come in my name.<\/p>\n<p>Omit , for, Tisch. (Treg. marg.) WH. RV. * B Egyptt.<\/p>\n<p>This warning against false Messiahs coming in his name is occasioned apparently by a part of their question, given by Mt. alone, who states their inquiry thus-what is the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the age? Nothing has been said by Mk. to lead up to this warning. The prophecy has been the destruction of the Temple, and the question of the apostles has been when that is to take place. But nothing has been said of his coming. The account of the previous conversation in Mt. would seem necessary therefore to supplement the account of Mk. But see note on , v. 4. Moreover, the , the coming, of Mt. has no antecedents, and yet it is introduced as something well understood by the disciples, of which they inquired only the time. Before this, the Gospels have taken us only as far as the resurrection of Jesus predicted by himself. And even that prediction they tell us that the disciples did not understand. And yet, here they are talking of his coming again as an understood fact. If it was, then their dismay at his death, and their unbelief of his resurrection, are unaccountable.    , in my name. Not his personal name, but his official title. They would not assume to be Jesus returned to the earth, but they would claim his title of Messiah.<\/p>\n<p>7.  .  -wars and rumors of wars. Jesus speaks first of false Messiahs, against whom he warns them. Now, he comes to those commotions which are apt to be taken by men living in critical times and looking forward to great events, as signs of the future.  -be not alarmed.2 The reason of this injunction is given in what follows,  , they have to come, although  after  is to be omitted.3 These wars and rumors of wars are necessary, being involved in the nature of things; they are always happening, and so men are not to be disturbed by them as if they were things out of the ordinary course to be construed as signs. They are necessary, but they are not signs of the end; the end is not yet.<\/p>\n<p>Omit , for, after , it is necessary, Tisch. (Treg. marg.) WH. RV. * B Egyptt.<\/p>\n<p>8.     -For nation will rise against nation. A confirmation of the preceding statement, that wars must be.    1-there will be earthquakes in divers places.  -there will be famines. The statement gains in impressiveness by the omission of  before these clauses; it reads, For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom; there will be earthquakes in divers places; there will be famines.<\/p>\n<p>Omit , and, before  , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV. BDL 28, 124, 299, Egyptt. Omit  before  , Tisch. (Treg.) WH. RV. c BL 28, Memph. Omit  , and tumults, Tisch. Treg. WH. RV. * and c BDL mss. Lat. Vet. Vulg. Memph.<\/p>\n<p>  -these things are a beginning of travails. The word  was in popular use to denote the calamities preceding the advent of the Messiah, and the reason of the figure is to be found not only in the pains, but in the joyous event which they ushered in. But they do not mark the end, but the beginning of that process of travail by which the new birth of the world is to be brought about. The whole paragraph, so far, is a statement of things which need not alarm them, since they are not, as men take them to be, signs of the end.<\/p>\n<p>, instead of , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV. BDKLS* U * mss. Lat. Vet. Vulg.<\/p>\n<p>9.    .  is emphatic. But do ye take heed to yourselves. They are not to go about after false Messiahs nor studying portents; they will have their work to do in looking after themselves.  -they will deliver you up. -councils. The word is used of the local tribunals to be found in Jewish towns, modelled somewhat after the Sanhedrim, the great council of Jerusalem.   -and into synagogues. The words belong to the preceding , and  stands by itself. It reads, They will deliver you up to councils and to synagogues. You will be beaten.2 The synagogues were the ecclesiastical tribunal of the town, as the  were the municipal court. -the word used in Greek to denote the Roman provincial governors. To sum up,  and  were Jewish tribunals,1 and  and  were Gentile rulers. They were to be brought before both.  -for my sake. It was to be because of their attachment to him, that they were to be brought to trial.   -for a testimony to them. This was the Divine purpose of their appearance before earthly tribunals. They were to stand there to testify to Jesus.<\/p>\n<p>Omit  after , Tisch. (Treg.) Treg. marg. WH. BL Memph.<\/p>\n<p>10. .    -And in all the nations must the glad tidings first be heralded. This is suggested by the mention of Gentile rulers in the preceding. It is a part of that, moreover, which makes it necessary for them to look out for themselves during this period. They are to be subject not only to private persecutions, but to governmental oppositions, and under that pressure they are nevertheless to become heralds of the good news of the kingdom of God in every nation, before the end comes. Hence they have themselves to look out for, and not rumors and portents and signs. Moreover, this shows what he means by the care of themselves that he enjoins upon them. It is not care for their safety, but for their spiritual condition in the face of such opposition, and of so difficult a work.<\/p>\n<p>11.     -This is difficult to render. It means, whenever, in the act of delivering them up, men are leading them to the authorities.<\/p>\n<p> , instead of  , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  BDL 33, mss. Lat. Vet. Vulg. Memph. , instead of , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  ABDGHKLMUX .<\/p>\n<p> 2  ,         ,  -do not be anxious beforehand what to say; but whatever is given you in that hour, this speak. The etymological sense of  fits in here; do not be distracted before hand; do not let your attention be divided and drawn off from the more important matters before you.    -what to speak will be given you at the time of your trial, contrasted with . The fact, that it is the Holy Spirit which is to speak in them, shows that it is not their defence of which Jesus is thinking, but of the testimony to the kingdom, v. 9, which is the Divine purpose in bringing them there. This title, Holy Spirit, which became so common in Christian phraseology, is found already in the Jewish writings (not the O.T.) Sap. 1:5. See note on 1:8.<\/p>\n<p>Omit  , nor rehearse, Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  BDL 1, 33, 69, 157, 209, mss. Lat. Vet. Vulg. Egyptt.<\/p>\n<p>12.      -And brother will deliver up brother to death.<\/p>\n<p> , instead of  ,  BDL mss. Lat. Vet. Egyptt.<\/p>\n<p>They will be subject not only to governmental opposition, but to private persecution, and this will extend even to members of their own families, so bitter will be the hostility awakened against them.<\/p>\n<p>13.     -But he who has remained steadfast to the end.  denotes steadfastness under trial and opposition. This closes Jesus statement of the reason for their taking heed to themselves. They will be persecuted by the powers of the world, and hated by everybody, even in their own families, and in the face of this opposition will have to carry the Gospel to all nations, and the price of their salvation will be steadfastness under it all, even to the end.<\/p>\n<p>14.           -Jesus comes now to the real cause of alarm, the sign of the end. It is the   , the abomination of desolation, or the desolating abomination, standing where it ought not. This title is taken directly from the Sept. of Dan 11:31, Dan 12:11, where it refers probably to the idol altar placed on the altar of burnt offerings by Antiochus Epiphanes. But it seems probable here, that the word, as is frequently the case in N.T. quotations from the O.T., are to be taken not in their historical sense, but in a sense more applicable to the N.T. occasion, and easily contained within the words themselves. Lk. supplies us with this interpretation, when he makes Jerusalem surrounded by armies to be the sign of the end. Jerusalem would be the holy place (Mat 24:15) where the abomination of desolation ought not to stand, and the abomination of desolation would be the abhorred and devastating armies of Rome. Wars and rumors of wars, as long as they keep away from the holy place, are not signs of the end, but when they attack the holy city, then beware.   -let him that reads understand. There has been much debate whether these words belong to Jesus discourse, or have been interpolated by the writer. The use of , instead of , decides this, as the omission of the words    , . , which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet, leaves nothing for  to refer to, except what Jesus himself says, and it is only after that has been committed to writing, that  can be used in reference to it. Mk. intends to call special attention to this part of Jesus prophecy. And evidently this is because his readers stood in the shadow of this approaching event, and it became them therefore to read intelligently what Jesus has to say about it. If it is asked why attention is called to this particular part of the prophecy, it is because Jesus himself calls attention to it as containing the key to the situation; this is the sign of the end. When that takes place, they need expect no other result of the siege, than that predicted.   -into the mountains. Mountains are mentioned as the natural places of refuge.<\/p>\n<p>15.  ()     ,  1      -(And) let not him who is upon the house descend, nor go in to take anything out of the house. They are not to descend, but flee immediately by the external approach to the roof, instead of going down into the house for any purpose. The whole is an expression of the haste necessary to escape the impending event.<\/p>\n<p>Omit  (Treg. marg.) WH. BFH, one ms. Lat. Vet. Memph. Omit   , into the house, Tisch. WH. RV.  BL two mss. Lat. Vet. Egyptt. Pesh. , instead of -, Tisch. Treg. WH. ADL  13, 28, 346.<\/p>\n<p>16.             -and let not him who is in the field turn back to take his outer garment. The picture is of a man who has left his outer garment in the house for work in the field.<\/p>\n<p>Omit  after , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  BDL  1, 28, 209, 245, 299, mss. Lat. Vet. Memph.<\/p>\n<p>18.      -And pray that it may not take place in the winter time. The catastrophe is meant, and not their flight. The reason given, viz. the unheard-of greatness of the calamity, shows this.<\/p>\n<p>Omit   , your flight, Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  * and ca BDL most mss. Lat. Vet. Vulg.<\/p>\n<p>19.     . -for those days will be tribulation, instead of a time of tribulation. Wetstein translates the expression, one prolonged calamity.    -literally, such as there has not been such.2<\/p>\n<p>, instead of , after , Tisch. Treg. WH.  BC * L 28.<\/p>\n<p>20.    3   ,     -And if the Lord had not shortened those days, no flesh would have been saved. The aor. tenses put this action in the past-if the Lord had not shortened the time, no flesh would have been saved. The language is proleptic, stating the event as it already existed in the Divine decree.1 It is needless to say that  is used of physical deliverance, though it has been interpreted of the deliverance from temptation to unfaithfulness in such an hour of trial.    -the elect, whom he elected.2 There will be some among that multitude given over to destruction who are Gods own chosen ones, and on their account he shortened (in the Divine decree) these days. It would be the number, and not the length of those days, that God would shorten.<\/p>\n<p>21.      , ,   , , ,  -And then, if any one says to you, See, here the Messiah, see, there, believe it not. , then, is added to the warning against false Messiahs appearing in the preceding period (v. 6).<\/p>\n<p>, instead of the first , Tisch. Treg. WH.  BL. , instead of second , Tisch. Treg. WH.  BDL 28. Omit , or, before it, Tisch. WH.  LU 40, 69, 127, 131, 157, two mss. Lat. Vet. Vulg. , instead of , Tisch. Treg. WH.  ABCDEFHLV .<\/p>\n<p>22.   ()   ,3   ()   ,4   ,  ,  -for (and) false Messiahs and false prophets will arise, and will give (do) signs and prodigies, in order to deceive, if possible, the elect.<\/p>\n<p> belongs especially to , rather than . A sign is something given in proof of ones claim.  denotes miracles as wonders, abortive, unearthly, and portentous phenomena, and thus corresponds most exactly to our word miracles.   5 may denote result, as well as object.6 But  , if possible, points to the signification of object. , here and in v. 20, does not have its dogmatic sense, but the literary sense of choice or picked men seems to accord with the spirit of the passage. They are distinguished from the common crowd.<\/p>\n<p>This manifestation of false Messiahs and prophets is to be distinguished from the one in v. 6, in the time before the end, being accompanied by these miracles and signs, so that the danger of deception is greater.<\/p>\n<p>Tisch. reads , instead of , at the beginning of the verse with  C, regarding  as copied from Mt., where it is the invariable reading. Also , instead of , with D 13, 28, 69, 91, 124, 299, 346, two mss. Lat. Vet., for the same reason. Omit  before  , Tisch. (Treg.) WH. RV.  BDgrk.<\/p>\n<p>It is singular to see David George (1556), Lodowick Muggleton (1746), John Cochran (1868), enumerated among the Messiahs foretold in this prophecy. (Morison.) Whatever opinion is held as to the contents of the prophecy, whether it refers simply to the destruction of Jerusalem with whatever significance may be attached to that, or includes also the visible coming of the Lord and the final judgment, there is general consent now that the prophecy is restricted in time to that generation, v. 30. In general, the historical interpretation of prophecy is fairly settled.<\/p>\n<p>23.   -But do you be on the lookout. The effect of the insertion of the pronoun is to emphasize it. The purpose of the false prophets and Messiahs is to deceive even the elect. But they, the elect, are to take heed. They do not belong to the unprepared multitude, but have been prepared by their Master. Those who divide the prophecy into two parts, one referring to the destruction of Jerusalem, and the other to the end of the world, make the division at v. 20. But this   is strongly against any interpretation which makes the warning refer to a time when none of the disciples to whom it was addressed were living. The warning might include others besides these, but should certainly include them.<\/p>\n<p>Omit , lo, before , I have told you beforehand, Tisch. Treg. WH. BL 28 one ms. Lat. Vet. Memph.<\/p>\n<p>We come now to the coming of the Son of Man, with its accompanying portents, v. 24-27. It is placed after the destruction of Jerusalem, but in the same general period: in those days, after that affliction. The portents, the darkening of the sun and moon, and the falling of the stars, belong to that event, and not to the destruction of Jerusalem. This separation of the two events which might seem to belong together, means that the fall of Jerusalem is a preparation for the Advent, which cannot take place without it. It is that end of the old order which must precede the beginning of the new.<\/p>\n<p>24.    -in those days. These words denote the general period which he is describing, the fall of Jerusalem. This coming of the Son of Man belongs to that epoch.    -after that calamity. The  referred to is that of v. 19; so that what follows is included in the period, but placed after the calamity.   -the sun will be darkened. This disturbance of the heavenly bodies, and the prediction of the coming of the Son of Man, have been supposed to be decisive of the view that this prophecy looks beyond the fall of Jerusalem to the end of the world. But this darkening and fall of the heavenly bodies is so common an accompaniment of O.T. prophecy, and its place is so definitely and certainly fixed there, as belonging to the Apocalyptic imagery of prophecy, and not to the prediction of events, that it presents no difficulty whatever, and does not even create a presumption in favor of the view that this is a prophecy of the final catastrophe. In Isa 13:10, it reads, For the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light; the sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine.  I will make the heaven to tremble, and the earth shall be shaken out of her place. But this is a part of the prophecy of the destruction of Babylon by the Medes. In Isa 34:4, it reads, And all the host of heaven shall be dissolved, and the heavens shall be rolled together as a scroll, and all their host shall fade away as the leaf fadeth from off the vine, and as a fading leaf from the fig tree, where the event predicted is the judgment of Edom. In Eze 32:7, Eze 32:8, similar language is used of the judgment of Egypt, and in Amo 8:9, of the northern kingdom. In Joe 2:30, Joe 2:31, Joe 2:3:15, where the subject is the judgment of the nations in connection with the return of Judah from captivity (see 3:1), it says: I will show wonders in the heavens above, and in the earth blood and fire, and pillars of smoke. The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and terrible day of the Lord come.  The sun and the moon are darkened, and the stars withdraw their shining. That is to say, this language is intended to portray the greatness of the doom of such nations as come under the judgment of God. When he comes in judgment, the earth and even the heavens dissolve before him. But it is needless to minimize these words into eclipses, or earthquakes, or meteoric showers, or to magnify them into actual destruction of sun and moon and stars. They are not events, but only imaginative portrayal of what it means for God to interfere in the history of nations.     . .  is used frequently in Greek writers of armies, hosts, and hence it is used to translate the Heb.   the host of heaven, a phrase used of the stars (2 K. 17:16, 23:4, Isa 34:4). See Thay.-Grm. Lex.<\/p>\n<p>   , instead of   , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  ABCU * mss. Lat. Vet. Egyptt. Pesh. , instead of , same editors, and  BCDL * mss. Lat. Vet.<\/p>\n<p>26.      .    -And then they will see the Son of Man coming in clouds. This language is not to be taken literally, any more than that about the heavenly bodies. That is, usage makes it unnecessary, and in this case, the immediate connection with the destruction of Jerusalem makes it impossible. In Psa 97:1-5, the reign of God on earth has the same accompaniment of clouds, darkness, and fire. In Isa 19:1, Yahweh is represented as coming on a swift cloud to Egypt. In Zec 9:14, when God stirs the sons of Zion against the sons of Greece, he, himself, is seen above the combatants, sending forth his arrows like lightning, blowing the trumpet, and coming in the whirlwinds of the south. And in Psa 18:5-16, is the locus classicus, where all the powers of nature are made to contribute to the pomp of Yahwehs coming to the rescue of his servant. But the passage from which this language is taken is Dan 7:13, in which one like a Son of Man comes with the clouds of heaven, and the Ancient of Days gives him an everlasting and universal kingdom. The writer has seen a vision of four beasts, which are four kingdoms, and then he has a vision not of a beast, but of a Son of Man, to whom is given not a perishable kingdom like that of the beasts, but an everlasting kingdom. And when he explains this kingdom like the others, it appears to be the kingdom of the saints of the Most High. But the point is, that in this vision, the clouds are not to be taken literally; they make a part of the picture, intended to represent that this kingdom to be set up on the earth is after all not an earthly kingdom, but one coming down out of heaven, a theocracy. If any one had suggested to the writer, that it was to have a literal fulfilment, he would have said that that was not in his mind. Jesus then, in adopting this language, meant that this prophecy out of the O.T. was to be fulfilled in himself at the time of the destruction of Jerusalem. Then the kingdom of God is to be set up in the world, that unworldly and everlasting kingdom of which the sign is not a beast, but one like a Son of Man coming in the clouds. But here, we face the question, what there was in this catastrophe of the Jewish nation which can be described as a coming of the Son of Man in the clouds with power and great glory. All the marks of time in the chapter point to that one time and confine us to that; and, as we have seen, the language, which seems to point to a world-catastrophe and the consummation of all things, does not take us beyond that, since it is used elsewhere of events, such as the destruction of Babylon and the judgment of Edom, which have the same general character as this destruction of Jerusalem. But what is there about this event that can be called a coming of the Son of Man with power and great glory? The answer to this is to be found in the fact that Christ is said in the N.T., to have assumed the seat of power at the right hand of God, and especially that the government of the world has been committed to him. The same language that has been used in the O.T., therefore, to represent a Divine intervention in the affairs of the world, especially in great national crises, is now applied to the Messianic King, who rules, not on an earthly but a heavenly throne. And neither in the one case nor the other is a visible coming implied. But Mt., in the account of the trial of Jesus before the Sanhedrim, uses a word which is decisive of the way in which the coming of the Son of Man is to be taken. Jesus says, Mat 26:64,    .  .     . , .   . -Henceforth, from this time on, you will see the Son of Man seated on the right hand of the Power, and coming on the clouds of heaven. This settles two things: first, that the coming is not a single event, any more than the sitting on the right hand of Power; and second, that it was a thing which was to begin with the very time of our Lords departure from the world. Moreover, the two things, the sitting at the right hand of Power, and the coming, are connected in such a way as to mean that he is to assume power in heaven and exercise it here in the world. The period beginning with the departure of Jesus from the world was to be marked by this assumption of heavenly power by the Christ, and by repeated interferences in crises of the worlds history, of which this destruction of Jerusalem was the first. With it, there was to be a consummation of that age,   , a winding up of the Jewish period, and with it the removal of the great obstacle at that time to the setting up of the kingdom of God in the world.<\/p>\n<p>27. .    , .  . , etc.-And then he will send forth the angels, and will gather (his) elect. This gathering of the elect is the process of establishing the kingdom, and has been going on from the beginning. All the processes by which men are brought to the acknowledgment of Christ and the obedience of the kingdom belong to the gathering of the elect. The angels represent the invisible heavenly agencies in an earthly event. The introduction of them means that there is that invisible, Divine side to a human transaction. Back of all that men are doing for the conversion of the world, is the Lord Christ with the hosts of heaven, see J. 1:51. As for the time, it begins then, at the time of the consummation of the Jewish age, because Judaism was the great obstacle at that time to the universal spread of the kingdom. Under its influence, Christianity threatened to become a mere appendage of Judaism, to have the particularism, formalism, and legalism of that religion grafted upon it in such a way that it could never become a universal religion. With the removal of this obstacle, could begin, not the gathering of the elect, but the gathering of them from the four quarters of the world, the universal gathering.<\/p>\n<p>Omit , his, after  , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV. BDL mss. Lat. Vet. Omit  after , Tisch. Treg. (WH.) DL 1, 28, 91, 299, mss. Lat. Vet. Tisch. regards  as taken from Mat 24:31.<\/p>\n<p>28.  -the parable, the illustration or analogy to be drawn from the fig tree.       -whenever its branch has become tender. When the young branches, or twigs, that produce the leaves are softened by the sap flowing through them. These things are a sign of approaching summer, and signs are just as reliable in the world of events as in the physical world. But they are signs of the same kind. Causes are to be found in effects, and effects in causes in both spheres.<\/p>\n<p>29.   -the pronoun is emphatic, distinguishing the restricted , addressed only to his disciples, from the general  implied in the preceding . You know, and so does everybody, the natural sign; and you disciples are to know in like manner these signs of coming events. -these things, the besieging armies, and the sufferings of the siege, see v. 14.  -it is near; the subject is taken for granted as being in all their minds.  &#8211; at the doors, a common figurative expression of nearness.<\/p>\n<p>30.   -this generation. The word is always used by Jesus to denote the men living at that time. This use is sufficient against the supposition that it means the Jewish race, or the human race, devices introduced to make it possible to interpret the prophecy as applying to the end of the world. But what meaning would either have as marks of time for the general winding up of human affairs? No, the statement means that these events are to take place during the lifetime of Jesus contemporaries, and the events are, therefore, what the whole prophecy surely indicates, those connected with the fall of the Jewish state and the destruction of Jerusalem.  -Here is the answer to those who suppose that the prophecy is to be divided into two parts, one predicting the Jewish catastrophe, and the other the world-catastrophe. All these things, and not the minor part of them, are to take place within that generation.<\/p>\n<p>31. A proverbial statement of the inevitableness of his words. The most stable and enduring of all physical things, in fact the whole physical frame of things, will pass away, i.e. will perish and come to naught; but his words are imperishable.<\/p>\n<p>, instead of , Tisch. Treg. WH.  BL. Omit , WH. BD *.<\/p>\n<p>32.        -Jesus has given them the signs by which they may recognize the event when it comes, and has told them generally that it will be within that generation, but more specifically, the day, or the hour, no one knows.   . The use of  forbids our translating this neither, nor. The first means not even and the second nor.  is disjunctive, whereas neither, nor, is conjunctive. The preceding verses have fixed the time; this declares it to be unknown. And from this an inference has been made favorable to the view that the prophecy is divided into two parts, the fixed and near time being assigned to the near event, and the unknown time to the far event of the general catastrophe. But the conjunction of day and hour in the statement serves to call attention to the exact time, and to the greater or less approximateness of knowledge which Jesus disclaims in regard to it. This is emphasized, rather than a certain period contrasted with another. Moreover, here as elsewhere in the discourse, there is an absence of everything to mark off the two periods from each other.<\/p>\n<p>  -This denial of omniscience to the Son has caused all manner of theological tinkering. It means, say some, that he did not know it on his human side; or by a refinement, he did know it as man, but the knowledge was not derived from his human nature, but from the Divine; or he had no knowledge of it that he was authorized to impart, he was not supposed to know it; or the knowledge lay within his reach, but he did not choose to take it up into his consciousness; and some go so far even as to make the passage an Arian interpolation. But the statement need create no surprise in those who accept the statement of our Lords humanity, especially when it is accompanied by statements of this particular limitation of his humanity; cf. Luk 2:52, Mar 11:12, Mar 11:13.    -literally, except the Father. This belongs with  , and should follow it immediately-no one knows, except the Father. The intervening clauses make an adversative statement more normal. This limitation corresponds to what we know of the nature of inspiration. It increases human knowledge, but does not alter the nature of it. It conveys a knowledge of the future as contained in the present, and so an approximate knowledge of the time, e.g. that the fall of the Jewish nation would come in that generation. But it would not enable a man to predict the exact time, the day, or the hour.<\/p>\n<p>, instead of , before  , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV. ABCEGHK Lam_2 UVWb X  mss. Lat. Vet. Vulg. Harcl. Omit  before  , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  DK* LUW 11, 28, 115, 262, 299, mss. Lat. Vet. Vulg. Memph. Pesh.<\/p>\n<p>33. , 1-Take heed, be watchful. This duty of watchfulness arises from the uncertainty of the time. Knowledge of it would leave time for them to be off their guard.<\/p>\n<p>Omit  , and pray, Tisch. (Treg.) WH. RV.marg. BD 122, mss. Lat. Vet. one ms. Vulg.<\/p>\n<p>34.          , -There is nothing to be supplied before  like , but the correlative of  is . It reads-As a man away from home, having left his house, and having given the charge to his servants, also gave orders to the porter to watch, watch ye therefore. The full statement of the comparison would be, so I say to you, watch. The abruptness of the statement in its present form makes it more forcible.<\/p>\n<p>Omit  before , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  BC* DL 238, 248, mss. Lat. Vet.<\/p>\n<p> ,  ,  ,1  -either in the evening, or at midnight, or at cock-crowing, or in the morning. These words denote the four watches of the night, from six to six.2<\/p>\n<p>Insert  before , Tisch. Treg. WH. RV.  BCL  one ms. Lat. Vet. Memph. Harcl. marg. ,3 instead of -, Tisch. Treg. WH.  BCL .<\/p>\n<p>36.      -lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping. This clause depends on , v. 35-watch, lest he find you sleeping. The last clause of v. 35 is parenthetical.<\/p>\n<p>37.    ,  , -and what I say to you, I say to all, Watch. What Jesus had said before applied especially to the apostles, whose duties, like those of porter in a house, required special watchfulness. But in the kingdom of God, this watchfulness is required of all, though it is specially necessary in those left in charge of things. It is not intended to carry out the comparison any further than this, that the apostles, like a doorkeeper in a house, needed specially to be on the watch.<\/p>\n<p>1 Mat 24:1, Luk 21:5.<\/p>\n<p>2  is a later form for the Greek . On the etymology of the word, see Liddell and Scott, Thay.-Grm. Lex. Properly, the word denotes origin-from what country?-but from Demos. on, it has also the meaning, of what sort? Here, it is exclamatory, calling attention to the greatness of the temple buildings.<\/p>\n<p>Bib. Dic. Smiths Dictionary of the Bible (1st or 2d edition). <\/p>\n<p>Tisch. Tischendorf.<\/p>\n<p>Treg. Tregelles.<\/p>\n<p>WH. Westcott and Hort.<\/p>\n<p>RV. Revised Version.<\/p>\n<p>Codex Sinaiticus.<\/p>\n<p>B Codex Vaticanus.<\/p>\n<p>L Codex Regius.<\/p>\n<p>33 Codex Regius.<\/p>\n<p>Lat. Vet. Vetus Latina.<\/p>\n<p>Egyptt. Egyptian Versions.<\/p>\n<p>Pesh. Peshito.<\/p>\n<p>D Codex Ephraemi.<\/p>\n<p>M Codex Campianus.<\/p>\n<p>U Codex Nanianus.<\/p>\n<p>Codex Sangallensis <\/p>\n<p>G Codex Wolfi A.<\/p>\n<p>Codex Tischendorfianus <\/p>\n<p>Codex Petropolitianus <\/p>\n<p>1 .Codex Basiliensis<\/p>\n<p>13 Codex Regius.<\/p>\n<p>28 Codex Regius.<\/p>\n<p>69 Codex Leicestrensis.<\/p>\n<p>3 On this use of  with a verb of rest, see Thay.-Grm. Lex.<\/p>\n<p>4 See 3:16-18.<\/p>\n<p>Harcl. Harclean.<\/p>\n<p>marg. Revided Version marg.<\/p>\n<p>346 Codex Ambrosianus.<\/p>\n<p>5 The imper.  is from sec. aor. .<\/p>\n<p>6 The plural is used because this event is complex, including in itself a multiplied series of events.<\/p>\n<p>1 On this unclassical use of , see Thay.-Grm. Lex.<\/p>\n<p>2 A late meaning of the word, which means properly, do not make an outcry.<\/p>\n<p>3 Notice the asyndetic character of the entire discourse, so peculiar to Mk.s abrupt style.<\/p>\n<p>1 On this distributive use of , see Win. 49 d, b).<\/p>\n<p>Memph. Memphitic.<\/p>\n<p>Vulg. Vulgate.<\/p>\n<p>K Codex Cyprius.<\/p>\n<p>S Codex Vaticanus.<\/p>\n<p>2 So Erasmus, Tyndale, Meyer, Treg. Morison. The more common interpretation makes   a pregnant construction after -you will be (taken) into synagogues (and) beaten. Meyer points out that to leave  standing disconnected agrees admirably with the general asyndetic character of the discourse.<\/p>\n<p>1 See Schrer II. 1,  23, 11.; II, 2,  27.<\/p>\n<p>A Codex Alexandrinus.<\/p>\n<p>H Codex Wolfi B.<\/p>\n<p>2 This verb is found only here in the N.T., and elsewhere only in ecclesiastical writings.<\/p>\n<p>209 An unnamed, valuable manuscript.<\/p>\n<p>1 On this form, see Win. 13, 1.<\/p>\n<p>F Codex Borelli.<\/p>\n<p>2 On this redundancy, see Win. 22, 4b.<\/p>\n<p>C Codex Bezae.<\/p>\n<p>3  is used in the Greek only of physical mutilation. In the N.T., it is used only here and in the parallel passage in Mt., of cutting short time. A striking instance of the interdependence of the Synoptics.<\/p>\n<p>1 Win. 42, 2 b; Mey. on Mat 24:22.<\/p>\n<p>2 On this redundancy, and the similar fulness of expression in   , creation which he created, v. 19, see Meyers Note.<\/p>\n<p>E Codex Basiliensis.<\/p>\n<p>V Codex Mosquensis.<\/p>\n<p>3 Words compounded with &#8211; are common in later Greek, but not in the classical period.  is the Greek word for false prophet.<\/p>\n<p>4  occurs only here and in the parallel passage in Mt., in the Synoptics. Its most frequent use is in the Acts.<\/p>\n<p>5  occurs elsewhere in the N.T. only in 1Ti 6:10.<\/p>\n<p>6 Win. 49 h.<\/p>\n<p>Thay.-Grm. Thayers Grimm.<\/p>\n<p>1  is compounded of  privative and , and means literally be sleepless. This and the parallel passage, Luk 21:36, are the only places where the word occurs in the Gospels, so that this is another instance of the quite certain interdependence of the Synoptical Gospels.<\/p>\n<p>1 This word belongs to later Greek.<\/p>\n<p>2 See Thay.-Grm. Lex. .<\/p>\n<p>3 On this use of the acc. to denote approximately the time of an event, see Win. 36, 2.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: International Critical Commentary New Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Coming Tribulations <\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:1-13<\/p>\n<p>Our Lord departed from the Temple, never again to enter its sacred precincts or to open His mouth in public teaching. When He withdrew, the whole system of Judaism was given over to desolation, and the predictions spoken at this time were minutely fulfilled in the fall of Jerusalem under Titus. The Temple was blotted out-indeed, a ploughshare passed over its site; the people were sold into slavery or butchered in the gladiatorial shows; their nationality was obliterated; and their land given to strangers. For more than eighteen centuries the holy places have been defiled.<\/p>\n<p>Christs words contain a further reference to His second advent. The signs here mentioned were carefully scanned by the early Christians, as one after another they were fulfilled. They saw the Roman world convulsed by rival claimants for the imperial purple; they knew by bitter experience the brunt of the worlds hatred; they realized that by the labors of the great apostle of the Gentiles, and others, the gospel had been preached throughout the known world-and when these signs were being fulfilled, and the Roman eagles gathered to prey on the carcass of Judaism, from which the life had passed, they hastened to flee to Pella, from whence they beheld the collapse of the Jewish state.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: F.B. Meyer&#8217;s Through the Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Introduction<\/p>\n<p>Mark 13 should be read and studied carefully in connection with Matthew 24 and Luke 21. All three chapters give us a report of our Lords Olivet discourse, in which He traced prophetically the conditions that were to prevail in Palestine and among the Gentile nations after His rejection and resurrection. His prophecies included the destruction of Jerusalem under Titus and-going on to the climax-the second coming of the Son of man and the establishment of the kingdom of God on earth in power and glory. It is noteworthy that when He spoke in His servant character as the prophet of Jehovah, He declared His self-limitation: Of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father (Mar 13:32). As the perfect Servant He chose not to know what the Father was not pleased to reveal (Deu 18:15; Deu 18:18-19).<\/p>\n<p>We do not find in these three chapters any mention of the church of the present dispensation. When Jesus spoke these words, the truth as to the body of Christ was still unrevealed. This mystery was not made known until it was given by special illumination to the apostle Paul and through him to others some time after the present age of grace began. Therefore in reading the Olivet discourse we do well to recognize its strictly Jewish character. While the discourse reveals much hitherto kept secret, there is no intimation in it of the origin, course, or destiny of the church-the heavenly people now linked by the Spirit with the risen Christ.<\/p>\n<p>Many of those who heard this address were incorporated into the church of the present dispensation by the baptism in the Holy Spirit on Pentecost and after. Yet all who heard are viewed as the Jewish remnant waiting for the consummation of the Old Testament prophecy-the setting up of Messiahs kingdom when the once-rejected Servant of Jehovah will return to rule the nations with the iron rod of inflexible righteousness (Psalm 2). The elect in view throughout the discourse of Mark 13 are therefore the early saints-both Jews and converted Gentiles in the last days (the seventieth week of Daniel 9)-who are to be gathered from all parts of the world to welcome the King when He sets up His throne on mount Zion. If these considerations be kept in mind much confusion will be avoided.<\/p>\n<p>Characteristics of the Present Age (Mar 13:1-8)<\/p>\n<p>Jesus and His followers left the city on the evening of the day in which He had been in controversy with the unbelieving leaders regarding several definite questions. As they left Jerusalem the disciples took pardonable pride as Jews in calling His attention to the magnificent buildings of the temple and nearby palaces. Doubtless they thought that Jesus would soon take these over, and they would dwell in them with Him and help Him administer the affairs of the kingdom. But to their amazement He declared that of all those great buildings not one stone would be left upon another, but all would be razed.<\/p>\n<p>Pausing, Jesus sat on the mount overlooking the temple, and four of the disciples-Peter, James, John, and Andrew-asked Him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled?<\/p>\n<p>In Mar 13:5-8 the Lord outlined the course of the present age and speaks of the general characteristics that will prevail during the time of His physical absence from the world. There will be no improvement in morals or in the affairs of nations. The Prince of Peace has been rejected. Consequently there can be no lasting peace until He returns to reign and put down all unrighteousness.<\/p>\n<p>Many false christs were predicted and the predictions have been abundantly fulfilled, but the true sheep of the flock have not been deceived by the voices of these strangers. There will be wars and rumors of wars because the only One who could have saved the nations from these calamities has been spurned and crucified. Jesus clearly foresaw all this and therefore pictured exactly the age following His rejection by the world and His ascension to Heaven.<\/p>\n<p>Ever since He left this earth, that which is outlined in verse 8 has been exemplified. Nation has risen against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. Great disturbances have filled mens hearts with dread, while famines and other troubles have made this world a scene of sadness and distress. Yet these things are but the beginning of sorrows, even though they have continued for nearly twenty centuries. The worst of all suffering is yet in the future.<\/p>\n<p>Far worse are the dangers to which men are to be subjected in the time of the end, when Gods final judgments are falling on the earth. But even then-in the time of Jacobs trouble and the era of trial that is to come on all those who dwell in the world-the message of the gospel will be proclaimed until the final consummation of the age.<\/p>\n<p>Signs of the Last Days (Mar 13:9-13)<\/p>\n<p>We of this present age may appropriate the words of Mar 13:9-13 to ourselves when we are in similar circumstances, but it is important to see their exact application. The suffering saints referred to here are clearly those of Israel who will be Gods final witnesses after the church as we know it has been caught away to Heaven and the last week of Daniel 9 has begun. Then God will raise up a host of wise ones (the Maskilim of Daniel 12) to bear testimony and proclaim the gospel of the kingdom among all nations. These saints will be the special objects of Satans enmity and will be exposed to fearful suffering and relentless persecution. Nevertheless the gospel must be proclaimed to all nations before the end will come.<\/p>\n<p>While portraying this time of persecution, Mar 13:11-13 also gives comfort and encouragement to those who will suffer arrest and imprisonment in those dark days. The Holy Spirit of God will enable them to answer those who accuse them falsely. The saints will be enabled to answer in a manner that their adversaries will not be able to resist. This passage might seem to apply only to this present dispensation of grace when the Holy Spirit indwells all believers. But we need to remember that even when His present work in the church comes to an end and He no longer personally indwells the saints, He will still be omnipresent. He will be with all who turn to Christ in those dark days, even as He was with Old Testament saints before Pentecost.<\/p>\n<p>Betrayal by ones own relatives, even unfilial children giving evidence against godly parents, will call for great patience on the part of those who will be witnesses to the coming King in that time of stress. Those who confess Christ as earths rightful King will be tried to the utmost. They will be hated by all who are subject to the power of Satan working through the atheistic governments of the last days. But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved. This is not to say that salvation in that hour of crisis will depend on individual faithfulness, but rather that endurance to the end is the evidence of reality. Mere profession will break down then, as now. But if one has actually been regenerated, no matter what he may be called on to endure, he will be given power to continue in the path of devotedness to the Lord.<\/p>\n<p>The Great Tribulation and Christs Second Coming (Mar 13:14-27)<\/p>\n<p>It is clear from the ninth chapter of Daniel that the last week will be divided into two parts. The entire period is called a time of trouble (Dan 12:1), and the time of Jacobs trouble (Jer 30:7). But it is the last part-the three and a half years beginning with the full revelation of the man of sin-that is designated the great tribulation. This will be ushered in by the setting up of the abomination of desolation predicted in Dan 12:11.<\/p>\n<p>We need to distinguish between the abomination that maketh desolate spoken of in Dan 11:31, which refers to the image of Jupiter set up in the temple by Antiochus Epiphanes in the distant past, and the abomination that maketh desolate of Dan 12:11, which refers to a desecration yet to take place. It is this latter abomination of which our Lord was speaking. Whether the abomination will be a literal image of the beast (Rev 13:14-15) to be erected by the false prophet, the lamb-like beast (the antichrist) of the last days, or a symbol of some secret agency acting on behalf of the blasphemous head of the coming world empire, we may not be positive. But in the light of the Lords words the remnant living in that hour of trial will understand. They will also know that the power of evil can last only 1260 days thereafter, and at the end of that time the kingdom will be set up. The great tribulation therefore will go on throughout three and a half years after this abomination is revealed. This will be the time when the wrath of God will be poured out on apostate Christendom and apostate Judaism. To Christians the promise is given that they will not be exposed to wrath. We look for our Lord Jesus to snatch us away from the wrath to come (1Th 1:10).<\/p>\n<p>The instructions given in Mar 13:14-18 apply particularly to the Jewish remnant in Palestine during the reign of the beast and the antichrist. As in the days of Titus, warning is given to the remnant to avoid the city and to flee to the wilderness where they will be protected from the wrath of the devil expressed through the antichrist.<\/p>\n<p>Daniel predicted a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time (Dan 12:1). In Mar 13:19 Jesus used similar language. So terrible will be the catastrophe that will fall on the nations that except the Lord shorten the days no flesh should be saved. But He told us that for the elects sake-referring to the elect of Israel and those who will be spared out of the nations- those days will be shortened.<\/p>\n<p>Three and one-half years equals approximately 1278 days. But the power of the beast will be limited to 1260 days. The period will be shortened by 18 days to permit the salvation of many from actual destruction.<\/p>\n<p>In that awful time of strong delusion and hardness of heart many will be misled by false christs and false prophets, as well as by the supreme antichrist at Jerusalem. But the elect of God will be preserved from the deceivers blinding influence. To the elect Jesus said, Take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things.<\/p>\n<p>Observe that all the portents described in Mar 13:24-25 and the actual return of the Son of man are to take place immediately after that tribulation and therefore have not yet taken place. It is certain that the prophecy of the great tribulation (Mar 13:14-23) does not refer to any event already fulfilled-for instance, the destruction of Jerusalem or persecutions of the church under either pagan or papal Rome-for the Lords second advent is still in the future. How near it may be none but God can say; but it is still the expectation of the people of God, and not something to which they can look back.<\/p>\n<p>Christs coming to the earth will be attended with great natural convulsions. Everything that can be shaken will reel to and fro like a drunken man and supernatural events will occur among the heavenly bodies. In this nuclear age we can readily see how literally these words of Jesus can be taken.<\/p>\n<p>Note the difference between this stage of the second advent and that depicted in 1 Thessalonians 4. In Mark 13 the Son of man comes to the earth with power and great glory. In 1 Thessalonians 4 the Lord descends from Heaven, but calls His saints to meet Him in the air. In Mark 13 He sends forth His angels to gather His elect (the remnant out of Israel and the nations waiting for His return) from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of Heaven. In 1 Thessalonians 4 the saints of the past ages and of the church, the body of Christ, will be raptured (caught up) to meet Him in the air in order to return with Him in glory when the passage in Mark 13 is fulfilled.<\/p>\n<p>Our Duty to Watch (Mar 13:28-37)<\/p>\n<p>In this section of Mark 13 the fig tree is used as a symbol of Judah, or the Jewish people. It speaks of Israel nationally. When the fig tree puts forth her leaves one may know that summer is near. So when ye shall see these things come to pass-that is, when the Jews once more acquire national consciousness and the predicted signs begin to come to pass-you will know that the consummation (the coming of the King) is at hand. Until that day the unbelieving Jews will abide. All Satans efforts will be unable to destroy them. No matter how unbelievers may scoff, Gods Word will stand. Heaven and earth may pass away, but His words will never pass away.<\/p>\n<p>It is useless to try to work out some chronological system to determine the time of His coming. This is a secret, unrevealed even to angels. Even the Son, as man on earth, chose not to know. It is the Fathers prerogative to set the time, as Jesus also declared in Act 1:7. How slow men have been to accept this, and what blunders they have made by attempting to compute the time of His return.<\/p>\n<p>Like a man gone on a journey who gave instruction to his servants as to their duties in his absence but did not intimate the day or hour of his return, so Jesus our Lord has ascended to Heaven. He declared that in due time He will come again but He did not name the time. Meanwhile we are here to serve Him. He has appointed to every man his work, and commanded the porter to watch. It is for us to take heed to His words, to watch and pray, as we wait for the fulfillment of His promise. Because of the uncertainty of the hour when He will come back to earth all His servants should ever be on the qui vive, waiting and watching expectantly lest coming suddenly He find them sleeping. To every one the word is spoken-Watch.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Commentaries on the New Testament and Prophets<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Mar 13:31<\/p>\n<p>Things Temporal and Things Eternal.<\/p>\n<p>I. First, our Lord declares to us, &#8220;Heaven and earth shall pass away.&#8221; By heaven and earth are meant this state of things of which we have experience; this earth as it is an habitation for human beings; the sun as it is a light to us, the moon and the stars as in any way connected with man. We know that we ourselves shall all die; nay, we know also by past experience that nations many times die; and, so far as it is a death to perish utterly from the knowledge of future ages, so there are many generations of the whole human race which in this sense are to us dead. But our Lord&#8217;s words go further than this; they tell us that there will be an absolute end of all worldly things whatever, that all the human race shall come to an end.<\/p>\n<p>II. But yet I quite allow that this portion of the text without the other might, and I think would, have very little practical effect. For granting that heaven and earth shall pass away, and that our highest earthly labours are bestowed therefore on that which is perishable, yet still if this perishable is all that we know of, it becomes after all of very great and paramount importance to us; it may be but a poor thing to live, but live we must by the very necessity of our nature, and we must love this life, if we know of nothing better. And therefore simple declarations of the perishableness of earthly things are really of no effect whatever. No man heeds them, or can heed them, for our nature repels them. It is, however, altogether different when we take in the second part of the text, and are told that Christ&#8217;s words shall not pass away. For if there be anything in the world eternal, then that which is perishable, even though it may last for many years, or many ages, must become infinitely insignificant in comparison. If some of our works must pass away utterly and some abide for ever, the glory and value of the first becomes as nothing by reason of the greater glory of the second. We have a work that is never to perish, a suffering yielding a multiplied harvest of blessing, if we firmly believe that there are things which shall not pass away.<\/p>\n<p> T. Arnold, Sermons, vol. v., p. 185.<\/p>\n<p>References: Mar 13:31.-A. Blomfield, Sermons in Town and Country, p. 16; Preacher&#8217;s Monthly, vol. iv., p. 193.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:33<\/p>\n<p>I. This word watching is a remarkable word; remarkable because the idea is not so obvious as might appear at first sight. We are not simply to believe, but to watch; not simply to love, but to watch; not simply to obey, but to watch. To watch for what? for that great event, Christ&#8217;s coming. Do you know the feeling in matters of this life, of expecting a friend, expecting him to come, and he delays? To watch for Christ is a feeling such as this; as far as feelings of this world are fit to shadow out those of another. He watches for Christ who has a sensitive, eager, apprehensive mind; who is awake, alive, quick-sighted, zealous in seeking and honouring Him; who looks out for Him in all that happens, and who would not be surprised, who would not be over-agitated or overwhelmed, if he found that He was coming at once.<\/p>\n<p>II. This then it is to watch; to be detached from what is present and to live in what is unseen, and to live in the thought of Christ as He came once, and as He will come again; to desire His second coming, from our affectionate and grateful remembrance of His first. And this it is in which we shall find that men in general are wanting. What is meant by watching, and how it is a duty, they have no definite idea; and thus it accidentally happens that watching is a suitable test of a Christian, in that it is that particular property of faith and love, which, essential as it is, men of this world do not even profess; that particular property, which is the life or energy of faith and love, the way in which faith and love, if genuine, show themselves.<\/p>\n<p>III. Christ warns His disciples of the danger of having their minds drawn off from the thought of Him, by whatever cause; He warns them against all excitements, all allurements of the world; He warns them by the instance of the rich man whose soul was required, of the servant who ate and drank, and of the foolish virgins. When He comes, they will one and all want time; then head will be confused, then eye will swim, then tongue falter, then limbs totter, as men who are suddenly awakened. Year passes after year silently, Christ&#8217;s coming is ever nearer than it was, and, as He comes nearer earth, we may approach nearer heaven. Every act of obedience is an approach, an approach to Him who is not far off, though He seems so, but close behind this visible screen of things which hides Him from us. He is behind the material framework; earth and sky are but a veil between Him and us; and the day will come when He will rend that veil and show Himself to us. And then, according as we have waited for Him, will He recompense us.<\/p>\n<p> J. H. Newman, Parochial and Plain Sermons, vol. iv., p. 319.<\/p>\n<p>References: Mar 13:33-37.-H. W. Beecher, Christian World Pulpit, vol. xv., p. 116; Homiletic Quarterly, vol. iv., p. 138.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:34<\/p>\n<p>Consider:-<\/p>\n<p>I. The work of the servants. And here we observe: (1) That work is the common duty of all in Christ&#8217;s house. (2) This work of Christ&#8217;s house is varied to different individuals. (3) Each individual has means for ascertaining his own work.<\/p>\n<p>II. The watch of the porter. The porter must stand at the door of every heart while that heart pursues its work.<\/p>\n<p>III. The bearing of these two duties on each other. If watching were absent work would be: (1) blind and without a purpose; (2) discouraging and tedious; (3) formal and dead. Without work, watching would be: (1) solitary; (2) subject to many temptations; (3) unready for Christ.<\/p>\n<p> J. Ker, Sermons, p. 139.<\/p>\n<p>Christ appointed to His Servants an Authority, a Work, and a Watch.<\/p>\n<p>I. Look first at the Church&#8217;s authority. The more we serve, and the lowlier the place we take, the more is the authority given. For, what is authority? Not position, not office, but a certain moral power, the power of truth, the power of the affections, the power of virtue over vice, the power of the true over the false, the power of faith over sight, the essential power of the great Head delegated to all His members, which is ultimately to command the universe? It is your authority to feel as a man who, having found true peace with God, goes about with the ennobling consciousness that He is in the possession of an invaluable treasure. It is your authority, though a poor miserable sinner, to wear the badge, and carry the name, and act under the signet of the King of kings. It is your authority, therefore, to go to every man, to every single man under heaven, in the consciousness that you have received a Divine instruction to this effect, and tell that man of the glorious things of the Gospel of Christ.<\/p>\n<p>II. Every man&#8217;s work is special. The authority was general, the work is specific, for He says, &#8220;He gave authority to His servants, and to every man his work.&#8221; It was very kind of our good Master to give us work to do during His absence. For nothing beguiles the time more. Therefore work. The warrant of your election is, that you work. Woe to the man who thinks to eat his Master&#8217;s bread and does not work. Woe to the man who would feed upon the promises without the service.<\/p>\n<p>III. In the household of faith, as every man has his ability to work strengthened because he leans upon authority, so every man has his work sweetened by looking at it through the windows of hope, for every workman is a watcher too. There are two ways of watching. There is a watching against a thing we fear, and there is a watching for a thing we love. Most persons when they are told to watch, think chiefly of what they are to watch against; but I conceive it was far more in our Saviour&#8217;s mind to bid us to be full of what we are to watch for. For, if we watch against sin, is it not for this very reason, because we are watching for Christ? &#8220;I keep the door, that no man may come in; because I am keeping it open that there may be room for Him when He comes.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> J. Vaughan, Fifty Sermons, 1874, p. 129.<\/p>\n<p>The Lord&#8217;s Second Coming.<\/p>\n<p>I. A community of monks was established on the shores of the Bosphorus, during the fourth century, called &#8220;the sleepless ones.&#8221; They numbered three hundred, and were divided into six choirs, who sang alternately day and night; without ceasing, their songs of praise arose to that Divine Redeemer who will one day come to be our Judge. Thus with unflagging diligence they looked out for the return of the Bridegroom. Without following the example of those old monks in their giving up worldly business, and their mistaken notion that they were any better because they wore miserable clothes and denied themselves comfortable food and lodging-without following their example in these respects, yet if we are the wise and enlightened generation that we claim to be, we shall give heed to the voice of warning now sounding in the services of Advent, reminding us emphatically that the coming of the Lord draweth nigh.<\/p>\n<p>II. The image employed in the text, which represents Him as a traveller who has gone into a far country, is one so much in harmony with our human sympathies, that it brings Him very close to our hearts. Jesus has left His people for a season, just as a man leaves his home, to sojourn in a distant land; a man whose letters are devoured with eagerness by the dear ones who are impatiently awaiting his return. The Lord Jesus, for whose coming we are waiting, bids us watch. He only is watching for the Saviour who is zealous in seeking and honouring Him; who daily thinks of his Lord as He came once in great humility, and as He will come again with power and glory.<\/p>\n<p> J. N. Norton, Old Paths, p. 24.<\/p>\n<p>Reference: Mar 13:34-37.-R. M. McCheyne, Additional Remains, p. 243.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:35-36<\/p>\n<p>What does the word Watchfulness mean, as used in the Holy Scriptures? It means, being on the look-out, living in expectation of Jesus Christ, doing His work, attending to His charge, occupying ourselves so as to improve the talents, one or more, He has entrusted to us, trying to do the best with our Lord&#8217;s money that He may receive His own with interest. In short, watchfulness means leading that sort of life which, were it to be broken off tomorrow, would turn to our great gain.<\/p>\n<p>I. Watchfulness implies that we are looking for Christ, living in expectation of His coming-living, that is, with the recollection of our mortality, as knowing that in any case our time on earth is short, that the day must soon be here when we shall die. The reluctance to think about death is a great stumbling-block to us all. It prevents our making any due preparation against it. They were wiser among the heathen of old, who in the midst of their banquets, used to have carried round the figure of one dead, with this inscription, &#8220;Eat and drink, for you will soon be as this.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>II. Consider what will be the life of the watchful Christian-of him who is indeed waiting for his Lord. It will be a life of sobriety, a life of active service, a life of patient continuance in well-doing, a life whose end and aim is to be approved by the Master when He cometh. In the parables of the Talents and of the Pounds we have the warning of a soul lost, not for committing gross sins, but simply for inactivity-for keeping its powers laid up, hiding from use its Lord&#8217;s money; and surely that is a warning that must come home to many of us. For who of us has laboured as he might for God&#8217;s glory and his fellow-creature&#8217;s good? Who of us, Were he summoned today, could produce a life of which the greater part of its energies had been turned to work the Lord&#8217;s work? Are we not rather chargeable, in our conscience, with the offence of having wasted our Lord&#8217;s goods, of having squandered on ourselves, or on mere pleasure, those powers, that wealth, that influence, which were put into our hand to be administered for far higher and nobler ends? Let us watch and pray, that His coming may not take us by surprise. Then we shall be glad and not sorry when the time of our watching is at an end. He will make us full of joy with the light of His countenance.<\/p>\n<p> R. D. B. Rawnsley, Sermons in Country Churches, p. 107.<\/p>\n<p>References: Mar 13:35.-Preacher&#8217;s Monthly, vol. iv., p. 169. Mar 13:35-37.-D. Fraser, Metaphors of the Gospels, p. 243.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:37<\/p>\n<p>The exhortation to watch implies that there is danger, and if our Lord says to all, &#8220;Watch,&#8221; all must be exposed to it. And danger there is; nay, dangers manifold there are on all sides of us.<\/p>\n<p>I. The interests at stake are unspeakably great. Let any opportunity slip, and there is so much lost for eternity. Let all your opportunities slip, and heaven itself is lost. You may seek to enter in, but shall not be able-you shall find the gate shut.<\/p>\n<p>II. We are ever in danger of surprisal. Opportunities of promoting our own spiritual progress, the good of others and God&#8217;s glory, often present themselves unexpectedly, and just as unexpectedly pass away; and therefore we must watch. Very frequently, too, temptation presents itself at an unexpected time, and in an unexpected form, and we must watch. Satan meets men when they least expect him, and we ought to watch.<\/p>\n<p>III. Satan ever comes in disguise, and ever adopts that disguise which seems least apt to excite suspicion. He comes to the flock of Christ in sheep&#8217;s clothing; sometimes in the clothing of a shepherd; yea, at times he seems transformed into an angel of light. We must watch. That is the condition of our safety. For here we as spiritual beings are in constant danger, and can be preserved only as the birds of the air are preserved, by constant watchfulness.<\/p>\n<p>IV. If you keep in view the one great object our Lord commands us to be looking for, you will be watchful in all things. It is His coming again. He comes to judge the world, and He comes to reckon with each individual. Your Master has gone into a far country. Your eye for the present sees Him not; but you have each a charge given by Him. Each of you has his appointed work. You are to watch for His coming, and at any hour He may come.<\/p>\n<p> W. Nicholson, Redeeming the Time, p. 55.<\/p>\n<p>References: Mar 13:6.-H. J. Wilmot-Buxton, Sunday Sermonettes for a Year, p. 8; Clergyman&#8217;s Magazine, vol. i., p. 280; vol. v., p. 237; J. M. Neale, Sermons for Children, p. 79. Mark 13-W. Hanna, Our Lord&#8217;s Life on Earth, p. 418. Mar 14:1-11.-H. M. Luckock, Footprints of the Son of Man, p. 295. Mar 14:1-72.-Clergyman&#8217;s Magazine, vol. ii., p. 156.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Sermon Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Chapter 13<\/p>\n<p>1. The Destruction of the Temple Predicted. (Mar 13:1-2. Mat 24:1-2; Luk 21:5-6)<\/p>\n<p>2. The Questions of the Disciples. (Mar 13:3-4. Mat 24:3; Luk 21:7)<\/p>\n<p>3. The Olivet Discourse. (Mar 13:5-37. Mat 24:4-42; Luk 21:8-38)<\/p>\n<p>1. The Destruction of the Temple Predicted. Mar 13:1-2<\/p>\n<p>He went out of the temple for the last time, when one of His disciples called attention to the temple buildings. They were of the most massive construction, some of them still in process of erection. He predicted complete destruction, which was fulfilled later in the year 70. The destruction of Jerusalem is more fully foretold in Luk 21:20-24.<\/p>\n<p>2. The Questions of the Disciples. Mar 13:3-4<\/p>\n<p>Mark gives us their names, which are omitted by Matthew and Luke. What follows is the answer.<\/p>\n<p>3. The Olivet Discourse. Mar 13:5-37<\/p>\n<p>Marks report is the briefest, Matthews the longest. omitted in Mark are the parables, which have special reference to the Christian profession (Mat 25:1-46) and the judgment of living nations (Mat 25:31-46). These belong in Matthew, but would be out of keeping with the purpose of the Gospel of Mark. The Service of our Lord, as we have seen, is in the foreground. The three characteristic discourses in Matthew nowhere else reported in full are: 1. The Sermon on the mount, which is the Proclamation of the King. 2. The Parable Discourse in Mat 13:1-58, the mysteries of the Kingdom. 3. The Olivet Discourse, Mat 24:1-51; Mat 25:1-46, the future of the Kingdom. But why should there be anything at all in the Gospel of Mark about the future things, such as the end of the age and His Return in Glory, if only the Servant is described? it will be seen that the predictions are in part at least in view of their service. He forewarned them as His servants of what was to come after His departure.<\/p>\n<p>It is not the purpose of this annotated analysis to give an exposition of this discourse. We must ask the reader to turn to our commentary on Matthew. We give here a subdivision of the discourse as contained in Mar 1:1-45) The characteristics of the present age and the end of the age. Mar 13:5-13. (2 The abomination of desolation or the great tribulation which precedes the Second Coming of Christ. Mar 13:14-23. 3) The visible manifestation of Christ. He will come again in clouds as Son of Man not as an humble Servant but as the King of Glory. The regathering of the elect Israel then takes place. Mar 13:24-27. 4) The Signs of His Coming. The budding fig tree is Israel awakening to new national life. Mar 13:28-33. Note that in Mar 13:32 neither the Son is added. This statement of our Lord that even He the Son does not know the hour of His return has been used to deny His Deity. All kinds of theories have been invented to explain it. It is explained by the Lord having taken the place of humiliation as a Servant for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth. This is why the statement appears only in Mark. It does not affect the truth of His Person. 5) The solemn exhortation to watch. It behooves the servants to watch during the absence of the Lord.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Gaebelein&#8217;s Annotated Bible (Commentary)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>CHAPTER 57<\/p>\n<p>The Beginnings of Sorrows<\/p>\n<p>And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here! And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. And as he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled? And Jesus answering them began to say, Take heed lest any man deceive you: For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many. And when ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars, be ye not troubled: for such things must needs be; but the end shall not be yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be earthquakes in divers places, and there shall be famines and troubles: these are the beginnings of sorrows. <\/p>\n<p>(Mar 13:1-8)<\/p>\n<p>Our daily newspapers are filled with stories of misery, woe and sorrow. Sicknesses, diseases, wars, famines, earthquakes, pestilence, floods, hurricanes, tornadoes and the like ravage the earth. Add to these things the robberies, rapes and murders that are reported every day, and you cannot help asking yourself this question:  If God almighty is truly good and he absolutely rules the universe in total sovereignty, if God really is in absolute, total control of everything, how can these things be?<\/p>\n<p>Would a good God allow such things as this? If God is in total control of all things, how can we explain fathers raping their own daughters, mothers murdering their own children, sons slaughtering their parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters, and schoolboys murdering their classmates?<\/p>\n<p>There is absolutely no question that God is good, perfectly good, and that he is in absolute, total control of all things at all times.  Our God is in the heavens. He hath done whatsoever He hath pleased! Not only does he allow these things, he brings them to pass. These things are not accidents. They are the work of Gods hands. He says, I form the light and create darkness: I make peace and create evil: I the Lord do all these things!<\/p>\n<p>This world of sorrow and woe is a world full of sin; and a holy, good God must and shall punish sin. The sorrows of this world are Gods judgments upon this world. Yet, all the misery, woe, trouble and sorrow we see here are just the beginnings of sorrows. The troubles, woes and sorrows of life in this world, no matter how severe, no matter how relentless they may be, are but the beginnings of sorrows.<\/p>\n<p>These things are just the forerunners of that great and terrible day when God shall judge all men in strict justice. They are just the forerunners of wrath to warn us of the infinite, indescribable, eternal wrath that shall be relentlessly poured out upon your soul in hell, upon all who perish under the wrath of God.<\/p>\n<p>If you are not in too big a hurry to go to hell, pay attention to what you have just read. Paul said, Knowing the terror of the Lord, we persuade men. If you are yet without Christ, I pray that God the Holy Spirit will be pleased to persuade you by his Word and by his omnipotent mercy to flee to Christ, to be reconciled to God. The wrath of God is upon you. The Lord Jesus Christ is your only hope.<\/p>\n<p>Unless God saves you by his almighty, free grace in Christ, you will soon be in hell. O sinner, trust Christ now. Come, plunge into that fountain drawn from Immanuels veins. Wash your soul in the blood of Christ. Lay hold upon eternal life. Cast yourself down at the throne of grace and sue for mercy. Trust Christ, and live forever! It is written, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved. Will you now trust the Son of God? May God give you faith in his dear Son. Oh, I pray that he will make you willing in the day of his power! Mark 13 is all about the judgment of God upon men and women who despise his grace.<\/p>\n<p>The Destruction of the Temple <\/p>\n<p>And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here!  And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. And as he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled? (Mar 13:1-4)<\/p>\n<p>This 13th chapter of Mark is full of judgment. It speaks of the destruction of the temple at Jerusalem, the destruction of the Jewish church state and of the civil government of the Jewish nation, which was consummated in 70 AD, just forty years after our Lord was crucified. This is exactly according to the prophecy given in Gen 49:10.<\/p>\n<p>When our Savior went out of the temple, he went out never to return to it. What solemn thoughts that should awaken in our minds. Robert Hawker wrote<\/p>\n<p>When the Lord departs, woe to that land, woe to that house or family, where the Lords gracious presence is not. No sooner had Lot departed from Sodom than the next account is the destruction of it (Gen 19:22-24). And who shall say how much the Christless owe in being saved from instant ruin, both in nations, and cities, and families, from the seed of Christ living in the midst of them.<\/p>\n<p>It seems obvious to me that this passage also speaks of the glorious second advent of our Lord Jesus Christ, when he shall come in flaming fire taking vengeance on his adversaries.<\/p>\n<p>While no man knows the day or hour of Christs second advent, or even the approximate time when the end will come, we are assured throughout the Scriptures that Christ shall come again. Trusting his Word, his providence and his grace, it is enough for us to live in anticipation of that great day, waiting for the promise of his coming. It is far better for us not to know the time when he shall appear. If we knew when he would appear, we would be irresponsible and neglect our daily responsibilities in this world, just as people have always done when they thought they knew when he was coming. It is best for us to live in the anticipation of faith, waiting for the Lord from heaven, believing that he will do as he said.<\/p>\n<p>Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in me. In my Fathers house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also (Joh 14:1-3).<\/p>\n<p>Yet, it is a serious mistake to read such passages as the one now before us as merely referring to prophetic things, as though they had no immediate message for us. You will notice that our Lord hardly even answered the disciples question about when these things would be and what would be the sign of their fulfillment. Reading the entire chapter, you cannot miss the fact that our Lord deliberately seized this opportunity, not to answer those questions about prophetic things, but to warn and teach them and us about present dangers and responsibilities. We see this clearly in the opening verses of the chapter.<\/p>\n<p>When they walked out of the temple, the disciples looked over that splendid piece of architecture, the center and glory of the Jews religion, with great pride, and said, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here! And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. <\/p>\n<p>What does the Holy Spirit intend for us to learn from this statement and our Lords reply to it? Obviously, he intends for us to learn more than the mere fact that our Lord here declared he would come in judgment against the Jews and destroy their temple.<\/p>\n<p>The very first thing that seems obvious to me is this:  Every mere form of godliness, religion, worship and ceremony, without the power of godliness, is an abomination to God.<\/p>\n<p>The Jews religion was rich in tradition, rich in outward appearance, rich in respectability and rich in history. But they had forsaken the Word of God and the worship of God. They had a form of religion that impressed everyone but God. They had a form of godliness, but denied the power thereof. They had a name that they lived, but they were dead. Our Master said to them,  Ye are they which justify yourselves before men; but God knoweth your hearts: for that which is highly esteemed among men is abomination in the sight of God (Luk 16:15).<\/p>\n<p>This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, Without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; Having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away (2Ti 3:1-5).<\/p>\n<p>The power of godliness is the gospel of Christ (Rom 1:16). Every form of religion that denies the gospel of Christ is an abomination to God. We are strictly commanded, as we care for our souls and care for the glory of God, to turn away from it (Rev 18:4).<\/p>\n<p>Next, we will do well to remember that we are all too much inclined to judge things by the outward appearance. We are too much like little children, who are much more excited about a field of dandelions than a field of corn. We are too much impressed with stately, ornate buildings, stained glass, marble floors and religious images and icons. Those things that appeal to our senses more easily attract us than that which meets the needs of our hearts and souls.<\/p>\n<p>That which is essential to the worship of God is not physical, but spiritual. The gospel of Gods grace, the revelation of his glory, the presence of his Spirit, and the knowledge of his Son are the things that are of singular importance! If we have these things, all is well. If we are lacking these things, our religion is vanity, and worse than vanity. Without these things, our religion is useless and damning, and God will soon destroy it.<\/p>\n<p>Let us learn from our Lords words here that the true glory of a church is not buildings, creeds, rituals and history, but the knowledge of and faith in the Lord Jesus Christ. Yet, we must not run to the absurd extreme of being indifferent about that building which is set aside for the worship of God.<\/p>\n<p>Let all things be done decently and in order (1Co 14:40). It is no shame for a congregation to meet in a barn or under a tree, if they can do no better. But it is abhorrent for people who live in beautiful, richly furnished homes to be content for the house of God to be a run down shack. The buildings in which Gods people meet to worship him are erected for and dedicated to the worship of our God. We ought to care for them and treat them as the house of God. We certainly ought to take as much interest in the appearance of Gods house as we would of our own houses.<\/p>\n<p>The Deception of the World<\/p>\n<p>And Jesus answering them began to say, Take heed lest any man deceive you: For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many (Mar 13:5-6).<\/p>\n<p>This solemn warning is repeated frequently throughout the New Testament There have been many throughout history who have come claiming to be the Christ, the Messiah. Every time such a blasphemer arises a few fools follow them. But never do they deceive many. Our Lord is here warning us of something more subtle than a man openly claiming that he is the Christ. His warning is against those by whom the nations of the world are deceived. He is talking about that strong delusion, which God himself sends upon those who will not receive the love of the truth.<\/p>\n<p>And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming: Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness. (2Th 2:8-12)<\/p>\n<p>There are many false prophets who preach a false Christ, by whom men and women are deceived, deluded, and damned: the false Christs of liberals, cults and papists, and the false Christ of Arminian, freewill, works religion. There are many false Christs, many antichrists, by whom the souls of men are deceived and damned. I want to be as charitable, kind and gracious as I can; but charity, kindness and grace will not allow me to be silent while immortal souls are deceived and Gods glory is trampled beneath the feet of men. If you trust a false Christ, you cannot be saved any more than you could be saved by trusting a tadpole. We are called of God to trust, love, follow and obey the true Christ and him only. Salvation is promised to none but those who trust the true Christ. Therefore, we are warned, Take heed that no man deceive you. We must take heed to the teachings of Holy Scripture, lest we be deceived by some false Christ.<\/p>\n<p>The Christ of Scripture is himself almighty God incarnate in human flesh, who alone is the Savior of the world. He is the Surety of an elect, covenant people (Heb 7:22). He is the Substitute who has satisfied divine justice for and effectually redeemed his people by the sacrifice of himself (Isa 53:10; 2Co 5:21; Gal 3:13; Eph 1:7; Heb 9:12). He is the Savior who saves his people from their sins (Mat 1:21). He is the Sovereign who sits upon the throne of universal dominion (Joh 17:2).<\/p>\n<p>What should our attitude be toward those who preach Christ in all the fulness of his grace and glory as our all-sufficient Savior? Isaiah declares,  How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy God reigneth! (Isa 52:7).<\/p>\n<p>What should our attitude be toward those false prophets who preach a false Christ and deceive the souls of men? The Scriptures are equally clear in answering that question.  As we said before, so say I now again, If any man preach any other gospel unto you than that ye have received, let him be accursed (Gal 1:9).  I would they were even cut off which trouble you (Gal 5:12).  If there come any unto you, and bring not this doctrine, receive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed: For he that biddeth him God speed is partaker of his evil deeds (2Jn 1:10-11).<\/p>\n<p>The Displays 0f Gods Judgment.<\/p>\n<p>And when ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars, be ye not troubled: for such things must needs be; but the end shall not be yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be earthquakes in divers places, and there shall be famines and troubles: these are the beginnings of sorrows (Mar 13:7-8).<\/p>\n<p>Now, I pointedly address any who read these lines who are yet without Christ. How often God has spoken to you by the displays of his judgments upon others and by the displays of his wrath and judgment against you! Time and again he has made you see clear, manifest, undeniable tokens of his wrath in this world. Time and again he has brushed your soul with the fires of hell. What misery, what trouble, what woe, what ruin your sin has brought upon you!<\/p>\n<p>Yet, you turn a deaf ear to the voice of Gods providence! You try, with all your power, to silence the torments of your guilty conscience. You try your best not to hear the Word of God. Oh, how I pray that God will not allow you to have your way!<\/p>\n<p>I warn you again, the troubles you see and the troubles you experience in this world are just the beginnings of sorrows! There is a day coming when the holy Lord God will judge all men by that Man whom he has appointed. When that day comes, if you are found out of Christ, if you are found among those whose names are not written in the book of life, you shall perish forever in hell! No mind can imagine, no tongue can describe the horror of sorrow which shall torment your soul forever in hell!<\/p>\n<p>And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works. And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works. And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death. And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire (Rev 20:11-15).<\/p>\n<p>I set before you life and death, eternal life and eternal death. Why will you die? Why will you choose death, when life can be had so freely? Christ is willing to save all who trust him. He is able to save all who trust him. Christ will save all who trust him. Indeed, he has saved all who trust him. Come, O Spirit of God. Breathe upon the poor, helpless, slain sinner, for Christs sake. Cause the dead to hear the voice of the Son of God and live.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Discovering Christ In Selected Books of the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>as he: Mat 24:1, Mat 24:2, Luk 21:5-7 <\/p>\n<p>out: Eze 7:20-22, Eze 8:6, Eze 10:4, Eze 10:19, Eze 11:22, Eze 11:23, Mal 3:1, Mal 3:2 <\/p>\n<p>Reciprocal: 2Ch 24:13 &#8211; in his state Ezr 5:8 &#8211; great stones Jer 51:61 &#8211; and shalt see<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>THE CONVENTIONAL AND THE MORAL<\/p>\n<p>And as he went forth out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto Him, Master, behold, what manner of stones and what manner of buildings! And Jesus said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left here one stone upon another, which shall not be thrown down.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:1-2. R.V.<\/p>\n<p>That Temple in Zion was the symbol of the national life, and not less of the ecclesiastical life, which found there its central expression. Our Saviour was pronouncing sentence on the Jewish Church and nation, and He was doing so on the verge of the supreme crime which filled to overflowing the chalice of national and ecclesiastical guilt. We cannot but be anxious to know why that splendid religious system was thus destined to ruin. What was the hidden weakness which would bring that proud, beautiful city to destruction?<\/p>\n<p>I. The conventional and the moral.As we approach the final and critical stage of Jewish national history from the earlier periods which are preserved to knowledge in the literature of the Old Testament, we perceive at once that two opposing agencies, present throughout, reached then their supreme antagonism. We may describe them by many terms, but perhaps the most satisfying is that which designates them respectively as the conventional and the moral.<\/p>\n<p>II. Israels position.Israel stood in the category of the nations and on their level, and its supreme vocation was to come out of that category and to rise above that level, and this the nation as a whole never did. It stood, and was contented to stand, in the groove of convention. On the other hand, there was the moral witness expressed in the actual fellowship of the prophets, and culminating in the teaching of Him Who was, and Who claimed to be, the Lord of the prophets. In Christs time the Jews had thoroughly conventionalised their religion. The distinctive element which the prophets had contributed, by title of which their writings never grow obsolete, but are competent to be the Scriptures of the Christian Church, had been submerged by these other elementsritual, hierarchical, political, which the Jewish religion had in common with the other religions of mankind. That distinctive element was the moral element, and it finds its noblest expression in the Old Testament in the great oracle of Micah. What doth the Lord require of thee? etc. But the token of conventionalised religion is the manifest divorce between religious beliefs and observances and the moralities of common life. Our Saviours tremendous indictment of His religious contemporaries is summed up in the reiterated phrase, so searching and so stern, Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites!<\/p>\n<p>III. And what of Christianity?It is the spiritual religion par excellence. The life and the teaching of the Founder were one supreme protest against conventionalised religion, one supreme revelation of religion moralised. What of Christianity as we know it? It has certainly become conventionalised in aspect. Within the Church the institutions, the methods, the names of the older system have reappeared. Perhaps that was inevitable. But what of the spirit of our new Judaism? Is that also what it was? Is the token of the old hypocrisy to be seen on us also? We are proud, naturally, inevitably proud, of our historic Church. And what is Christs judgment of us? How does our religion express itself in common conduct? Is it or is it not moralised? At least we must be on the right road to find an answer if we hold fast to the point of sacrifice. How far does our Christianity compel us to acts and to habits of social helpfulness? How far does our religious observance draw in its train a higher standard of social action? How far does the Gospel, with its Divine example of justice, mercy, and love, find any discernible reflection in the lives of Christian men?<\/p>\n<p>The best evidence of what we are is what we do, and we may wisely seek the proofs of our own religious sincerity in our conduct. There are on all sides of us urgent needs, and we can do something, though it be but little, to satisfy them. Are we doing it?<\/p>\n<p>Rev. Canon Hensley Henson.<\/p>\n<p>Illustration<\/p>\n<p>It is easy enough to give oneself up to the great tide of resentment which sweeps over us when we rise from the study of the Gospel in order to examine and to judge the current procedure of the Christendom we know. Tolstoy, crying his protest of agonised revolt at the spectacle of insane cupidity and brutal force which is offered by his undone and helpless country, wakes sympathetic echoes in all our hearts, but the moment we begin to think calmly, we lay down his burning pages with a sigh of impotent sorrow. What is gained, we ask, by these passionate invectives? Where can be found in them any guidance which good men may approve and practical men may adopt? War is hideous, irrational, and extravagant, and even futile, we are told, and no Christian man is disposed to resent the sternest denunciation of it; but when all is said, there is the old besetting problem, How to enforce justice and to maintain peace among the nations in such a world as this? and we are as far as our fathers from having any other solution than the precarious and doubtful solution offered by the sword. Similarly, when we come to our own personal action with regard to social problems such as the relief of the indigent, the recovery of the socially worthless, how easy it is to denounce the hypocrisy of the general practice. These questions are wonderfully complicated, wonderfully hard to answer, and yet answered they must be by every genuine disciple of Christ.<\/p>\n<p>WHEN?<\/p>\n<p>Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled?<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:4<\/p>\n<p>Our Lord does not directly answer this question. His advice here is simply, Take heed that no man deceive you. There is no short and easy way of wresting these secrets from God. But His warnings must be regarded and His messages carefully noted.<\/p>\n<p>I. An unprofitable question.Not only is the question a vain one, and maybe a dangerous one, but also it is an unprofitable one. Is there any one who, in his heart of hearts, would really wish to have the future clearly unrolled before him? There are few people strong enough to stand up against anxiety, even as regard evils which exist only in the imagination. These evils, beyond all other evils, which never come, have power already to torture a man to divide up his mind into minute fragments, according to the meaning of the expressive Greek word, so that he cannot give himself wholly to anything. Few of us could bear to have a definite answer to this When? as it concerns our life. None of us would be the better for it, most of us would be the worse; and therefore those who pretend to lift the veil are either deceivers, or they are those who have not studied the best interests of man.<\/p>\n<p>II. The discipline of the present.An anxiety which exchanges an uncertain and possible evil for one which is definite, fixed, and certain, is not the only evil which would accrue from a too intimate knowledge of the future. There is a very real danger of missing the present, of escaping Gods discipline and graduated training which belongs to the daily life, lived in dependence on God and in earnest endeavour to make each day count in the probation and equipment of our lives.<\/p>\n<p>III. Days of the Son of Man.There are days of the Son of Man which stand out in the lives of most of us, to be remembered with fear, with awe, with thankfulness, or love, but they are not the isolated days that we take them to be. If we knew the inner working of Gods power we should see that there is nothing sudden with Him, and that these striking days of the Lord are but the culmination of a series of days, monotonous and uneventful as we thought them, but in reality charged with consequence and pregnant with purpose. It is for these quiet days, these uneventful days, that I plead; these days so like each other, so simple, so monotonous, while we stand still and ask the When? of some fancied future, or even of some certain destiny, such as death or judgment; while we stand still and look back and say, Then, even of days whose very happiness seem to make the present gloom more insupportable.<\/p>\n<p>IV. Present and future.If we knew the future, if we knew accurately the date of Gods judgments which we feel are about to fall, if we knew exactly the date of our death, the date of our own judgment, if not the date of the judgment of the world, would not the temptation be inevitable to live in the future? Work would not be worth while, which was so soon to be cut short. Or work might be deferred, when there was so long a time in which to do it. It is a great truth, that we shall not be judged at the great day for our sins alone, but for our use of time, our use of the days. When will God come to judgment? He is judging now. Why, then, unfold the future at all? Surely, that we may cultivate that which will remain, that we may busy ourselves about those things which will standthe gold, silver, and precious stones which will endure the fire, and not the wood, hay, stubble, which will be burnt up. As the disciples gazed at the Temple, around which judgment was gathering, it was the towers and walls, and outward ritual which was to perish; they were either the symbols of a material formalism, or the time had come when they were to give way to realities. But there were things in that Temple which would survive its destruction, and even the Day of Judgment. The presence of God would remain, the abiding treasure of those who waited for Him. So, in view of judgment to come, let us cultivate those things that will remain. Let us day by day lay up treasure in heaven, let us grow in grace, let us labour not for the meat which perisheth, but for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life.<\/p>\n<p>Rev. Canon Newbolt.<\/p>\n<p>Illustrations<\/p>\n<p>(1)  When? asked the astrologer, as he scanned the heavens and persuaded himself that he read the riddle of the future in the stars. When? asks the fortune-teller as he pretends, by physical delineation, to read mans future and unlock the secrets of the coming hours. Now it is Charles I, who, walking through the Bodleian Library, tests the Sortes Virgilianae (as they were called), and extracts from the casually-opened page the sinister message which was regarded afterwards as prophetic of his doom. Now it is some village maiden on All Hallows Een, or the modern dabbler in crystal-gazing and soothsaying, and all these superstitions which crowd upon even an educated and civilised people when they turn their backs on the revelation of God, and feel the void which has been caused by the loss of spiritual peace and assurance.<\/p>\n<p>(2) In the precincts of old St. Pauls, in the Pardon cloister, there was one of those quaint and grim delineations of the dance of death, where the king on his throne, the soldier, the merchant, the priest, the youth, the maiden are all depicted as overshadowed by the unseen presence of death, ever at hand, ever ready to strike. Such a vision is ever present to the anxious, the nervous, the valetudinarian.<\/p>\n<p>(3) What solid good, what useful information, what contribution to moral or spiritual welfare is being procured by modern spiritualism? Is it claimed that thereby the bereaved have comfort in intercourse with their loved ones? Is this the highest form, or the only form, of intercourse possible? Is there no possibility of a delusion here brought about in the spiritual world, with the ultimate aim of materialising, lowering, confining human affections to the life down here, instead of lifting up those who are separated, both one and the other, into the ample folds of the love of God? There is very little doubt that dealers in spirit communications have, in some instances, at all events, intercourse with supernatural agents in ways which they themselves do not understand. But at the end there lies too often madness, delusion, a bitter disappointment, perils to the very well-being of the soul, which sharply forbid any conscientious Christian from attempting thus to snatch an answer to that When? which God alone can discover, and which God in His mercy wills to hide from us until His will concerning us is ready to be revealed.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Church Pulpit Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>THE LORDS PREDICTION that the Temple should be utterly destroyed led to His prophetic discourse. The disciples did not question the fulfilment of His words, they only wished to know the time of fulfilment and, true to their Jewish instincts, what the sign of it would be. His answer to their questions is very instructive. <\/p>\n<p>In the first place, He fixed no dates: any answer He gave as to the time was of an indirect sort. In the second place, He went beyond the immediate scope of their questions to the larger issues of the last days and His own advent in glory. This feature is seen in many Old Testament prophecies, which were given in view of some impending event of history, and which definitely applied to that event, and yet were so worded as to apply with yet greater fulness to events that are to transpire in the last days. In the case before us, there was a fulfilment in the destruction wrought by the Romans in A.D. 70, which comes out more clearly in Lukes account of this discourse, and yet the fulfilment is connected with the coming of the Lord. This feature of prophecy is alluded to in the saying, No prophecy of the Scripture is of any private interpretation (2Pe 1:20). <\/p>\n<p>In the third place, He brought the full weight of His prophecy to bear upon the consciences and hearts of His hearers. If their question was prompted by a considerable measure of curiosity, He lifted the whole matter to a much higher plane by His opening words, Take heed lest any man deceive you. The course of things that prophecy reveals runs counter to all that men naturally would expect. The attractiveness of the false prophets lies in the fact that they ever predict things which fall in with mens desires and seem eminently reasonable. We must be on our watch, for false prophets abound today in the pulpits of Christendom. <\/p>\n<p>The first warning, in verse Mar 13:6, concerns those who come, impersonating the Christ. The central point of the conflict is always here. The devil knows that if he can deceive men as to Him, he can deceive them in everything else. If we are wrong as to the centre we are bound to be wrong to the far circumference. To be rooted in our knowledge of the true Christ renders us proof against the seductions of the false ones. <\/p>\n<p>Next we are warned not to expect easy times as to world conditions. Wars and turmoil amongst the nations, and disturbances in the face of nature are to be expected. These things must not be interpreted as indicating the great climax, for they are but the preliminary throes. Moreover the disciples of the Lord must expect to be confronted with special difficulties. They will be subjected to opposition and persecution, and their nearest relations will turn against them, and hatred from men generally must be their portion. Against this however the Lord sets the fact that these adverse circumstances shall turn to occasions of testimony, and that they would have special support and special wisdom, as to their utterances, from the Holy Ghost. <\/p>\n<p>Some have deduced from verse Mar 13:10, reading it in conjunction with Mat 24:14, that the Lord cannot be coming for His saints until the Gospel has been carried to all the nations of today. But we have to bear in mind that the disciples, whom the Lord was addressing, were at that moment the God-fearing remnant in Israel, and had not yet been baptized into one body, the church: and also that the Gospel in this verse is a general term that would cover not only the Message that is being preached today, but also that Gospel of the kingdom of which Matthew speaks, and which will be carried forth by the God-fearing remnant, which will be raised up after the church is gone. <\/p>\n<p>Verse Mar 13:14 does give us the sign for which the disciples asked. Daniel speaks of the abomination that maketh desolate (Dan 12:11), and this is alluded to in our verse, for the word desolation, we are told is an active word, having the force of causing desolation. <\/p>\n<p>There is to be the public establishment of an idol in the sanctuary in Jerusalem-such as we have predicted in Rev 13:14, Rev 13:15 -an insult to God of a most flagrant kind. That sign will indicate two things: first, that the time of special affliction, of which Dan 12:1 speaks, has begun: second, that the end of the age, and the intervention of Christ in His glory, is very near. The remainder of the Lords discourse is occupied with these two things. Verses Mar 13:15-23 deal with the former; verses Mar 13:24-27 deal with the latter. <\/p>\n<p>The language of verse Mar 13:19 shows that the Lord had the great tribulation in view, and the earlier verses show that its centre and most intense fury is found in Judaea. Verses Mar 13:15-16 would indicate that it will set in with great suddenness. Instant flight will be the only way of escape for those who fear God. Its ferocity will be such that if it were permitted to run a lengthy course it would mean extermination. For the elects sake it will not be permitted to continue, but will be cut short by the advent of Christ. From Dan 9:27 we gather that the tribulation will commence, when the head of the revived Roman empire causes the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, in the midst of the last seven years. This being so, there will be only three and a half years to run before the Lord Jesus puts an end to it by His glorious appearing. <\/p>\n<p>By the tribulation the devil will seek to crush and exterminate the elect. But this is not all, as verses Mar 13:21-22 show. There will be at that time a special number of false Christs and prophets appearing, by whom he hopes to seduce the elect. He would accomplish it, if it were possible. Thank God, it is not possible. The true saints will know that the real Christ is not going to hide Himself in some corner, so that men have to say, Lo, here is Christ; or, lo, He is there. He will shine forth in His glory at His coming, and every eye shall see Him. <\/p>\n<p>The tribulation will come to its end in final convulsions that will affect even the heavens, as verses Mar 13:24-25 show. Sun, moon and stars are sometimes used in Scripture as symbols of supreme power, derived power and subordinate power respectively; and powers that are in heaven are in view, as the latter part of verse Mar 13:25 shows. Still this discourse of the Lord is not marked by a large use of symbols, as the book of Revelation is, so we think that literal convulsions affecting the heavenly bodies must not be excluded, especially as we know there was a literal darkening of the sun when Jesus died. The darkening of that day will serve to throw into greater relief the brightness of His shining forth, when He comes in the clouds with great power and glory. <\/p>\n<p>The glorious appearing of the Son of Man will be followed by the gathering together of His elect. These were mentioned in verse Mar 13:20, and they are those who endure unto the end (verse Mar 13:13), and they shall be saved by the appearing of Christ. These elect are the God-fearing remnant of Israel in the last days; for the Lord was addressing His disciples who at that moment were the God-fearing remnant in the midst of Israel, and they would without a doubt have understood His words in that sense. These elect ones will be found in all parts of the earth, and the instruments used in their gathering together will be angels: gathered together, they will become the redeemed Israel who will enter upon the millennial reign. All this must be differentiated from the coming of the Lord for His saints as predicted in 1Th 4:1-18, when the Lord Himself will descend from heaven and our gathering together will be unto Him. <\/p>\n<p>The allusion to the fig tree in verse Mar 13:28 is a parable, and therefore we must expect to find in it a meaning deeper than that which is connected with a simile or an illustration. The fig tree doubtless represents Israel, as we saw in reading Mar 11:1-33, and therefore the budding of her branches sets forth the beginning of national revival with that people. The summer represents the age of millennial blessedness for the earth. When real national revival sets in for Israel then indeed the appearing of Christ and the millennial age is very near. <\/p>\n<p>The word generation in verse Mar 13:30 is evidently used in a moral sense and not in a literal, meaning people of a certain type and character, just as the Lord used the word in Mar 9:19, and in Luk 11:29. The unbelieving generation will not pass until the second advent, nor indeed will the generation of those that seek the Lord. The coming of the Lord will mean the passing away of the evil generation, and at the same time the full establishment of all His words, which are firmer and more durable than all created things. <\/p>\n<p>Verse Mar 13:32 has presented much difficulty to many minds because of the words, neither the Son. We may not be able to explain them fully, but we may at least say two things. First, that in this Gospel the Lord is presented as the great Prophet of God, and that this was a matter reserved by the Father and not given to Him as a Prophet to reveal. Second, that if Mat 20:23, and Joh 5:30, be read and compared with our verse, we shall see that the three passages run on parallel lines, as to giving, knowing and doing, respectively. In Matthew we get the actual words, Not mine to give. We might summarize Mark as Not Mine to know, and John as Not Mine to do. Unbelief has made great use of the word used in Php 2:7, made Himself of no reputation, or more literally, emptied Himself, building upon it the theory that He divested Himself of knowledge so as to become a Jew with the notions of His time; and thus they are enabled-so they think-to impute error to Him on many points. He did empty Himself, for Scripture says He did so. The three passages we have mentioned give us a proper idea of what was involved in it, and lead us to bless His Name for His gracious stoop. The theory of unbelief would rob Him of His glory, and us of any regard for His words-words which, He has just told us, will never pass away. <\/p>\n<p>The five verses which close this chapter contain a very solemn appeal, which should come home to all of us. In verse Mar 13:33 we get for the fourth time the words, Take&#8230; heed. The Lord opened His discourse with these words, and He closed with them, and twice between (verses Mar 13:9; Mar 13:23) He uttered them. The prophetic revelations He gave are all made to bear upon our consciences and lives: He forewarns us that we may be forearmed. Knowing the infallibility of His words, but not knowing when the time is, we are to watch, that is, be keenly awake and observant, and also to pray, for we are no match for the powers of darkness, and so we must maintain dependence upon God. We are left to do our appointed work in a spirit of expectancy, anticipating the coming of the Son of Man. <\/p>\n<p>The threefold repetition of the word, Watch, in these five verses is very striking. We must lay great emphasis on it in our minds, and the more so in that our lot is cast in the late days of this dispensation when His coming cannot be far distant. It is very easy to succumb to the lure of the world, when our minds become drowsy and unalert. A great and important word is this word-WATCH. And the last verse of our chapter shows that it certainly is intended to apply to us. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: F. B. Hole&#8217;s Old and New Testaments Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Chapter 19.<\/p>\n<p>The Last Things<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;And as He went out of the Temple, one of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here! And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? There shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. And as He sat upon the Mount of Olives over against the Temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked Him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled? And Jesus answering them began to say, Take heed lest any man deceive you: for many shall come in My name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many. And when ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars, be ye not troubled: for such things must needs be; but the end shall not be yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be earthquakes in divers places, and there shall be famines and troubles: these are the beginnings of sorrows. But take heed to yourselves: for they shall deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues ye shall be beaten: and ye shall be brought before rulers and kings for My sake, for a testimony against them. And the gospel must first be published among all nations. But when they shall lead you, and deliver you up, take no thought beforehand what ye shall speak, neither do ye premeditate: but whatsoever shall be given you in that hour, that speak ye: for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy Ghost. Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for My name&#8217;s sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved. But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where it ought not (let him that readeth understand), then let them that be in Judaea flee to the mountains: and let him that is on the house-top not go down into the house, neither enter therein, to take anything out of his house: and let him that is in the field not turn back again for to take up his garment. But woe to them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days! And pray ye that your flight be not in the winter. For in those days shall be affliction, such as was not from the beginning of the creation which God created unto this time, neither shall be. And except that the Lord had shortened those days, no flesh should be saved: but for the elect&#8217;s sake, whom He hath chosen, He hath shortened the days. And then if any man shall say to you, Lo, here is Christ; or, lo, He is there; believe him not: for false Christs and false prophets shall rise, and shall shew signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect. But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things. But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light. And the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of Man coming in the clouds with great power and glory. And then shall He send His angels, and shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven. Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is near: so ye in like manner, when ye shall see these things come to pass, know that it is nigh, even at the doors. Verily I say unto you, That this generation shall not pass, till all these things be done. Heaven and earth shall pass away: but My words shall not pass away. But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father. Take ye heed, watch and pray: for ye know not when the time is. For the Son of Man is as a man taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to every man his work, and commanded the porter to watch. Watch ye therefore: for ye know not when the master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the cock-crowing, or in the morning: lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping. And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch.&#8221;-Mar 13:1-37.<\/p>\n<p>The Doom of the Temple.<\/p>\n<p>It was as Jesus and His disciples were passing out of the Temple that the colloquy took place with which this chapter opens. &#8220;Teacher,&#8221; said one of His disciples, &#8220;look what fine stones and buildings these are!&#8221; And Jesus replied, &#8220;Do you see these great buildings? Not a single stone will be left here upon another which shall not be thrown down.&#8221; That solemn word must have sounded like the stroke of doom in the ears of the disciples. For they were Jews, and to them as to every Jew the Temple was the holiest place on earth. I can quite imagine that all conversation was silenced by that tragic word. It was in an awed quietness they crossed the Kidron, and set their faces towards that steep path across the Mount of Olives which was to lead them to their evening&#8217;s rest in Bethany.<\/p>\n<p>At the top of the ascent Jesus paused and sat down to rest, with the Temple whose destruction He had just predicted full in His view. What His thoughts were as He gazed at it in its glory who shall tell? But taking advantage of the few moments of rest, four of His disciples came to Him to ask questions about the solemn prediction He had uttered a few minutes before. Peter and James and John and Andrew approach Him. Doubtless they acted on this particular occasion as representatives of the Twelve. There may have been something so rapt and exalted and awe-inspiring about the very appearance of Jesus that no individual disciple durst ask Him any question.<\/p>\n<p>The Questions of the Four.<\/p>\n<p>Four of them therefore approached our Lord together, and those four the four chiefest and most influential of the Twelve Apostles. They came to Him privately (i.e. apart from the rest of the Twelve) and asked Him, &#8220;Tell us, when shall these things be, and what shall be the sign when these things are all about to be accomplished?&#8221; It was the prophesied destruction of the Temple they had in mind, and they wanted to know two things-when that destruction would take place, and what warning would be given them when that destruction was near.<\/p>\n<p>-And the Questions they might have put.<\/p>\n<p>There were other and better questions they might have asked, says Dr Glover. They might, for instance, have asked, &#8220;Why? Why must all these things be?&#8221; They might have asked their Lord to unfold to them the sin which necessitated so stern a judgment. They might have asked Him humbly what it was in the conduct of their nation that had provoked so awful a doom. Or they might have put yet another question-&#8220;How can this doom be averted?&#8221; and that perhaps would have been the best question of all. I should have thought better of the disciples if, in face of this stern and solemn word, they had felt sufficient concern for their nation to make them ask their Lord if there were no way of arresting and averting judgment. Abraham entreated the Lord for corrupt and pagan Sodom; could not these disciples have entreated Him for their own countrymen and for Jerusalem their Holy City? But curiosity, or personal concern, was apparently the dominant feeling in their minds, and the only question they asked was about the date and the sign. It was in answer to that question that, according to Mark&#8217;s account, our Lord uttered the great eschatological discourse which occupies the rest of the chapter.<\/p>\n<p>The Double Catastrophe.<\/p>\n<p>I designedly refrain from discussing the critical questions raised by this chapter. Our aim is mainly devotional and personal; the critical difficulties in no way impair the solemn message of these words to ourselves. Looking broadly at this discourse of our Lord we can see that there are two horizons in it-the one near, the other far. There are two &#8220;ends&#8221; in it-the end of Jerusalem and the end of the world. The first &#8220;end&#8221; dated for that generation; the other &#8220;not yet.&#8221; And though the disciples interpreted all these sayings as if they referred to one &#8220;end&#8221; only; they yet reported them so faithfully that we with our clearer insight can distinguish between them. Judgments may vary about single verses, but roughly speaking Mar 13:3-8, Mar 13:14-23, Mar 13:28-31 seem to refer to the fall of Jerusalem; the rest of the chapter refers to the end of the world. But in speaking about the counsel Jesus gives to His disciples, in view of the coming judgment, whether I gather my lessons from the verses that refer to the nearer or the remoter coming makes no difference as far as their spiritual validity is concerned.<\/p>\n<p>Preparation for Judgment.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;When shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when these things are all about to be accomplished,&#8221; asked the disciples. And Jesus in answering them, instead of fixing the date, said, &#8220;Take heed that no man lead you astray.&#8221; At first it sounds irrelevant. As a matter of fact there is a profound lesson in it. It is as if Christ said, &#8220;Date-fixing is not your concern. That is in God&#8217;s hands. Your business is to take heed to yourselves, to do your own duty faithfully and well.&#8221; The best way, then, of preparing for the Lord&#8217;s coming is to work day by day with two hands earnestly as unto the Lord and not unto men. We have not got over our curiosity about dates even yet. Some people pore over the pages of the prophet Daniel and puzzle their brains about the number of the beasts in Revelation-thinking that from these passages they may discover the date when the Lord will come back. It is a futile task. The day and the hour God has kept within His own authority.<\/p>\n<p>-By&#8221;Carrying On.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>But, if you really want to prepare for the Lord&#8217;s coming, I can tell you how to do it: &#8220;Take heed to yourselves.&#8221; Attend faithfully to your own duty and task. You remember the old and familiar story about the American legislature. They were in the midst of a debate when a deep and appalling darkness spread over the sky, until one member could not see another&#8217;s face. In that darkness as of night strong men were seized with panic. They cried that the day of judgment was come. They wanted to adjourn the sitting and to betake themselves to prayer. Then one man got up and said, &#8220;Whether it be the day of judgment I know not: but one thing I do know, that it is the will of God that we should save our country. Mr Speaker, I move that candles be brought in, and that we proceed with the business.&#8221; Surely he was right. &#8220;How would a man rather be found than just doing the work which his Lord had committed to him?&#8221; Was it not John Wesley, who, when asked how he would spend the day if he knew it was his last, replied that he would just go through with the programme of preaching and visiting and travelling arranged for him and then quietly lay himself down to rest at night? That is the best way to prepare for the judgment. Leave your star-gazing and your date-fixing. Take heed to yourselves. Do your appointed task faithfully.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;O happy servant he,<\/p>\n<p>In such a posture found!<\/p>\n<p>He shall his Lord with rapture see,<\/p>\n<p>And be with honour crowned.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>-By Steadfastness.<\/p>\n<p>And that we may be found in that &#8220;happy posture,&#8221; bravely and faithfully doing our appointed task, there are two qualities we shall need. One is Stedfastness. &#8220;He that endureth to the end, the same shall be saved.&#8221; The endurance here spoken of is not, as the commentaters tell us, the passive virtue of patience, in our sense of bearing things without murmur or resistance; but the manlier and more positive grace of perseverance or stedfastness. Joseph us, Dr Salmond says, uses this word to describe the indomitable constancy of the heroes of the Maccabean struggle. It is a positive and energetic grace. It is courage that cannot be broken. And we shall want that grace if we are to be prepared for the coming of Christ. For the Christian life is not an easy life. Look at the troubles that were in front of these disciples. They were to be delivered up to councils, and beaten in synagogues and set before kings. Their nearest and dearest would rise up against them and plot their death. They would have to face the hatred and contempt of a world. To be faithful to Christ these first disciples needed an unflinching and steadfast courage. And though the forms in which the hatred of the world expresses itself have changed-the Christian life remains a hard life, a difficult life, an arduous life. Whoso would live it needs the high gift of courage. For it is not enough to have loved Christ once and served Him once! It is not enough to have made a beginning! It is not what we were years ago, but what we are at the moment of Christ&#8217;s coming that matters. Men who started well like Judas and Demas ended their career amongst the castaways. If we are to be ready for the &#8220;Coming&#8221; we want stedfast courage. Courage, not only to begin, but that finer courage that spite of all difficulties bears up and presses on; for it is he who endureth to the end who shall be saved.<\/p>\n<p>-By Watchfulness.<\/p>\n<p>Secondly, we need the grace of watchfulness. &#8220;Watch, therefore,&#8221; says Christ, for &#8220;ye know not when the Lord of the house cometh.&#8221; And He ends the discourse by repeating the warning, &#8220;What I say unto you, I say unto all, Watch.&#8221; &#8220;The price of liberty,&#8221; said Burke in a notable and familiar sentence, &#8220;is eternal vigilance.&#8221; It is the price of salvation as well. We must be eternally alert, watchful, vigilant. For we may fail in our Christian life not simply through cowardice but also through presumption. We may flatter ourselves that all is well with us and so let down our guard that at the very time when we were saying peace and safety sudden destruction may come upon us. That was the trouble with the disciples in the garden-not cowardice but presumption. Instead of watching they slept, and so their enemies got them unawares. You remember where John Bunyan leaves Presumption-in a bottom chained by the heels. Over-confidence may result in the Lord when He comes finding us sleeping. So that if on the one hand we need to pray to be delivered from weakness and fear, on the other hand we need to pray this further prayer, &#8220;Keep back thy servant also from presumptuous sins. Let them not have dominion over me&#8221; (Psa 19:13). Over-confidence may be as fatal as cowardice. &#8220;What I say unto you, I say unto all, Watch.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>This is a chapter about the Lord&#8217;s Return. The disciples were most anxious about the date of it. Jesus was most anxious that they should be ready to welcome Him whenever He did come. And that is what really matters-that whenever the Lord comes we should be ready to receive Him.<\/p>\n<p>Are we Ready?<\/p>\n<p>I believe in what is technically known as the Second Coming of Christ. I believe that He will come back again to take His power and to reign. But I never trouble myself to ask when that coming will take place. There is another coming that may be nearer far. For Christ comes to the individual soul in death. And when that day and hour may be we cannot tell. But I do not know that this matters. The question is, are we ready to meet Him whenever He comes? Are we watching for Him? Are we stedfast, unmovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord? Are we bravely, faithfully doing our task? If so, all&#8217;s well. We shall be amongst those who love His appearing. Suppose the message reached us, &#8220;Behold, I come quickly,&#8221; what would our answer be? Happy the man who can say back, &#8220;Even so, come, Lord Jesus.&#8221;<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Gospel According to St. Mark: A Devotional Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>1<\/p>\n<p> The Jews admired the temple because of its apparent firmness, being remodeled and reinforced through forty and six years of work (Joh 2:20).<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Combined Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>THE chapter we have now begun is full of prophecy-prophecy of which part has been fulfilled, and part remains to be accomplished. Two great events form the subject of this prophecy. One is the destruction of Jerusalem, and the consequent end of the Jewish dispensation. The other is the second coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the winding up of the state of things under which we now live. The destruction of Jerusalem was an event which happened only forty years after our Lord was crucified. The second coming of Christ is an event which is yet to come, and we may yet live to see it with our own eyes. [Footnote: I think it right to repeat here what I said in commenting on the report of our Lord&#8217;s prophecy given by Matthew, respecting the destruction of Jerusalem. I believe that in the prophecy now under consideration, our Lord had in view a second siege of Jerusalem, and a second tribulation accompanying that siege, as well as the first siege and tribulation when the city was taken by Titus. That such a siege is to be expected, the fourteenth chapter of Zechariah appears to me to be unanswerable proof.<\/p>\n<p>I see no other way of explaining the close connection which appears in the prophecy, between the &#8220;affliction&#8221; here foretold, and the &#8220;coming of the Son of Man in the clouds with power and great glory.&#8221; To interpret that &#8220;coming of the Son of Man,&#8221; as the coming of the Roman army in judgment on the Jews, appears to me positive trifling with Scripture.<\/p>\n<p> The view that our Lord is prophesying of two sieges of Jerusalem, and two tremendous tribulations which would fall especially on the Jews, and of His own second coming as an event which would immediately follow the second siege, makes the whole chapter plain and intelligible.<\/p>\n<p>All these, events ought to be deeply interesting to believers; and would be especially so to Jewish believers, like the apostles, in whose time the temple was yet standing, the Jewish dispensation not yet put aside, and Jerusalem not yet destroyed.]<\/p>\n<p>Chapters like this ought to be deeply interesting to every true Christian. No history ought to receive so much of our attention as the past and future history of the Church of Christ. The rise and fall of worldly empires are events of comparatively small importance in the sight of God. Babylon, and Greece, and Rome, and France, and England, are as nothing in His eyes by the side of the mystical body of Christ. The march of armies and the victories of conquerors are mere trifles in comparison with the progress of the Gospel, and the final triumph of the Prince of Peace. May we remember this in reading prophetical Scripture! &#8220;Blessed is he that readeth.&#8221; (Rev 1:3.)<\/p>\n<p>The first thing that demands our attention in the verses before us, is the prediction of our Lord concerning the temple at Jerusalem.<\/p>\n<p>The disciples, with the natural pride of Jews, had called their Master&#8217;s attention to the architectural splendor of the temple. &#8220;See,&#8221; they said, &#8220;what manner of stones and what buildings are here!&#8221; [Footnote: It may be well to remark that the temple here spoken of, was, in a certain sense, the third temple in order which had been built at Jerusalem. The first was built by Solomon, and destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar. The second was built by Ezra and Nehemiah. The third if it may be so called, was enlarged and almost re-built, about the time of our Lord Jesus Christ&#8217;s birth, by Herod. The enormous size of the stones used in building it, and the general magnificence of the whole fabric are attested not only by Josephus, but by heathen writers!] They received an answer from the Lord very different from what they expected, a heart-saddening answer, and one well calculated to stir up inquisitive thoughts in their minds. No word of admiration falls from His lips. He expresses no commendation of the design or workmanship of the gorgeous structure before Him. He appears to lose sight of the form and comeliness of the material building, in His concern for the wickedness of the nation to which it belonged. &#8220;Seest thou,&#8221; He replies, &#8220;these great buildings? There shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be cast down.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>Let us learn from this solemn saying, that the true glory of a Church does not consist in its buildings for public worship, but in the faith and godliness of its members. The eyes of our Lord Jesus Christ could find no pleasure in looking at the very temple which contained the holy of holies, and the golden candlestick, and the altar of burnt offering. Much less, may we suppose, can he find pleasure in the most splendid places of worship among professing Christians, if His Word and His Spirit are not honored in it.<\/p>\n<p>We shall all do well to remember this. We are naturally inclined to judge things by the outward appearance, like children who value poppies more than corn. We are too apt to suppose that where there is a stately ecclesiastical building and a magnificent ceremonial-carved stone and painted glass-fine music and gorgeously-dressed ministers, there must be some real religion. And yet there may be no religion at all. It may be all form, and show, and appeal to the senses. There may be nothing to satisfy the conscience-nothing to cure the heart. It may prove on inquiry that Christ is not preached in that stately building, and the Word of God not expounded. The ministers may perhaps be utterly ignorant of the Gospel, and the worshipers may be dead in trespasses and sins. We need not doubt that God sees no beauty in such a building as this. We need not doubt the Parthenon had no glory in God&#8217;s sight compared to the dens and caves where the early Christians worshiped, or that the meanest room where Christ is preached at this day, is more honorable in his eyes than the cathedral of St. Peter&#8217;s at Rome.<\/p>\n<p>Let us however not run into the absurd extreme of supposing that it matters not what kind of building we set apart for God&#8217;s service. There is no Popery in making a church handsome. There is no true religion in having a dirty, mean, shabby, and disorderly place of worship. &#8220;Let all things be done decently and in order.&#8221; (1Co 14:40.) But let it be a settled principle in our religion, however beautiful we make our churches, to regard pure doctrine and holy practice as their principal ornaments. Without these two things, the noblest ecclesiastical edifice is radically defective. It has no glory if God is not there. With these two things, the humblest brick cottage where the Gospel is preached, is lovely and beautiful. It is consecrated by Christ&#8217;s own presence and the Holy Spirit&#8217;s own blessing.<\/p>\n<p>The second thing that demands our attention in these verses, is the remarkable manner in which our Lord commences the great prophecy of this chapter.<\/p>\n<p>We are told that four of His disciples, aroused no doubt by His warning prediction about the temple, applied to Him for further information. &#8220;Tell us,&#8221; they said, &#8220;when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled?&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>The answer which our Lord gives to these questions, begins at once with a prediction of coming false doctrine and coming wars. If His disciples thought He would promise them immediate success and temporal prosperity in this world, they were soon undeceived. So far from bidding them expect a speedy victory of truth, He tells them to look out for the rise of error. &#8220;Take heed lest any man deceive you.-Many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ.&#8221; So far from bidding them expect a general reign of peace and quietness, He tells them to prepare for wars and troubles. &#8220;Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom.-There shall be earthquakes in divers places, and there shall be famines and troubles: these are the beginnings of sorrows.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>There is something deeply instructive in this opening of our Lord&#8217;s prophetical discourse. It seems like the key note of what His Church is to expect between His first and second advents. It looks as if it were specially intended to correct the mistaken views, not only of His apostles, but of the vast body of professing Christians in every age. It looks as if our Lord knew well that man is always catching at the idea of a &#8220;good time coming,&#8221; and as if He would give us plain notice that there will be no &#8220;good time&#8221; till He returns. It may not be pleasant to us to hear such tidings. But it is in strict accordance with what we read in the prophet Jeremiah, &#8220;The prophets that have been before, prophesied of war, and of evil, and of pestilence. The prophet which prophesieth of peace, when the word of the prophet shall come to pass, then shall the prophet be known, that the LORD hath truly sent him.&#8221; (Jer 28:8-9.)<\/p>\n<p>Let us learn from our Lord&#8217;s opening prediction to be moderate in our expectations. Nothing has created so much disappointment in the Church of Christ, as the extravagant expectations in which many of its members have indulged. Let us not be carried away by the common idea, that the world will be converted before the Lord Jesus returns, and the earth filled with the knowledge of the Lord. It will not be so. There is nothing in Scripture to justify such expectations. Let us cease to expect a reign of peace. Let us rather look for wars. Let us cease to expect all men to be made holy by any existing instrumentality-schools, missions, preaching, or anything of the kind. Let us rather look for the rise of Antichrist Himself. Let us understand that we live in a day of election, and not of universal conversion. There will be no universal peace till the Prince of Peace appears. There will be no universal holiness till Satan is bound. It may cost us much to hold such opinions as these. But there is not a church or congregation on earth, whose state does not show that these opinions are true, and that while &#8220;many are called, few are chosen.&#8221; It may bring on us the unkind remarks and the unfavorable judgment of many. But the end will prove who is right and who is wrong. For that end let us wait patiently. Let us labor, and teach, and work, and pray. But let it not surprise us if we find our Lord&#8217;s word strictly true: &#8220;Narrow is the way which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.&#8221; (Mat 7:14.)<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Ryle&#8217;s Expository Thoughts on the Gospels<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Mar 13:1. Out of the temple. The final solemn departure (see Mat 24:1).<\/p>\n<p>One of his disciples. Mark is most definite here.<\/p>\n<p>What stones and what buildings. Luke (Luk 21:5): How it was adorned with goodly stones and gifts. They seemed almost to intercede for the temple He was leaving.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: A Popular Commentary on the New Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Our blessed Saviour being now ready to depart from the temple; never more, after this, entering into it; and his disciples shewing him with wonder and admiration the magnificent structures and buildings thereof, apprehending that in regard to its invincible strength it could not be destroyed, or that at least, in regard to its incredible magnificence, it was a great pity it should be destroyed; they say to Christ, Master, Behold what buildings are here; Not considering how sin would undermine and blow up the most famous structures. Sin brings cities and kingdoms, as well as particular persons, to their end; not one stone of that magnificent structure, says Christ, shall remain unpulled down: which threatening was exactly fulfilled after Christ&#8217;s death, when Titus, the Roman emperor, destroyed the city, burnt the temple, and Turnus Rufus, the general of his army, ploughed up the very foundation on which the temple stood: thus was the threatening of God fulfilled, Zion shall be ploughed as a field, and Jerusalem shall become an heap Jer 26:18. <\/p>\n<p>Learn hence, 1. That sin has laid the foundation of ruin in the most flourishing cities and kingdoms. That the threatenings of God are to be feared, and shall be fulfilled, whatever appearing improbabilities there may be to the contrary. It is neither the temple&#8217;s strength nor beauty that can oppose or withstand God&#8217;s power.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expository Notes with Practical Observations on the New Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Mar 13:1-2. See what manner of stones, &amp;c.  Our Lord, in the conclusion of his lamentation over Jerusalem, (Mat 23:38-39,) had declared that the temple should never be favoured with his presence any more; a declaration which, doubtless, appeared very strange to the disciples, and affected them much. For which reason they stopped him as he was going away, and desired him to see what a fine, sumptuous building the temple was: insinuating, probably, that they were surprised to hear him talk of leaving it desolate, for that so rich and glorious a fabric ought not to be deserted rashly. Jesus said, There shall not be left one stone upon another  This superb building, which you behold, adorned with huge stones of great beauty, shall be razed to the very foundation. It seemed exceedingly improbable that any thing like this should happen in that age, considering the peace of the Jews with the Romans, and the strength of their citadel, which forced Titus himself to acknowledge that it was the singular hand of God which compelled them to relinquish fortifications which no human power could have conquered. Bishop Chandler justly observes, That no impostor would have foretold an event so unlikely and so disagreeable.  Defence of Christianity, pp. 472, 473. Add to this, that it was not usual with the Romans to destroy either the cities or the temples of the countries they conquered. And with regard to this temple, Josephus tells us, (Bell., Mar 7:9,) that Titus having held a council of his generals, who were for burning the temple, declared that he would by all means save that edifice as an ornament to the empire. But God had determined and declared that it should be destroyed. Accordingly, the soldiers burned it without paying any regard to Tituss orders. See notes on Mat 24:42.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Joseph Bensons Commentary on the Old and New Testaments<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>CXIII. <\/p>\n<p>DESTRUCTION OF JERUSALEM FORETOLD. <\/p>\n<p>aMATT. XXIV. 1-28; bMARK XIII. 1-23; cLUKE XXI. 5-24. <\/p>\n<p>   a1 And Jesus went out from the temple [leaving it to return no more], and was going on his way; and his disciples came to him bas he went forth ato show him the buildings of the temple. bone of his disciples saith unto him, Teacher, behold, what manner of stones and what manner of buildings!  c5 And as some spake of the temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones and offerings, he said [The strength and wealth of the temple roused the admiration of the Galilans. The great stones in its fortifications promised safety from its enemies, and the goodly offerings bespoke the zeal of its friends. According to Josephus, some of the stones were nearly seventy feet in length, twelve feet in height, and eighteen feet in breadth. The same historian tells us of the gifts or offerings which adorned it: crowns, shields, goblets, chain of gold present by Agrippa, and a golden vine with its vast clusters which was the gift of Herod. The temple was built of [619] white limestone, and its beauty and strength made it admired of all nations. It took forty-six years to finish, and ten thousand skilled workmen are said to have been employed in its construction.]  {a2 But bJesus aanswered and said unto them, bhim,} Seest thou these great buildings? aSee ye not all these things?  c6 As for these things which ye behold, averily I say unto you, cthe days will come, in which there shall not be left here one stone upon another, that {bwhich} shall not be thrown down. [In the very hour when the disciples exulted in the apparent permanency of their glorious temple, Jesus startled them by foretelling its utter destruction, which, within forty years, was fulfilled to the letter. The emperor Vespasian, and his son Titus, after a three years&#8217; siege, took Jerusalem and destroyed its temple, A.D. 70. Of the temple proper not a vestige was left standing, but the vast platform upon which it stood, composed partly of natural rock and partly of immense masonry, was for the most part left standing. The destruction of the city and temple, however, was so complete that those who visited it could hardly believe that it had ever been inhabited&#8211;Jos. Wars vii. 1.]  3 And as he sat on the mount of Olives, over against the temple [he was in the middle portion of the mountain, for that is the part which is opposite the temple], athe disciples bPeter and James and John and Andrew [on this occasion Andrew was in company with the chosen three when they were honored by a special revelation, but is put last as being the least conspicuous of the four] acame unto him privately, basked him privately, asaying, cTeacher,  b4 Tell us, when ctherefore shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when these things are about to come to pass? {bto be accomplished?} aand what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? [Dismayed by the brief words which Jesus had spoken as he was leaving the temple, these four disciples asked for fuller details. Their question is fourfold. 1. When shall the temple be destroyed? 2. What shall be the signs which precede its destruction? 3. [620] What shall be the sign of Christ&#8217;s coming? 4. What shall be the sign of the end of the world? Jesus had said nothing of his coming nor of the end of the world; but to these four disciples the destruction of the temple seemed an event of such magnitude that they could not but associate it with the end of all things. Jesus deals with the first two questions in this section, and with the two remaining questions in Act 4:3, Act 5:18, Act 5:40, Act 7:59, Act 8:3, Act 12:1, Act 12:2, Act 14:19, Act 16:19-24, Act 22:30, Act 24:1, Act 25:2, Act 25:3. Peter, James the elder and James the younger, and Paul, and doubtless many more of the apostles suffered martyrdom before the destruction of the temple. Tacitus bears testimony to the hatred and blind bigotry of the age when he speaks of Christians as &#8220;a class of men hated on account of their crimes&#8221; (Annals, xv. 44). See also Suetonius on Nero 16, and Pliny (Ep. x. 97). For comments on a similar passage see Col 1:23). Of course the language of both Jesus and Paul must be understood with reference to the geography of the earth as then known. Paul&#8217;s declaration was written about the year A.D. 63, or seven years before the destruction of Jerusalem. His meaning is not that every creature had actually heard the gospel, but that each had been given an opportunity to hear because the gospel had been so universally preached.]  11 And when they lead you to judgment, and deliver you up, be not anxious beforehand what ye shall speak:  c14 Settle it therefore in your hearts, not to meditate beforehand how to answer:  15 for I will give you a mouth and wisdom, which all your adversaries shall not be able to withstand or to gainsay. bbut whatsoever shall be given you in that hour, that speak ye; for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy Spirit. [See 2Co 11:13-15, Gal 2:1-4, 1Ti 1:3-7, 1Ti 1:19, 1Ti 1:20, 2Ti 3:8, 2Ti 3:9; Tit 1:10, Tit 1:11, 2Pe 2:1-3, Jud 1:4, Jud 1:8, Jud 1:10, Jud 1:12, Jud 1:16, Jud 1:19.]  12 And because iniquity shall be multiplied, the love of the many shall wax cold. [The prevalence of sin tempts and encourages the feeble to commit it.]  c16 But ye shall be delivered up even by parents, and brethren, and kinsfolk, and friends;  b12 And brother shall deliver up brother to death, and the father his child; and children shall rise up against parents, and cause them to be put to death. cand some of you shall they cause to be put to death. [Hatred against Christianity would prove stronger than all family ties.]  17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name&#8217;s sake. [See Dan 4:11], standing in the holy place bwhere he ought not [for comment, see end of the paragraph, Deu 28:49-57, Dan 9:26, Dan 9:27, Dan 12:1, Dan 12:11, Joe 2:2.]  b17 But woe unto them that are with child and to them that give suck in those days! [because their condition would impede their flight] cfor there shall be great distress upon the land, and wrath unto this people. [The city of Jerusalem was divinely sentenced to punishment for her sins.]  24 And they shall fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led captive into all the nations [According to Josephus, one million one hundred thousand perished during the siege, and ninety-seven thousand were taken captive. Of these latter, many were tortured and slain, being crucified, as he tell us, till &#8220;room was wanted for the crosses, and crosses wanted for the bodies&#8221;]: and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. [By comparing this passage with Rom 11:1-36., we find that the times of the Gentiles signify that period wherein the church is made up of Gentiles to the almost exclusion of the Jews. The same chapter shows that this period is to be followed by one wherein the Jew and the Gentile unite together in proclaiming the gospel. This prophecy, therefore, declares that until this union of the Jew and the Gentile takes place, the city of Jerusalem shall not only be controlled by the Gentiles, [625] but shall be trodden under foot&#8211;i. e., oppressed&#8211;by them. The history of Jerusalem, to this day, is a striking fulfillment of this prophecy.]  b18 And pray ye that it ayour flight bbe not in the winter. [Because the flight will be so precipitate that it would necessitate much exposure to the weather, sleeping under the open heaven, etc.] aneither on a sabbath [Jewish tradition limited travel on the Sabbath day to a distance of seven furlongs. The early training of many Christians led them to have scruples about breaking the Sabbath. It is possible that Jesus had these scruples in view, but by no means conclusive, for in fleeing they would need the support and friendship of their Jewish brethren, who would be apt, not only to hinder, but even in those troublous and turbulent days, to show violence to any who openly disregarded the Sabbath. For it must be remembered that the Jews, not being guided by the admonitions of Christ, would regard the sudden flight of the Christians as unnecessarily hasty]:  21 for then {bthose days} ashall be great tribulation, bsuch as there hath not been the like from the beginning of the creation {athe world} bwhich God created until now, and never, {ano, nor ever} shall be. [These words spoken before the event are strikingly verified by the statements of Josephus written after it. &#8220;No other city,&#8221; says he, &#8220;ever suffered miseries, nor did any age, from the beginning of the world, ever breed a generation more fruitful in wickedness that this was.&#8221; And again: &#8220;If the miseries of all mankind from the creation were compared with those which the Jews then suffered, they would appear inferior.&#8221; The promise that there shall be no days like it of course excludes the terrors and miseries of the judgment day, since it belongs to celestial rather than terrestrial history. Having now the whole paragraph before us, we are ready to discuss the phrase &#8220;abomination of desolation&#8221; mentioned in Matt. xxiv. 15 ( Luk 21:20, Luk 21:21) forbids us to make the flight from Juda subsequent to the flight from Jerusalem, for both flights were to begin when the Romans appeared. Again it should be noted that the phrase &#8220;the holy place&#8221; is apt to mislead, especially when coupled with Mark&#8217;s &#8220;where it ought not.&#8221; The words when seen in English cause us to think of some person or thing polluting the sanctuary of the temple by standing in its holy place. But it is evident that the words do not refer to the temple at all. When the New Testament speaks of the holy place in the temple it styles it en too hagioo (in the holy), while the words here are en topoo hagioo (in a place holy). Moreover, after a careful perusal of the LXX. we are persuaded that they used the two terms to distinguish between the holy place in the sanctuary and other holy places, a distinction which the Revised Version recognizes ( Lev 6:16, Lev 6:26, Lev 6:27, etc.). As none but priests could enter [627] the holy place, it is evident that another is meant at Psa 24:3; but in this place the Septuagint gives us en topoo hagioo. We, therefore, conclude that in this place Matthew uses the term &#8220;holy place&#8221; to designate the holy territory round about the Holy City, and that the combined expression of Matthew and Mark signifies the investiture of the city by the Roman armies and is equivalent to the plainer statement made by Luke. The Roman armies were fittingly called the abomination of desolation, because, being heathen armies, they were an abomination to the Jews, and because they brought desolation upon the country. The sight of them, therefore, became the appointed sign for Christians to quit the city.]  22 And except those days had been shortened,  b20 And except the Lord had shortened the days, no flesh would have been saved [since the Lord is speaking to the Jews, this means that if God had not shortened the siege and restrained the Romans, they would have exterminated the Jewish race]; but for the elect&#8217;s sake, whom he chose, he shortened the days. athose days shall be shortened. [since the term &#8220;elect&#8221; in Mat 24:24, Mat 24:31 evidently means Christians, it doubtless means that here, though it may mean that God spared a remnant of the Jewish people because he had covenanted with the patriarchs that they should be his chosen people, for the Jews are also God&#8217;s elect ( Rom 11:28, Rom 11:29). Moreover, it should be noted that there were few, if any, Christians remaining in the city, and that those who were spared were spared as Jews without discrimination.]  b21 And then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is the Christ; aor, Here; bor, Lo, there; believe it not:  22 for there shall arise false Christs and false prophets, and shall show agreat signs and wonders; so as to {bthat they may} lead astray, if possible, aeven the elect. [For accounts of these lying prophets who appeared before and during the siege, see Josephus, Wars iv., v., vi. Christ warns his followers: 1. Not to be deceived by spurious Christs. 2. Not to believe that he himself has again appeared. This latter warning is further enforced by what follows.]  b23 But take [628] ye heed: behold, I have told you all things beforehand.  a26 If therefore they shall say unto you, Behold, he is in the wilderness; go not forth: Behold, he is in the inner chambers; believe it not.  27 For as the lightning cometh forth from the east, and is seen even unto the west; so shall be the coming of the Son of man. [The coming of Christ would be an event needing no herald; every man would see it for himself. See p. 531.]  28 Wheresoever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together. [See pp. 533, 534.]<\/p>\n<p> [FFG 619-629]<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: McGarvey and Pendleton Commentaries (New Testament)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Mark Chapter 13<\/p>\n<p>In chapter 13 the Lord takes up much more the service of the apostles in the circumstances that would surround them, than the development of the dispensations and the ways of God with respect to the kingdom-a point of view more presented in Matthew, who treats of this subject. <\/p>\n<p>It will be observed, that the disciples question takes only a general view of the subject which pre-occupied them. They ask when the judgment upon the temple and all these things shall be fulfilled. And from Mar 13:9-13, although some circumstances found in Mat 24:1-51 are included, the passage relates even more to that which is said in Mat 10:1-42. It speaks of the service which the disciples would accomplish in the midst of Israel, and in testimony against persecuting authorities, the gospel being preached in all nations before the end came. They were, as preachers, to fill the place which Jesus had occupied among the people, only that the testimony was to extend much farther. It would be in the face of all possible suffering and most trying persecutions. <\/p>\n<p>But there would be a moment when this service should end. The well-known sign of the abomination that maketh desolate would point it out. They were then to flee. These would be the days of unparalleled distress, and of signs and wonders, which, if it were possible, would deceive the very elect. But they were forewarned. Everything should be shaken after that time, and the Son of man should come. Power should take the place of testimony, and the Son of man should gather together His elect (of Israel) from all parts of the earth. <\/p>\n<p>It appears to me that in this Gospel, more than in any other, the Lord brings together the judgment on Jerusalem then at hand, and that which is yet to come, carrying the mind on to the latter, because He is here more occupied with the conduct of His disciples during those events. Israel, the whole system into which the Lord had come, was to be set aside provisionally, in order to bring in the assembly and the kingdom in its heavenly character, and afterwards the millennium-that is, the assembly in its glory and the kingdom established in power-when the legal system and Israel under the first covenant should be finally set aside. At these two periods the general position of the disciples would be the same; but the events of the latter period would be definitive and important, and the Lord speaks especially of them. Nevertheless that which was the most imminent, and which, for the present, set aside Israel and the testimony, required that a warning should be addressed to the disciples on account of their immediate danger; and they receive it accordingly. <\/p>\n<p>The effort of the Jews to re-establish their system at the end, in despite of God, will but lead to open apostasy and definitive judgment. This will be the time of unequalled affliction, of which the Lord speaks. But from the time of the first destruction of Jerusalem by Titus until the coming of the Lord, the Jews are considered as set aside and under this judgment, in what degree soever it may have been accomplished. <\/p>\n<p>The disciples are commanded to watch, for they know not the hour. It is the conduct of the disciples in this respect which is here especially before the eyes of the Lord. It is of this great day, and the hour of its arrival, that the angels and even the Son, as Prophet, know not. For Jesus must sit at the right hand of God until His enemies are made His footstool, and the time of His rising up is not revealed. The Father has kept it, says Jesus, in His own power. See Act 3:1-26, where Peter proposes to the Jews the Lords return. They rejected his testimony; and now they wait for the full accomplishment of all that has been spoken. Meantime the servants are left to serve during the Masters absence. He commanded the porter in particular to watch. They knew not at what hour the Master would come. This applies to the disciples in their connection with Israel, but at the same time it is a general principle. The Lord addresses it to all. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: John Darby&#8217;s Synopsis of the New Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>CHAPTER 20<\/p>\n<p>COMING OF THE LORD<\/p>\n<p>Matthew 24; Matthew 25; Mark 13; Luke 21. It is now in the afternoon, on Wednesday, preceding the arrest of our Savior about midnight the ensuing day, and His crucifixion the Friday following. He had spent the morning preaching to the multitudes on the Temple Campus, bidding a final adieu to the temple and its holy environments, prophesying the desolation of the temple, city, and land, and assuring them that they will see Him no more until they shall say, Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord; i.e., till He comes in His glory, and the elect remnant, gathered from the ends of the earth, will thus salute their Savior, Brother, King. Having preached to the Greeks at the gate as He came out, now He goes away to the Mount of Olives, east of Jerusalem. We are gratified to have. this wonderful sermon, which, at this time and place, He preached to His disciples about His return to the earth, recorded by three of His faithful amanuenses. As we proceed we will endeavor, aided by the Spirit, to give you the full benefit of this triple record. Mat 24:1 : Jesus having gone out, departed from the temple; and His disciples came to Him to show Him the buildings of the temple. From Mount Olivet we enjoy, not only a conspicuous view of Jerusalem, but especially of the entire Temple Campus, containing thirty-five acres, occupied by many great and valuable buildings now, and more at that time.<\/p>\n<p>Luk 21:5. Certain ones speaking concerning the temple that it was ornamented with beautiful stones and offerings, He said, The days shall come in which not a stone shall be left upon a stone, which shall not be thrown down. In that day they had no banks, gold and silver and other valuables being frequently hidden away for safe-keeping. When the city was destroyed, the Roman soldiers tore up the very foundations of the temple, searching for hidden treasures, thus verifying this prophecy of Jesus.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:3. He, sitting on the Mount of Olives in front of the temple, Peter, James, John, and Andrew asked Him privately ( Mat 24:3), Tell us when these things shall be, and what shall be the sign of Thy coming, and the end of the age. E. V. says the end of the world. Our Lord did not say kosmos, world, but aion, age. The same word means time. The E. V. translation, end of the world, has given currency to the popularidea that this world is going to have an end and be consumed  i.e., annihilated, blotted out of existence  which is contradictory of Scripture, which plainly teaches another age following this (Mat 12:32, and Heb 6:4), the glorious Millennial Theocracy succeeding the present age, which will also be followed by the new heaven and new earth (Revelation 21), when this lost planet (Luke 15) shall take its place with Other celestial worlds, the especial reward of the meek (Mat 5:5), to possess, shine, and shout with the unfallen angels forever.<\/p>\n<p>And Jesus, responding, said to them, Beware lest any one may deceive you. For many will come in My name, saying, I am Christ; and will deceive many. I am a personal witness to the fulfillment of this prophecy, several persons in the last score of years having actually claimed to be Christ. Soon after His ascension, many made their appearance in Palestine, and other Oriental countries, claiming to be Christ e.g., Theudas; Simon Magus, Marchocab, and others. As the times of our Lords second coming draws nigh, doubtless many false Christs will arise.<\/p>\n<p>And you will be about to hear of wars and rumors of wars; see that you are not shaken: for it behooveth all these things to take place, but the end is not, yet. Pretty soon it was rumored that the Emperor Tiberius, and after him Caligula and Nero, were going to make war on the Jews, as they threatened them because of the commotions prevalent among them. Here you see that Jesus puts them on their guard against the idea that those terrible Jewish wars, commotions, and revolutions, which put an end to the Jewish state and Church at the expiration of forty years should be mistaken by them as ominous of the end of the age, which will not come till Jesus in person returns.<\/p>\n<p>For nation shall rise up against nation and kingdom; there shall be famines, pestilences, and earthquakes in various places. But all these are the beginning of birth-pangs. Odinon (sorrows, E. V.) literally means birth- pangs  i.e., the pains and acute sufferings characteristic of parturition  and has a deep significance as here used by the Savior. The awful death- agonies of the drowning antediluvians proved the birth-pangs of the new- born postdiluvian world. The terrible death-shock when the destroying angel winged his flight into every Egyptian home, slaying the first-born, was the birth-pangs of a great nation, as Israel that very hour issued from the dark womb of. Egyptian slavery, and took her place among the nations of the earth. So the awful death-roll of a million Jews, when the Romans destroyed the city, was the birth-pangs of the glorious Gospel Dispensation, unfurling the banner of Redeeming Grace to the whole Gentile world. In a similar manner, the death-agonies of the human powers, when the Ancient of Days shall descend and execute righteous judgments against all the usurpers of His royal throne, shaking down the false claimants and clearing the way for the coronation of His Son, King of Kings and Lord of lords (Dan 7:9), deluging the world with blood and heaping it with mountains of the dead (Revelation 16-19), will prove the birth-pangs of the glorious millennium, restoring Eden back to earth, and imprisoning Satan in the dungeons of the pandemonium.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:9. But you, take heed to yourselves; for they will deliver you up into the Sanhedrins, and you shall be beaten in the synagogues. You see, those are Jewish punishments. And you shall stand before governors and kings for My names sake, for a testimony unto them. These are Gentile punishments. Paul, in Cyprus, testified before Sergius Paulus, the Roman proconsul, and was instrumental in his conversion. He also testified before Felix, at Caesarea, who rejected his testimony. The martyrdom of Stephen, soon after Pentecost, lifted the flood-gate, and poured in on them rivers of blood, the Jews making every possible effort to exterminate them. This world is no friend to grace. The apostles all suffered martyrdom among the Gentiles except the two Jameses.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:11. And when they may lead you forth, delivering you up, do not be solicitous what you shall say, nor premeditate; but whatsoever may be given unto you in that hour, speak this: for it is not you speaking, but the Holy Ghost.<\/p>\n<p>Luk 21:15. For I will give unto you a. mouth and wisdom, which all those who are opposed shall not be able to gainsay nor resist. This has been literally verified by the martyrs in all ages, pagan Roman historians certifying that the executioners, in the bloody work; of martyrdom, were frequently so convicted by the testimony of the dying saints that they confessed Christ on the spot, becoming willing and heroic subjects of the martyrs fate.<\/p>\n<p>Luk 21:16-17 . And you shall be delivered up by your parents, brothers, kindred, and. friends; and they will put some of you to death.<\/p>\n<p>And you shall be hated by all for my names sake. During the martyr ages; most shocking scenes, as above described, were common, the nearest relatives of consanguinity testifying against one another as the only way of escape from bloody death, since the persecutors would take the whole family if they did not thus deliver up the confessors of Christianity.<\/p>\n<p>Mat 24:10. And then many will be offended; i.e., backslide, and repudiate Christ, in order to save their lives. This was always the case during the martyr ages, many thus recanting to save their lives, and resuming their places in the Church after the persecutionary wave rolled by. And they will deliver one another and hate one another. Many false prophets shall rise and deceive many. A false prophet is a counterfeit preacher, who preaches a religion that lets Adam the First not only live, but have a very good time; while the true Christianity always slays Agag. Carnal, anti-holiness religion is never persecuted, from the simple fact that Satan has no objection to it. Because iniquity doth abound, the Divine love of many doth wax cold. While this has had its fulfillment in all ages, its verification has been overwhelming in the last quarter of a century. I can remember well when no man could preach Holy Ghost religion too straight, strong, and hot to suit Methodists, Baptists, and Presbyterians. O what a change! You will now generally find them, not only in a North Pole atmosphere, but in many instances actually so opposed to fire:: that they can not stand a red-hot testimony. You all see this confirmation of the near approach of the end, Jesus being the Witness. But he that continueth to the end, the same shall be saved. Lord, help us to be true, as the promise is only to the finally faithful! And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached throughout the whole world for a testimony to all nations; and then the end shall come. This is very plain and explicit. He has fortified His disciples against the idea that the end of all things will take place with the destruction of Jerusalem. N. B.  Jesus had in His mind, and at that time saw in panorama, not only the wonderful events coming on so quickly  not only destroying Jerusalem, but annihilating the Jewish polity  but also the end of the age; i.e., the winding up of the gospel dispensation, though the time of the latter, being then a long way off, had not been revealed to Him. Again, you must remember that a few centuries in the Divine mind are but fleeting moments. Consequently the events connected with the destruction of the Jewish State and Church insensibly blend with those transpiring at the end of the Gentile times. Here you see the clear and unequivocal affirmation that the end of the age will come so soon as the gospel of the kingdom shall have been preached to all nations. Two years ago there were regions in Africa and Asia  i.. e., Thibet and Rangoon in the latter, and the Soudan in the former  where no missionary had ever been, so far as we know. Since that time the missionaries have reached all of these countries. So we do not know that there is any nation on the earth now which has never received the gospel, as so many great countries in Asia and Africa, where once the gospel flourished, are now missionary grounds, wrapped in the darkness of idolatry and the False Prophet. You see, as God is the Judge of the witness, we can not ascertain to what extent the gospel must be preached in any nation in order to develop the required testimony. When Jesus returns, in glory to reign over the whole earth, He must have the charter members for His kingdom in every nation, as the different nations of the earth will be perpetuated in their integrity, in the diversified countries which they now occupy, through the millennium. Of course, the saints of bygone ages, who represent these nations that once had the gospel, but have it not now, are not dead, but living in heaven, and ready to return with Jesus, and receive their glorified bodies in the first resurrection, at the beginning of the millennium. (Rev 20:6) For ought we know, they are sufficient : for the Divine testimony in behalf of the nations which they represent. The exceedingly rapid spread of the gospel among the heathen at the present time is certainly a most cheering omen of the Lords near coming. While it may seem strange, yet it is true, that the phenomenal apostasy of the Protestant Churches in the last few years is an equally striking fulfillment of the latter-day prophecies (2 Thessalonians 2), and convincing manifestation that the Lord is nigh.<\/p>\n<p>Luk 21:18-19 . Not a hair of your head can perish. In your patience gain your souls. What thrilling inspirations to the perseverance of the saints! We actually gain our souls by patiently suffering and toiling to the end, with the blessed assurance that if we will be true, no spiritual detriment whatever shall overtake us.<\/p>\n<p>DOOM OF JERUSALEM AND ESCAPE OF THE DISCIPLES<\/p>\n<p>Mat 24:15-18. Therefore when you may see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet [Dan 9:27], standing in the holy place, let the one reading take notice then; let those who are in Judea go. to the mountains; and let him who is on the housetop not come down to take things out of his house; and let him who is in the field not turn back to take his garments. A. D. 66, Gallus, the Roman general, laid siege to Jerusalem, succeeded, A. D. 68, by Vespasian, the emperor, who was succeeded by his son Titus, A. D. 71, who prosecuted the war to its awful end, as the Jews were divided into bloody factions, and were killing one another, and would not surrender to the Romans. Read Josephus, and you will find the horrors of the siege beggared all description  famine raging, people dying in piles; pestilence, arising from the putrefying corpses, sweeping the city with the besom of destruction far more terrific than the sword, which was also devouring them on all sides, till a solid million perished, and a million more were sold into slavery, the city utterly destroyed and left without an inhabitant. After fifty years a Roman colony was founded on the memorable site where Jerusalem once stood, even the name being dropped, and the new Roman city was called Elia Capitolina the ensuing two centuries, till the conversion of the Emperor Constantine, who came thither, revived the city, and restored the sacred name, Jerusalem. When the Roman armies effected all entrance through the walls, they at once set up their battle-flags on the Holy Campus, on the summit of. Moriah, taking possession of the temple and all the holy places. This was the abomination of desolation  abomination, because the Roman gods were pictured on it, and the soldiers worshipped them as they looked on the flags; and desolation, because those battle-flags meant the destruction of Jerusalem. Jesus notified His disciples that the moment they saw these Roman battle-flags floating from the pinnacles of the temple, they should all recognize it as the signal for, them to make their escape. Their flight was to be so sudden that, if on the housetop, they were not. to come down. N. B.  You can now run all over Jerusalem on the flat roofs of the houses, as the narrow streets are overarched, the buildings being continuous, jam up to the wall, which is a part of the contiguous edifice. Consequently they could run to the wall on the roofs of the houses and pass down, thus making their escape, which must be sudden and expeditious, or they would be intercepted and detained. This is a vivid symbolism of the rapture of. the saints at the end of the age.<\/p>\n<p>Luk 21:22. Because these are the days of vengeance, to fulfill all things which have been written. Josephus says that a sword, suspended from the pinnacle of the firmament, was visible in the blue sky, hanging over the city a whole year before this awful siege. He also says that a strange man walked upon the walls of the city some time before the siege, crying aloud, Woe, woe to Jerusalem! continuing. there to walk and utter this awful sentence of coming doom till a stone struck him and he fell dead.<\/p>\n<p>Mat 24:19-22. Woe to those who are in gestation and nursing in those days! The pure, tender heart of His unfallen humanity thus gives expression to the deepest sympathy in behalf of all thus encumbered in those terrible perils. Pray that your flight may not be in a storm, nor on the Sabbath. Jerusalem is only forty miles from the great sea, two thousand miles long and continuous from: the ocean of five thousand miles, thus giving the western storms a tremendous sweep, and the city is five thousand feet above the sea-level. Consequently storms at Jerusalem are terrible. I was in one which, as they all do, had come from the sea. Though they have but little effect on the stone houses, I found it difficult to stand and move about. Besides, these storms are not only wind, but rain, carried from the sea which is so nigh. Again, they were not protected with clothing as we are, there being no factories in that day. As to the Sabbath, so punctiliously was it kept in Jerusalem that the gates of the city were closed. Hence the probability of their being shut in. For then there shall be great tribulation, such as was not from the beginning of the world until now, neither may be. We do not understand this statement to antagonize the probability of the great Gentile tribulation, as the Jewish was preliminary to it, and really will culminate in it. Unless those days were shortened, no flesh were saved.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:20. But on account of the elect, whom He hath elected, He shortened those days. You must remember, not only some of the elect of grace were there, who doubtless afterward got saved, but a special reference is here made to the elect of Israel, the recipients of the infallible promises of the Abrahamic Covenant, who in due time will be restored, and eventually saved and sanctified, and become the honored recipients of their Brother King, coming in His glory in the last day. They were there in that awful siege and must be saved.<\/p>\n<p>Luk 21:24. They shall fall by the edge of the sword, and be led captives into all nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden down by the Gentiles, till the times of the Gentiles may be fulfilled. Much of this wonderful prophetical verse has been fulfilled, while things of profoundest moment are yet in the future. Jerusalem is still trodden down by the Gentiles, but, as you see here, destined to be relieved when the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled. When our Lord returns on the throne of His glory, the elect of Israel will have possession of Jerusalem, and come again to the front of the world, there to remain. Now, what about these Gentile times?<\/p>\n<p>When did they begin, and when will they end? Gods plan was to rule the world. Man was dissatisfied with Divine rule, rejected the government of God, preferring human administration. When Nebuchadnezzar conquered the world, he captured Jerusalem, and carried away the Jews, B. C. 587. So at that date the last vestige of the Theocracy disappeared, the whole world falling into the hands of a heathen monarch. I doubt not but Nebuchadnezzar was the most competent man in the world to rule it, and consequently God gave it to him when He saw that the people would have human government and reject the Divine. You remember (Daniel 4) how Nebuchadnezzar became so utterly crazy that he vacated his throne, followed the predilections of his boyhood, dwelt among the herds and flocks seven years, so utterly insane that he all this time played king among them, thus illustrating the utter incompetency of any man to rule a nation, a responsibility to which none but God is equal. (Simultaneously symbolizing the Divine interregnum in the worlds government on the part of the Eden Theocracy.) This insanity lasted seven years, which, according to the year-day system of prophetical interpretation thoroughly established in the Bible,  this period, according to lunar time, which is measured by the revolutions of the moon and 354 days in the year, the seven years equal 2748; the planetary chronology, 360 days in the year = 2520;, and the solar time, 365 days in the. year, equal 2555. Now, lot us see how much time has elapsed since the beginning of the Gentile times: B. C. 587+1900=2487. Now, you see, 2487-2478=9. Hence you see, according to lunar time, the times of the Gentiles are just about to run out, only lacking nine years.<\/p>\n<p>Now, if you count the tribulation as Daniel gives it (Dan 12:11-12), 1335-1290=45, the years of the tribulation (which, as you see from the above, are very likely to be shortened, for the sake of the elect of grace as well as that of Israel), 45-9=36. Hence you see, according to lunar time, the tribulation is even now overdue thirty-six years. Planetary time, 2520- 2487=33. Now, 45-33=12. Hence you see, the calendar time makes the tribulation overdue twelve years. Now, the solar time, 2555-2487=68- 45=23. Hence you see that the solar chronology makes the rapture due in 23 years, the calendar chronology makes it overdue 12 years, and the lunar makes the rapture of the saints overdue 36 years. Of course, no man knows the exact chronology, and consequently no human being can ascertain the day of His coming.<\/p>\n<p>But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end; many shall run to and from, and knowledge shall be increased. (Dan 12:4)<\/p>\n<p>When Daniel saw these wonderful visions of the latter days and the end of all things, he was so wrought upon and thrilled with solicitude to understand his own vision that he fainted. You see in this verse that he is commanded to shut up the words and seal the book till the time of the end, when the mystery will be revealed, and many shall run to and fro, publishing it to all nations. I gather from the above chronologies, and other Scriptural sources, that we are living now in the time of the end, when the Holy Spirit is opening these latter-day prophecies to His saints, who are running to the ends of the earth proclaiming the good news. I have traveled twenty thousand miles within the last year, through Europe, Asia, Africa, and America, and of course much of the time on the seas, and with many different nations. I find the saints in all my travels on the outlook for the Lords appearing, and publishing the glad news in every land. I am abundantly satisfied, for a thousand good reasons, that we are nearing the close of the Gentile times and the wonderful fulfillment of these thrillingly interesting latter-day prophecies. Of course, we appoint no time for our Lord to appear. But it is right and proper, and His positive mandate, for us to be incessantly on the lookout. As our Lord here quotes largely from Daniel, it is impossible to restrict these prophecies to the destruction of Jerusalem, as Daniels grand theme is the end of all things. While the former is preliminary, the latter is the grand moment of our Lords discourse.<\/p>\n<p>Mat 24:23-29. Then if any one may say, Behold, here is Christ, or there; believe them not. For false Christs and false prophets shall arise, and give forth great signs and wonders, so if possible to deceive even the elect. Behold, I have told you. Christ did not come in His glorified person at the destruction of Jerusalem. Here He warns His disciples not to be deceived by the bold claimants who arose in those times, or may arise in any other age. Here you see plainly the possibility of deceiving even the elect. Consequently Jesus gives the elect this timely warning to watch and pray, and diligently heed His plain words, which will prove an ample fortification against delusion. Therefore if they may say to you, Behold, He is in the desert; go not out. Behold, He is in the secret chambers; believe them not. As many false Christs arose in the Jewish times, so they will in the Gentile times.<\/p>\n<p>For as the lightning comes from the east, and shines even unto the west, so shall be the coming of the Son of man. This is a perfect fortification against all the delusions of impostors, which would prove our ruin. Now, you see plainly that you need not heed anybody who says, He has come; He is in New York, or London, or in the wilderness of Judea. I have met persons who actually told me thus, certifying that He has come in His glory. You see from His own unmistakable statement, that when He comes, we will all know it, because a great light, like sheet lightning, will suddenly sweep athwart the firmament, lighting up every sky with the splendor of His glory, and flashing into every human eye. Every eye shall behold Him. (Rev 1:7)<\/p>\n<p>For where the carcass is, there will the eagles be gathered together. The vulture belongs to the eagle species, and is evidently here referred to as always voraciously feeding upon carrion. At that time the Jewish State- Church had reached such a culmination of political and ecclesiastical corruption that she was already odorizing the elements, and attracting the vultures from afar. Within forty years those revolutionary fires, then rankling in the deep interior of her putrefying vitals, burst forth into a terrific volcano, disgorging the fiery venom of internal corruption, and transforming into an awful whirlpool, swallowing up her time-honored institutions into the oblivion of an eternal night, and actually annihilating the Jewish polity forever. This awful catastrophe, which overtook and obliterated the Jewish politico-ecclesiasticism, is but the brilliant scintillation of the oncoming conflagration destined to over take the Gentile world.<\/p>\n<p>These eagles emblematize the destroying angels, who shall accompany the Ancient of Days when He shall descend from heaven on the throne of righteous, retributive judgment, sweeping from the earth every rival of His Son. (Dan 7:9-14.)<\/p>\n<p>Thousand thousands ministered unto Him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before Him. (Dan 7:10)<\/p>\n<p>It does not take a philosopher to see the patent and indisputable fact that Church and State are rapidly deteriorating. This means something tremendously significant. The accumulation of diseases in a physical body can only end in dissolution. Why should men cry, Peace, peace,, when there is no peace? You see political and ecclesiastical corruption increasing on all sides. This is one of the most indubitable omens of the rapidly- approaching end of the Gentile age. We see it in America, to our unutterable sorrow; while in the Old World it is actually inconceivably worse. Every tendency has a culmination, when Divine intervention will produce a reaction. The antediluvians became more and more corruption the flood overtook them. This deterioration continued to develop more and more among the Jews, till the old carcass became so stenchy as to attract the Roman eagles to the carrion banquet. All Scripture points to a similar culmination of the present age. Christian men are everywhere becoming heart-sick of the political and ecclesiastical corruption we see everywhere rampant. Olfactories must be very obtuse not to detect the putrefaction already so alarmingly developed in the body, both political and ecclesiastical. Methinks the vultures of the great tribulation are already flapping their pinions, eager to light down upon the carcass and voraciously devour the prey. Even here, in America, the best country in the world, candid men are everywhere bewailing the political corruption, and recognizing the distressing fact that office and emolument are sought, pre- eminently and recklessly, at the sacrifice of truth, honor, and right.<\/p>\n<p>Immediately after the desolation of those days, the sun shall be darkened, the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from the firmament, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. (Isa 13:9-10, and Joe 3:15)<\/p>\n<p>These allusions to the heavenly bodies are very common among the prophets, the sun symbolizing the kings, the moon the queens, and the stars the subordinate rulers. Heaven frequently means the firmament enveloping the globe. The powers of the heavens  i.e., firmaments  indicate the secular powers, ruling the nations of. the earth. Our Savior here prominently quotes Daniel, who says, I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of Days did sit. (Dan 7:9)<\/p>\n<p>Luk 21:25-26 . There shall be signs in the sun, in the moon, and in the stars; commotion of the nations upon the earth in their bewilderment; the sea and the wave roaring; the souls of men failing them, on account of fear and expectation of the things coming upon the world. In connection with the universal commotions and disturbances of the nations, kings tottering upon their thrones, princes falling from the dizzy heights to which political ambition has climbed, and ecclesiastical rulers appalled with revolution and dismay, Luke here also speaks of strange and extraordinary phenomena of the sea, operating to the augmentation of the universal discomfiture and dissolution, evidently involving the conclusion that oceanic inundations, rolling waves of tremendous and unprecedented altitude over the maritime cities, will doubtless destroy millions. You must remember that these prophecies are parallel with Johns Armageddon. (Revelation 16-19)<\/p>\n<p>Mat 24:30-31. Then shall the sign of the Son of man appear in the sky. We must not confound this sign with the Lord Himself, as it is entirely different and distinct. What it is, is not revealed. When He came the first time, He was preceded by the star in the East, seen by the wise men. Analogy certainly favors the conclusion that this sign will be something after the order of that star. As His second coming will be infinitely more demonstrative than the first, doubtless this sign, though of the stellar type, will be like a great comet, sweeping through the sky and leaving its train girdling the globe; lighting up the world, and attracting the gaze of earths panic-stricken millions. This sign is evidently identical with the lightning coming from the east, and shining even unto the west. (Mat 24:27.) While the sign will precede the personal appearance of our Lord, we know there will be no interval between them, the premonitory sign lingering in the firmament till the glorious King, descending on a white cloud, shall actually again enter the realm of vision, where every eye shall behold Him. (Rev 1:7) Then shall all the tribes of the earth wail, and see the Son of man coming in the clouds of the firmament, with power and great glory. Having waited through all the long, rolling ages for the tribes of the earth to get ready to meet Him with a joyous shout, riding; down on a snowy-white cloud as He went up (Act 1:11), now the centuries have flown, and the appointment of the Father has arrived. The Son in His glory returns, and all the tribes of the earth weep and wail when they see Him. Does this look like the millennium is coming before our Lord comes and brings it? If the millennium were girdling the globe with the glory of God, all the tribes of the earth would run to meet Him with a shout. This is positive proof that the world will get worse to the end, as you see here there will not be so much as a righteous tribe in all the earth, because they shall all see Him, and wail at Him.<\/p>\n<p>And He will send forth His angels with the great sound of a trumpet, and they will gather His elect from the four winds, from the extremities of the firmaments unto the extremities of the same. Here you all see the rapture of the saints. Rapture means taking up. The word is here clear and specific  the angels will gather up the elect from every land and clime, from Abel down to the living generation. You. see here all the tribes of the earth will be awfully disappointed, affrighted, and panic-stricken when the Lord appears. But not so with the elect. O what an exultant hour that will be, when the resurrection angels meet the elect, and embrace them in their pinions of light and arms of love! Reader, be sure that you settle this matter without further delay. If a light should flash round the world, and our glorified Savior descend into view, what would you do? Would you join the wailing of all the tribes of the earth, or join the shout of Gods elect? How can I know that I am one of the elect? There is only one way; of election, and that is through sanctification of the Spirit. (1Pe 1:2) The Holy Spirit always witnesses to His work in the heart. If sin is dead in you, rest assured, you have already found it out. A dead man never kicks nor strikes back. Plug him full of bullets; and he does not feel them. Entire sanctification is the most knowable of all experiences. It always tells its own story. I tremble for the preacher who opposes our preaching on the coming of the Lord. I am afraid he is not ready, and consequently disquieted by such preaching. To melt is the most inspiring theme. I am looking for Him constantly. Then are you not disappointed while He tarrieth? That could not be, since my will is lost in His will. Consequently there is no disappointment.<\/p>\n<p>Luk 21:28. These things beginning to take placer straighten up and lift up your heads, because your redemption draweth nigh. Here our Savior represents the widowed Church bowed clown with sorrow during her bereavement, and terribly persecuted by the devil, and all of this time longing, waiting, and watching for the return of her Heavenly Consort. Now: that He actually comes, He rings the shout round the world, Straighten up your curved back, and lift high your head, for I am here! Now lie assures us that our redemption is nigh. Do you not know that redemption means the transfiguration of soul and body, even our translation to heaven? O what a glory! What an inconceivable sunburst upon the saints of all ages will the return of our glorified Savior bring to earth l This redemption includes, not only the transfiguration and translation of the living saints, but the glorious resurrection of the dead. Thus the whole body of the Lords elect who have trodden the globe from the days of Eden  soul and body  are glorified, the dead raised, and the living translated, and all gloriously transfigured into the similitude of His own glorious body. (Php 3:20) Be sure you take the safe side, and get to where, instead of weeping and wailing, you will meet the Lord with a shout.<\/p>\n<p>Mat 24:32-35. Learn the parable from the fig-tree: When her branch may be tender, and puts forth leaves, you know that summer is nigh. Thus when you may see all these things, know that it is even at the door. While no one knows the day of His coming, we must all be very stupid if we do not recognize the time of the end. Daniel Says that at the time of the end, the book of this latter-day prophecy shall be opened, and many will run to and fro, telling its wonderful contents and shouting to the people, The Lord is nigh! You see from the parable of the fig-tree that we can know, beyond the possibility of doubt, the time of the end, as every one call tell by the fig-tree that the summer is nigh. Satans reign of six thousand years has been a long, dreary night. Praise the Lord, the millennial day is breaking! The morning-star now hails the approaching Sun of righteousness. Uniformly in the Scriptures the Jewish people are represented by a fig-tree, as. in the parable here alluded to. The awful blight came on them when they rejected their Christ, and O how they withered from the face of the earth! Fifteen years ago there were not more than ten thousand Jews in all Palestine. When. I was there last November and December, I was informed by the most knowing people of that country that there are now two hundred thousand-fifty-five thousand in Jerusalem alone, more than all who returned under Nehemiah out of, Babylonian captivity. O how they are making that land to flourish, and the delicious fruits of Canaan to abound wherever they get, it into hand!<\/p>\n<p>Truly I say unto you, that. This race can not pass away until all things may be fulfilled. Heaven and earth shall pass away, but My words can not pass away. The E. V. translation, This generation shall not, pass, has puzzled many. Genea, means race as well as generation, while the verb is in the subjective mode. So you see, with the above translation, the difficulties all get away. As to the firmament and the earth passings away, of course they will in their present form, this being no conflict with the prophetic revelation of the new, heaven (firmament) and new earth. (Revelation 21) The Roman armies did their best to exterminate the Jews. All nations have conspired in the persecution of Abrahams children. They have endured all conceivable outlawry, disfranchisement, and oppression, scathed and peeled by all the nations of Europe. Yet they are a separate and distinct race of people, numbering seventy millions while all their contemporaries of bygone ages have faded from the face of the earth, and the mighty nations of olden times, who used to meet them on the battle-field, long ago sunk into oblivion. The Jews in every age have been the most industrious, enterprising, and aggressive people in all the world. Robbed of their country, no land beneath the skies on which to rest their weary feet, practical tramps in the earth, they have outstripped all nations in the accumulation of wealth, becoming the richest people in the world, holding the purse of the nations, and ruling their kings by their money power; standing at the front of the learned professions, climbing to the acme of the worlds learning, and leading all the greatest universities of the globe. The Hand of the Almighty is on them. The elect of Israel is among them, and O how wonderfully they are now getting ready for the metropolitanship of the globe during the glorious Millennial Theocracy, When they shall again, as in bygone ages, stand at the front Of the world l How wonderful are the signs of His coming among His own consanguinity! Surely the fig-tree has again begun to revive, and the summer is nigh. Not only among the Jews, but among Moslems, Romanists, and Protestants, the signs of His coming are exceedingly rife.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:32. But concerning that day or hour no one knows; neither the angels in heaven, nor the Son, except the Father. The periods and epochs hath the Father retained in His own authority. (Act 1:7) While Jesus saw the entire panorama of the world moving before Him, the time of His coming had not then been revealed to Him by the Father, as it was not necessary, being then a long way off. There is no doubt but Jesus has long known the very time of His glorious coming, it having been revealed to Him since His ascension. You see from this Scripture that all appointments of the time are fanaticism, because neither man nor angel knows it. Yet we should not run into fanaticism on the other horn of the dilemma, and lose our appreciation of the wonderful and glorious latter-day prophecies, which are so helpful to our experiences and so conducive to a tiptoe anticipation of His coming, which is so eminently qualified to make us unworldly, spiritual, heavenly-minded, faithful, and obedient, looking well to our attitude before God, and every moment solving the problem, Am I ready to meet King Jesus, coming in a cloud?<\/p>\n<p>Mat 24:37-41. But as the days of Noah, so shall the coming of the Son of man. For as they were in the days before the flood, eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day Noah entered into the ark, and they knew not until the flood came and took them all; so shall be the coming of the Son of man. Only one family was taken up from the earth, fortunate to escape the devouring deluge. Does this look like the world is getting better? You see from this that comparatively few of the worlds population at the time of the Lords coming will go up in the cloud, along with the glorious Antitype of Noahs Ark. The Church (not the sects) is getting better; but the world is like a diseased man, who gets worse till he dies, thus becoming a carcass for the vultures to eat. We are called pessimists by the progressionists, who call themselves optimists. They misrepresent us. A pessimist is one who believes things are getting worse, while the optimist claims that they are getting better. I am both  an optimist on grace, believing that the true saints are getting better and multiplying in the earth; but that the world, like the devil, its god (2Co 4:4), is getting worse, as all finitudes are progressive. While the World is fast moving down to hell, the saints, with joyful expedition; are going up to heaven. Never in all the ages did the people of God enjoy so much light on the Bible, and study it so generally and exhaustively as now. While Noah, a hundred and twenty years, pleaded with the antediluvians to get ready for the coming flood, they treated him with contempt. O what a striking verification do we see in the heedless disregard of this wicked world, with its anti-holiness Churches, and the contempt east upon the Lords coming and upon that holiness without which no man shall see Him, except to weep and wail!<\/p>\n<p>Then shall two men be in the field; one is taken, and one is left. Two women grinding at the mill; one is taken, and one is left. Here we have specifications of the rapture again. In this wonderful sermon, which our Savior preached to His disciples on Mount Olivet in the afternoon of the day preceding His arrest by His enemies, we have three distinct judgments: That of the Jews, from which, pursuant to His instructions, the disciples were taken, flying away to the mountains, making their escape to Pella, beyond the Jordan, and surviving to preach the gospel to the world. Then we have the pre-millennial judgment, from which, as you here see, the Lord will take away the elect. (V. 31.) How natural and simple our Saviors description of the rapture when He comes! Two men, working out on the farm, a saint and a sinner  the former is translated, like Enoch and Elijah; and the latter is left to take chances in the tribulation. Two women are grinding with the little hand-mill in the house, so common in that country<\/p>\n<p> one is suddenly invested with the transfiguration body and translated, flying up to join the mighty host of saints and angels descending with Him in that majestic cloud, broad as the firmament, and bright as the pure, white light. You will see before we wind up this sermon that the final judgment takes all, leaving none on the earth.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:33. Behold, watch and pray; for you know not when the time is. As a man going away, leaving his house, and giving authority to his servants, and to each one his work, commanded the porter that he must watch. The porter is the doorkeeper of the Church; i.e., the pastor, evangelist, and Christian worker, who gathers the lost souls from Satans kingdom and leads them to Jesus, who is the Door, and thus escorts them into the kingdom of God. Jesus commands this porter to be on the constant outlook for His return.<\/p>\n<p>Watch therefore: for you know not when the lord of the house cometh, late [i.e., during the large hours; nine to twelve], or at midnight, or at the cock crowing, or in the morning. Here our Lord specifies all the time we are likely to sleep, putting us on our guard to be on the constant outlook. David says, I sleep, but my heart waketh. So, while the body is wrapped in ambrosial slumber, the soul should be on perpetual outlook for the Lord to come.<\/p>\n<p>Lest having come suddenly, He may find you: sleeping. But what I say to you, I say to all, Watch, How dares any one speak or write a word calculated to make people unwatchful for the Lords sudden coming? The post-millennialist believes that a thousand years millennium has to come in before the appearing of the Lord. Consequently he can not be on the: lookout for Him to come now. Any doctrine or theory which is out of harmony with Gods plain Word is false., He believed: that the millennium had to come and abide a thousand years before the coming of the Lord, I could not look for Him now. I am glad I do not believe that, nor anything else which disqualifies me to obey the positive commandments of Jesus, as I know that everything antagonistical to His plain Word is untrue. I am glad I have no creed to sustain. If the creeds are true, they do not need my poor help; if untrue, they do not deserve it. I have no theory to sustain; and if I had any, I would throw it away, being more than satisfied with the simple Word of the Lord. If you can not get up and preach in such a way as to encourage the people, and exhort them to be on the constant outlook for Jesus to come in His glory with the mighty angels, and take away the elect, you are out of harmony with His plain and unmistakable. Word. Your poor little theories, notions, and creeds will not be mentioned at the judgment- bar, unless to condemn you; but you will be judged by this Word just as it is. It is bad enough for the worldly Churches to preach human creeds and antagonize the Word of God; but holiness people forfeit their shibboleth if they do not take the Bible, all of it, and believe and preach it, fearless of men and devils. If the holiness movement is not on this line, she has forfeited her birthright, and is ready for a decent interment. I am glad that God has a grand army, now girdling the globe, who believe and preach everything written in the blessed Book, and are not going to be intimidated by ecclesiastical autocrats and critics.<\/p>\n<p>Luk 21:34-36. But take heed to yourselves, lest your hearts may be burdened with gluttony, and drunkenness, and worldly cares, and that day may come upon you unexpected. O what valuable and timely admonition! While we have about a hundred thousand drunkards. every year going down to the drunkards hell, do you know that we Americans are a nation of gluttons, bringing on a thousand diseases by sheer gormandizing, even holiness preachers paying fifty cents a meal instead of one dime, which would get them all a king could want, while the people of India are starving to death in piles? Will not the holiness people wake up, and give the world an example of temperance, appertaining to eating as well as drinking, teaching them that hygienic living, so indispensable to health and temporal prosperity, and at the same time so conducive to intellectual culture, is harmonious with spiritual illumination and well pleasing in the sight of God? Gluttony, like drunkenness, stupefies the mind, and degrades and brutalizes the body. Do you not know we would be much brighter intellectualists and more efficient preachers if we would live hygienically, and take fasting along with prayer? These brutalizing habits are awfully antagonistic to spirituality; and O, how incompatible with the translation for which we should all be living when the Lord comes I Can we not go along and do our work unencumbered. with. worldly cares, content with food and raiment and constantly looking for the Lord? To say that this is not our appropriate attitude is to reject the plain word of Jesus.<\/p>\n<p>For as a lasso it will come upon all those sitting down on the face of the whole earth. Just as the robber, from his hidden retreat, throws the lasso high in the air, dropping it round the body of the unsuspecting traveler, the other end attached to a fleet horse, dashing away and dragging him into the bushes, where, now dead and unconscious, he is robbed, so Jesus says the day of His coming will light on all the people who are sitting down upon the face of the earth; not as E. V., conveying the idea that there are no exceptions. Jesus says it will so come on all those who are sitting down, thus indicating the attitude of carelessness and unexpectancy; while the elect are watching, not sitting down, but Standing on tiptoe, stretching their eyes to catch the first glimpse of the coming glory.<\/p>\n<p>Watch therefore, praying all the time, in order that you may be counted worthy to escape all these things about to take place, and to stand before the Son of man. He has already spoken of the terrible troubles, such as the world never saw, even more terrific than Noahs flood. You see how the angels will gather up the elect. So the matter is lucid and clear. We are to be constantly watching and praying all the time, that we may be found worthy to be translated, like the man taken from the field and the woman from the mill, to meet the Lord in the air. (1Th 4:17)<\/p>\n<p>Mat 24:42-51. Watch therefore, because you know. not at what hour your Lord cometh. This is the climacteric commandment, repeated over and over and more frequently than any other. Good reason! If you are watching every moment for your Lord to appear, you will obey all the other commandments, as this is the grandest of all restraints against sin in thought, word, or deed; and at the same time the most potent inspiration to an unworldly, spiritual, holy life. Beware how you tinker with anything calculated to render you unwatchful for the Lords immediate appearing! How sadly has this great and prominent doctrine dropped out of the pulpits long ages ago, thus fearfully expediting the alarming worldliness that has been in the Church since the Constantinean apostasy fifteen hundred years ago l It is the glory of the present holiness movement to revive this precious truth, so thrillingly emphasized by the Savior and every New Testament writer, and again bring it to the front, where it stood the first three hundred years of the Christian era. Let no one say that we depreciate entire sanctification. By preaching the coming of the Lord we magnify holiness, which is the only qualification to meet Him.<\/p>\n<p>Know this, that if the landlord had known at what watch the thief cometh, he would have watched, and not suffered his house to be broken into.<\/p>\n<p>Here you see our Savior pronounces an awful woe on the unwatchful man. He is the Thief, coming to this wicked world to steal away His bride. The thief comes at midnight, while all are asleep. The bride, who knows her, Lover is coming for her, does not sleep, but keeps awake, watching for Him. I want to be stolen away from this lost world when the Thief cometh.<\/p>\n<p>Therefore be ye ready, because ye know not the hour the Son of man cometh. The qualification is entire sanctification, election through the sanctification of the Spirit, clearly and abundantly attested by the Holy Ghost. Grace is free, and there is no reason why we should not all be ready. O the awful peril of unreadiness!<\/p>\n<p>Who then is that faithful and wise servant, whom the Lord placed over His household, to give them their food in season? Blessed is that servant, whom his Lord, having come, shall find so doing. Truly I say unto you, that He will appoint him over all his possessions. This servant is the preacher, leader, worker, to whom the Lord has committed souls. Now, what is the food which this servant is to give the members of the Lords house? It is all the Word of God, faithfully preached, lived, and exemplified. The grand sum and substance are a holy experience, life, and character  constant readiness to meet the Lord; and auxiliary to this, constant outlook for His appearing. Terrible will be the responsibility of the delinquent leader. On the contrary, whom the Lord finds faithful at his post, his people well sanctified, robed, and ready, and looking for the Lord: to come, He is going to confer on him incalculable: honor and glory in the coming kingdom; but not to be viewed from a carnal standpoint, as in the Lords kingdom the more you have, the more is left for all the balance; e.g., the loaves and fishes.<\/p>\n<p>But if the wicked servant may say in his heart, My Lord delayeth coming, and may begin to smite his fellow-servants, and; eat and drink with the drunken. Here is a pastor in charge who rigidly enforces ecclesiastical law, laying heavy burdens on his people  as Peter says, Domineering over the heritages; living luxuriantly; his family moving in the flirtations of worldly dress-parade; persecuting the holiness people; his doors closed against every man who preaches holiness and the Lords coming. The Lord of that servant will come in a day in which he does not expect, and in an hour in which he does not know, and will cut him off, and will appoint his portion with the hypocrites; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. This man holds his pastoral charge, recognized by his Church and the world as a godly minister of file gospel, till the Lord comes, lifts the mask, and reveals his true character. Then He cuts him off  i. e., takes him out of his position  and appoints him his destiny with. the hypocrites, where he belongs. Hypocrite is a Greek word, meaning the actor in a drama, performing his part on the theatrical stage. So this man has been playing preacher all his life, pursuing the ministerial calling as a worldly man would prosecute a laudable employment, for a living. If you do not think we have multitudes of preachers on this line, get on your knees and ask God about it.! tell you their name is legion, who would not preach if their salary was taken away, thus in this simple way revealing their real character. You see this man is cast into the bottomless pit, amid weeping, wailing, and gnashing of teeth. Good Lord, help us all to wake up to these momentous realities! I trow, the preachers hell is most horrific of all. I have been preaching in my humble way forty and six years. I would certainly rather risk the hell of the gambler or the robber than that of the preacher. How awful for the people, deluded and eternally ruined by his ministry, to meet him in the regions of the damned, gnash on him with their teeth, and help the devils to lash him with firebrands forever! God have mercy on the preacher who fights holiness and the Lords coming! O how he needs a mourners-bench!<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: William Godbey&#8217;s Commentary on the New Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Mar 13:2. There shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. When the Chaldeans burned the temple, that part called Solomons porch escaped demolition; this favour however, small as it was, did not extend to the second temple. A Turkish mosque now succeeds the sanctuary; and the hill of Zion, once the repose of the ark, is now a fortress.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:3. Peter, James, John, and Andrew asked him privately. This is an addition to Matthew 24. The stones alluded to were of white and other marbles, prodigiously massive and exquisitely beautiful. The augurs of its total destruction were therefore words of thunder in the ears of men who had been taught, that the temple must abide for ever.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:8. Nation shall rise against nation. From the rebellion of the Jews against the Romans, to the dissolution of the empire, wars arose in succession like the swells of the ocean; and the jews themselves, being an expatriated race, became seditious, and were slaughtered in numberless cities. But before the expulsion of the jews, our Saviour adds, <\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:10. The gospel must first be published among all nations, for a witness and a testimony. The gentile nations must be illuminated by its glory, so as to compare the prophecies with the correspondent events; and those respecting the jews especially are so striking as to carry direct conviction of the inspiration of Moses and the prophets beyond all disputation. Deu 28:49. Dan 9:24-27. The predictions of our Saviour respecting the jews and Jerusalem were so impressive, that the wit of Porphyry could only say that the predictions were written after the events. Proof sufficient to us, that the truth of prophecy is the pillar on which the church is built, a rock which remains when the heavens shall be no more.  See more on Act 8:4. Psalms 19. Rom 10:18.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:14. When ye shall see the abomination of desolation [spoken of by the prophet Daniel.] Some think, that the expletive was copied from Matthews gospel, because it is not in the Latin version. The sense is, when the Roman armies, with their eagles and idols, shall enter the holy land to suppress the rebellion, then know that the Hebrew sun shall be darkened. Let those eagles be a signal to the church for general flight to the eastern hills, and deserts of Arabia. <\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:32. Of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, nor the angels which are in heaven. The note of Poole in the Synopsis is, that certain fathers understand these words of the fall of Jerusalem, as it would seem from the question of the disciples,  when shall those things be?<\/p>\n<p>Neither the Son, but the Father. St. Ambrose, St. Augustine, and St. Jerome are of opinion, that these words were foisted into the text from the Arian copies; because St. Matthew, whom St. Mark closely follows, has not these words, though he treats of some things more fully, and in others intersperses several occurrences.<\/p>\n<p>But though most of the modern versions admit this adjection as genuine, the substance of what the critics teach is, that it is one thing to speak of the Son, as to his divine Essence, and another to speak of him as the Messiah by office. The word Father regards the divinity or godhead, and the word Son, still keeping the Messiah in view, regards his humanity, in which he grew in wisdom, and in favour both with God and men. Considering then the word Son as Messiah, the passage in Joh 5:19-26 pertinently applies here, as it regards the illumination and endowments of his humanity. The Son can do nothing of himself, but what he seeth the Father do  The Father loveth the Son, and showeth him all things  for as the Father hath life in himself, so hath he given to the Son to have life in himself; and hath given him authority to execute judgment, because he is the Son of man.<\/p>\n<p>In these views the Saviour considers himself as a servant, come to do the will of the Father, receiving all his instructions from him, and acting in perfect obedience to his will in all things. The argument then is simply this,  that the day and hour of the future judgment is in the sealed book of the deity, and must not be declared, that men may freely pursue the path of duty, till the day of final scrutiny burst on the world at once. The enquiry is foreign to the deity of Christ, who, as God, has declared in doctrine and in parables the glories of his future advent. He reigns till all his enemies shall become his footstool; and who in his times,  , his own times, shall show who is the blessed and only Potentate, the King of kings and Lord of lords. 1Ti 6:15.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:35. Watch ye therefore. See on Luk 12:35-40, where the narration is more copious. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Sutcliffe&#8217;s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Mar 13:1-37. The Eschatologieal Discourse.The first two verses contain our Lords prediction of the fall of Jerusalem. To the Jews, such an anticipation would seem blasphemous (cf. Act 6:14). The discourse that follows does not explicitly develop this prophecy. For the abomination of desolation (Mar 13:14) is only a vague reference to the laying waste of Jerusalem, though it does foreshadow some signal profanation of the Temple. (The phrase comes from Dan 9:27; Dan 11:31*, and means a profanation that provokes horror; cf. also 1Ma 1:54; 1Ma 6:7.) The subject of this, the longest speech attributed to Jesus in Mk., is the signs of the end, rather than of the fall of Jerusalem, though the end of the age and the destruction of the city would be closely associated in the mind of the evangelist. Three stages are indicated. There is first (Mar 13:5-13) a period of wars and natural calamities. During it the Christians must expect and face persecution. This is followed (Mar 13:14-23) by the great tribulation, itself heralded by the insult to the Temple. This tribulation will come suddenly and affect the whole country-side of Juda. At both stages, false prophets and false Christs will arise and deceive many. Even this is not the end. After that tribulation, the powers of nature shall be shaken, and the Son of Man will appear (Mar 13:24-27). The conclusion of the chapter enforces the duty of watchfulness, on the double ground that the end is near, and yet that the precise hour is incalculable (Mar 13:28-37).<\/p>\n<p>That the discourse is composite appears from the parallels (see notes) in Lk. and Mt. In particular, Mar 13:15 f. is given in a better context in Luk 17:31 f. and is not reproduced in Luk 21:21. The genuineness of the discourse as an utterance of Jesus, has been disputed on the following grounds: (a) The setting forth of signs of the end is inconsistent with the reply of Jesus to the Pharisees in Luk 17:20 f. Similarly, the distinguishing of preparatory stages does not fit in with the emphasis on the suddenness of the coming of the Son of Man, which is characteristic of the Lucan passage, nor with the general tone of Mar 13:32-37. (b) These signs of the end are customary features of Jewish apocalyptic (p. 432). The belief in a great tribulation heralding the Messiah is Rabbinic. The Rabbis had their doctrine of the woes, or birthpangs (Mar 13:8) of Messiah. The characteristics of each stage are based on OT passages; with Mar 13:12 cf. Mic 7:6, with Mar 13:19 cf. Joe 2:2 and Dan 12:1, and with Mar 13:24 f. cf. Isa 13:10; Isa 24:23, Eze 32:7. (c) The whole discourse deals with questions raised by the later experience of the Church (so Loisy, pp. 367f.). It has, therefore, been suggested that a Jewish apocalypse, which may be held to have included Mar 13:7 f., Mar 13:12; Mar 13:14, Mar 13:17-22, Mar 13:24-27, Mar 13:30, has been edited, together with genuine utterances of Jesus, in order to strengthen the faith of Christians about thirty or forty years after the Crucifixion, when they were perplexed by the delay of the appearing of their Lord. The parenthesis to the reader in Mar 13:14, if it is not a later gloss, suggests that a writing of some kind, not a report of a speech, forms the basis of the chapter. This hypothesis removes many difficulties, e.g. the problem of reconciling Mar 13:30 and Mar 13:32. But we do not know how far Jesus entered into detail as to the events leading up to the end. The prediction of Jerusalems fall, the anticipation of disaster and tribulation for His own people, the warning against anxiety whether in the presence of war or of persecution, the exhortation of watchfulness, clearly come from Jesus Himself.<\/p>\n<p>Mar 13:32. This is one of Schmiedels pillar-passages (EBi., col. 1881). A passage admitting a limit to Christs knowledge must be trustworthy history, according to Schmiedel. Certainly later commentators found the verse difficult. Some Fathers identify the Son with the Church. But Dalman holds that the absolute use of the terms, the Son and the Father, unique in Mk., point to the influence of later theology at least on the wording of the saying (Words of Jesus, p. 194). Whatever the original form of the saying, it belongs with Mar 10:40. [The position in the climax accorded to the Son, above the angels, is specially noteworthy.A. S. P.]<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Peake&#8217;s Commentary on the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Verse 1 <\/p>\n<p>The original temple of Solomon was destroyed at the time of the captivity. On the return of the Jews, it was rebuilt upon a more moderate scale, as described in the books of Ezra and Nehemiah; and it had been enlarged and ornamented by Herod the Great, a short time before our Savior&#8217;s coming; so that at this time it exhibited great magnificence and splendor.&#8211;Buildings. The temple did not consist of one single structure. There was a great central edifice, containing the sanctuary and the Holy of Holies; and around this there was a vast arrangement of walls, courts, colonnades, and passages, so that the whole presented a very imposing spectacle. The plans of the temple which are often met with are of use in expanding the general ideas of the reader to proper conceptions of the magnitude and extent of the edifice; but they cannot be depended upon in detail.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Abbott&#8217;s Illustrated New Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>(Mark 13) THE GREAT TRIBULATION<\/p>\n<p>The low condition of the Jews has been exposed and the leaders of every party condemned in the presence of the Lord. They had rejected, and were about to crucify their Messiah. This supreme wickedness would bring the nation under the governmental judgment of God leading to the great tribulation foretold by the prophets. This would entail difficulties and dangers, suffering and persecution, for the Lord&#8217;s true disciples &#8211; the godly remnant in the midst of an ungodly nation. To prepare them for these terrible days, the Lord alone with His disciples, foretells the course of events, warning them of the dangers to which they will be exposed, and instructing them how to act in the presence of these perils.<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 1, 2). This instruction is introduced by one of the disciples calling the Lord&#8217;s attention to the beauty and magnificence of the temple. The Lord admits that the buildings were great, but, that which is so admired by men had become a den of thieves in the sight of God and was doomed to destruction. Not one stone would be left upon another.<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 3, 4). This statement that would sound so strange to those who looked upon the temple as the house of God and the glorious centre of their religion, leads one of the disciples to ask, &#8220;When shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things are going to be fulfilled?&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>In the discourse that follows, the Lord does much more than answer these questions. They were thinking of events, but the Lord had before Him His own and their sufferings and dangers in the midst of the events. Moreover, in the account given by Mark, the Lord, in harmony with the special purpose of the gospel, very specially admonishes His disciples as to their service in bearing testimony to Himself in the midst of the nation by whom He has been rejected.<\/p>\n<p>To understand the warnings and instructions, it is very necessary to remember that the disciples represent the godly Jewish remnant, and therefore the ministry of which the Lord speaks is not distinctively christian ministry in connection with Christianity, though there are many principles and truths that equally apply to both God&#8217;s earthly and heavenly people. It is a ministry that was commenced by the twelve in the midst of the Jews during the Lord&#8217;s presence on earth, and, after His ascension was continued amongst the Jews until the rejection of the Holy Spirit at the stoning of Stephen. It will again be taken up by a godly remnant amongst the Jews after the Church has been caught away, and will widen out to all nations. The gospel they preached, and will yet preach, is not exactly the gospel that is preached today. It will indeed be Christ and His work that they proclaim, and the grace of God that forgives sinners on the ground of Christ&#8217;s work. But it will be the good news that He is coming to reign and that repentance and forgiveness of sins through faith in Christ is the way of entrance into the blessings of the earthly kingdom. (Rev 14:6-7).<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 5, 6). The Lord opens His discourse with five warnings. First, the disciples are warned against false Christs. Many will come in the Name of Christ; some even daring to say &#8220;I am Christ,&#8221; and the Lord adds, that such will &#8220;deceive many.&#8221; This warning proves how distinctly the Lord has in view the godly remnant in the midst of the Jewish nation. Christians, instructed in Christian truth, would not be deceived by a man professing to be the Christ; for they know the next time they will see Christ it will be in the clouds. The godly remnant will rightly be looking for Christ to appear on the earth, and therefore might easily be deceived by the report that He had come.<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 7, 8). Secondly, the disciples are warned against concluding that the end is near on account of &#8220;wars and rumours of wars.&#8221; &#8220;Such things must needs be&#8221; in a world that has rejected Christ. Wars, earthquakes, famines and troubles, are the beginning of sorrows, not the end.<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 9-11). Thirdly, the disciples are warned that their testimony will bring them into conflict with the authorities of the world. But this persecution would be the means used of God to bring the gospel before the great ones of the earth &#8211; a &#8220;testimony to&#8221; rulers and kings (N. Tr.). Moreover, this gospel must first be preached among all nations before the end when Christ comes. In view of this testimony, and the persecution it entails, the Lord instructs His disciples not to be careful beforehand as to what they shall say when prisoners before the great ones of the earth, nor to prepare their defence. It would be given them what to say, in that hour, for they would not be the speakers, but simply the mouthpiece of the Hole Ghost.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 12). Fourthly, the disciples are warned that the presentation of the truth in the power of the Holy Spirit awakens such enmity in the human heart that persecution will come from natural relations, and the closer the relationship the more bitter the hatred. Brother will rise against brother, father against son, and children will rise up against parents, causing them even to be put to death.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 13). Fifthly, the disciples are warned that the persecution would not only come from those in authority, and from the closest natural relations, but, they would be hated of all men because of their confession of the Name of Christ. But he that endures to the end will be saved &#8211; whatever the end may be, whether a martyr&#8217;s death or the coming of Christ to the earth. As ever, the test of reality is continuance. There may, indeed, be failure, and even the love of many growing cold, but those that are real will endure. Peter broke down, but his faith did not fail; he continued to the end.<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 14-20). In the portion of the discourse that follows, the Lord passes on to speak of events that are yet future. The Church period is passed over in silence, and we learn what will take place at Jerusalem during the time of the great tribulation that will follow the Church interval. This terrible time is definitely foretold by the prophet Jeremiah, who says, &#8220;Alas! for that day is great, so that none is like it, it is even the time of Jacob&#8217;s trouble&#8221; (Jer 30:7). Again, Daniel looks on to this time, when he says, &#8220;There shall be a time of trouble such as never was since here was a nation even to that same time&#8221; (Dan. 12: l). So in the corresponding passage in Mat 24:21, as well as in this discourse recorded by Mark, the Lord tells us that in the time of this great tribulation there shall be days of affliction &#8220;such as was not from the beginning of the creation which God created unto this time, neither shall be.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>The destruction of Jerusalem, with all its horrors, may have foreshadowed the future, but in nowise fulfils the prophecy of this time of trouble. We learn from this passage that immediately following the great tribulation, the Lord will come to earth. It is evident that after the destruction of Jerusalem the Lord did not come. Moreover there cannot be two times of tribulation &#8220;such as never were.&#8221; Furthermore, Daniel tells us that this time of trial for the Jewish nation will take place during the reign of Antichrist, who will be received by the nation that has rejected their own Messiah (Joh 5:43). During the reign of this wicked man there will be set up the most terrible form of idolatry which the Lord refers to as &#8220;the abomination of desolation.&#8221; The effect will be to spread desolation in Jerusalem and Judaea.<\/p>\n<p>The setting up of this abomination will be the culmination of man&#8217;s hostility to God. It will be the sign that the testimony of the godly remnant is finished, and that they are to flee from Judaea to the mountains. There has been nothing in the past, nor will there be in the future, to equal the terrible afflictions of these days. It will be so great, both for the nation and the godly remnant, that unless the Lord shortens the days no flesh will survive. For the elect&#8217;s sake the days of this great trial will be shortened.<\/p>\n<p>As ever, the Lord thinks of His own in the midst of trials and afflictions. He warns them, He instructs them, and He cares for them. He thinks of the workmen in the field and the women in the home, and he is not unmindful of the weather.<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 21-23). The Lord warns the disciples against false hopes of deliverance; against false reports, of false Christs; against false prophets, false signs, and apparent wonders. Their safety will be in remembering the words of the Lord, &#8220;I have foretold you all things.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 24, 25). &#8220;In those days&#8221;, following upon the great tribulation amongst the Jews, all established authority among the Gentiles will be overthrown. The order that God has established for the government of the world will fall into confusion. Supreme power, as figuratively set forth by the sun, is darkened. Derived authority, as figured by the moon, ceases to have any influence, and subordinate authorities, likened to the stars, lose their place and power. This dispensation, in spite of all men&#8217;s boasted progress will end in unparalleled tribulation, confusion and anarchy.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 26). The wickedness of Jew and Gentile having come to a head, God publicly intervenes by the coming of Christ as the Son of Man to take possession of the earth. His first coming was in circumstances of weakness and humiliation; His second coming will be in great power and glory.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 27). The gathering together of the elect of Israel dispersed among the Gentiles, will immediately follow the coming of the Son of Man. We know from other Scriptures, that the Church will have already been gathered to meet Christ in the air, and will appear with Him; but of this we hear nothing in this passage. The Lord is speaking to Jewish disciples, and of Jewish hopes, and does not speak of truths concerning the Church and of which His hearers, at that time, could have no knowledge.<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 28, 29). The fig tree putting forth its tender leaves assures us that summer is nigh. So the appearance of the godly remnant in the midst of the apostate nation of Israel will presage the near approach of the time of blessing for the nation.<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 30,31). The perverse and unbelieving generation of the Jews will not pass away till all these things be done. They may, indeed, be scattered among the nations, with no land of their own, but as we know they have never been absorbed by other nations. Moreover, the Lord&#8217;s words will not pass away till all these things be fulfilled. We know this must be true of all the Lord&#8217;s words; but it is specially stated in regard to His second coming because of the unbelief of our hearts as to any intervention of God in regard to the course of this world.<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 32-36). Of the day of His coming knoweth no man, not even the Son who had become Man. Speaking as in the place of a Servant He could say He knows not the day. Not knowing the day, we are to &#8220;watch and pray.&#8221; Christ is as one who has gone into a far country and given authority to his bondmen and to every man his work, and commanded the porter to watch. Let the Lord&#8217;s servants watch, therefore, lest coming suddenly He may find them overcome by the world, and spiritually asleep to Himself.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 37). The Lord&#8217;s closing words are an exhortation to all His people. All the details of the future may not have an immediate application to Christians, but the closing word to watch is for all. Believers, of every dispensation receive their authority from the Lord, and are the servants of the Lord, each having some work given to them by the Lord. Each one is to beware of falling into spiritual sleep and failing to work for the Lord.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Smith&#8217;s Writings on 24 Books of the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>CHAPTER 13<\/p>\n<p><big>1 Christ foretelleth the destruction of the temple. 9 the persecutions for the gospel: 10 that the gospel must be preached to all nations: 14 that great calamities shall happen to the Jews: 24 and the manner of his coming to judgment: 32 the hour whereof being known to none, every man is to watch and pray, <\/big><big>that we be not found unprovided, when he cometh to each one, particularly by death.<\/big> <\/p>\n<p>Ver. 6. Saying, I am (Vulg.). That is, &#8220;I am Christ or Messias,&#8221; as S. Matthew has (xxiv. 5). <\/p>\n<p>Ver. 11. Be not thoughtful beforehand what you shall speak. Gr. , i.e, do not think anxiously beforehand. The Greek and Syriac add, neither do ye meditate, after what manner or arrangement ye shall speak and answer governors and tyrants. But whatsoever shall be given you (i.e., shall be suggested to you by the Holy Spirit) in that hour, that speak ye. The Arabic has, because ye shall be given in that hour what ye shall speak. (Top )<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Cornelius Lapide Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>MARK CHAPTER THIRTEEN <\/p>\n<p>We now move into a short section on prophecy that will give the apostles some insight into the future, but at their vantage point probably little more than encouragement that the future is known to the Lord. <\/p>\n<p>This also should have given those knowing of the discourse that He was God or else a huge phony that was playing them. He was telling them of coming events that would happen with quite a little detail so that they could understand it if they happened to live long enough.<\/p>\n<p>Prophecy is nice for us at this end of the spectrum, but not so helpful to those that received it. One must wonder of the Old Testament teachers that studied the prophecies of old and wondered at their meaning much as teachers\/pastors of our own time struggle with them.<\/p>\n<p>We can read, study and guess but until the events are unfolding no one will know for sure what they mean. We can know much about the future and the events\/personalities though we do not know of the detail.<\/p>\n<p>Dr. Jeremiah recently in his television message told of many of the traits of the antichrist, but made no attempt to name who it might be &#8211; we have no idea who but only a lot of his character and coming activities.<\/p>\n<p>13.1 And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here! 2 And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. 3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, 4 Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled? <\/p>\n<p>THE GREAT QUESTION:<\/p>\n<p>The disciple was commenting on architecture and he gets the whole gang into a prophecy lesson.<\/p>\n<p>Now I do not know of the disciples travel activities prior to meeting the Lord but this account makes me think that they might not have been to Jerusalem before. They were marveling at the buildings of the temple as though they had not seen them before. Luk 21:5 &#8220;And as some spake of the temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones and offerings,&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>When I was in the Navy, fresh out of small town America where the biggest and fanciest building I had seen was the county courthouse, I was sent to San Francisco. What a feast to the mind of one that loves ornate big buildings. I was in awe for weeks as I walked around that city looking at its wonders of architecture.<\/p>\n<p>The Lord mentions that all these nice stones will be removed from one another &#8211; that not one stone would be left standing on another. The usual historical account related for this prophecywhen it did happen is that the temple was burned and all the gold in the building ran down into the cracks between the stones and the soldiers in their quest for plunder moved stones from each other to dig out the gold.<\/p>\n<p>We might marvel at the building of these grand buildings and the great workmanship but it only takes a little greed to destroy such grandeur.<\/p>\n<p>We will not take time here to discuss the idea of the outward pomp and grandeur of the temple as it relates to the grand buildings churches are erecting across the nation. We will not talk now of the great status that many people gain by attending some of these grandiose edifices. Christians today as the Jews of old focus on the edifice rather than the edifying all too often.<\/p>\n<p>As with the temple there is little good to the grandness of a building, but that inner grandness is that which the Lord seeks.<\/p>\n<p>Later, four of the disciples come to Him asking when this would happen and what the signs or precursors to the events might be. <\/p>\n<p>The Bible is loaded with the thought of signs of things to come and signs of things that have happened. Just pick up a concordance and peruse the use of the term. The apostles were not out of line to seek a sign, they were only being who they were &#8211; Jews that looked for signs.<\/p>\n<p>We are not much different from these of old for when we pray for guidance we often look for some sign from God as to what direction to go. God does not always give these signs but if He does be attuned to his indicators.<\/p>\n<p>When between ministries I felt that the Lord would have me continue with some education. I had narrowed it down to two schools and had spent a lot of time praying about the selection. I was having difficulty in making a choice since both were equally good situations.<\/p>\n<p>I had kind of set a certain date to make the decision so that we could start making proper plans to move the family. That date had arrived and that evening I was praying especially long at the topic and asked the Lord to give me some indication of what He wanted me to do. As I finished those words the phone rang. I answered and the man on the other end said, &#8220;I am Dr. _________ the head of the theology department at school X. Jaw dropping sufficiently I asked how I could help him. He had simply called to see if there were any questions he could answer and I informed him &#8220;No, you just answered the one question I had.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>I had never been called by a school in my life and was shocked that one would call at that point in time. God used the simple act of another believer wanting to give me assistance to answer a long asked question. Some might say that this is not the way God leads and I would concur most of the time that God does not always answer prayer with signs, though at times He does and we ought to be wise enough to take note.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Mr. D&#8217;s Notes on Selected New Testament Books by Stanley Derickson<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>13:1 And {1} as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings [are here]!<\/p>\n<p>(1) The destruction of the temple, city, and whole nation is foretold, and the troubles of the Church: but yet there are many comforts added, and last of all, the end of the world is described.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Geneva Bible Notes<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><span style=\"font-weight:bold;text-decoration:underline\">1. The setting 13:1-4 (cf. Matthew 24:1-3; Luke 21:5-7)<\/span><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>This discourse evidently followed Jesus&rsquo; departure from the temple on Wednesday with His disciples. The stones that caught the disciple&rsquo;s eye were probably those above the floor of the temple courtyard. Herod the Great had enlarged the temple esplanade and supported it with huge foundation stones. At the southeast corner, the temple complex rose about 200 feet above the Kidron Valley below. Some of these stones are still in place. In view of what Jesus predicted and what happened, the disciples apparently referred to the stones of the buildings and porches, not the foundation stones. The colonnades that surrounded the temple courtyard were also very beautiful. The whole temple complex was magnificent.<span style=\"color:#808080\"> [Note: See Josephus, Antiquities of . . ., 15:11:3-7; and Alfred Edersheim, The Temple: Its Ministry and Services, ch. 2.] <\/span> Mark probably called attention to the stones in view of what Jesus would say about them (Mar 13:2).<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Chapter 13<\/p>\n<p>CHAPTER 13:1-7 (Mar 13:1-7)<\/p>\n<p>THINGS PERISHING AND THINGS STABLE<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;And as He went forth out of the temple, one of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, behold, what manner of stones and what manner of buildings! And Jesus said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left here one stone upon another, which shall not be thrown down. And as He sat on the Mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked Him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when these things are all about to be accomplished? And Jesus began to say unto them, Take heed that no man lead you astray. Many shall come in My name, saying, I am He; and shall lead many astray. And when ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars, be not troubled: these things must needs come to pass: but the end is not yet.&#8221; Mar 13:1-7 (R.V.)<\/p>\n<p>NOTHING is more impressive than to stand before one of the great buildings of the world, and mark how the toil of man has rivaled the stability of nature, and his thought its grandeur. It stands up like a crag, and the wind whistles through its pinnacles as in a grove, and the rooks float and soar about its towers as they do among the granite peaks. Face to face with one of these mighty structures, man feels his own pettiness, shivering in the wind, or seeking a shadow from the sun, and thinking how even this breeze may blight or this heat fever him, and how at the longest he shall have crumbled into dust for ages, and his name, and possibly his race, have perished, while this same pile shall stretch the same long shadow across the plain.<\/p>\n<p>No wonder that the great masters of nations have all delighted in building, for thus they saw their power, and the immortality for which they hoped, made solid, embodied and substantial, and it almost seemed as if they had blended their memory with the enduring fabric of the world.<\/p>\n<p>Such a building, solid, and vast, and splendid, white with marble, and blazing with gold, was the temple which Jesus now forsook. A little afterwards, we read that its Roman conqueror, whose race were the great builders of the world, in spite of the rules of war, and the certainty that the Jews would never remain quietly in subjection while it stood, &#8220;was reluctant to burn down so vast a work as this, since this would be a mischief to the Romans themselves, as it would be an ornament to their government while it lasted.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>No wonder, then, that one of the disciples, who had seen Jesus weep for its approaching ruin, and who now followed His steps as He left it desolate, lingered, and spoke as if in longing and appeal, &#8220;Master, see what manner of stones, and what manner of buildings.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>But to the eyes of Jesus all was evanescent as a bubble, doomed and about to perish: &#8220;Seest thou these great buildings, there shall not be left here one stone upon another that shall not be thrown down.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>The words were appropriate to His solemn mood, for He had just denounced its guilt and flung its splendor from Him, calling it no longer &#8220;My house,&#8221; nor &#8220;My Father&#8217;s house,&#8221; but saying, &#8220;Your house is left unto you desolate.&#8221; Little could all the solid strength of the very foundations of the world itself avail against the thunderbolt of God. Moreover, it was a time when He felt most keenly the consecration, the approaching surrender of His own life. In such an hour no splendors distract the penetrating vision; all the world is brief and frail and hollow to the man who has consciously given himself to God. It was the fitting moment at which to utter such a prophecy.<\/p>\n<p>But, as He sat on the opposite slope, and gazed back upon the towers that were to fall, His three favored disciples and Andrew came to ask Him privately when should these things be, and what would be the sign of their approach.<\/p>\n<p>It is the common assertion of all unbelievers that the prophecy which followed has been composed since what passes for its fulfillment. When Jesus was murdered, and a terrible fate befell the guilty city, what more natural than to connect the two events? And how easily would a legend spring up that the sufferer foretold the penalty? But there is an obvious and complete reply. The prediction is too mysterious, its outlines are too obscure; and the ruin of Jerusalem is too inexplicable complicated with the final visitation of the whole earth, to be the issue of any vindictive imagination working with the history in view.<\/p>\n<p>We are sometimes tempted to complain of this obscurity. But in truth it is wholesome and designed. We need not ask whether the original discourse was thus ambiguous, or they are right who suppose that a veil has since been drawn between us and a portion of the answer given by Jesus to His disciples. We know as much as it is meant that we should know. And this at least is plain, that any process of conscious or unconscious invention, working backwards after Jerusalem fell, would have given us far more explicit predictions than we possess. And, moreover, that what we lose in gratification of our curiosity, we gain in personal warning to walk warily and vigilantly.<\/p>\n<p>Jesus did not answer the question, When shall these things be? But He declared, to men who wondered at the overthrow of their splendid temple, that all earthly splendors must perish. And He revealed to them where true permanence may be discovered. These are two of the central thoughts of the discourse, and they are worthy of much more attention from its students than they commonly receive, being overlooked in the universal eagerness &#8220;to know the times and the seasons.&#8221; They come to the surface in the distinct words, &#8220;Heaven and earth shall pass away, but My words shall not pass away.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>Now, if we are to think of this great prophecy as a lurid reflection thrown back by later superstition on the storm-clouds of the nation&#8217;s fall, how shall we account for its solemn and pensive mood, utterly free from vindictiveness, entirely suited to Jesus as we think of Him, when leaving forever the dishonored shrine, and moving forward, as His meditations would surely do, beyond the occasion which evoked them? Not such is the manner of resentful controversialists, eagerly tracing imaginary judgments. They are narrow, and sharp, and sour.<\/p>\n<p>1. The fall of Jerusalem blended itself, in the though of Jesus, with the catastrophe which awaits all that appears to be great and stable. Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, so that, although armies set their bodies in the gap for these, and heroes shed their blood like water, yet they are divided among themselves and cannot stand. This prediction, we must remember, was made when the iron yoke of Rome imposed quiet upon as much of the world as a Galilean was likely to take into account, and, therefore, was by no means so easy as it may now appear to us.<\/p>\n<p>Nature itself should be convulsed. Earthquakes should rend the earth, blight and famine would disturb the regular course of seed-time and harvest. And these perturbations should be the working out of a stern law, and the sure token of sorer woes to come, the beginning of pangs which would usher in another dispensation, the birth-agony of a new time. A little later, and the sun should be darkened, and the moon should withdraw her light, and the stars should &#8220;be falling&#8221; from heaven, and the powers that are in the heavens should be darkened. Lastly, the course of history should close, and the affairs of earth should come to an end, when the elect should be gathered together to the glorified Son of Man.<\/p>\n<p>2. It was in sight of the ruin of all these things that He dared to add, My word shall not pass away.<\/p>\n<p>Heresy should assail it, for many should come in the name of Christ, saying, I am He, and should lead many astray. Fierce persecutions should try His followers, and they should be led to judgment and delivered up. The worse afflictions of the heart would wring them, for brother should deliver up brother to death, and the father his child, and children should rise up against parents and cause them to be put to death. But all should be too little to quench the immortality bestowed upon His elect. In their sore need, the Holy Ghost should speak in them: when they were caused to be put to death, he that endureth to the end, the same shall be saved.<\/p>\n<p>Now these words were treasured up as the utterances of One Who had just foretold His own approaching murder, and Who died accordingly amid circumstances full of horror and shame. Yet His followers rejoiced to think that when the sun grew dark, and the stars were falling, He should be seen in the clouds coming with great glory.<\/p>\n<p>It is the reversal of human judgment: the announcement that all is stable which appears unsubstantial, and all which appears solid is about to melt like snow.<\/p>\n<p>And yet the world itself has since grown old enough to know that convictions are stronger than empires, and truths than armed hosts. And this is the King of Truth. He was born and came into the world to bear witness to the truth, and every one that is of the truth heareth His voice. He is the Truth become vital, the Word which was with God in the beginning.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expositors Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n","protected":false},"excerpt":{"rendered":"<p>And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings [are here]! Ch. Mar 13:1-13. Prophecies of the Destruction of Jerusalem 1. And as he went ] Leaving the Temple, He passed with His Apostles down the eastern steps toward the &hellip; <a href=\"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-mark-131-2\/\" class=\"more-link\">Continue reading<span class=\"screen-reader-text\"> &#8220;Exegetical and Hermeneutical Commentary of Mark 13:1&#8221;<\/span><\/a><\/p>\n","protected":false},"author":1,"featured_media":0,"comment_status":"","ping_status":"","sticky":false,"template":"","format":"standard","meta":{"footnotes":""},"categories":[1],"tags":[],"class_list":["post-24705","post","type-post","status-publish","format-standard","hentry","category-commentary"],"_links":{"self":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/posts\/24705","targetHints":{"allow":["GET"]}}],"collection":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/posts"}],"about":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/types\/post"}],"author":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/users\/1"}],"replies":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/comments?post=24705"}],"version-history":[{"count":0,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/posts\/24705\/revisions"}],"wp:attachment":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/media?parent=24705"}],"wp:term":[{"taxonomy":"category","embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/categories?post=24705"},{"taxonomy":"post_tag","embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/tags?post=24705"}],"curies":[{"name":"wp","href":"https:\/\/api.w.org\/{rel}","templated":true}]}}